Wa s h b u r n Un i v e r s i t y Un i v e r s i t y Ca t a l o g 2009-2010

1700 SW College Avenue Topeka, Kansas 66621 Phone: (785) 670-1010 Toll Free (Outside Topeka): (800) 332-0291 TDD: (785) 670-1025

http://www.washburn.edu

Ta b l e Of Co n t e n t s Purpose Of This Publication...... 1 Bonner Leaders Program...... 41 Statement Of Responsibility...... 1 Honors Program...... 42 Class Cancellations/Changes In Schedules...... 1 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 43 Welcome To Washburn University ...... 3 Intensive English Program...... 45 General Information ...... 5 Kansas Studies...... 45 Vision Of The University...... 7 Pre-Professional Studies ...... 46 Core Values Of The University...... 7 Center For Diversity Studies...... 47 Mission Of The University...... 7 Peace, Justice And Conflict Resolution Studies. . . . . 47 Equal Educational And Employment Opportunity. . . . . 8 Women’s & Gender Studies...... 48 Sexual Harassment And Harassment Policy ...... 8 Joint Center On Violence And victim Studies...... 48 History Of The University...... 10 Division Of Continuing Education...... 48 University Assessment...... 10 2+2 Plan Bachelor Degree Completion Programs...... 49 University Accreditation ...... 11 Evening And Weekend Classes...... 49 Open Meetings And Records...... 11 Summer Session ...... 49 Campus & Facilities ...... 11 Academic Policies...... 51 Housing On Campus ...... 13 Student Responsibilities...... 53 Off-Campus Housing ...... 14 Course Numbering System...... 54 Admission, Registration, Enrollment, Degrees ...... 55 Student Records...... 55 and Residence Qualifications ...... 15 Drug Free Schools, The Student Right To Know Act Admission...... 17 and Campus Security...... 58 Registration And Enrollment...... 19 Diplomas...... 59 Residence Qualifications ...... 20 Credit By Examination ...... 59 Student Services and Academic Credit Granted For Military Service ...... 60 Support...... 23 Grading System ...... 61 Center For Undergrad. Studies And Programs (CUSP) . 25 Grade Appeal Procedure ...... 62 Mathematics Enrichment Program – Tutor Center. . . . 25 Academic Probation, Suspension and Reinstatement. . . 64 English Department Writing Center ...... 26 Academic Fresh Start...... 64 Information Systems & Services...... 26 Programs, Degrees and Graduation International Student Services...... 26 Requirements ...... 67 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 27 Graduation Requirements...... 69 Office of Student Life ...... 27 University Requirements - Bachelor Degrees...... 69 Career Services ...... 28 University Requirements - Associate Degrees. . . . . 70 Counseling Services...... 28 General Education Statement...... 70 Health Services...... 28 General Education Requirements...... 71 Multicultural Affairs...... 28 The Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) Residential LIving...... 28 Graduation Requirement At Washburn University ...... 72 Student Activities And Greek Life...... 29 General Education Requirements For Specific Washburn Student Government Assoc. (WSGA). . . . 29 Bachelor’s and Associate Degrees...... 74 Campus Activities Board (CAB) ...... 29 Academic Programs...... 75 Greek Organizations...... 29 College Of Arts And Sciences Degree Programs. . . . 75 Honorary Organizations...... 29 School Of Business Degree Programs ...... 76 Student Publications...... 29 School Of Nursing Degree Programs...... 76 Student Recreation And Wellness Center ...... 30 School Of Applied Studies Degree Programs ...... 76 Student Services...... 30 College Of Arts & Sciences ...... 77 Fees and Financial Aid...... 31 General Information ...... 79 Financial Obligations ...... 33 Graduation Requirements ...... 79 Tuition...... 33 Declaring A Major ...... 79 Categories Of Charges...... 33 Optional Minor ...... 80 Fees...... 33 Filing for Graduation...... 80 Miscellaneous Charges ...... 34 Degrees And Majors Offered ...... 80 Fines...... 34 Undergraduate Courses And Programs...... 83 Refunds ...... 35 American Citizenship ...... 84 Financial Aid...... 36 Anthropology ...... 84 University Educational Opportunities Art...... 87 And Initiatives...... 37 Astronomy...... 94 Scholarly And Creative Endeavors...... 39 Biology ...... 94 Learning In The Community (LinC)...... 39 Chemistry...... 98 Institute For The Study And Practice Of Leadership. . . 39 Clinical Laboratory Sciences ...... 101 International Programs...... 40 Communication...... 102 Computer Information Sciences...... 105 Bachelor Of Applied Science In Human Services. . . . 213 Economics ...... 110 Certificates Of Completion...... 213 Education...... 111 Human Services Course Offerings...... 214 Engineering...... 120 Office, Legal And Technology Department...... 219 English ...... 121 Banking...... 219 French...... (see Modern Languages) Design Technology...... 220 Geography ...... 126 Food Service...... 221 Geology ...... 127 Industrial Technology ...... 221 German...... (see Modern Languages) Legal Studies ...... 223 Health...... 127 Office Administration...... 226 History...... 128 Technology Administration ...... 227 Humanities And Creative And Performing Arts. . . . . 131 Department Of Social Work...... 229 Integrated Studies...... 132 Program Information...... 229 Japanese ...... (see Modern Languages) Admission Requirements...... 230 Mass Media ...... 134 Degree Requirements...... 231 Mathematics And Statistics...... 137 Social Work Courses ...... 232 Modern Languages...... 141 School Of Business ...... 235 Music ...... 148 School Of Business ...... 237 Natural Sciences And Mathematics ...... 158 General Information ...... 237 Peace, Justice, And Conflict Resolution Studies ...... 158 Scholarships...... 238 Philosophy ...... 159 Academic Advising And Admission Requirements. . . . . 240 Physical Education...... 162 Graduation Requirements...... 241 Physics...... 168 Major Areas of Concentration...... 242 Political Science and Public Administration ...... 170 Accounting...... 242 Pre-Theology ...... 176 Economics...... 243 Psychology...... 176 Finance ...... 243 Public Administration ...... (see Political Science) Management ...... 243 Religious Studies ...... 179 Marketing...... 244 Sociology ...... 180 General Business...... 244 Spanish...... (see Modern Languages) Undergraduate Courses...... 244 Theatre...... 183 Accounting ...... 244 Women’s And Gender Studies...... 185 Business ...... 245 School of Applied Studies ...... 187 Economics...... 249 Brief History ...... 189 School Of Nursing...... 253 Mission...... 189 General Information ...... 255 General Degree Requirements...... 189 Admission Policies...... 255 Certificate Programs...... 189 Degree Requirements ...... 257 Accreditation And Approval...... 189 Baccalaureate Nursing Curriculum...... 258 Academic Advisement ...... 190 R.N. Articulation ...... 259 Academic Standards...... 190 Graduation And Degree Requirements...... 261 Joint Programs with Kaw Area Technical School (KATS).190 School Nurse Certification Program ...... 261 SAS Departmental Honors...... 190 School Of Nursing General Policies...... 261 School of Applied Studies Shared Courses ...... 191 ROTC Programs...... 265 Allied Health Department...... 191 Course Descriptions...... 265 Health Services Administration...... 191 Graduate Programs...... 271 Medical Imaging...... 192 Business (MBA) ...... 273 Diagnostic Medical Sonography...... 192 Criminal Justice (MCJ)...... 279 Health Information Technology...... 193 Education (MEd)...... 282 Physical Therapist Assistant...... 193 Liberal Studies (MLS)...... 291 Radiation Therapy ...... 194 Nursing (MSN) ...... 293 Radiologic Technology...... 194 Social Work (MSW)...... 301 Respiratory Therapy...... 195 Psychology (MA)...... 309 Computed Tomography ...... 195 Magnetic Resonance ...... 196 Officers of the University...... 313 Allied Health Course Offerings ...... 196 Board Of Regents...... 317 Criminal Justice Department...... 203 Administrative Officers...... 317 Bachelor Of Science In Criminal Justice ...... 204 Washburn Alumni Association...... 317 Criminal Justice Course Offerings ...... 205 General Faculty ...... 318 Military & Strategic Studies...... 208 Faculty Emeriti ...... 327 Military Science...... 210 Index...... 333 Human Services ...... 212 Campus Map ...... 340 Degree Requirements...... 213 Associate Of Applied Science In Human Services. . . 213 THE COVER ART This digital manipulation, by Michael D. Allen, is the result of a collection of classes he has attended here at Washburn University. Michael specifically prepared images for consideration of the Catalog cover project. He arrived at the finished image by solarizing the original digital photograph of the Ichabod statue and applying different gradients of blue to give the composition a Washburn hue. Michael Allen, a Rooks County, KS graduate and recipient of the Hindman Scholarship, is seeking his Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. He is a Junior and considers himself a mixed media artist by combining various applications of photography, computer design, painting, and printing.

PURPOSE OF THIS PUBLICATION This catalog is intended as a description of the educational program and activities offered by Washburn University. Washburn University makes no representations that following a particular course curriculum outlined in the catalog will result in specific achievement, employment or qualification for employment, admis- sion to degree programs, or licensing for particular professions or occupations. This catalog is explanatory in nature and is not a contract between the student and Washburn University. Washburn University reserves the right to withdraw courses at any time, change the fees, change the rules and calendar regulating admission and graduation requirements, and change any other regulations affecting the student body. Changes shall become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and shall apply not only to prospective students but also to those who at the time are matriculated in the university. Information in this catalog is correct according to information available to the Washburn University admin- istration at the time of publication. It is understood that the ultimate responsibility for complying with degree requirements rests with the student.

STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY The University does not assume responsibility for injury or property loss, or damage sustained by persons on or off the University’s premises. Incidents of injury or property damage which could result in claims should be reported to the police immediately.

CLASS CANCELLATIONS/CHANGES IN SCHEDULES In the event of unforeseen circumstances, Washburn University reserves the right to cancel courses or change meeting times, classroom assignments, or instructors.

NOTE: We are interested in knowing any improvements to this catalog the readers believe to be appropriate. We accept suggestions in writing and incorporate them in future editions when possible. Appreciation is extended to Dr. Nancy Tate and Emily Rishel for their assistance in producing the catalog.

Photos by Peggy Clark, University Photographer

1 Ichabod spirit at its very best.

2 WELCOME TO WASHBURN UNIVERSITY

As we look toward education for the future, of the academic “family.” They were expected to our vision is focused on the rapidly acceler- “conform to certain regulations” as long as they ating pace of technological innovation. The were “connected with the family,” all in the “best ways we seek new knowledge, the manners interests of a well regulated school life.” in which we are entertained and the methods Academic expectations of the in-coming we use to do our jobs have changed more student were equally as rigid. Freshmen were dramatically in the past decade than ever be- urged to prepare for the entrance examination lieved possible a century ago. by acquiring a general knowledge of ancient and Yet one goal has remained constant through medieval history, plane geometry and a variety the years at Washburn University: instilling in of literary works ranging from Milton’s “Paradise students the desire for the continuous pursuit Lost” and Cooper’s “Last of the Mohicans” to of knowledge. In recent years, Washburn’s call Dryden’s “Palamon and Arcite” and Pope’s Iliad to action has been “Learning for a Lifetime.” Books, I, VI, XXII and XXIV. The SAT or ACT test But 100 years ago, the required today seems far same thought was ex- more practical in application. pressed a bit more for- Today’s general education mally in the introduction courses also are more useful to the young college’s in providing a broad-based catalog, which stated, learning experience. Ichabods “Washburn endeavors to one hundred years ago were prepare students for gen- required to have completed eral usefulness in life.” four years of Greek to receive Sound academic a Bachelor of Arts degree. programs have been the Students were expected to foundation of the school learn the language in order to since it was established study the original works of an- in 1865. For instance, the cient scholars such as Homer College’s early admin- and Herodotus. The ability to istrators were confident sight read Latin was stipulat- enough of the program to ed. Also listed in the 100-year proclaim in the first cata- old catalog are course offer- log, “the standard of edu- ings common today, such as cation is far in advance physics, chemistry, of any other college this philosophy and English. side of the Missouri River Washburn University is and equal to any in the land.” That’s a pretty rich with tradition. We are proud of our reputation weighty statement for a first year institution of of educational excellence. Washburn’s success higher learning. is based on the highest standard for faculty and The computer is the center of the majority of a long-standing commitment to individual stu- curriculum development for the coming de- dent achievement. Washburn is proud of our cades. Washburn is offering more classes on- involvement with the community of which we are line, giving students of the 21st century more a part and which supports our efforts. We have options in blending school and work responsi- an emphasis on technology and the future. By bilities. Students attending Washburn College advancing the fundamentals of higher education, in 1899, in contrast, were more restricted in Washburn University is prepared to further its both their academic pursuits and their per- tradition of educational excellence well into the sonal lives. School administrators preferred 21st century. students to live on campus in order to be part

3 Robin Bowen, Vice President for Academic Affairs, and President Jerry Farley talk with visitors to campus.

4 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Vision of the University

The Core Values of the University

The Mission of the University

Equal Educational and Employment Opportunity

Sexual Harassment and Harassment Policy

History of Washburn University

Assessment

Accreditation

Open Meetings and Records

Campus and Facilities

Housing on Campus

Off-Campus Housing

5 Washburn students pose in front of the Acropolis on their summer study abroad trip to Greece.

6 Wa s h b u r n Un i v e r s i t y Se l e c t Un i v e r s i t y Mi s s i o n Washburn University shall prepare qualified indi- Vision, Va l u e s , Mi s s i o n viduals for careers, further study and life long learning through excellence in teaching and scholarly work. Pr e a m b l e Washburn University shall make a special effort to help The road to graduation from Washburn University individuals reach their full academic potential.* should be a transformative experience, not merely be *The Select University Mission was approved by the a series of transactions by which a student completes Washburn Board of Regents in 1999 to more concisely an array of courses and is rewarded with a diploma. describe the comprehensive mission of the university Washburn’s goal is to graduate students who are highly approved in 1996. principled citizens who make a difference in society. Mi s s i o n o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y Vision o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y Washburn University strives to continue to be an Washburn University will be widely recognized for outstanding public metropolitan educational resource for academic excellence, evidenced by student and faculty the people of Kansas and the region, emphasizing excel- achievement, leadership development, community com- lence in teaching. This emphasis on quality instruction in mitment, and global understanding. the learning/teaching process has been maintained since Washburn’s founding in 1865 and its evolution from a Co r e Va l u e s o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y small church college to a comprehensive public metro- • Washburn University values high quality instruction politan university. The University takes pride in its faculty in the learning/teaching process. and staff and the talent and diversity they bring to the educational process. • Washburn University values diversity, is dedicated The University’s educational objectives are to pre- to equality, and is committed to serving a diverse pare individuals for careers and further study in a variety population including residents of Topeka, Shawnee of disciplines and for a lifetime of continuous learning. County, Kansas, the nation and the world. The open admissions policy on the undergraduate level • Washburn University values the fundamentals of a allows Washburn to offer higher education to a diverse general education. population, but also requires the University to make a • Washburn University values helping individuals special effort to help individuals reach their full academic reach their full academic potential. potential. An extensive advising system complements the • Washburn University values a collegial and interac- educational program. tive process in planning and decision making, pro- Washburn provides educational opportunities moting civility, understanding, and mutual concern. principally for the residents of Topeka, Shawnee County • Washburn University values improvement, continu- and Northeast Kansas. It also attracts students from the ously assessing undergraduate and graduate pro- entire state, nation and the world. Degrees are awarded grams to meet community needs and professional at the associate, bachelor, master and professional expectations. levels. The general education foundation is the common base for all the University’s undergraduate degrees. The • Washburn University values both tradition and in- College of Arts and Sciences and the School of Law his- novation. torically have been and continue to be areas of strength • Washburn University encourages the growth and for Washburn. As a metropolitan institution, programs in development of all learners and those who facilitate the Schools of Business, Nursing and Applied Studies, these processes. and the Division of Continuing Education are special • Washburn University values integrity and ethical emphases of the University. Washburn is responsive to behavior in all matters. the needs of the recent high school and community col- • Washburn University provides a professional and lege graduate, but it also has an additional commitment supportive work environment where our employees to provide educational opportunities for the adult learner. enjoy freedom of conscience and the right to refuse As a metropolitan university, it is not only a uni- to engage in actions that violate ethical principles, versity located in the city, it is an integral part of the professional standards, or provisions of law. community, the state and the region. It must focus on • Washburn University values transformational expe- the total educational needs of the area and must adapt riences in leadership, community service, interna- and change with the ever varying demands placed on tional education and scholarly and creative activities it. Through musical and theater performances, library for all students. services, public forums, lecture series and art exhibitions, • Washburn University values its role in the commu- the University enriches the community’s cultural and in- nity and is closely engaged with the community be- tellectual life. Working with business and industry, health yond the campus, providing services and outreach care providers, government, social agencies, public activities that enhance the social and economic schools and regional educational institutions, Washburn vitality of the region. assists others in establishing and reaching their goals and objectives. University faculty and staff engage in research and creative activities and participate on com- missions and boards to improve teaching effectiveness, meet community needs, and contribute to the extension 7 of knowledge. The University also joins with other • submission to or rejection of such conduct by an post-secondary institutions and organizations in offering individual is used as the basis for employment deci- educational opportunities for the people of Kansas and sions affecting such individual; is committed to participation in appropriate cooperative • such conduct has the purpose or effect of un- ventures. reasonable interfering with an individual’s work Washburn University is accountable to itself, its performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or students, the citizens of Topeka and the taxpayers of offensive working environment; or, Kansas. It is committed to accreditation of appropriate • such conduct emphasizes the sexuality of an indi- academic programs, to vigorous regular self-assessment vidual in a manner which prevents or impairs that of both academic and non-academic programs, and to individual’s full enjoyment of work and/or educa- continuous improvement. tional benefits, environment, or opportunities. Eq u a l Ed u c a t i o n a l a n d Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual Emp l o y m e n t Oppo r t u n i t y nature constitute sexual harassment when: Washburn University is committed to a policy of equal • the conduct has the purpose or effect of interfering educational and employment opportunity without regard with the individual’s work or academic performance, to race, color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, dis- or of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive ability, sex, marital or parental status, or sexual orienta- work or educational environment; or tion/gender identity. Each unit within the University is • it is imposed by an employee or agent of the Uni- charged with conducting its practices in conformity with versity and denies, limits, conditions, or provides these principles. different aid, benefits, services, or treatment. Equal educational opportunity includes, but is not lim- Harassment is defined to have occurred when, on ited to, admissions, recruitment, extracurricular programs the basis of color, race, religion, age, national origin, and activities, counseling and testing, financial aid, ancestry, disability, sex, marital or parental status, or health services, and employment. sexual orientation, a hostile or intimidating environment Equal employment opportunity includes, but is not lim- is created in which verbal or physical conduct, because ited to, recruitment, hiring, assignment of duties, tenure of its severity and/or persistence, is likely to interfere sig- and promotion determinations, compensation, benefits, nificantly with an individual’s work or education, or affect training, and termination. Positive action shall be taken adversely an individual’s living conditions. to assure the full realization of equal opportunity for all Complaints of sexual harassment or harassment (as employees of the University. defined above are to be made to the Equal Opportunity Responsibility for monitoring and implementation of Director, Ms. Carol Vogel, Morgan Hall Room 380A. this policy is delegated to the Equal Opportunity Director; Phone: 785-670-1509. Email: carol.vogel@washburn. however, all employees will share in the specific activities edu. Complaints must be filed within 180 days of the necessary to achieve these goals. latest alleged incident. The Equal Opportunity Director is Ms. Carol Vogel, Complaint Procedures . Individuals who believe they Morgan Hall, Room 380A. Phone: 785-670-1509. may be or are victims of discrimination or harassment in E-mail: [email protected] violation of the University’s equal opportunity and harass- (Washburn University policy, regulations and proce- ment policies should promptly take one or more of the dures manual, Section I, 1.) steps outlined below, as applicable. It is not necessary for all steps to be taken or to be taken in order. Nothing Se x u a l Ha r a s s m e n t a n d in these procedures shall be construed as preventing any Ha r a s s m e n t Po l i c y individual from pursuing any other legal action. Any retaliation against an individual who files All persons must be allowed to pursue their activities a complaint of discrimination/harassment or against at the University free from sexual harassment and unwel- individuals who participate in the proceedings is strictly come sexual advances. Such conduct will not be toler- prohibited. ated. All individuals must be allowed to pursue activities The Equal Opportunity Director may become at the University free from harassment based on color, aware of an incident of alleged discrimination/ha- race, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, rassment even though not reported by the alleged sex, marital or parental status, or sexual orientation/gen- victim. Incidents of discrimination/harassment pose der identity. Responsibility for maintaining a harassment legal risks to the University. Therefore, the University free campus environment rests with all employees and retains the right to conduct investigations into alleged students, and others while on the University campus or incidents of discrimination/harassment and take appro- involved in University-sponsored activities. priate measures. This is true even if the alleged victim is Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual unwilling or chooses not to report or to pursue the matter. advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or The complainant will be notified of the disposition physical conduct of a sexual nature when: of the complaint at each stage of the process . If a • submission to such conduct is made either explicitly finding of discrimination/harassment is made, appropriate or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s corrective and remedial action will be taken. employment; Self Help . The complaint procedure does not require the complainant to confront the alleged perpetrator in any manner or for any reason prior to initiating a formal

8 grievance. The complainant may elect to employ self- The complaint procedure identifies the alleged help measures. One course of action by individuals who victim as the “complainant” and the alleged offender as believe they have been discriminated against/harassed the “respondent.” by someone is to inform that person emphatically the The EOD initiates the following actions in no partic- conduct is unwelcome, offensive, violates University ular order, normally within 10 business days of the filing policy, and must stop. There are two methods by which of the informal complaint: this may be done. An individual may: • Apprising the respondent of the charge of discrimi- • Personally inform the person either verbally or in nation/harassment; writing; or, • Eliciting from the respondent an explanation of what • Ask a supervisor or the EOD to notify the person. occurred from the respondent’s perspective; Consultation and Evaluation. Individuals who • Gathering any other information or conducting any believe they may be or are a victim of discrimination/ investigation or interviews the EOD deems to be harassment may contact the EOD. This should be done necessary; normally within 10 days of the alleged incident giving rise • Attempting to facilitate a solution acceptable to both to the complaint. The consultation/evaluation has several the complainant and the respondent; purposes. • Taking such other steps deemed appropriate by the To help the individual in determining if the percep- EOD; tion of discrimination/harassment is valid; • Advising the individual of the EOD’s conclusion To discuss the rights, under the policy, of both the regarding whether or not an issue of discrimination/ individual and the person against whom the allegation is harassment is present, based on the information made; presented in the investigation; To discuss possible methods the individual could undertake to address and to eliminate the unwanted • Making a written record of the informal procedure. conduct (whether or not it is discrimination/harassment); Any resolution will be maintained in the EOD office and, for a minimum of 3 years; and, To advise the individual. The EOD will: • Notifying the complainant and the respondent that • Help the individual determine what courses of ac- retaliation for having exercised their rights under tion exist if an issue of discrimination/harassment is this policy is prohibited. believed present. A formal complaint may follow if a solution to • Assure the individual that all complaints will be the situation acceptable to the complainant cannot be promptly and thoroughly investigated and decided reached. The request must be submitted in writing to the within the time frames set forth below at each stage EOD within 10 business days from the completion of the of the process. informal complaint procedure. • Advise the individual that a complaint normally must Formal Complaint Procedure . be filed within 10 business days: An individual’s request for a formal complaint will be given to the President. The request: • Of the incident giving rise to the complaint; or, procedure • Must be in writing; • Following consultation with the EOD in 4.3 • May be submitted by either the complainant or the above. EOD on the complainant’s behalf; • Notify the individuals that retaliation for having • Shall be delivered to the respondent at the same exercised their rights under this policy is strictly time it is delivered to the President; and, prohibited. • Shall be granted by the President unless it appears • Advise the individual of the EOD’s conclusion some other disposition satisfactory to the complain- regarding whether or not an issue of discrimina- ant can be made. tion/harassment is present. The conclusion will be based upon all of the information presented and The President will furnish the EOD, normally within gathered. 10 days from the date the request is granted, a list of 7 University Employees from which one member of a hear- • Confidentiality. The EOD shall take steps to keep ing committee will be selected. information confidential to the greatest extent pos- , nor- sible. No assurance of complete confidentiality may The hearing committee will be established mally within 20 business days of the individual’s request. be given. THE EOD will coordinate the selection process. First, Document Retention. Records will remain with the the complainant shall select one University Employee EOD for a minimum of three years. to serve on the hearing committee. The respondent Informal Complaint Procedure . then shall select one University Employee to serve on An informal complaint may be filed by the individ- the committee. The third member shall be selected as ual believing to have been the victim of discrimination/ follows: harassment, normally within 10 business days: The first and second members will alternate elimi- • Of the incident giving rise to the complaint; or, nating one name at a time from the list of 7 University • Following consultation with the EOD in 4.3 above. Employees furnished by the President, starting with the Or, the EOD may take action when the informal person selected by the complainant until only one of the complaint procedure is deemed necessary. The EOD’s names remains. This individual becomes the third com- determination will be based upon the information and mittee member. evidence provided by the alleged victim. 9 The first meeting of the hearing committee nor- Expansion of the school was constant. The School mally will be scheduled by the EOD within 10 days of of Law was organized in 1903, as was a School of Fine the selection of the hearing committee, at which time the Arts and a medical school, which educated physicians committee will set the hearing date. Time is of the es- until 1913. During the next three decades structures such sence in scheduling and conducting the hearing. as the Mulvane Art Museum, Benton Hall and Whiting All committee members will serve without com- Field House were added to the campus. In June 1966, a pensation. Wage and hour Employees’ service on such tornado struck Topeka and several historic buildings on committee shall be deemed hours worked. campus were demolished. The Washburn community ral- Reasonable provisions will be made for individuals lied and financial support from friends and alumni made to appear as witnesses at the hearing. possible the rebuilding of many school facilities during A record will be kept of the proceedings of the the coming years. Today, university facilities offer more hearing. than one million square feet of modern academic and The committee will deliberate in private and render support space. its decision, normally within 10 days of the hearing. In 1941, the citizens of Topeka endorsed Washburn Legal counsel, on behalf of either party, may serve by voting to establish a municipal university, supported only in an advisory capacity, and may not represent nor in part by the city and governed by a local board of re- participate in the hearing. gents. In 1952, the Washburn Board of Regents officially The decision of a majority of the committee shall be changed the name of the school to Washburn University the decision of the whole. The decision shall be consid- of Topeka. In 1999, the university’s primary funding was ered final and binding upon both the complainant and the moved from city property tax to county sales tax sources, respondent. with the school retaining status as a municipal subdivi- Appeal Procedure. The decision of the committee sion of the state. In addition to local financial support, may be appealed by either party by filing a written notice Washburn has received state funds since 1961, which of appeal with the EOD specifying the basis for the ap- have been coordinated by the Kansas Board of Regents peal within 10 days of the decision. since 1991. Washburn is governed by its own nine-mem- The EOD shall promptly notify the Vice Presidents ber Board of Regents. of the University who shall serve as an appeals Washburn provides broadly-based liberal arts and committee. professional education through more than 190 certificate, The appeals committee shall consider the com- associate, baccalaureate, master’s and juris doctor pro- plete record of the hearing and render a decision, grams through the College of Arts and Sciences and the normally within 10 business days of receipt of the notice Schools of Law, Business, Nursing and Applied Studies. of appeal. It will not conduct a hearing. Its decision shall Eighty-seven percent of the faculty holds a doctorate or be final. the highest degree available in their discipline. The hearing and appeal committees’ decision shall have no effect upon any other individual not Un i v e r s i t y As s e s s m e n t participating in the specific complaint, nor will it operate The assessment of student learning is an integral to change any University policy or procedure. part of the teaching and learning process and Washburn Each decision shall be reviewed in due course by University strives to create a culture of assessment sur- appropriate University policymakers to determine if any rounding all of the curricular and co-curricular activities in policy change should be made. which students participate. Full and complete documentation of any complaint Valid and reliable assessment is important for three shall be retained by the EOD for a minimum of 3 years. reasons: Hi s t o r y o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y • To improve student learning Washburn University was established in February • To provide accountability to stakeholders, such as 1865 as Lincoln College by a charter issued by the students, parents, legislators, accrediting agencies, State of Kansas and the General Association of and the public Congregational Ministers and Churches of Kansas. A • To assist in the process of accreditation, both of the two-story brick building on the northeast corner of 10th University and of individual programs and Jackson Streets was soon erected and the first In order to foster this culture of assessment, classes began in January 1866. In 1868, the school was Washburn University has created a university-wide renamed Washburn College, in recognition of a $25,000 assessment committee. The mission of the Washburn donation by Ichabod Washburn, a church deacon and University Assessment Committee is to aid the University resident of Worcester, Mass. community’s assessment efforts to ensure that student The university was granted a permanent location learning is a responsibility shared by the entire commu- in 1865 when Topekan Col. John Ritchie donated a 160- nity. The committee will support the collection, analysis acre site, which at the time was a considerable distance and dissemination of the evidence of student learning to southwest of the city. Construction on the first building make certain that changes in student learning goals and began in 1872, with occupancy taking place in 1874. For outcomes are based on evidence. The mission of the the next two decades, college President Peter McVicar Assessment Committee assists the University in provid- conducted an aggressive development campaign. His ef- ing evidence that the Select Mission of the University—to forts resulted in the establishment of numerous Victorian prepare qualified individuals for careers, further study limestone structures which characterized the campus for and life long learning through excellence in teaching and the next 90 years. scholarly work—is being met.

10 To help the University Assessment Committee • Kansas State Board of Nursing (Nursing – Master, satisfy its mission, the following are shared expectations: Baccalaureate) • Every program/unit/major has a mission statement. • Kansas State Department of Education (Education • The program/unit/major ensures the mission – Master, Baccalaureate) statement is shared with all constituents. • The program/unit/major periodically reviews the • National Association of Schools of Art and Design mission statement to ensure it is appropriate (Art) and compatible with the University’s mission. • National Association of Schools of Music (Music) • Every program/unit/major has student learning • National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Edu- goals. cation (Education – Master, Baccalaureate) • Each goal is supported by learning objectives (outcomes) which are measurable. Op e n Me e t i n g s a n d Re co r d s • Evidence is consistently collected and acces- sible to appropriate constituents. Washburn University is a public municipal institution • Evidence is regularly analyzed i.e. the program/ of higher education organized and existing under the pro- unit has an established schedule for review of visions of the Kansas Constitution (Article 6, Section 2) evidence. and the Kansas Statutes Annotated (K.S.A. 13-13a03 et • The program/unit/major has an appropriate seq). As a public institution, the meetings of its govern- mechanism to institute changes which are sug- ing board are open to the public under the provisions of gested by the evidence. the Kansas Open Meetings Act (K.S.A. 75-4317 et seq) • Students share the responsibility for the evalua- and the records of the University are subject to inspec- tion of student learning by completing assessment tion as provided under the Kansas Open Records Act activities which provide the data required for reliable (K.S.A. 45-215 et seq). analysis of the curricular and co-curricular activities a mp u s acilities which are undertaken. C & F Website: http://www.washburn.edu/washburn/gen/ Un i v e r s i t y Acc r e d i t a t i o n washburn_generated_pages/Campus_Attractions_m30. Washburn University is accredited or approved by the html Higher Learning Commission: A Commission of the North Washburn University is located on a spacious, Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 North attractive campus in the capital city of the state of LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504. In Kansas. Washburn is a municipally supported, state addition, several academic programs are accredited or assisted university comprised of six major academic approved by the following accrediting bodies: units; the College of Arts and Sciences, the School of • AACSB – International (Business – Master, Bac- Law, the School of Business, the School of Nursing, the calaureate) School of Applied Studies and the Division of Continuing Education. There are approximately 7,000 students • Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences (Certified – enrolled in traditional undergraduate degree programs, Master) two-year associate degree programs and professional • American Association of Museums (Mulvane Art graduate programs in Law, Business, Psychology, Museum) Education, Social Work, Criminal Justice, Liberal Studies • American Bar Association (School of Law, Legal and Nursing. Visit the website listed above to learn more Studies) about the campus. • American Chemical Society (Certified BS Chemis- Special Facilities try) Listed below are brief descriptions of special facilities • Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy available at Washburn. For information on classroom Education of the American Physical Therapy As- buildings please visit the website listed above. sociation (Physical Therapy Asst) The Andrew J. and Georgia Neese Gray Theatre, • Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics seating 388, features a thrust stage, and is the site of and Information Management Education (Health productions by both the University Theatre Department Information Technology) and Community groups. • Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care Athletic Facilities The equipment and facilities for (Respiratory Therapy) physical education provide an opportunity for every stu- • Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training dent to participate in physical education activities. Education (Athletic Training) Carole Chapel was donated to Washburn in 2003 by • Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education the Menninger Foundation when the clinic relocated to (Nursing – Master, Baccalaureate) Houston, Texas. Carole Chapel is open for meditation from 7:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and • Council on Social Work Education (Social Work – noon to 5:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday when classes Master, Baccalaureate) are in session. The chapel has reduced hours when • Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic classes are not in session and is closed on university Medical Sonography (Diagnostic Medical Sonogra- holidays and when reserved for private events. phy) Whiting Field House, erected in 1928 and named • Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic for Albe G. Whiting, is currently being renovated and will Technology (Radiologic Technology) provide strength and conditioning facilities for varsity 11 athletics and physical education classes; a large playing Nebraska, Oklahoma and Missouri receive the KTWU floor for basketball, volleyball, wrestling, tumbling, and signal over various cable systems. gymnastics work; office, classroom and laboratory space The Law Library for Washburn University School for the School of Nursing; and classroom space for other of Law is located in the law building on the northwest academic programs. corner of the campus. The National Jurist (Oct. 2004, Yager Stadium at Moore Bowl was completely p. 20) ranked the library in the top 30% among 183 U.S. renovated in 2003. The first gift to the stadium renova- law school libraries using a mix of categories measuring tion was from former Ichabod defensive end Bernie collection, facility and staff resources. The library con- Bianchino, with substantial gifts from an anonymous tains over 388,000 volumes, including titles in microfiche, donor and others. The Bianchino Pavilion includes video, and digital formats. It is an official depository for six suites, media facilities, restroom and concession materials published by the U.S. Government Printing facilities, and meeting rooms. The new name of Yager Office and Kansas state agencies. Appellate case Stadium at Moore Bowl is in honor of former Ichabod reports and statutes from all fifty states are available runningback Gary Yager. as is an extensive collection of briefs from the U.S. and Other playing fields are provided for other varsity Kansas Supreme Courts. The online catalog provides sports, varsity practice, and intramural sports. A baseball direct access to selected Internet full text documents as diamond and two softball diamonds for intercollegiate well as to the holdings of the university’s Mabee Library competition are available, and there are six excellent and the 200,000 volumes held by the Kansas Supreme cement tennis courts located near Petro Allied Health Court Law Library (located a five-minute drive from the Center. law school in the Judicial Center). Petro Allied Health Center is a state of the art physi- Washburn has a national reputation for leader- cal education and athletic facility. This facility includes ship in the use of new legal research technologies. Its a six-lane swimming pool with two diving boards, a WashLaw Web Internet site (www.washlaw.edu) is a na- large gymnasium with basketball, volleyball and bad- tionally recognized legal research portal. The law library minton courts, as well as a running track. There is also is host to a large number of law-related electronic dis- a weight-training room, dance studio, athletic training cussion groups (listservs) on the Internet. The library’s room, exercise physiology laboratory, and Physical extensive selection of electronic research resources Therapy Assistant laboratory. including Lexis and Westlaw is available for law student Bradbury Thompson Center, which was funded and faculty use. Instruction in the use of these tools is entirely from private sources, opened in April 1996. The available to each student in the first year. Center houses the operations of the Washburn Alumni The Washburn University School of Law has been Association and the Vice President for Academic Affairs in continuous existence since 1903. The School was and Administration/Treasure, and was designed to serve admitted to membership in the Association of American the needs of alumni and Washburn University, as well as Law Schools in 1905 and in 1923 was one of 38 law provide meeting space for many community groups and schools (from among some 150 then in existence) on organizations. the American Bar Association’s first approved list of law Charles Bennett Computer Center, completed in schools. For more information please visit http://www. 1988, houses the main offices of Information Systems washburnlaw.edu. and Services, and academic computing laboratories and The Memorial Union, provides university students, faculty offices. faculty staff, alumni and guests with facilities, programs, International House, located near the center of and essential services to meet the needs of daily cam- the campus, is situated between the Student Union pus life. Dedicated in 1952 as a memorial to Washburn and Benton Hall. This Spanish-style structure, built in students and Shawnee County residents who lost their 1931 by Dr. and Mrs. Parley P. Womer, was the private lives in foreign wars, it serves today as the “living room residence of the former university president and his wife. of campus”. After their deaths, the home reverted to the University One of the first stops for students arriving on campus and serves now as the center of international activities. is the Ichabod Service Center on the Union’s mail level. The building features a magnificent great room, 44 by Students receive their identification cards and learn 22 feet with a balcony on two sides, huge fireplace and a about all the services and programs offered. beamed, vaulted ceiling. Hurricane shutters and wrought Union Market food court is open for breakfast, lunch, iron balustrade and chandelier enhance the Spanish and dinner and offers a variety of food options. The architecture. The House is furnished with American Corner Store, the Union’s convenience shop, serves cof- antiques and artifacts from around the world. fees, smoothies, and frozen yogurt, among other popular KTWU is a non-commercial television station licensed and nutritious items. to Washburn University and a member station of Public The University Bookstore, located on the Union’s Broadcasting Service (PBS). It began broadcasting lower level, provides a complete selection of new and in 1965 as the first public television station in Kansas. used textbooks. The university community shops here for KTWU’s broadcast center is located at 19th & Jewell their Ichabod gear and computer and other technology Ave. on the Washburn Campus. KTWU broadcasts three supplies, as well as a wide choice of Washburn imprinted distinct digital television channels for viewers: 11.1, 11.2, gifts. 11.3. Washburn Student Government Association offices The station serves a 70-mile radius in northeastern are also located on the lower level of the Union, as well Kansas as well as a 30-mile area in southeast central as the Campus Activities Board, Washburn Student Kansas. In addition, other communities in Kansas,

12 Publications, and Student Activities and Greek Life when instruction sessions are not occurring in the elec- Office. tronic classroom. The Library website (www.washburn. Fifteen modern conference rooms of various sizes edu/mabee) is designed for ease of use, and features and numerous comfortable lounges guarantee the the ENCORE search tool that allows researchers to Memorial union is the favorite meeting place for campus access the collections of Mabee Library, the Curriculum and public gatherings and student leisure activities. Resources Center, the Washburn School of Law Library, The Mulvane Art Museum, founded in 1922 with a the Kansas Supreme Court Library, the Kansas State bequest from Joab Mulvane, is one of the oldest muse- Library and the Kansas State Historical Society Library. ums west of the Mississippi River. In addition to an expanding number of books and print Accredited by the American Association of Museums journals, the Library also provides access to an expand- in 1998, the Museum houses a collection of approximate- ing number of electronic resources. The Librarians ly 3,000 objects from around the world including paint- also provide an online subject specific set of help tools ings, prints, drawings, sculptures, photographs and deco- (washburn.libguides.com), which extend public services rative art. While international in scope, the Museum’s beyond the 90 hours that in-person research assistance collection focuses on the works of artists from Kansas that exists each week. and the Midwest and has a concentration in American art Mabee Library is a selective depository for Federal of the 20th century. In addition to showing works from the and Kansas State documents. Special Collections in the collection the Museum also hosts traveling exhibitions. Library include the Rare Book Collection, the University Following a tornado in 1966, that destroyed most of Archives, the William I. Koch Art History Collection and a the buildings on campus, the present complex was built. growing Digital Institutional Repository (digital.washburn- Due to the nature of the Mulvane Trust, the original build- law.edu) that displays the scholarly work of both faculty ing’s native limestone exterior was unchanged; however and students. the severly damaged interior was gutted and connected The Curriculum Resource Center, a branch of the to the new Garvey Fine Arts Center which also houses Mabee Library, is located in Carnegie Hall. It special- the Art History, Music and Theater Departments. The izes in teacher resources and is a representative pre Mulvane Art Museum underwent another renovation proj- k-12 library. The CRC seeks to enhance the teaching ect, completed in 2006, that increased exhibition space and learning initiatives of the Washburn Department of to 5,000 sq. ft., provided secure storage for the collec- Education as it seeks to produce 21st century educators tion, art preparation areas, and significantly enlarged and to support its various communities, educators both the art education program with the creation of ArtLab, on campus and in the Topeka area who seek to develop a 1,500 sq. ft. hands-on art experience center and the 21st century learners. In addition to its physical collec- renovation of four education classrooms. tions, the CRC website (www.washburn.edu/mabee/ A.R.T. (Art Resources for Topeka), the Museum’s edu- crc) provides access to an increasing number of digital cation program, provides extensive community outreach resources. to children at after school sites, public and private school White Concert Hall was completed in 1968. It classrooms and preschool centers throughout the region. serves as the nucleus for the arts in Topeka. It is home In-house art classes, public lectures, family events and to all music department concerts, the Topeka Symphony community educational experiences for people of all Orchestra, the Community Concerts Series, the Festival ages and abilities are also offered. Singers, the Sunflower Music Festival and many Admission to the Museum and ArtLab is free and University and civic events. open to the public. Student Recreation and Wellness Center, Student St u d e n t Ho u s i n g o n Ca mp u s Recreation and Wellness Center facility components The Living Learning Center - To reach the goal of include a rock climbing wall, indoor track, gymnasium, providing attractive on-campus housing that focuses cardiovascular and resistance training area, multi-pur- on the intellectual and social development of students, pose room, wellness suite, and locker rooms. Program the University committed its efforts and resources to offerings include informal, intramural, group exercise, building this award winning facility. The Living Learning climbing and wellness opportunities. There are oppor- Center serves students, faculty, staff, alumni, and com- tunities for everyone, from the novice to the advanced munity members by providing social and common areas, recreational athlete. seminar rooms, dining services, a reading room, and on The University Library: Mabee Library, located in campus student housing. the center of campus, is the intellectual and cultural The LLC is a coed hall that includes 400 beds in mod- heart of the university. Its staff offers a wide variety of ern, four-bed suites grouped in clusters for privacy and services, with a special focus upon educational programs personal space and is equipped with wireless throughout that promote the intelligent use of information resources the building. Students can experience the opportunities and information literacy. Ongoing physical improve- of on-campus living and an atmosphere that encourages ments in the Library continue to make it a place for 21st learning. Rooms are arranged in clusters around commu- century learning and allow the Library to host a growing nity spaces that include television lounges, kitchenettes list of public exhibits and events—including the Day of with ovens, sinks and microwaves; and spacious study Transformation and Apeiron. rooms at the end of every wing. The Library has three floors: One of which is a Professional apartments are connected to the Living dedicated quiet zone, a second is designated for group section of the Center. These accommodate the Faculty- study, while the main level is a mixed space that provides in-Residence and professional staff. access to twenty-two computers at all times and over fifty

13 Kuehne and West Halls- These coed residence halls Of f -Ca mp u s Ho u s i n g consists of five self-contained units, eight persons each, with a large living room and an outside entrance with Many students prefer to live in apartments and resi- a patio or balcony. Both halls house approximately 43 dences in the neighborhoods immediately surrounding students. These halls have wireless internet access and the University campus. Several apartment complexes newly renovated bathrooms. There is a lounge in each are within easy walking distance of campus, and Topeka building with a kitchenette and laundry facilities. offers a large selection with easy access to campus. Washburn Village- This option provides apartment- Rental costs of approximately $450/month and up should style housing for students beyond the Freshman year. be anticipated. These costs are often shared by two to Opened in the Fall of 2004, this 192-bed facility, located four students thus reducing the per student cost. For south of KTWU, includes 2-, 3-, and 4-bedroom units. more information, contact the Residential Living Office, The apartments are fully furnished and the facility has re- Washburn University, 1801 SW Jewell Ave., Topeka, KS cently been updated to provide wireless internet access 66621. for all residents. In addition, each unit has a bathroom with a shower/tub combination, a living room, and a small kitchenette. The commons building includes a confer- ence room for study, a lounge area with a large-screen TV, a reception desk, mailboxes, and 24-hour access to laundry facilities.

President Jerry Farley lends a hand on move in day at the Living Learning Center.

14 ADMISSION

REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT

RESIDENCE QUALIFICATIONS

15 Homecoming hoopla is boosted by the Dancing Blues.

16 Ad m i s s i o n Conditional Admission Students not meeting one of the above standards will Washburn University welcomes applications from be granted admission together with a prescription for all interested students. As a public institution, the freshman success. University recognizes a responsibility to serve a variety This prescription may include for example: of educational needs manifested by its student clientele. • Mandatory Multi-Session Per Semester Advising. Prospective students are always welcome to the campus These three or four per semester sessions will and are encouraged to visit the campus prior to enroll- include academic assessment, program and degree ment. The Office of Admissions, Morgan 114, handles all planning. arrangements during students’ campus visitations. • Limit on Number of Semester Hours: 12 semester Admission Requirements credit hours per semester during their first year. From and after the 2000 Fall term, the following re- (Exceptions will be made upon approval by the quirements for admission will apply. counselor.) • Compulsory Enrollment in the IS 100 - Student Suc- Degree Candidates cess, Freshman Seminar - Course. Students who are graduates of accredited high • Menu of Courses Available to Students Specific schools and wish to fulfill the requirements for a de- list of General Education Courses High risk course gree will be admitted as regular classified students. enrollment limited to SIP sections Admission classification will depend upon the stu- • Required participation in study skills, career plan- dent’s academic credentials and admission test (ACT/ ning, test taking and other seminars offered by COMPASS) scores. CUSP. 1. An Application for Admission must be completed by all first time students and by former students who • Tutorials required as needed. were not in attendance during the prior semester. An Part-Time Students Application for Admission may be obtained by going to http://www.washburn.edu/admissions or upon Students taking less than seven hours per semester request from the Office of Admissions. are exempt from the above standards up to the point 2. Official high school or GED transcripts are required they have accumulated 18 hours of university credit. on all degree seeking applicants with fewer than 24 Home School Students hours of college work completed. The completion of the ACT test and receipt of the 3. Official transcripts of all previous college work must scores by the University is required for admission. An be submitted prior to enrollment by all degree seeking official transcript is also required and will be evaluated applicants. A transcript must be received from EACH on an individual basis by the Director of Admissions institution attended. for course content and completion. Home schooled 4. Entering freshmen or students who have not attained students with an ACT composite score less than 24 are sophomore standing (24 or more earned hours) required to submit a General Educational Development are required to submit ACT/COMPASS test scores. (GED) test score. These results will be used both to determine admis- sion status and by your advisor to select the proper Priority Admission for Home School courses of study. Students: 5. For Fall 2009 enrollment, Applications for Admis- • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR; sion and transcripts should be on file in the Office of • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and GED Score Admissions by July 31, 2009. Applicants for Spring > 500. 2010 should have applications and transcripts on file by January 4, 2010. Summer 2010 applicants should Conditional Admission for Home School have applications and transcripts on file by 10 busi- Students: ness days prior to Summer enrollment. ACT Composite Score < 20 and GED Score > 450 together with a prescription for freshman success Ad m i s s i o n Cr i t e r i a NOT Admitted: ACT Composite Score < 24 and GED < 450. Priority Admission Students meeting one of the following criteria will Graduates of non-accredited high schools will be be granted admission: evaluated on an individual basis. • High School GPA > 3.50 on a 4.00 scale OR; GED Students • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR; Students who are not graduates of a high school may • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and High qualify for admission by taking the GED. The University School GPA >2.60 on 4.00 scale OR; requires receipt of official GED diploma and official ACT • ACT Composite Score 18, 19 or 20 and High report of scores. School GPA > 2.90 on 4.00 scale OR; • ACT Composite Score 16 or 17 and High School GPA >3.20 on 4.00 scale.

17 Priority Admission for GED Students education are considered to have satisfied general • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR education requirements, and are therefore not required • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and GED Score to meet Washburn’s specific general education require- > 500 ments. This includes all aspects of the general educa- tion degree requirements and the University require- Conditional Admission for GED Students ments. Courses satisfactorily completed in the Arts & • ACT Composite Score < 20 and GED Score > 450 Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences & together with a prescription for freshman success. Mathematics as part of an A.A. or A.S. will be accepted towards credit in the appropriate general education dis- NOT Admitted: GED Score < 450. tribution area. Washburn baccalaureate graduates who Transfer Students are returning to pursue an additional degree are consid- Transfer students who have completed 24 or more ered to have satisfied general education requirements in hours of college work must submit an official transcript the same manner as transfer students. from each college previously attended. To be official, Transfer students who have completed associates transcripts must be mailed directly from each school degrees prior to 1995, and who completed at least two to the Office of Admissions at Washburn University. If hours of physical education as part of their associates de- the student has completed fewer than 24 college hours gree program, are granted waiver of the PE 198 Lifetime and is degree seeking, he/she must also submit ACT Wellness requirement. scores that are not more than five years old. In addition, At least 60 hours of the 124 hours required for the students transferring with fewer than 24 completed hours baccalaureate degree must be taken at a 4 year college of college credit must submit an official copy of their high or university. school transcript. Provisional Status Entering degree seeking transfer students must have Provisional Status for enrollment may be extended an application, $20 processing fee, and all transcripts on to students who have been unable to submit complete file in the Office of Admissions by the respected begin- credentials by the beginning of the semester for which ning term deadline. Those students unable to meet the they have requested admission. Students enrolled in minimum admissions standards due to unusual circum- this status must have all credentials on file in the Office stances may be considered on a case-by-case basis by of Admissions no later than the end of the fifth week of the Director of Admissions. Transfer students desiring their first semester of enrollment at Washburn. Students additional information should call 785-670-1030. whose files are still incomplete at that time or who, A cumulative 2.0 G.P.A. (C=2.0) is the minimum upon evaluation of credentials submitted, do not meet required on all transferable course work of transfer stu- minimum admission requirements will not be allowed to dents seeking admission to the University. Credits and enroll for a subsequent enrollment period. In accordance grades earned in courses which are not acceptable from with federal regulations, students on provisional status a transfer school will not be counted in the final grade may not have any federal financial aid disbursed to them point average or total hours earned at Washburn. until all credentials have been received and evaluated Washburn will accept college-level courses from other to determine whether they meet satisfactory academic recognized colleges and universities for transfer credit progress requirements. as defined by “Transfer Credit Practices of Designated Educational Institutions,” published annually by the Academically Dismissed Students American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Academically dismissed former students must submit Admissions Officers (AACRAO). This publication divides a Petition for Academic Reinstatement to the Dean of schools into four categories and credit is given according Students if they wish to be considered for enrollment in a to the type of institution as follows: courses taken at AG subsequent semester. schools are transferred to Washburn with full credit within the University guidelines; courses taken at AP schools Non-Degree Seeking Students may be transferred to Washburn only after the student Non-degree seeking individuals for non-credit commu- involved has completed 15 semester hours of 2.00 or nity auditors are required to submit an application only. better work at Washburn and if courses are determined to be equivalent to Washburn courses. No credit is given New Student Registration for categories N and NP. Washburn will host organized registration sessions To determine whether transfer coursework has been for new freshmen, transferring and returning students approved as satisfying Washburn’s general education registration in late April and early June. Dates will be program, students can access the on-line transfer guide announced later. For further information, contact the links at http://www.washburn.edu/future/admissions/ Office of Admissions, (785) 670-1030 or (800) 332-0291, transfer/tguides/. A general education transfer ap- Morgan Hall 114. plication process is available to students who believe New Student Orientation a transfer course meets the spirit and intent of the New students should attend New Student Orientation Washburn general education criteria. The application in August, just prior to the start of fall classes. All admit- is available at http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/ ted students will receive specific information in June. forms/GenEdTransferPetition.doc. Students should work through their academic advisors to pursue this option. Transfer students who have completed a bacca- laureate degree at an accredited institution of higher 18 Program Admission when they register. Registration forms will be processed Admission is required in the following programs: only after the majority of fee paying students have College of Arts & Sciences enrolled which enables the identification of classes that Athletic Training (Bachelor of Science) have space available. Art (Bachelor of Fine Arts) By filling out a non-degree seeking application, audi- Communication (Bachelor of Arts) tors may apply in the Office of Admissions, and then they Education (Bachelor and Master Degrees) will enroll through the University Registrar’s Office, MO Music (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music) 115. Registration instructions are available in the Class Master of Psychology Schedule Bulletin for each semester/term under the title Master of Liberal Studies of “65 Years of Age and Over Audit Program”. School of Business HIGH SCHOOL SENIORS Bachelor of Business Administration Opportunity to accelerate an educational program Master of Business Administration while in secondary school is given and a student may School of Applied Studies take courses on campus before graduation. Upon the Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance written authorization of the high school principal or high Diagnostic Medical Sonography school counselor, students with a 3.0 average or bet- Physical Therapist Assistant ter may enroll in day or evening classes for which he/ Radiation Therapy Technology she is qualified. The student is limited to a maximum Radiologic Technology of two courses (6 credits) per semester. A Request to Health Information Technology Enroll form may be obtained through the student’s local Respiratory Therapy high school guidance office or Washburn’s Office of Bachelor of Health Science Admissions website, http://www.washburn.edu/admis- Master of Criminal Justice sions. It should be submitted to the Office of Admissions, Master of Social Work along with a completed Non-Degree Seeking application, School of Nursing 15 days before enrollment. Students below high school Bachelor of Science in Nursing senior standing or not presenting a 3.0 grade point Master of Science in Nursing average must also have permission of the departmental While program admission is required for degree can- chairperson prior to enrollment. didacy, some courses in these areas may be taken by non-degree candidates with approval of an advisor from ACT OR COMPASS SCORE the area. Prospective students who are more than four years out of high school and who do not have an ACT score AUDITING CLASSES may use the COMPASS test. This test is administered Students who wish to attend classes, but do not wish by the Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs. to receive credit, may audit classes. Students in this category must have the approval of the instructor at the REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT time they enroll and must pay the same fees as credit students. Audited courses are not assigned grades and ADVANCE REGISTRATION students are not required to turn in class assignments or The University offers advance registration. Students write examinations. Students enrolled in an audited class who are currently enrolled will have the first opportunity may not convert to a credit status after the first week to register for the following semester/summer term. of class. Students may not change a class from credit The appropriate Class Schedule Bulletin will have the status to audit after the third week of classes. advance registration dates, instructions, and regula- tions. Current students will be able to register during the 65 AND OVER TUITION-FREE AUDIT PROGRAM alphabetical/classification schedule provided they have Kansas residents 65 years of age and over may audit no holds. credit courses at Washburn University without pay- ing University tuition, University fees, or activities fee OPEN REGISTRATION charges. Being able to audit a course is subject to avail- Open registration is available to all currently enrolled ability of class space and to the enrollment of a specified Washburn students who did not advance register during minimum number of fee-paying students. The costs of the alphabetical/classification time frame, and all new materials and/or textbooks are the responsibility of the and former students who are admissible and have com- auditor. pleted the application or reapplication process. New and Auditors are not required to prepare homework as- returning students will need to have obtained their WIN signments or take examinations. They may participate in (Washburn Identification Number) and their MyWashburn classroom discussion and laboratory and field work. No Account information before they can register on the web. college credit will be awarded for courses, thus no tran- Specific dates will be in the Class Schedule Bulletin for scripts will be generated. Auditors are expected to follow each semester and summer term. University rules and regulations regarding parking, library privileges, and other appropriate university regulations. LATE ENROLLMENT Auditors must be at least 65 years old on or before Late enrollment is available for returning or admis- the first day of the semester/term in which the class is sible students who did not enroll before the first day of taught and need to be prepared to have their birth date classes. Students may enroll during the first week of verified by showing a driver’s license or birth certificate classes via the web. During the second and third week

19 of classes, new enrollments and added courses will re- a student is classified by the University to be a resident quire permission of the instructor. No student may begin and the University subsequently reverses the classifica- an enrollment schedule after the third week of semester tion, the University will bill the student for the difference classes. See the respective semester course schedule between the nonresident rate and the resident rate for bulletin for details. all applicable semesters except in cases of documented The summer term will have its own specific deadlines University error. Voting, payment of personal property according to the length of session or class. See the taxes, registering a vehicle or securing a driver’s license Summer Class Schedule Bulletin for details. in another state may be considered sufficient evidence to show nonresidence. RESIDENCE QUALIFICATIONS RESIDENCE OF PERSONS UNDER 18 YEARS OF POLICY AGE The University charges two residency rates of tuition Generally, the residence of a person who is under 18 for undergraduate, graduate and law courses: (1) a years of age is determined by the residence of his or her resident of Kansas rate for students who can meet the parents. If the parents are both dead or are divorced or University’s residence requirements, and (2) a nonresi- legally separated, residence shall be determined by the dent of Kansas rate for those who do not qualify as a res- residence of the person to whom the court has granted ident of Kansas. No refund shall be made if residence custody or whom the court has designated as guardian. qualifications are met after the end of the fifth week. For the purpose of determining residence of a person who is under 18 years of age and who has been legally DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE FOR FEE PURPOSES adopted, the adoptive parents shall be considered to oc- Residence means a person’s place of habitation, to cupy the same position as natural parents. In other situ- which, whenever he or she is absent, he or she has the ations, residence shall be determined by the residence intention of returning. A person shall not be considered of the parents or other person providing the preponder- a resident of Kansas unless he or she is in continuous ance of support. A person under 18 years of age who residence and intends to make Kansas a permanent is legally emancipated will be considered an adult for home, not only while in attendance at the University but residence purposes. indefinitely thereafter as well. EQUAL TREATMENT OF MEN AND WOMEN REQUIREMENTS, FACTORS AND CIRCUMSTANCES In the application of these regulations, men and CONSIDERED IN DETERMINATION OF RESIDENCE women shall be treated the same. STATUS Before a student can be considered to be a resident RESIDENCE OF MARRIED PERSONS for tuition purposes, the student must prove that he or The residence of married persons shall be determined she has been a legal resident or has resided in the State separately for each spouse. of Kansas continuously for at least six months imme- MILITARY PERSONNEL diately prior to registration. Furthermore, the student The Board of Regents authorizes persons stationed cannot be a resident unless the student qualifies as a in Kansas pursuant to active military orders and or their Kansas resident for whom the University can receive spouse and dependent(s) to pay an amount equal to res- state aid. The following factors, while not conclusive, ident tuition. Persons who are eligible for resident tuition have probative value in support of a claim for resident rates under this policy must provide the University with classification (no single factor can indicate an intent to appropriate documentation which verifies their military maintain residence in a state other than Kansas): (a) status and their spouse/dependent status, if applicable, continuous presence in Kansas during periods when at the time of enrollment. not enrolled as a student; (b) employment in Kansas; (c) payment of Kansas State Income Taxes; (d) reliance on RESPONSIBILITY AND BURDEN OF PROOF OF Kansas sources for financial support; (e) acceptance of STUDENT FOR RESIDENT DETERMINATION an offer of permanent employment in Kansas; (f) owner- The responsibility of enrolling under the proper resi- ship of a home in Kansas; (g) voting or registration for dence classification for fee purposes is placed on the voting in Kansas; (h) employment in any position not student. If there is any possible question of residence normally filled by a student; (i) lease of living quarters classification under these regulations, it is the duty of in Kansas; (j) vehicle registration in Kansas; (k) acquisi- the newly admitted student to raise the question with tion of Kansas driver’s license; (l) payment of Kansas the Admissions Office and a current student with the personal property taxes. Registrar’s Office. The burden of providing clear and NONRESIDENT STATUS convincing proof of residency status rests with the stu- dent. Willful misstatement of any facts to influence the Persons enrolling at the University who, if adults, decision of resident status is cause for dismissal from the have not been, or if minors, whose parents have not University and subjects the student to proper charges for been residents of the State of Kansas for six months previous semesters. immediately prior to enrollment for any term or session are non-residents for fee purposes. Furthermore, in the PROCEDURE FOR RESIDENT DETERMINATION event the University does not receive state aid for the Students are classified residents or nonresidents from student because the state subsequently determines the information provided by the students prior to registra- student is a nonresident for tuition purposes, the student tion. A Residency Determination Questionnaire may be is automatically classified or reclassified a nonresident. If completed by any new or returning student who desires 20 clarification of residency status. These forms are avail- APPROVED EXCEPTION able through the Registrar’s Office or Admissions Office, The Board of Regents have approved the following and must be completed and returned for review at least exception to Residency policy. Where applicable, the fol- ten days prior to registration. lowing factors will allow payment of resident fees during APPEAL PROCEDURE the designated time frame. 1. Persons who are full-time employees of a state edu- Students should raise questions of their resident cational institution; status before registration because clearing the Business 2. Persons who are in active military service; Office may not be postponed pending a decision on 3. Persons who are domiciliary residents of the state, resident status. However, a student who is classified as who were in active military service prior to becoming a nonresident for fee purposes shall be entitled to an ap- domiciliary residents of the state, who were present peal provided he or she files a Residency Determination in the state for a period of not less than two years form with the Registrar’s Office within 30 days from the during their tenure in active military service, whose day of registration. This appeal process is also appli- domiciliary residence was established in the state cable to students who are classified as residents at the within thirty (30) days of discharge or retirement from time of enrollment and who subsequently are classi- active military service under honorable conditions, but fied as nonresidents, except that such students must whose domiciliary residence was not established at file the Residency Determination form within 30 days least six months prior to the first day of enrollment for of notice of reclassification. Upon receipt of a properly the semester in which the students are enrolling; filed Residency Determination form, the Admissions/ 4. Persons who are not domiciliary residents of the University Registrar’s Office may reverse its classifica- state, who have graduated from a high school in the tion or try to respond to the student in a manner that state of Kansas within six (6) months of enrollment, satisfies the student as to why the classification cannot who are domiciliary residents of the state at the time be reversed. In the event the student remains unsatisfied of graduation from high school or within twelve (12) with the classification, the Admissions/Registrar person- months prior to graduation from high school, and who nel shall refer the matter to the Residency Committee. are eligible for admission to the University; If a student fails to file an appeal and supporting docu- 5. Persons who are domiciliary residents of the state, ments in the time and manner provided in this regulation, who are employed on a full-time basis and whose the classification or reclassification determined by the employment requires at least 1,500 hours of work per University Registrar’s Office shall, upon the expiration of year, whose domiciliary residence was not estab- the appeal period, become final. lished at least six (6) months prior to the first day of RESIDENCE COMMITTEE enrollment for the semester in which the students are The Residence Committee shall hear and determine enrolling; all appeals concerning the status of students as resi- 6. Persons who are residents of selected counties in the dents or nonresidents for tuition purposes as referred. state of Missouri who can document a cumulative 3.0 Members of the Residence Committee shall consist of or higher grade point average on a 4.0 scale. The the Vice President for Administration, the Vice President high school grade point average will be evaluated for for Academic Affairs and the Dean of Students. Decisions the first-time freshmen and the college grade point of the Residence Committee shall not be subject to average will be evaluated for transfer students who further administrative review by any officer or board of have more than twenty-four college hours completed. the University. The eligible counties in Missouri are: Andrew, Holt, Buchanan, Platte, Clay, Jackson, Cass and Bates. 7. Persons who are not domiciliary residents of Kan- sas, but are the dependent children (legal children, stepchildren or wards) of a graduate of Washburn University. For the purposes of this policy a graduate is any person who has earned an associate, bach- elors, masters or Juris Doctorate degree at Washburn University. 8. The exception of the payment of out-of-state tuition rates granted in paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6 and 7 shall be applicable only for the first six months such person is residing in the state of Kansas. Thereafter, he or she shall be eligible for in-state residence tuition rates only if he/she has established domiciliary residency in the state and can provide the indicia of residency in Kansas.

Tracy Fisher works on an assignment for a chemistry class. 21 Brandi Mann and Aundrea Shafer tidy a community garden as a volunteer service project.

22 STUDENT SERVICES AND ACADEMIC SUPPORT

Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs Information Systems and Services International Student Services Intercollegiate Athletics Office of Student Life Career Services Counseling Services Health Services Multicultural Affairs Residential Living Student Activities and Greek Life Washburn Student Government Association Campus Activities Board Greek Organizations Honorary Organizations Student Publications Student Recreation and Wellness Center Student Services (Disabilities) Student Services (Veterans Affairs)

23 Michael Reb seeks assistance from Mary Sheldon, English faculty member.

A ride on a Homecoming float is enjoyed by members of the Lady Blues soccer team.

24 Ce n t e r f o r Undergraduate St u d i e s through workshops, individual assistance, and virtual libraries. Career Counseling services are available from a n d Pr o g r a m s (CUSP) 8 to 5, Monday - Friday. Students may drop in or call for an appointment 785.670.3069. Visit our website for Morgan Hall, Room 122 more information, http://www.washburn.edu/services/ 785 .670 .2299 cusp. The mission of the Center is to provide support for Educational Opportunity Program Washburn University undergraduates to ensure success- The Educational Opportunity Program, located in ful curricular and co-curricular experiences culminating in Morgan Hall, Room 122, provides academic support and graduation. other services to promote student success. We seek to A cusp is a point at which two branches of a curve maximize students’ academic potential while improving meet; the Center is an academic meeting point. It pro- the persistence, retention, and graduation rates of the vides an academic center for the programs that cross undergraduate student population. The program primar- disciplinary boundaries such as the University Honors ily works to provide one-on-one tutoring and mentoring Program and Women and Gender Studies, as well as for a student in a maximum of two classes per semester. the academic support programs such as the College Tutoring and mentoring services are free of charge. Our Experience, mentoring, tutoring, career exploration goal is to encourage students to be responsible while and college success seminars. The Center coordinates incorporating the many college experiences that will the iRead program that was developed to enhance the provide a positive and complete university experience. participation in the intellectual life on campus and to en- Additionally, the EOP functions as a referral service to courage interdisciplinary collaboration through a common the myriad of Washburn University offices and resources reading program and lecture. Selections have included available that offer support for students. The EOP office A Long Way Gone: Memoirs of a Boy Soldier by Ishmael is open from 8 to 5, Monday-Friday. Students are encour- Beah and Three Cups of Tea: One Man’s Mission to aged to visit the website at http://www.washburn.edu/ Promote Peace..One School at a Time by David Oliver services/cusp or call 785-670-1871 for an appointment. Relin and Greg Mortenson. Since sound advice is funda- mental to the success of any endeavor, the Center hous- h e a r l a n oc a a t h e m a t i c s es Academic Advising to ensure that students who are at T H J. K M the beginning of their Washburn experience receive the En r i c h m e n t Pr o g r a m – Tu t o r Ce n t e r support and advice required for matriculation into specific The Mathematics Tutor Center located in Morgan Hall academic programs, and eventually the Transformational 279 is a peer tutoring facility for students in MA 103, 104, Experience. In addition, the Center contributes to the 110, 116, 117, 123, 140, 141, and 151. Hours of opera- fundamental mission of the University that all students tion for the Fall and Spring semesters are typically 8 will fulfill their academic potential and provides career a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Thursday and 8 a.m. to 3 counseling, testing, and support for University assess- p.m. Friday. Summer hours vary and will be posted. No ment initiatives. appointment is necessary. The Tutor Center is staffed Office of Academic Advising by one or two student tutors at a time; most tutors are Academic Advising provides advising services for math or science majors. Please visit the web link http:// prospective, undeclared, transfer, probationary, and www.washburn.edu/cas/math/mathlab.htm for more reinstated students and oversees the Academic Fresh information. Start program. Professional advisors assist undecided students with academic concerns; provide information about university policies, regulations, and services; assist students with course selection; guide students in the exploration of majors and investigation of potential transformational experiences. Advisors are available Monday-Friday from 8 to 5, so students may schedule appointments by calling 785.670.1942. Daily drop in times are also available. Visit http://www.washburn.edu/ services/acadadv for more information. Office of Career Counseling, Testing and Assessment As part of the counseling process, testing is available to aid students in the exploration of college and career interests and related personality characteristics and abilities. Occupational information, computer-assisted career exploration, and graduate school information are also provided. Washburn students function within a highly competitive intellectual environment and, due to the rigorous demands of study, the typical student may Radiographic exposure labs are part of the radiologic need help in gaining and maintaining an adequate level technology program curriculum. of academic proficiency. The Center assists students in developing learning strategies and effective study skills 25 En g l i s h De p a r t m e n t Wr i t i n g Ce n t e r wireless access points. Residential Living students enjoy wired and wireless connections to the campus’ high- speed network from their rooms. DR. ROY SHELDON, CENTER COORDINATOR

MISSION STATEMENT: In t e r n a t i o n a l St u d e n t Se r v i c e s The Writing Center at Washburn University serves as Heidi Staerkel, Director a resource for individuals seeking to improve their writing 785-670-1051 skills and develop effective communication via the written word. Undergraduate Admissions 1. A complete application includes the following: SERVICES: 2. A completed Washburn University International Ap- The Writing Center provides free tutorial services to plication Form Washburn students and the Topeka community, assisting 3. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee with the development of ideas, organization of papers, 4. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 520 (52, 56, 52, sentence structure and grammar, punctuation and spell- 4.5 on TWE) or 193 (19, 23, 19) on the CBT or 69-70 ing, clarity, and style. (18, 1 9, 14, 17) on the iBT for students from non- In addition to tutorial assistance, the Center maintains English speaking countries. (Certain departments reference texts, workbooks, and handouts related to writ- may have higher TOEFL requirements.) Students ing. Copies of these materials are available at the Writing who cannot meet this requirement will be admitted Center in Room 257, Morgan Hall. Electronic copies are conditionally through the Intensive English Program available there . 5. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies WRITING CENTER HOURS: while in the U.S. Tutoring hours are available on the schedule board 6. Official transcripts of completed secondary education outside 257 Morgan Hall for convenient appointment or and of any university level course work drop-in times (no appointment needed). Clients may sign up on appointment lines or check when they can come in Graduate Admissions without an appointment (first-come, first- served). Please contact the graduate program about require- Because of limited resources, clients may sign up for ments before submitting the international application, no more than 60 minutes of tutoring per day (not includ- which includes the following: ing drop-in times). 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- Times may change during the semester, so clients plication Form should check the schedule board regularly. 2. A completed application form of the graduate pro- Whenever possible, clients should come in several gram days before an assignment is due to allow more time for 3. GRE scores (GMAT scores for the MBA program) revising. 4. Two or three letters of reference depending on the Limited computer access is available in the Center, program but printing is restricted and data transfer is limited to 5. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee network, CD or USB drives. 6. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 550 (55, 56, 55, 4.5 on TWE) or 213 (22, 23, 22) on the CBT or 79 In f o r m a t i o n Sy s t e m s & Se r v i c e s on the iBT for students from non-English speaking Website: http://www.washburn.edu/iss/ countries. (Certain departments may have higher TOEFL requirement.) Students who cannot meet this Information Systems & Services (ISS) provides com- requirement will be admitted conditionally through the puting, networking, video, wireless Internet access, and Intensive English Program. voice services at Washburn University’s main campus at 7. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- 1700 College Avenue and at Kaw Area Technical School mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies at 5724 SW Huntoon Street. ISS has facilities in Bennett while in the U.S. Hall, including the Technology Support Center providing 8. Official transcripts of any university level course work walk-in support for services offered by ISS. Here stu- dents can get help with user accounts, e-mail, telephone, International Transfer Student Admissions wireless connectivity, and other services while Bennett (from another U.S. school to Washburn) Hall, Room 108 contains an open student computer lab. A completed application includes the following: Students admitted to Washburn University are given 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- access to Washburn’s Web portal, MyWashburn (my. plication Form washburn.edu). Tools available in MyWashburn include 2. A completed Washburn University Transfer Form campus announcements, e-mail, class registration, and completed by current school international student online materials related to coursework. MyWashburn advisor may be accessed from any Internet connection, on or off 3. A copy (pages 1 and 3) of the I-20 or DS 2019 form campus. Students can receive support for online courses issued by the current school from the Online Education staff by sending e-mail to 4. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee [email protected] or calling 785-670-3000. 5. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 520 (52, 56, 52, On campus, students may connect to the Internet and 4.5 on TWE) or 193 (19, 23, 19) of CBT or 69-70 computing resources using equipment in computer labs (18,19,14,17) on the iBT for students from non- or via wireless using a personal laptop near one of many English speaking countries (550/213/79) for graduate 26 students. (Certain departments may have higher 2. A bachelor’s degree or higher earned at an accred- TOEFL requirement.) Students who cannot meet this ited institution of higher learning located in the U.S. requirement will be admitted conditionally through the (An associate degree alone does not satisfy this Intensive English Program. requirement.) 6. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- 3. Pass the English Proficiency Test administered at mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies Washburn University. The test includes listening while in the U.S. comprehension, speaking, grammar/structure, and 7. Official transcripts of university level work reading. 4. Complete Basic, Level I and Level II of all the Inten- School of Law Admissions sive English courses with grades of “C” or better. First, please contact the Law School about admission 5. Complete an Intensive English Program in another requirements using the following contact information. accredited U.S.-based institution comparable to Then submit to the International Student Office require- Washburn’s. * ments 1, 5, and 7 of “graduate admissions” described above. *Washburn’s IEP staff will determine the Washburn School of Law compatibility. 1700 College Ave. Topeka, KS 66621, U.S.A. Please note: Tel. 785-670-1185 1. Graduate students may have to fulfill different re- Fax. 785-670-8087 quirements. Please contact the department of the http://www.washburnlaw.edu intended discipline for more information. 2. Students who cannot meet the above guidelines will ESL Program Admissions be placed in the intensive English classes by the staff of the program based on their test scores, transcripts, A complete application includes the following: and other evidence. They must enroll in the required 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- IE courses as early as possible. plication Form 3. First time students are required to take a Speaking 2. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee and Understanding class regardless of their TOEFL 3. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- score unless the Intensive English Program (IEP) mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies grants a waiver. while in the U.S. 4. Transfer students also must fulfill the English Profi- Transcript Requirement ciency Requirement by TOEFL score or taking the English proficiency test whether or not they have Applicants must provide original transcripts which completed Freshman Composition at another accred- should have detailed addresses of the issuing schools ited institution. They must enroll in the IE courses as for verification. If originals cannot be submitted, attested early as possible if deficiency is determined. certified copies of transcripts must be sent to Washburn 5. Full-time students in the IEP are NOT eligible to take by the issuing school on the school’s official envelope other academic courses. Students needing only and stationary. part-time enrollment in IEP can take other academic All university level foreign transcripts must be evaluat- courses with IEP approval only. ed by ECE. Application forms can be obtained by writing to ECE, P.O. Box 514070, Milwaukee, WI, 53203-3470, International Student Advisor USA, by going on-line at http://www.ece.org, or by con- The international student advisor is involved in the tacting the Office of International Programs. preliminary acceptance of international students, aids Note: If you have college credit from foreign coun- the students in preparation of their academic programs, tries and wish to transfer it, you must arrange to have it counsels them in completion of their required visas and analyzed by a Washburn-recognized evaluating agency. governmental records, and maintains contact with them Washburn recommends the ECE (Educational Credential during their academic careers. Call 785-670-1051 or e- Evaluators, Inc.) and requires a “course-by-course” mail [email protected] for more information. report. Application forms can be obtained by writing to ECE, P.O. Box 514070, Milwaukee, WI, 53203-3470, In t e r co l l e g i a t e At h l e t i c s USA, by going on-line at http://www.ece.org, or by con- tacting the Office of International Programs. Washburn University offers a variety of athletic programs for both men and women. Men’s Sports: English Proficiency Requirement Baseball, basketball, football, golf and tennis. Women’s Students whose native language is not English must Sports: Basketball, soccer, softball, tennis and volleyball. meet Washburn’s English proficiency requirement. Washburn is a member of the National Collegiate Any one of the following can be used to satisfy this Athletic Association (NCAA) Division II and the Mid- requirement: American Intercollegiate Athletic Association . 1. A minimum balanced TOEFL score of 520 (52, 56, 52, 4.5 on Essay) or 193 (19, 23, 19) on the CBT, Of f i c e o f St u d e n t Li f e and 4.5 on the essay rating, or 69-70 (18, 19, 14 17) Student Life enriches the educational experience of on the iBT. Students are required to take Intensive the Washburn community with an appropriate balance of English courses in the deficient area (if any) indicated challenge and support, through a commitment to learn- by the section score. ing, student development and advocacy. We value all

27 students and strive to create environments which foster information, conflicts with coaches, time management, the sustained development of well-balanced, civic-mind- and personal counseling. ed individuals. Counseling Services, located in Morgan 123, is open from The following Student Life units cooperate to play 8 to 5 Monday-Friday. Students may drop in or call for an ap- integral roles in achieving this mission: Career Services; pointment (670-1540). Visit our website for more information: Counseling Services; Multicultural Affairs; Residential http://www.washburn.edu/counseling Living; Student Activities and Greek Life; Student Health Services; Student Life Office; Student Recreation and He a l t h Se r v i c e s Wellness; and Student Services. The Washburn University Student Health Service exists to optimize the health of the University commu- a r e e r e r v i c e s C S nity, thereby enhancing the learning and development WU Career Services provides services for and oppor- of University students (and staff), through provision of tunities for interaction among students, alumni, employ- prompt whole-patient-centered medical care, with a ers, and the university community to promote lifelong ca- strong emphasis on education, prevention, affordability reer development. From the freshman seeking part-time and patient advocacy. Student Health Services is locat- opportunities to the junior seeking an internship to the ed in 170 Morgan Hall. Medical care, including physical senior or alumnus seeking a full-time career opportunity, exams, care of acute injuries and illness, immunizations Career Services assists with the employment process. and lab tests, and referral to outside providers as need- The Career Services staff members provide work- ed, is available to all enrolled students. The University shops, class presentations, and individual counseling physician, a nurse practitioner and a registered nurse on topics such as resume writing, interviewing skills, are available for health care and counseling. A low cost mock interviews, networking, and job search strategies. health insurance program is available to all students Selected print materials on all aspects of the job search registered for at least 5 credit hours. Information about are distributed at presentations and in the office. this plan is available at the Health Services and Student Through a secure online system, students and alumni Life Offices. may post their resumes for employers to access, allow- ing Career Services to refer candidates to employers Mu l t i c u l t u r a l Af f a i r s seeking Washburn students and alumni. Through the Multicultural Affairs promotes awareness of cultural same system, candidates may search for and apply to diversity and multicultural issues. The office serves as a jobs and internships posted by employers specifically resource and referral center for University faculty, staff, seeking Washburn students and graduates. Career students and the local communities. In addition, this of- Services sponsors career networking and interview- fice enhances educational development about diversity ing events such as the fall and spring Career Fairs and and multicultural issues, and advocates for students’ Interview Days. The comprehensive Career Services needs on campus. The Multicultural Affairs Office (MAO), website, with job-search information, leads, and tips, is a unit of Student Life, serves any individual or group who located at www.washburn.edu/services/career. wants to develop an appreciation, respect, and under- Career Services is located in Morgan Hall 123 and standing of the similarities and differences represented in is open Monday-Friday, 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. including the Washburn University’s diverse community. MAO assists noon hour. Appointments for meeting with individual multicultural students (African American, Asian American, staff members are encouraged and may be arranged by Hispanic American, Native American) in their overall calling 785-670-1450. Individual counseling, workshops, development as they pursue a course of study. events, and use of the online job search system are free MAO also assists multicultural student organiza- to currently-enrolled Washburn students. tions and the Topeka community with planning social, cultural, and educational activities throughout the year. o u n s e l i n g e r v i c e s C S The Multicultural Affairs Office is located in Morgan Hall, The mission of Counseling Services is to help, in Room 110. Contact information: phone, (785) 670-1622; concert with faculty and staff, all Washburn University e-mail, [email protected], or http://www.washburn. students to reach their full academic potential by offering edu/mao. student assistance with personal, social and intellectual issues. Re s i d e n t i a l Living Students experiencing difficulty at Washburn may find The mission of the Residential Living Office is to sup- it desirable to utilize counseling services at an early date port the university community by providing a comfortable, to address concerns such as adjusting to college; build- secure, diverse living and learning environment for stu- ing self-esteem; establishing successful relationships; dents that encourages community relations and personal succeeding in college; coping with stress, loss or grief; and academic development. or a variety of other issues. Workshops and presenta- Washburn’s state-of-the-art living facilities have been tions are offered on a variety of topics relevant to student recognized in national magazines for their comfort and needs. Confidentiality is maintained for all types of design. Students report that living on-campus is the counseling. best way to make new friends, have fun and be healthy! A new program, Student Athlete Support, Services Descriptions of on-campus housing options can be found (SASS), is facilitated by Counseling Services. The mis- in the Campus and Facilities section of the catalog. For sion of SASS is to facilitate resources and services for a housing contract or further information, please visit the student athlete. Some of these services may include http://www.washburn.edu/services/studentlife/resliving/ academic assistance, career exploration, nutritional 28 or contact the Residential Living Office, Washburn university students. The organization regularly plans spe- University, 1801 SW Jewell Ave., Topeka, KS 66621 or e- cial programs, comedy nights, lectures, concerts, tourna- mail [email protected]. The office phone number ments, and a variety of other entertainment for Washburn is 785-670-1065.. students. CAB is funded by a portion of student activity fees and advised by the Office of Student Activities & St u d e n t Activities a n d Gr e e k Li f e Greek Life. The Campus Activities Board office is located Student Activities & Greek Life, in conjunction with in the lower level of the Memorial Union. CAB can be the Student Life area, supports the Washburn commu- contacted at 670-1222 or at http://www.wuevents.com. nity through the creation of co-curricular experiences r e e k r g a n i z a t i o n s that enhance student learning, leadership development G O and campus involvement. Located in the lower level of Washburn University is home to 4 fraternities and 4 the Memorial Union, the Student Activities & Greek Life sororities. The Greek community of Washburn University Office provides a wide range of services and activities provides a comprehensive educational and social learn- at Washburn designed to enhance campus life through ing experience for all of its members through the promo- recreational, leisure, social, entertainment, cultural, and tion of academics, leadership and personal development, service programs. brotherhood and sisterhood, and service to the University With over 100 student organizations and clubs, and the Topeka community. Student Activities & Greek Life provides an opportunity to National statistics show that students who participate serve and get connected to the University and commu- in fraternity or sorority life increase their chances of nity. A list of these organizations can be found at http:// graduating; build long lasting relationships with friends www.washburn.edu/getalife. The office assists student and with their university; serve in more leadership roles groups in program planning and leadership develop- on campus; and on the average obtain higher grade ment. It provides information on existing student groups; point averages. establishes guidelines for developing new organizations; Panhellenic Council, Interfraternity Council, and offers advice on setting organizational goals and objec- Greek Council are the governing bodies for the chap- tives, fund-raising, or developing a constitution; assists in ters on campus and are comprised of members from scheduling speakers, events and meetings. each organization. Panhellenic Council sponsors fall formal recruitment activities where female students may Wa s h b u r n St u d e n t Go v e r n m e n t participate in formal membership recruitment during s s oc i a t i o n September. In addition, all students can participate A (WSGA) in open membership recruitment during the school The Washburn Student Government Association year. The sororities at Washburn are: Alpha Phi, Delta (WSGA) exists to serve the students and registered stu- Gamma, Kappa Alpha Theta, and Zeta Tau Alpha. The dent organizations with any problems or concerns they fraternities at Washburn are: Alpha Delta, Phi Delta may have. Members of the student body are automati- Theta, Delta Chi and Sigma Phi Epsilon. Six of our frater- cally members of WSGA. nities and sororities provide on campus living. For more The WSGA Senate is the student government arm information on all of our eight chapters, visit our web- of the association. There are 34 senators: 27 that are site www.washburn.edu/getalife or contact the Student elected by the student body in the spring and 5 fresh- Activities & Greek Life office at 670-1723. man senators that are elected by the freshman student body in the fall. One transfer senator and one interna- Ho n o r a r y Or g a n i z a t i o n s tional student senator is appointed by the executive staff Washburn University sponsors a Chapter of Phi throughout the year as vacancies occur. Applications for Kappa Phi, a nonprofit honor society that promotes the appointment are available in the WSGA office. Senators pursuit of excellence in all fields of higher education must maintain a 2.0 GPA and be enrolled in at least three and recognizes outstanding achievement by students, hours as an undergraduate. faculty, and others through election to membership, and The president and vice president of WSGA are through various awards for distinguished achievement. elected each spring by the student body. They in turn, Membership is open to scholars of sound character from appoint an executive staff which is responsible for carry- all academic disciplines. There are several other honor ing out the decisions of the senate. societies at Washburn. Please contact the Student The senate is funded by a portion of student activity Activities and Greek Life Office for information. fees. These fees help provide student services such as the Collegiate Readership Program, the WSGA Lecture St u d e n t Pu b l i c a t i o n s Series, Finals Week events and the annual student plan- ner. All registered student organizations are eligible to Board of Publications request funding for their group’s activities from WSGA. The Board of Publications is an advisory committee For more information, please contact WSGA at 670-1169 that consists of three faculty members and four students. or visit www.mywsga.com. The committee hires the editors of The Review and Ca mp u s Activities Bo a r d (CAB) KAW, the business manager and advertising manager. The board approves expenditures of the newspaper and The Campus Activities Board (CAB) is the student yearbook and offers advice. Students are selected to organization directly responsible for planning, imple- serve on the board each spring. Contact the director of menting, and providing university-wide student activities Student Publications if interested. and events at Washburn. Membership is open to all 29 The Washburn Review St u d e n t Se r v i c e s The Review is the student newspaper. Publications are weekly during the fall and spring semester. Location: Student Services, Morgan Hall, Room 150 Washburn’s award winning student publication has a Phone: 785-670-1629 long history of offering the student body and faculty cur- TDD: 785-670-1025 rent news, interesting features, and lively opinions. The E-mail: [email protected] Review staff is open to all interested students to apply; visit the office in the basement of Memorial Union. The The mission of the Student Services Office is consis- paper is distributed free in all of the main buildings on tent with that of Washburn University: to help prepare campus. qualified individuals for careers, further study and lifelong learning. The office is dedicated to excellence in services Kaw for our constituents and to helping individuals reach their Washburn University offers a unique opportunity for full academic potential. students to become involved with the annual student yearbook, the KAW. Both the Review and KAW provide Disability Services opportunities to learn marketing, computer layout and The Student Services Office is responsible for as- design, writing, editing, advertising, sales and leadership sisting in arranging accommodations and for identify- qualities. ing resources on campus for students with disabilities. Qualified students with disabilities must register with the Inscape: The Washburn office to be eligible for services. The office MUST have Literary Arts Review current documentation on file in order to provide servic- A student staff produces the annual Washburn literary es. Documentation should include a statement identifying magazine, Inscape. Short stories, drawings, photographs the disability, how and when it was diagnosed, and how and poetry by students, faculty, staff, and the surround- it affects the student’s academic performance. Services, ing community are considered for publication. Inscape based on individual needs, may include in-class note is published each spring, and is available for sale in takers, test readers/scribes, adaptive technology training, the Washburn Bookstore and the English Department brailled materials, or other necessary accommodations. throughout the year. Requests for accommodations should be submitted at least TWO MONTHS before services should begin; how- St u d e n t Re c r e a t i o n a n d ever, if you have a current accommodation need, please We l l n e s s Ce n t e r contact the Student Services Office immediately. Students may voluntarily identify themselves to the The mission of the Student Recreation and Wellness instructor for a referral to the Student Services Office. Center is to enrich the quality of campus life by promot- ing and offering opportunities for physical and mental Veterans growth, as well as social interaction in healthy surround- To apply and establish entitlement for Veterans ings and superior recreational facilities. The SRWC’s Administration (VA) educational benefit programs, the innovative co-curricular programs and offerings serve applicant should contact the Student Services Office at to provide a connecting link between students and the Washburn, or call the VA at 1-888-442-4551. Program Washburn University experience. eligibility general ceases ten years from the date of the veteran’s release from active duty. Eligible recipients of educational assistance must cer- tify their enrollment each semester through the Student Services Office to assure continuous benefits. When changes in enrollment occur, such as dropping courses, not attending class, or not formally withdrawing from the University, the student must submit a report of mitigating circumstances. The VA expects veterans to pursue an educational objective, regularly attend classes, and make satisfactory progress. Reminder: Independent study courses must not exceed one=half of the total hours attempted for the se- mester. Students enrolling in SHORT-TERM COURSES will be paid ONLY FOR THE DURATION OF THE COURSE. Non-Traditional Students Going to college can be a huge challenge for the adult student. It involves making significant changes in one’s personal and family lifestyle. Contact the Student Services Office to share your questions, concerns, ideas, insights, and needs. Conveniently located in Morgan Hall, the office strives to provide services, support and referrals for the adult Katarina Brown keeps a steady learner at Washburn University. hand in drawing class. 30 FEES AND FINANCIAL AID

31 Mayo Schmidt (right), alumnus and 2008 Executive in Residence, talks with students in the Chandler Board Room.

Surgical equipment is the topic for nursing students in an operating room procedures class.

32 Fi n a n c i a l Ob l i g a t i o n s grants and loans received by the student will be used to reduce current term charges. Tuition and fees are established by the Washburn University Board of Regents and are subject to change Tuition at any time by the Board of Regents. All payments can The tuition charge is applicable to all terms of work be made online in IBOD (Ichabod Billing on Demand), such as regular semester, evening program, etc., which can be accessed through MyWashburn, Student whether taken for credit or as an auditor. tab. Payments may also be made by mail, by phone, or in person at the Business Office. Ca t e g o r i e s o f Ch a r g e s Once a student has enrolled in classes, she or he is liable for tuition and fee charges unless the stu- Tuition and fees vary by category of student. Current dent withdraws from all classes via the web before rates may be viewed at http://www.washburn.edu/ the end of the 100% refund period . business-office All tuition and fees must be paid, or an installment Existing categories of students: plan set up, by the published “last day to pay without a late fee” to avoid penalties (more below). An install- 1. Undergraduate: ment plan may be set up in IBOD, accessed through • Resident of Kansas MyWashburn, Student tab. There is a $30 setup fee for • Nonresident of Kansas the installment plan. • PLAN 2+2 Electronic e-bills will be generated on a periodic basis • Distance Education and may be viewed in IBOD. NO PAPER STATEMENTS • Radiation Therapy OR REMINDERS WILL BE MAILED. 2. Graduate: Academic Status: Full-Time and Part-Time • Resident of Kansas Students • Nonresident of Kansas Students are defined to be full-time in the fall and • Distance Education (Non-resident) spring semesters if they are: • Masters in Nursing (Resident) • undergraduates enrolled in at least 12 credit hours; • Masters in Nursing (Non-resident) • graduate students enrolled in at least 9 hours; 3. School of Law: • law students enrolled in at least 9 hours. • Resident of Kansas Students are defined to be half-time in the fall and • Nonresident of Kansas spring semesters if they are not full-time and are: 4. WECEP (Washburn Early College Enrollment • undergraduates enrolled in at least 6 hours; Program) • graduate students enrolled in at least 5 hours; 5. Allied Health Online Programs • law students enrolled in at least 5 hours. • Radiation Therapy During the summer session, any student enrolled in • Diagnostic Medical Sonography at least 6 hours is considered full-time, while students • Bachelor of Health Science enrolled in at least 3 but fewer than 6 hours are consid- Information on tuition residence categories may be ered half-time. obtained from the section, “Residence Qualifications.” All traditional Undergraduate classes are billed as “resident” Installment Payments during Summer Session. Although all tuition and fee charges for any term are due in full at the time of registration, a student in good Fe e s financial standing who cannot pay in full by the published date that charges are due may set up a payment plan Current fee structure may be viewed at: http://www.wash- via MyWashburn for a $30 fee. burn.edu/business-office (tuition and fees link) If an installment payment is not paid in full by the FEE CATEGORIES installment due date, a late charge of $25 will be added. Installment payments may be made online in IBOD, by Credit by Exam Fee mail, by phone, or in person at the Business Office in Per Credit Hour — 1/3 of current resident tuition fee 205 Morgan Hall. The Business Office is open between rounded to the nearest dollar. 8AM and 5 PM Monday through Friday, except on Wednesday. On Wednesday office hours are 8:30AM Student Activities Fee to 5PM. A depository is located outside the door of the The Student Activities Fee is required of all students Business Office to receive payments after office hours. attending the University who are enrolled in three or Students may set up scheduled payments in IBOD to more credit hours during the regular Fall and Spring automatically pay installments from a bank account or semesters. This fee is charged only for courses taken credit card. E-mail reminders will be sent to students who on campus. There will be no activity fees charged for schedule payments. students taking only distance education or off-campus Washburn University accepts cash, checks, e-checks, classes. If a student is taking both on-campus and VISA, MasterCard, Discover and American Express for online/off-campus classes, the number of hours of “tra- the payment of tuition and fee charges. Scholarships, ditional” classes will determine the activity fee charge. Activity fees are not assessed during Summer Session.

33 Existing Categories of Activity Fee: Cap and gown use 1. UNDERGRADUATE and GRADUATE students taking The student is responsible for making arrangements 3, 4, or 5 hours per semester and for paying the University Bookstore for use of cap 2. UNDERGRADUATE and GRADUATE students taking and gown during commencement exercises. six or more credit hours per Fall and Spring Semes- ters Laboratory usage 3. LAW students taking in excess of six credit hours per The student is expected to compensate the University Fall and Spring Semesters for laboratory breakage or damage to other University 4. There is a course materials assessment for students property due to negligence, carelessness, or failure to enrolled in Criminal Justice firearms courses, physical follow instructions. education courses, and the athletic training program. Course Materials Charge Private Music Lessons Students participating in Criminal Justice Firearms Students majoring in curricula that require private Training courses will be charged for the materials used lessons in music pay no additional fee for their lessons in the class, to include ammunition, targets, and weapon if they enroll and remain enrolled in 12 credit hours for a cleaning supplies. A similar course materials charge will full semester. All other students are charged for private be assessed to students enrolled in PE 365 and Athletic lessons, in addition to the credit hour charge, according Training Clinical courses. to the categories listed below: Housing Payments Semester Charges* If a resident of University housing fails to make pay- The per-semester-charges for private music lessons ments according to the applicable housing agreement, vary as follows:** the person will be subject to eviction from the housing in • full-time music majors are charged an additional fee which he/she is residing and the agreement cancelled. for private lessons, but are provided a waiver for Proper notice of the delinquent payment will be given to that expense from the Music Department; the resident/tenant and failure to pay by the date given in the notice will result in eviction. Additionally a hold will • all other students must pay an extra fee at the be placed on the person’s records. Advance registration current resident undergraduate hour tuition rate for and enrollment in subsequent terms will not be permitted each hour they enroll. until the financial obligation is paid in full. *For additional information contact the music department. PARKING FINES **All private music lesson charges are rounded to the Failure to pay a University parking fine within 5 days nearest dollar. of the due date results in a late payment fee of $10.00. Private music lessons falling on legal and all-school If the student does not pay the fine and the late pay- holidays will not be made up. Lessons missed by the ment fee, a hold will be placed on the student’s records, student will be made up only if satisfactory arrangements restricting registration in courses, the ability to obtain can be made with the instructor. Lessons missed by transcripts and/or diploma. Enrollment in subsequent the instructor will be made up by the end of the semes- terms will not be permitted until the financial obligation is ter. If a student withdraws from applied lessons after paid in full. Parking and traffic regulations are distributed the “Last day to enroll without a late fee,” there will be each semester. no reimbursement of fees. The only exceptions will be prolonged illness, administrative error, or death. LIBRARY FINES/OTHER UNIVERSITY FINANCIAL Private lessons are not available during the summer OBLIGATIONS sessions. Failure to pay a library fine or any other University financial obligation which has not been discussed above Mi s c e l l a n e o u s Ch a r g e s will result in a hold being placed on the student’s records, restricting registration and the ability to obtain transcripts Late Fees are applicable to those students, except and/or diploma. Enrollment in subsequent terms will not those who are taking only audit classes, who have not be permitted until the financial obligation has been paid completed payment for tuition and fees, or set up an in- in full. stallment plan, by the date set and published as the last day to pay without a late fee. Students who do not meet Liability f o r In s t i t u t i o n a l Ch a r g e s this deadline shall be charged a single late fee according (Tuition, Fees, Housing, Fines, etc.) to the number of credits in which they are enrolling. Once a student has enrolled in classes , she or he Credit Hrs. Late Fee is liable for tuition and fee charges unless the student 0.5-3.0 $ 25.00 withdraws from classes via the web. Tuition charges for 3.5-6.0 $ 50.00 full-term classes from which a student has withdrawn 6.5-9.0 $ 75.00 will be removed from the student account according 9.5+ $100.00 to the published refund schedule. Tuition charges for classes that are less than full term from which a student has withdrawn will be removed according to a pro-rated schedule.

34 Having tuition charges removed from the student ac- and fees paid by these other sources, and any amounts count does not necessarily mean there will be a refund. due to the University, shall then be paid to the student. In fact, if withdrawal from one or more classes results in For students who completely withdraw from classes and having financial aid removed as well, the student may have received Federal Title IV funds, please refer to the owe a balance. Students considering withdrawing from Federal Return of Title IV funds policy available in the one or more classes need to be sure that the financial Financial Aid office or on the wevb at www.washburn. implications are clearly understood before withdrawing. edu/financial-aid and select “Policies.” For students re- If a student withdraws from one or more classes in quired to make repayment of a grant, scholarship or aid which she or he has enrolled , it may be necessary to under this policy, please refer to the forumala available at return all or a portion of the Title IV financial aid (e.g. http://www.washburn.edu/services/finaid/pdf/refund3.pdf. loans) that were received for the term, as required by If a student account has a credit balance, a refund will federal regulations. This means that if the student was be generated, except in the case of non-refundable pay- refunded excess financial aid, the student will have to ments, such as from a third party. The preferred method repay Washburn University for the amount of aid that has of disbursement of excess financial aid is via direct been returned. deposit to a student checking or savings account, (which Please note that the student activity fee is refund- the student sets up via MyWashburn, Student tab, IBOD, able up to the first day of class; and is non-refundable Personal Profile, Payment Profile). Parents will receive once class begins, even if the student withdraws from all any excess funds for Parent PLUS loans by mail. classes. Refunds and/or charges that are due to a stu- Students may request that a check be mailed, or they dent leaving campus housing are governed by the terms may pick up a check – specific dates, times and places of the housing contract. for that process will be posted on MyWashburn, on the Failure to pay any tuition, late fees, or other charges Business Office Web page (http://www.washburn.edu/ when due subjects the student to: business-office/). Students will be able to change their • holds and non-release of the student’s records; mailing address through their MyWashburn account. It • holds and non-release of diplomas/certificates; and is important to make sure that address information is • restrictions on advance registration and enrollment correct. Checks are mailed to the current address on file in subsequent semesters. with the Business Office. Due to the unique nature of the various programs • eventual collection activity and collection charges. offered, cancellations and refunds for non-credit offerings Holds will be lifted only after the student has may be different depending on the program or course. If made full payment . a student is unable to attend a course, she or he should A student with a history of returned checks paying an refer to the cancellation and refund policies established outstanding balance with a personal check will not have for each program as indicated in the program brochure, a hold lifted from the student’s account until the check on the program web page, or contact the coordinator has cleared. Post-dated checks will not be accepted for responsible for the program. If a policy is not specified, payments. Returned checks are subject to a $30 fee. the Division of Continuing Education must receive the No credit will be released by the University Registrar’s request for a refund no later than three (3) business days Office until all accounts are paid. A student is not eligible prior to the start of the program to receive a full refund. to receive diplomas, certificates and transcripts, or to en- The first official day of classes constitutes the begin- roll unless all financial obligations to the University have ning of the semester for tuition refunds. For courses been paid. In cases where a student has received federal which are scheduled out of sequence of the regular Fall Title IV funds, all arrangements for making repayments and Spring Semesters and Summer Session, the day to the University are to be completed prior to graduation. published as the official first class meeting for the course constitutes the beginning of the course for tuition refund Re f u n d s purposes, assuming the course is for a term of five or A student permitted to withdraw from a course or more weeks and is subject to tuition refund. Withdrawal courses in an academic session in which he or she is from a course and enrollment in another course are enrolled may be eligible for a refund of the University treated as separate transactions and there may be fees tuition paid for that course or courses. No refunds will attached. be made of the late registration fee or student activ- Refund Due to Death of a Student ity fee unless such charges have been made through an error of the University. In the event the student is a If a student should die during a semester/session in financial aid recipient, the refund will be made to the which the student is duly enrolled, the student’s estate financial source used to pay such tuition, including but will be refunded the tuition and fees based on the above not limited to scholarships, grants, and Federal Title IV stated policies, providing the student has no other out- funds. Withdrawal from a course or courses making the standing University financial obligations. To initiate this student ineligible for the grant, aid or scholarship paid process, the family may contact the Dean of Students in shall require the student to make repayment of the grant, the Student Life Office. aid or scholarship pro-rated on the basis of the amount Non-Credit-Hour Courses (Division of of the student’s participation in the activity for which the Continuing Education) grant, aid or scholarship was awarded. If the student For cancellations or refunds registrants should has any unpaid account with the University, any refund contact the Division of Continuing Education as soon as from withdrawal may be applied to such an account. possible. A substitute may be sent at no additional cost Any amount paid to the University that exceeds tuition or the fee may be transferred to another professional 35 education program offered within a year of the intended undergraduate students with a 3.25 or higher cumula- program. Unless otherwise stated, refunds can be issued tive GPA who meet the priority deadline of February 15 for cancellations made at least 10 working days before based on availability of funds. In addition, Washburn the program minus a 15% administrative fee; no re- University academic departments award scholarships to funds will be issued for cancellations made less than 10 students who have special talents or skills. working days of the program. The Division of Continuing Washburn Academic Scholarships are awarded for Education reserves the right to cancel a program due to one year and are renewable by applying each year insufficient enrollment or other reasons deemed appro- before the February 15 priority deadline. Students priate in which case a full refund will be issued. Liability must maintain a Washburn University cumulative grade is for registration fee only. point average of 3.25. Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office or on the web at http://www.wash- Non-Credit-Hour Courses (Sponsored by burn.edu/financial-aid. Washburn’s federal school code Other Departments/Divisions) is 001949. For non-credit conferences, institutional seminars Federal financial aid is awarded for one year with and community service offerings that are of more than its continuance based upon financial aid eligibility as one-day duration and are not described in a separately determined by the Free Application for Federal Student published brochure, the refund is 100% if the official Aid (FAFSA), and satisfactory academic progress which withdrawal notice is received on or before the first day is evaluated at the end of each semester. Students need after the first class session. There is no refund for these to apply yearly by completing the FAFSA after January courses following the first business day after the first 1 on the web at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov. To receive the class session. best financial aid package, students should have their federal FAFSA information in the Financial Aid Office by Fi n a n c i a l Aid the priority deadline of February 15. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/financial-aid Information is available by contacting the Financial Aid Office in Morgan Hall 267 or by calling 785-670-1151 or Washburn University provides financial aid assistance (800) 524-8447. Admission to Washburn University is a through scholarships, state program, federal grants, prerequisite for consideration of financial assistance. federal work study, and federal student loans. Washburn University Academic Scholarships may be available to

Shopping is convenient at the WU Bookstore. 36 UNIVERSITY EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES AND INITIATIVES Scholarly and Creative Endeavors Center for Community Service and Civic Engagement Institute for the Study and Practice of Leadership International Programs Bonner Leaders Program Honors Programs Interdisciplinary Studies Intensive English Kansas Studies Pre-professional Studies Center for Diversity Studies Peace, Justice, and Conflict Resolution Studies Women’s Studies Joint Center on Violence and Victim Studies Division of Continuing Education 2+2 PLAN Bachelor Degree Programs Evening and Weekend Classes Summer Classes

37 International students prepare for the Homecoming parade.

38 Sc h o l a r l y An d Cr e a t i v e En d e a v o r s breaks away from campus, team planning and fundraising, and reflection meetings during service The scholarly or creative activity transformational experience; experience is a significant scholarly or creative project to • Service Learning: LinC provides assistance to be completed under the tutelage of at least one fac- faculty in developing projects to be included in their ulty member and presented in public. Oversight of the curriculum, introduction to service sites, and assis- scholarly or creative activity transformational experience tance in placement of students; is coordinated through the Center for Undergraduate • Community Based Research: LinC staff will assist Studies and Programs (CUSP) located in Morgan Hall faculty in developing classroom research projects 122. In consultation with the faculty mentor, students that assist communities and organizations with pol- develop an implement a project. In many cases this work icy or program changes. The research is designed is completed as part of the requirements for fulfilling the to be Community driven and student directed with expectations of the student’s major. Additional informa- faculty support. tion regarding this process is described in the Washburn Transformational Experience Graduation Requirements For Information Contact: section of the catalog. Phone: (785) 670-1950 For Information Contact: Dr. Richard Ellis, 308 Benton Hall Dr. Donna LaLonde, 122 Morgan Hall 670-2299 [email protected] [email protected] Kristine Hart, 303 Benton Hallkristine.hart@washburn. edu Le a r n i n g in t h e Comm u n i t y (LinC) In s t i t u t e f o r t h e St u d y a n d Pr a c t i c e Th e Ce n t e r f o r Comm u n i t y Se r v i c e o f Le a d e r s h i p a n d Civic En g a g e m e n t Website: http://www.washburn.edu/leadership Learning in the Community (LinC): The Center for Henderson Learning Center, Room 101 Community Service and Civic Engagement provides a (785) 670-2000 wide range of opportunities to the Washburn University Jeff Mott, PhD., Director campus. Consistent with the mission of the university LinC promotes a life-long commitment to learning and VISION service among Washburn students, faculty, and staff Establish an innovative platform for leadership educa- by serving as a resource and connecting members tion that is recognized in the Midwest as a pioneering of the university community with meaningful service model for the development of future leaders and leader- experiences. ship methods. In addition to providing general volunteer placements Mission with a number of community agencies, LinC offers ongo- ing opportunities including: To develop students into ethical, caring and diverse • Community Service Transformational Experi- leaders prepared to immediately assume leadership ence (CSTE): This is one of four opportunities for roles in today’s changing society by cultivating the study students to meet the WTE requirement. The CSTE of leadership and facilitating transformational learning includes 150 hours of direct service, monthly men- experiences designed to challenge, motivate, and inspire tored reflection sessions, a public presentation and future leaders. a final project; Washburn Transformational Experience • Community Based Work Study: Students who qual- (WTE) in Leadership ify for Federal Work Study funds have the option of The WTE in leadership is administered by the Director earning this money by working with a nonprofit in of the Institute for the Study and Practice of Leadership. the community. LinC staff assist the Financial Aid Detailed information about the WTE in Leadership Office in the placement and supervision of all Com- may be found in the university catalog section entitled munity Based Work Study students; “The Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) • LinC Scholars/Bonner Leaders: This is a com- Graduation Requirement at Washburn University.” munity service scholarship program that requires Leadership Studies Certificate Program 900 hours of focused service, monthly mentored reflection meetings, and participation in single day The Leadership Studies Certificate program is an service initiatives. See page 39 for more details; interdisciplinary program open to baccalaureate students in all majors and degree programs. This certificate • Literacy Education Action Project (LEAP): An early program is designed to be completed concurrently with childhood literacy program that involves Washburn earning a baccalaureate degree. The program provides students in one-to-one reading instruction at early graduates with the knowledge and skills necessary to childhood centers; implement an effective leadership process in govern- • Student to Student: An adolescent literacy program ment, business, not-for-profit, educational, and civic that matches Washburn University students with settings. (NOTE: Students who earn a Leadership adolescent learners in one-to-one reading and writ- Studies Certificate will have satisfied the Washburn ing tutoring; Transformational Experience graduation requirement.) • Alternative Break Program: This involves Washburn students in focused service over winter and spring 39 Student Learning Outcomes for ethical leadership, and articulation of a personalized Each Washburn graduate who completes the ethics statement as a foundation for applied ethics in the Leadership Studies Certificate program will be able to: leadership process. Prerequisite: LE100 • assume and implement the role of change agent; LE300 Leadership Skills Development • articulate a personalized moral theory suitable for Students focus on developing individual and interper- guiding rational decision making regarding chal- sonal leadership skills, teamwork and collaboration skills, lenging moral issues and ethical questions; and and understanding that leadership is more than the • describe the necessary and sufficient elements of a exercise of power; techniques for embracing and leading personalized leadership theory suitable for guiding change are practiced in a semester-long change project. service in a leadership role. Prerequisite: LE200 Leadership Studies Certificate Program LE400 Leadership Internship Highlights Students will practice a “change agent” leadership role • required specialized academic core curriculum by implementing and evaluating an evidence-based • required minimum participation in extra-curricular change process, and produce a detailed record of the leadership activities experience suitable for archiving. Prerequisite: LE300 or • certificate credit for taking leadership roles in cam- consent pus organizations The Leadership Institute website (see above) is • multiple optional leadership experience opportuni- a source for more information about the Leadership ties Institute, its activities and programs; or contact the insti- tute director at [email protected] • required leadership internship experience

Types of CERTIFICATE Activities In t e r n a t i o n a l Pr o g r a m s • Leadership core curriculum courses Website: http://www.washburn.edu/iip • Leadership internship experience International House • Leadership roundtable discussions Tel: (785) 670-1051 Fax: (785) 670-1067 • Leadership volunteer experience E-mail: [email protected] • Leadership roles in campus organizations Baili Zhang, Director • Leadership roles in scholarly research Bobbie Anderson, Intensive English Instructor and • NCAA athletic team leadership positions Coordinator • Symposiums, seminars, workshops and lecture Heidi Staerkel, International Student Coordinator series sponsored by the Institute Tina Williams, Study Abroad Coordinator • Participation in Leadership Freshman Interest The Mission of the Office of International Programs is Group to aggressively develop and maintain a level of inter- national competence commensurate with the needs of Leadership Core Curriculum students and faculty within the university and businesses As cultivated at Washburn, leadership is broadly de- and organizations in the community. The Office strives fined and inclusive in scope in order to expose students to serve as the service and resource center for all things to many differing views of leadership. Three multidisci- international on campus and, to an extent in the commu- plinary leadership courses and one leadership internship nity, to promote the value of international awareness. experience constitute the certificate core curriculum. The Office of International Programs is located at Each course has a primary focus and emphasis. The in- the west end of the International House, directly west of structional team is encouraged to enrich each course by Memorial Union. Services coordinated by the director including optional complementary components. Optional and staff include oversight of the International Washburn elements are chosen to support general program Transformational Experience, international student objectives. advising, assistance with study abroad, assistance to CORE COURSES faculty and administrative officials who wish to present papers or do short-term projects abroad, assistance to LE 100 Exploring the Concept of Leadership international students, hosting of international guests to Survey of leadership theories and introduction to the campus, development and maintenance of relationships academic study of leadership using case studies and with foreign universities and international programming contexts of the leadership process; requires identifying on campus. The Director also serves as university liai- personal leadership potential, articulation of a personal- son to International Center of Topeka, Inc., a community ized leadership theory, and leadership concepts applied group of about fifty members interested and involved in in a Campus Action Project. international issues. LE200 Ethical Responsibilities of International Washburn Transformational Leadership Experience Survey of moral philosophy designed to inform decisions For additional information, refer to the description of about fundamental ethical responsibilities of leadership; the Washburn Transformational Experience Graduation requires examination of obstacles to, and opportunities Requirement in the Programs/Degrees/Graduation Requirements section of the University Catalog. 40 Study Abroad IS 205 Study Abroad in Oceania (1-18 hours) Washburn University supports three types of study IS 206 Study Abroad in Africa (1-18 hours) abroad programs: Students may choose: IS 301 Study Abroad in North America • Type 1: study at one of the foreign institutions with IS 302 Study Abroad in Latin America which Washburn maintains exchange agreements; IS 303 Study Abroad in Europe • Type 2: participate in a program offered by another IS 304 Study Abroad in Asia accredited US college or university IS 305 Study Abroad in Oceania IS 306 Study Abroad in Africa • Type 3: participate in a study abroad program or IS 420 Study Abroad-Internal Program (1-18) internship coordinated and taught by Washburn IS 421 Study Abroad-External Program (1-18) faculty for Washburn credit, e.g., programs offered occasionally by the School of Nursing, Departments Bo n n e r Le a d e r s Pr o g r a m of Art, Social Work, English, Criminal Justice or Education. The Bonner Foundation provides service scholarships Whatever type of program is chosen, students must to students at over 80 colleges and universities through file an application for study abroad with the Study Abroad an AmeriCorps grant from the Corporation for National Coordinator, which includes an application for financial and Community Service. This scholarship is designed aid. Application forms are available in the Office of to heighten the overall education students receive by International Programs and the Department of Modern asking them to engage in ongoing service work and help- Languages (Morgan Hall 375). ing them develop the experience, skills and knowledge necessary to make that work meaningful and lasting. Financial Aid for Study Abroad The mission of this nationally recognized program is to The International Education Committee recommends transform the lives of students, their campuses, their financial aid from designated endowments and WTE local communities, and the world through service and funds for qualified students who wish to study abroad leadership. to fulfill the WTE requirements and other purposes. To The Bonner Leaders Program at Washburn University be considered for financial aid a student should have at was established in Fall 2001 as a program of Learning least a C average. (Extenuating circumstances will be in the Community (LinC): The Center for Community considered - check with the Study Abroad Coordinator.) Service and Civic Engagement. This leadership program Students may also apply most other types of financial provides scholarships to students willing to commit to aid, including student loans, toward the cost of their 900 hours of service over a period of two years. Upon study abroad programs. successful completion of their term of service, students receive an education award which can be used to pay Transfer of Academic Credit Earned at tuition or federal student loans, or may be held for up to Foreign Institutions seven years to use toward future educational expenses. Students participating in Types 1 and 2 study abroad programs are required to file a Study Abroad Credit Foundation of Bonner Leaders Program Transfer Form with the Study Abroad Coordinator prior The Bonner Leaders Program centers on six common to beginning their program. This form confirms that service principles: the student consulted with his/her academic advisor 1. Social Justice – Advocate for fairness, impartiality and that the academic advisor approves the proposed and equality while addressing systemic social and program of study. This also serves as a guarantee to the environmental issues. student that his/her credits will be transferred to his/her 2. Civic Engagement – Participate intentionally as a Washburn transcript upon successful completion of the citizen in the democratic process, actively engaging program. A letter grade will only be posted if the course in public policy and direct service. is required for the student’s major or minor academic 3. Community Building – Establish and sustain a vibrant program. All other course work is posted as credit. community of place, personal relationships, and com- mon interests. Study Abroad Programs 4. Diversity – Respect and embrace the many different Washburn has study abroad programs in Austria, dimensions of diversity in our private and public lives. Belgium, Canada, China, Denmark, England, Finland, 5. International Perspective – Develop international un- France, Germany, Holland, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, derstanding that enables students to participate suc- Netherlands, Paraguay, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, cessfully in a global society. Sweden, and Taiwan. Programs in many other countries 6. Spiritual Exploration – Explore personal beliefs can also be arranged through other US schools and while respecting the spiritual practices of others. consortiums. Additionally, the program is rooted in the concept of Study Abroad Courses Students who are planning to participate in an servant leadership. This refers to people who choose to approved program would enroll in the appropriate serve first, and then lead as a way of expanding service Interdisciplinary Studies course after consultation with to individuals and institutions. Servant leadership en- the Study Abroad Coordinator. courages collaboration, trust, foresight, listening, and the IS 201 Study Abroad in North America (1-18 hours) ethical use of power and empowerment. IS 202 Study Abroad in Latin America (1-18 hours) IS 203 Study Abroad in Europe (1-18 hours) IS 204 Study Abroad in Asia (1-18 hours) 41 Expectations for Bonner Leaders Applications for admission to the Program are avail- One of the things that makes the Bonner Leaders able in the LinC office (Benton Hall 303) and are due by Program unique is that it expects participating students April 1st. Admission is a competitive process. Applicants to transition from volunteers to leaders in the commu- are evaluated on their commitment to service and their nity during their two years of service. As this transition perceived fit with the program’s philosophy and financial occurs, students are regularly asked to reflect on the need. While GPA is not the only factor considered for service they are doing and to explore the issues that admission, it is used to help determine the level of com- necessitate the need for this service. mitment that a member can make to the program. Additionally, the Bonner Leaders are expected to If you are interested in applying to be a Bonner support each other, interact with each other at monthly Leader or learning more about the program, contact: meetings, and engage in service together. Most impor- tantly, Bonner Leaders are expected to truly enjoy what Richard B. Ellis, Ph.D. they are doing as they work for meaningful, sustainable Director, Bonner Leaders Program change in the community. Washburn University 1700 SW College Ave., BE 308 Leadership Opportunities Topeka, KS 66621 Students accepted into the program are encouraged (785) 670-1950 to choose a service site that complements their personal E-mail: [email protected] and/or academic interests and that addresses an issue in the community that they feel passionate about. The Ho n o r s Pr o g r a m program currently has community partners in several Morgan Hall Room 122 Northeast Kansas communities that address a wide (785) 670-2299 variety of issue areas. The program encourages student Dr. Donna LaLonde, Dean leaders to develop service projects of their own. The mission of the University Honors Program is to In recent years students have participated in various provide students and faculty with curricular and co-curric- service opportunities including: ular opportunities for both disciplinary and interdisciplin- • Let’s Help – service opportunities include teaching/ ary study and discourse. tutoring in the Adult Education Center and assisting with programs in the Emergency Services division. Student Learning Outcomes • Big Brothers/Big Sisters - Bonner Leaders assist Washburn students who complete the University in matching children with appropriate mentors: Honors program, upon graduation, are expected to: organize the Bigs in Schools program in addition to • demonstrate the ability to read critically and analyze becoming Big Brothers or Sisters themselves. academic texts; • Stone Nature Center - an environmental program • demonstrate the ability to defend both orally and in providing wildlife rescue services, education, and writing academic positions taken; leadership activities to the community. • demonstrate the ability to design and carry out inde- • Peace Camp – students organize and run this two- pendent research; and week camp devoted to non-violent conflict resolu- • acquire an aesthetic appreciation for the arts, tion, social justice, and civic education. humanities, social sciences, natural sciences and • Battered Women’s Task Force – students provide mathematics. crisis, advocacy, and outreach services to victims of In pursuit of its mission the University Honors domestic violence. Program at Washburn provides opportunities for highly In addition, Bonner Leaders coordinate the following motivated students to enrich their educations through programs in the community through partnerships with special honors sections of existing courses, special hon- various agencies: ors seminars and colloquia that satisfy general education • Literacy Education Action Project (LEAP) - a one-to- requirements, independent research projects, a close one literacy education program tutoring reading to 3 working relationship with distinguished faculty, individual to 5 year old Head Start students. advising, and special intellectual, cultural and social activities. The program fits well with Washburn’s many • Student to Student - an adolescent literacy pro- four-year degree programs. Students work with the gram that matches Washburn University students Honors Dean to organize Washburn’s many resources with adolescent learners in one-to-one reading and to provide ample opportunities to explore, relate, and writing tutoring. assimilate many diverse learning experiences. As Linus This is just a sample of the approximately 100 sites Pauling said, “The best way to have a good idea is to and projects Bonner Leaders have done since the pro- have lots of ideas.” The University Honors Program is gram started at Washburn University. committed to providing students, faculty, and staff with opportunities to develop and implement good ideas. PROGRAM ADMISSION Entering freshman students are especially encour- The Bonner Leaders Program is open to any under- aged to inquire about the University Honors Program graduate student at Washburn University. Because this by submitting a letter of interest. Individuals may apply program is funded by AmeriCorps, you must be a US on their own, they may be recommended by their high Citizen, US National, or Lawful Permanent Resident school or college faculty, or they may be invited to apply Alien to be admitted, and will be required to submit docu- by the Dean of University Honors. Those students who mentation verifying this fact. 42 demonstrate a strong probability for benefiting from, and HN 305 Honors Colloquium: The Liberal Arts & the contributing to, the program will be invited to join the Professional Disciplines (3) community of learners. A special topics course that involves the study of the Although proven scholastic performance is important, relationship of the professional disciplines – for example, the Honors Dean will place substantial emphasis on law, education, business, public planning and administra- student interest and motivation in pursuing an honors tion, the health professions – to the liberal arts, or one of program. Students who complete an appropriate num- the liberal arts – for example, history, poetry, rhetoric, or ber of University Honors courses (24 hours) and satisfy philosophy. the thesis and GPA requirements will graduate with University Honors and have their transcripts so marked. HN 392 Directed Readings (1-3) Washburn is an institutional member of the National A special topics course designed to allow students and Collegiate Honors Council. For more information on the faculty the opportunity to explore and develop areas of University Honors Program, contact Dr. Donna LaLonde, study as a foundation for thesis work. Dean, University Honors Program, or Dannah Hartley, HN 399 Honors Thesis: Independent Academic Advisor, Center for Undergraduate Studies Research (3-6) and Programs. Independent research in a specified area approve by the *Applications should be submitted to Dr. Donna Dean of University Honors. LaLonde COURSE OFFERINGS In t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y St u d i e s (Courses marked with

43 IS 150 Human Sexuality (3) those enrolled in the fall semester. May be repeated for Various areas relating to human sexuality, including the credit. physiological, psychological, sociological, philosophical IS 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206 Study Abroad (1-18) and legal are covered in this course. Team teaching Approved Study Abroad Programs coordinated by the from more than one department will be utilized. Office of International Programs (see page 24). IS 160 Dying, Death and Bereavement (2-3) IS 300 Mock Trial II (1) The insights of the helping professions, philosophy, and religions are brought to bear upon human responses and Enrollment is open only to students selected to the the key concepts surrounding the phenomena of death. Mock Trial Team. In the first half of the course emphasis is placed upon IS 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306 Study Abroad (1-18) developing an understanding of the theoretical models and religious and secular traditions. The second half Approved Study Abroad Programs suitable for of the course deals with special death situations, e.g., upper division credit coordinated by the Office of euthanasia, suicide, etc., and with practical problems. International Programs (see page 24). The amount of credit will vary with the number of interdis- ciplinary components offered.

44 IS 400 Special Topics (1-3) COURSE OFFERINGS Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be IE 070 Basic Intensive English (3) announced in advance. May be taken for more than one IE 100 Intensive English I (3) semester. Prerequisite: Consent of instructors. These are the foundation courses at the IS 420 Study Abroad-Internal Program (1-18) most basic level to prepare the students for Students who are planning on completing a senior- or the rest of the IE curriculum. graduate-level study abroad program sponsored by IE 071 Basic Grammar and Structures (3) Washburn University should enroll under this number IE 101 Grammar and Structures I (3) after consultation with the Study Abroad Coordinator in IE 201 Grammar and Structures II (3) the Office of International Programs. May be repeated for These are foundation courses focusing on different study abroad experiences. English grammar and structures. In these courses, students will learn to construct sen- IS 421 Study Abroad-External Program (1-18) tences (from simple to compound to com- Students who are planning to participate in an approved plex) and write paragraphs. The objective is external (non-Washburn) study abroad program for to help students improve their vocabulary, senior- or graduate-level credit should enroll under this grammatical and basic writing skills. number after consultation with the Study Abroad Coor- IE 072 Basic Reading Comprehension (3) dinator in the Office of International Programs. May be IE 102 Reading Comprehension I (3) repeated for different study abroad experiences. IE 202 Reading Comprehension II (3) These courses prepare students for suc- In t e n s i v e En g l i s h Pr o g r a m cessful academic performance. The focus Website: http://www.washburn.edu/iip is on comprehending and responding to aca- The Intensive English Program (IEP) offers a se- demic written materials, and on the struc- ries of English classes designed to assist international ture, grammar and vocabulary of academic students in need of improving their English skills before English. being accepted into a degree program of the University. IE 073 Basic Speaking and Understanding (3) It also assesses residents whose native language is not IE 103 Speaking and Understanding I (3) English, to improve their ability to interact in the commu- IE 203 Speaking and Understanding II (3) nity, on the job, and succeed in academic courses. These courses are designed to improve the students’ oral and aural skills. They prepare Curriculum students to participate in everyday social Three levels in each of the four areas are available interactions, classroom activities and dis- each semester: Speaking and Understanding, Grammar cussions, and effectively listen to lectures. and Structures, Reading Comprehension, and Academic Students will be expected to prepare and Writing. Academic Writing also has an additional level give short speeches. They will also receive course offered for graduate students. All classes follow and be tested on a list of idioms each week. the University schedule and meet four hours per week in IE 074 Basic Academic Writing (3) class each semester (15-16 weeks). IE 104 Academic Writing I (3) Students can utilize the Writing Center and the IE 204 Academic Writing II (3) English for the Foreign-Born (EFB) service, which may IE 294 Academic Writing III (3) (graduate students be one-on-one instructions provided by or associated only) with the University free of charge to the students. A full- Academic writing courses progress from time student typically takes four courses and receives basic writing of ideas in simple written struc- 16 hours of instruction for 12 hours of credit. In addition, tures to organized paragraphs and essays. students have full access to other University services Research techniques are also introduced. and facilities, such as the health center, computer labs, libraries, and athletic events/facilities, free of charge. Ka n s a s St u d i e s Credit Website: http://www.washburn.edu/reference/cks/ Students receive academic credit for courses taken Dr. Tom Schmiedeler, Director in the IEP. However, the credit is not applied toward (785) 670-1559 degree programs. Course work with letter grades will be The Center for Kansas Studies is a group of posted on the official transcript. Washburn university faculty who convene regularly to promote and share their interest in Kansas. The Center Admission is dedicated to encouraging Kansas Studies by offer- Prospective students are encouraged to contact ing courses in the Kansas Studies Program, by creating the program director before enrolling. TOEFL (Test of resources and providing information about Kansas re- English as a Foreign Language) is not required for ad- sources at Washburn University and around the state, by mission to the IEP. However, in-house TOEFL is offered offering programming on Kansas topics, and by providing one week before classes begin each semester to aid in outreach programs that focus on the past, present and evaluating proper placement in the IEP courses. After future of Kansas. completing the IEP, students can enter University degree To obtain the optional minor in Kansas Studies, a programs without TOEFL. Those who need only part- student must complete at least 15 hours from among the time enrollment in the IEP can take for-credit academic courses listed below, with at least 6 of those hours at courses concurrently. 45 the upper division level. The Director of the Center for Pre-Dentistry Kansas Studies will serve in the role of department chair Biology Advisors for certification that a student has successfully met the Associate Professor John Mullican requirements for this optional minor. [email protected] Student Learning Outcomes Assistant Professor Paul Wagner [email protected] • Kansas Studies minors at Washburn University, Assistant Professor Tracy Wagner upon graduation, are expected to have: [email protected] • acquired knowledge of the natural environment of Kansas and how humans have interacted with that Chemistry Advisors environment; Associate Professor Sam Leung • acquired knowledge and appreciation of the diver- [email protected] sity of the cultures, arts and literature of Kansas; Students preparing to enter dental school should and consult an advisor during their first year in college. • acquired knowledge of Kansas history, economics Additionally, students should consult the catalog of the and political processes. school they plan to enter. Information on each dental school may be found at http://www.adea.org. In general, Courses which could be applied toward the program for the pre-dental student is the same as the requirements of the minor are: that for pre-medical students. AN 225 Kansas Archaeology AR 114 Art and Architecture of Kansas Engineering Transfer Program AR 399 Documentary Photography (Small Kansas Keith Mazachek, Lecturer and Coordinator Towns) [email protected] BI 280 Special Topics (when taught as Kansas Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 Amphibians, Turtles & Reptiles or Kansas (785) 670-2263 Birds) The student desiring to pursue a degree in engineer- BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance ing can complete most of the course of study common to EN 138 Kansas Literature the first and second years at the majority of recognized EN 190 Film Appreciation (when taught as “Kansas schools of engineering. Particular attention is directed in the Movies”) to course work in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and EN 199, 299, 399 Special Topics (when taught as writing and speaking skills. Washburn has a 3-2 program Kansas Characters, Kansas Folklore or in cooperation with the University of Kansas and Kansas Mapping Kansas Literature) State University. This allows the student to earn two B.S. GG 304 Kansas Geography degrees: the first a Washburn and the second, a B.S. in GL 103 Historical Geology Engineering, from either of the other universities. HI 300 Topics in History (when taught as Kansas For details about this program, see Engineering in the Characters) index. A suggested schedule for the engineering transfer HI 322 Kansas History program and the content of engineering courses may be HI 397 Internship in Historical Agencies found under the engineering section of the College of IS 400 Topics (when taught as Kansas Characters) Arts and Sciences catalog. LS 590 Mapping Kansas Literature MM 402 Kansas and the Media Pre-Law PE 198K Lifetime Wellness (with Kansas emphasis) Professor Steve Cann, Advisor & Coordinator PO 107 American State and Local Government [email protected] PO 310 Kansas Politics The student preparing to enter Washburn School of PO 307 Internship in State and Local Government Law or any quality school of law should seek a broad Pr e -Pr o f e s s i o n a l St u d i e s undergraduate education which should include courses in English, economics, history, political science, philoso- A broadly based liberal education has always been phy, and sociology. Basic courses in economics and accepted as the ideal preparation for graduate study. accounting are desirable. Courses which develop the Pre-professional programs suggested by an increas- ability to write and speak clearly and correctly, as well ing number of professional schools include from two to as those courses which will help to attain exactness of four years of study in the liberal arts field. Washburn thought and the ability to make valid analytical compari- University emphasizes in its group requirements the type sons and differentiations, are desirable. Familiarity with of cultural foundation that professional and advanced American and English history and the government of technical schools prefer. Furthermore, Washburn’s wide those countries is necessary in a proper background for range of elective courses affords specific introductions the study of law. The student interested in pre-legal edu- to a variety of professional and occupational fields. The cation should seek the advice of a pre-law advisor early following suggestions, while not intended to be exhaus- in his/her college career. Pre-law advisors may be found tive, are indicative of the University’s offering of pre- in a number of departments including Political Science, professional preparations. History, Criminal Justice, Philosophy, Psychology, English, Communication, Mass Media, and the School of Business. You should begin preparing for the LSAT at the start of your college career. For pre-law related 46 activities, pick up a pre-law brochure in the Admissions be established in consultation with the pre-pharmacy office. advisor. Pre-Medicine Pre-Theology Professor Barry Crawford, Advisor Biology Advisors: [email protected] Associate Professor John Mullican [email protected] Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 (785) 670-1542 Assistant Professor Susan Bjerke [email protected] The Philosophy Department recommends that pre- Assistant Professor Paul Wagner theology students complete a broad course of study, in- [email protected] cluding work in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences and in Creative and Performing Arts. The Assistant Professor Tracy Wagner Philosophy Department offers courses in Religion and is [email protected] happy to assist students in planning pre-seminary majors Chemistry Advisor: in either Religious Studies or Philosophy. Associate Professor Sam Leung [email protected] Pre-Veterinary Medicine Professor Lee Boyd, Advisor Students preparing to enter medical school should [email protected] consult an advisor during their first year in college. Most medical schools prefer a four-year degree preparation Most state schools of veterinary medicine have pre- with strong foundations in chemistry, biology, physics, ferred admission of residents of that state, and certain and English. Additionally, pre-medical students should numbers of applicants from cooperating states lacking acquire significant experience in a healthcare environ- veterinary schools. Private schools accept applications ment involving direct patient contact, and become active from all qualified students. Kansas residents would in service activities. The Medical College Admission Test ordinarily apply to the Kansas State University School of is required for students applying to either an allopathic Veterinary Medicine. All of the required Pre-Veterinary (M.D.) or osteopathic (D.O.) medical school and is typi- courses can be taken at Washburn. Practical experience cally taken shortly after the junior year in college. The with animals, especially in a veterinary context, is impor- pre-medical student is urged to consult a chosen medi- tant in making successful application. Program details cal school before the junior year in college. The exact are available from the pre-veterinary advisor. course of study applicable to any student’s background can only be established in consultation with a pre-medi- Ce n t e r f o r Di v e r s i t y St u d i e s cine advisor. Dr. Bruce Mactavish, Director Pre-Nursing Morgan 108 (785) 670-1636 Ms. Mary Allen, R.N., Director of Student Support Services Mission: [email protected] Washburn University and the Brown Foundation for Ms. Louisa Schurig, Advisor Educational Equity, Excellence, and Research have [email protected] created the Washburn Center for Diversity Studies. The Center, working out of the College of Arts and Sciences, Washburn University offers the four-year baccalaure- pursues the shared values of the Brown Foundation ate program in Nursing and pre-nursing course require- and the university. The Center Fellows share a commit- ments for students preparing to enter the Nursing Major. ment to educational excellence, to recognizing diversity The Bachelor of Science degree prepares the graduate in an open society, to supporting educational equality, to write the national licensure exam (NCLEX) to become to improved relations among diverse groups, and to our a registered nurse. shared heritage in Topeka and Shawnee County. Pre-nursing students interested in the Washburn Goals and objectives Bachelor of Science Degree in nursing should schedule • Building community: on the Washburn campus, in academic advisement in the School of Nursing (Petro the city of Topeka, in the state and beyond. Allied Health Center, Rm 203). • Increasing capacity for understanding and coopera- Pre-Pharmacy tion. Associate Professor Shaun Schmidt, Advisor • Combating ignorance and intolerance. [email protected] • Developing networks of intellectual exchange. Assistant Professor Matt Arterburn Students interested in diversity issues are encouraged [email protected] to enroll in courses which contain a significant compo- nent dealing with diversity. Explore campus activities Most students in the pre-pharmacy program transfer dealing with diversity by checking with the Multicultural to the School of Pharmacy at the University of Kansas, Affairs Office. which requires about 68 hours (approximately two years) of college level pre-professional studies prior to admis- sion to the professional program. The exact course of study applicable to any student’s background can only 47 Pe a c e , Ju s t i c e a n d Co n f l i c t proaches have transformed traditional disciplines; and Re s o l u t i o n St u d i e s • design and implement a project demonstrating in- Degree Offered: depth knowledge of one aspect of women’s experi- Optional Minor ence learned through (for example) a literary genre, a time period, a geographic region, or focus on a Dr. Rachel Goossen, Advisor very narrow topic. Henderson 311 (785) 670-2060 Study Plan Peace Studies is an interdisciplinary program of study, To obtain the Optional Minor in Women’s & Gender building on existing course offerings in a range of depart- Studies, a student must complete at least 15 hours of ments, that incorporates both international peace and designated Women’s & Gender Studies course work, justice issues and, through internship opportunities with with at least 6 of the hours at the upper division level. community-based agencies, local dimensions of conflict These courses should include IS 175: Introduction to resolution. Women’s Studies and a Capstone Project. The minor Students who are interested in this optional minor will be supervised by the Women’s & Gender Studies should refer to the College of Arts and Sciences sec- Advisory Committee, under the coordination of CUSP. tion of the catalog. This program is administered by the Students may complete the minor in two ways. They may College of Arts and Sciences. (a) submit a study plan consisting of coursework formally identified as counting towards the WGSM or (b) they may Wom e n ’s & Ge n d e r St u d i e s develop a study plan to request alternate coursework be Degree Offered: accepted toward the minor. The minor plans will be re- Optional Minor viewed by the WGSM Committee to ensure the program learning outcomes are met. Students wishing to com- Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs plete the minor must submit their study plan for approval Morgan Hall, Room 122 before completing coursework in the minor.

Mission Statement Required Courses The Washburn University Women’s and Gender

49 Washburn faculty members Ross Friesen and Roy Wohl try to master a miniature golf hole in Mabee Library’s “Caddy Stacks” event.

50 ACADEMIC POLICIES

Student Responsibilities Course Numbering System Degrees Student Records Diplomas Credit by Examination Credit Granted for Military Service Grading System Grade Appeal Procedure Academic Probation, Suspension and Reinstatement Academic Fresh Start

51 Rachel Artzer and Janel Carter select new textbooks at the WU Bookstore.

Terrence Lowe, right, outruns an opponent. 52 St u d e n t Re s po nsibilities in at least 12 credit hours, (2) graduate students enrolled in at least 9 hours, or (3) law students enrolled in at least 9 hours. Attendance Students are defined to be half-time in the fall and The value of a college education is enhanced by full spring semesters if they are not full-time and are (1) participation and attendance in class activities. Because undergraduate students enrolled in at least 6 hours, (2) classroom activities are intended to assist the students graduate students enrolled in at least 5 hours, or (3) law in the learning experience, it is expected that they will students enrolled in at least 5 hours. Students may be attend class sessions whenever possible. There are granted an exception and receive a scholarship or grant certain kinds of class sessions in which it is impossible to designated to go to full-time students if during their final carry on the work of the class unless the student is pres- semester prior to graduation they need less than 12 ent. For this reason, each member of the faculty has the hours to complete their degree. prerogative of establishing specific attendance regula- During the summer session, any student enrolled in tions which, in the instructor’s opinion, are best suited at least 6 hours is considered full-time, while students to the course. There is no University wide attendance enrolled in at least 3 but fewer than 6 are considered policy. half-time. An instructor, after due notice to the student, may request withdrawal of the student from a course because Official E-Mail Address of nonattendance through the same date as the last day The student’s Washburn University e-mail address a student may withdraw from a course. This would NOT will be the official address used by the University for absolve the student of financial responsibility for tuition/ relaying important messages regarding academic and fees for the course in question. financial information and the University will consider this medium as an official notification for important informa- Student Conduct tion. The student university e-mail address may also be The University expects conduct of all students which used by instructors to provide specific course informa- is consistent with the law and with generally accepted tion. Students who prefer to use an alternate e-mail principles of academic behavior. The University retains address to receive official University notices should make the right to secure the safety of individuals, the protection certain they have implemented the mail forward option of property, and the continuity of the educational process. in MyWashburn using the following process. Access the Any interference with access to University facilities, inter- MyWashburn e-mail account, choose the “Options” tab, ruptions of educational activities, or damage to property select “Settings,” scroll to the bottom of the screen and exceeds permissible bounds. Although remedies are enter the preferred e-mail forwarding address in the “Mail available through local law enforcement bodies, the Forwarding” area. Click on “Save Changes.” It is the stu- University may elect to impose its own disciplinary sanc- dent’s responsibility to ensure that the official Washburn tions. Information regarding student rights and the rules e-mail box does not exceed the message quota resulting governing student behavior are found in the Washburn in the inability of e-mail message to be accepted into the University Student Conduct Code. It is available online mailbox. at www.washburn.edu/services/studentlife and in the Student Life Office, Morgan Hall Room 104. Withdrawals A student who wishes to withdraw from a course may Academic Impropriety Policy do so on the web when it is available for registration/ Excerpts of this policy are printed each semester in enrollment. Specific instructions will be available in the the schedule of classes. For a complete copy of the appropriate Registration Information Guide. Academic Impropriety Policy, contact the Vice President When the web is not available, students must com- for Academic Affairs Office, Bradbury Thompson Alumni plete a Schedule Change Form and submit it to the Center Suite 200. University Registrar’s Office where the information will Authorized Academic Load be processed and the form signed. The student should Normally, the maximum number of hours permitted then take the form to the Business Office for review of is 20 per semester. Correspondence, extension, and charges. The student will be given a copy documenting evening courses taken concurrently are counted as a these transactions. The date of withdrawal is deter- part of the total load. A freshman is limited to 17 credit mined by the day the withdrawal form is processed in hours per semester except upon approval by the faculty the University Registrar’s Office. Students who cannot advisor and the appropriate Dean. Superior Juniors and complete the withdrawal process on campus must notify Seniors, with the approval of their faculty advisor, may the University of their intent to withdraw by sending an petition the Dean to carry 21 or more hours. e-mail to [email protected] or via certified letter For summer sessions, the maximum number of hours to the University Registrar. To verify that the withdrawal permitted concurrently is 9, provided that no more than process has been successfully completed, students 6 are taken in the same early or late session or shorter should access their MyWashburn account on-line and term. Superior students may petition the appropriate view the “Detail Course Schedule” link on the Student Dean for permission to enroll in more hours. Normally Tab. The status will indicate withdrawn and the date the the term superior will be construed to mean a cumulative course was withdrawn successfully. grade point average of at least 3.0. The responsibility for initiating and clearing withdrawal Students are defined to be full-time in the fall and notices with the University Registrar’s Office rests with spring semesters if they are (1) undergraduates enrolled the student, not the faculty. Failure to officially with- draw results in the recording of “F” grades at the end 53 of the semester/term and responsibility for all assessed Military Withdrawal charges. Students who are called to military active duty and For semester courses a student may withdraw must withdraw from classes as a result should contact through the second week with no recorded grade. From the Dean of Students, Student Life Office, Morgan Hall, the third through the eleventh week a “W” is recorded Room 104, Phone: 670-2100, or via email at meredith. for any dropped course. Beginning with the start of the [email protected]. twelfth week, there are no withdrawals, and a grade will be assigned for the course. Declaring A Major Specific dates for withdrawal in the summer are listed In order to ensure the early and proper selection of a in the Registration Information Guide. The dates vary field of concentration, students seeking a baccalaureate according to the length of session. Withdrawal proce- degree are required to file a declaration of major by the dures/ regulations are the same as stated above. time they have completed 54 hours. Candidates for the Similar dates/deadlines for short term courses can be associate degree must file the declaration of major at the found on MyWashburn by selecting the Student Tab and completion of 24 credit hours. A student is free at any then selecting “Last Day” deadlines for courses under time to change majors, or to add a second or third major, the Registration section of Student Self-Service. by following the prescribed procedures. Declaration For information on medical withdrawals, see the sec- of a major is made on a Declaration of Major/Degree/ tion below. Complete withdrawals from the University Catalog Year form which the student secures on-line at for non-medical reasons follow the same policies and http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/forms/advising. deadlines as course withdrawals. html. The student fills out the form, in consultation with the department chair of the department in which he or Medical Withdrawal she plans to major. The chairperson signs the form The University Medical Withdrawal policy has and assigns the student an advisor. Either the chairper- changed as of Fall, 2005. If a student is unable to com- son or the student then returns the form to the office of plete a semester or term due to serious illness or injury, Enrollment Management. An additional form should be the student may withdraw him/herself from courses by submitted for any change of major, change of degree, or the Last Day to withdraw from that semester. A Medical additional major. Withdrawal DOES NOT CHANGE the student’s financial obligation to the University. Declaring an Optional Minor For withdrawals with a medical basis after the last day Students may complete a minor area of study from a to withdraw, the student must present an affidavit signed discipline other than his/her major degree field. Such a by a licensed health care provider, certifying the circum- minor is optional and not to be confused with any depart- stances. This affidavit, as part of a Medical Withdrawal ment’s required minor or required correlated courses. information packet, is available in the University A minor will consist of no less than 15 hours in one Registrar’s Office, Morgan 115. The completed forms discipline as specified by the department. Of these, 6 should be directed to the Office of the Vice President for hours must be at the upper division level. Students must Academic Affairs (VPAA), Bradbury Thompson Alumni have a grade of C or better in each course in the optional Center Suite 200, for consideration by the University minor. Medical Withdrawal Committee. If the request relates The course content of the minor is selected in to a semester other than the current one, the Medical consultation with an advisor in the minor department or Withdrawal Committee must also approve the academic program. Prior to graduation, the department or program withdrawal request. To be eligible to apply for a medical chair must certify the completion of the minor to the withdrawal, students must apply within the span of one University Registrar. calendar year from the end of the semester for which Monitoring Progress Toward Degree they are requesting a medical withdrawal. Completion Based on an approved request, the student will be withdrawn from all his/her courses, and will receive a “W” Students are expected to monitor their progress on his/her transcript for those courses. There will be NO toward degree completion by conducting on-line degree REFUND for this procedure. Only withdrawals pro- audits through their MyWashburn account periodically cessed during the published refund schedule (see previ- throughout their tenure at Washburn University. ( For ous section) will generate any kind of refund of tuition. instructions on how to complete this process, click on If the student has received Title IV Federal Financial “Instructions to Process Degree Audits on the Student Aid, the current “Return of Title IV Funds” policy will be Tab on MyWashburn.) If potential problems are identified applied according to PL 105-244, Sec 484B, 64FR59016. (e.g., missing transfer work, unposted course substitu- (Federal Pell Grants are only adjusted based on the tions, etc.), students should meet with their advisors student’s enrollment status during the first two weeks of as soon as possible to resolve these issues in a timely classes.) If the student completely withdraws from the fashion. university while still eligible for a tuition refund based on o u r s e u m b e r i n g y s t e m the published refund deadlines, the refunded tuition will C N S first be applied to Title IV financial aid and/or university Students with fewer than 54 hours completed may scholarships. A student eligible for a withdrawal from take courses numbered 100-299. Students with more classes that occurs after completion of 60% of the se- than 54 hours completed may take courses numbered mester/session is not subject to Federal “Return of Title 100-499. Courses numbered 400-499 are also open IV Funds” policy, and is considered to have earned their to graduate students. Courses numbered 500-699 are Federal Title IV aid. open to graduate students only. Courses numbered 300- 54 499 are open to students during the semester in which this unofficial Degree Audit tool to explore different ma- they achieve junior standing, provided they have enrolled jors by using the “Explore Different Degree Programs” in enough lower level courses during that same semes- link. ter to meet the requirements of junior rank. Exceptions The University Registrar’s Office will complete a final to this rule may be made by consent of the department graduation check in the semester the student has applied head and the Dean. Forty-five hours of junior-senior for his/her degree. work are required for completion of any baccalaurate degree. Posthumous Degree Upon recommendation of deceased student’s major De g r e e s department or school, and upon approval of the Dean of the College or School, the Vice President for Academic Degree Conferment Affairs, the President, and the Board of Regents, a The University confers degrees three times a year to degree may be awarded posthumously provided that the students who have met all requirements as of the last student: day of final examinations for each semester/term: Fall 1. Was in good academic standing at the time of death, semester, Spring semester, and the Summer term. The and, summer term is comprised of several sessions or short 2. Unless exceptional circumstances exist, courses, but the degree will be conferred at the end of a. had achieved senior status, if the student was the term. All work not completed by the last day of finals enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program; or for each semester/term will result in a graduation date of b. was within one semester of completion, if the the following semester/term or later if a previous “incom- student was enrolled in an associate degree plete” has not been finalized. If a student is concurrently program; or enrolled at another institution and intends to use the c. was in the final year, if the student was enrolled in work to complete graduation requirements at Washburn, a graduate degree program. an official transcript from the institution must be received t u d e n t e co r d s within two weeks of Washburn’s last final examination S R date of the graduating semester/term in order to have the degree conferred in that same semester/term. Policy, Procedure, and Records The University has two commencements which are Washburn University maintains various student at the end of the Fall and Spring semesters. Students records to document academic work and to record who are scheduled to complete final requirements for a interactions with University staff and officials. The degree during the following Summer term may be permit- Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 ted to participate in the Spring commencement. Such (FERPA) was enacted to protect each student’s right to candidates must have Declaration of Major/Degree/ privacy and to provide each student the right to inspect Catalog Year form and Application for Degree on file in and review his/her education records. This Act is also the University Registrar’s Office. Additional information commonly known as the Buckley Amendment. A notice and ceremony details can be found at http://www.wash- of this policy is published each semester/term in the burn.edu/commencement Registration Information Guide. Application for Degree Directory Information Students planning to complete a Baccalaureate and/ The University may release to the general public cer- or Associate degree must file an Application for Degree tain information about the student which has been identi- form in the Office of the University Registrar in order to fied by the institution as directory information. Directory initiate a graduation check. The graduation check will Information at Washburn University includes: student’s be completed early in the semester/term in which the name, current address and phone number, permanent student plans to graduate. The form should be filed in address and phone number, e-mail address, classifica- September for the Fall semester and in February for tion status (i.e. freshman, sophomore, etc.), major field the Spring semester and Summer term (see the aca- of study, date and place of birth, dates of attendance, demic calendar for the exact dates). A student is not awards and academic honors, degrees and dates a Candidate for Degree until the University Registrar’s awarded, enrollment status (full-time, half-time, less than Office has the form on file. Students who do not gradu- half-time), most recent educational institution attended, ate in the semester/term specified on the Application for participation in officially recognized activities and sports, Degree must file another application for the subsequent and height and weight of members of athletic teams. semester/term in which they plan to graduate. Forms are Campus Telephone Directory Information available in the University Registrar’s Office. Listings in the online student directory are compiled Degree Audit from information supplied by students to the university. Currently enrolled Washburn University students are • The student is responsible for updating and provid- expected to monitor their process toward degree comple- ing correct information for online directory listings. tion by accessing unofficial Degree Audits on the WEB • Information may be updated at any time during the through their MyWashburn account. Students should year. “Generate a Degree Audit” for their currently declared major and should discuss any potential problems (e.g., missing transfer work, unposted course substitutions, etc.) with their faculty advisors. Students can also use 55 • The online directory listings are updated daily. request. When a record contains information about more • To update online directory information, go to the than one student, the student may inspect and review View/Update Campus Directory Profile on the Stu- only the records which relate to him or her. If any ques- dent tab of MyWashburn. tion arises as to the identity of the requesting student, the In accordance with the Family Educational Rights student shall be asked to provide photo identification. and Privacy Act of 1974, currently enrolled students may Washburn University reserves the right to refuse to choose to withhold information from the online university permit a student to inspect or have access to the follow- directory. ing records: • Information may be excluded at View/Update 1. The financial statement of the student’s parents. Campus Directory Profile on the Student tab of 2. Letters and statements of recommendation for which MyWashburn. the student has waived his or her right of access, or which were placed in file before January 1, 1975. Types, Custodians and Locations of 3. Records connected with an application to attend Education Records Washburn University or a component unit of Wash- With the exception of Directory Information as burn University if that application was denied. described above, student records are considered to 4. Medical and counseling records. These records may be confidential. Only the custodians of the records, be released, however, to other medical or psychologi- their designee, or their director/dean/vice president to cal professionals at the written request of the student; whom that person reports has the authority to release and may be inspected by the patient at the discretion the record. The following is a list of the types of records of the professional staff. that the University maintains, their custodians, and their 5. Law enforcement records. locations. 6. Private notes of staff, faculty, and administrators. a. (Official) Academic Records: University Registrar, 7. Official transcripts of credit earned at other institu- Morgan Hall 115 tions which have been presented for admission or b. Academic Records: Deans of Schools/College and/or evaluation of credit and have become a part of the Departmental Offices, Specific Locations listed in the student’s permanent record are not reissued or cop- Campus Directory ies duplicated. Transcripts from other institutions, c. Academic Impropriety Records: Vice President for including the high school transcript and test scores, Academic Affairs Office, Bradbury Thompson Alumni should be obtained from the original institution. Center 200 Copies of records accessible to the student will be d. Admissions Records: Director of Admissions, Morgan provided at the student’s expense. The charge to the Hall 114 student for any such records is 25 cents per page. e. Business Records: Bursar, Morgan Hall 205 8. When a student is delinquent in a financial account to f. Career Services: Coordinator of Career Services, the university, has incomplete admission credentials, Center for Learning and Student Success (CUSP), or about whom official disciplinary action has not Morgan Hall 122 been resolved, the appropriate university official may g. Counseling and Testing Records: Coordinator of request that the student’s record not be released. Counseling and Testing, CUSP, Morgan 122 The effect of this action is that grade reports, tran- h. Financial Aid Records: Director of Financial Aid, scripts, and diplomas/certificates are not released. In Morgan Hall 267 addition to these documents not being released, reg- i. International Student Records: Foreign Student Advi- istration and enrollment at Washburn in subsequent sor, International House semesters is not permitted. j. Medical Records: Director of Student Health Ser- Disclosure of Education Records or vices, Morgan Hall 170 Personally Identifiable Information k. Placement Records: Coordinator of Career Services, The University will obtain written consent from the CUSP, Morgan Hall 122 student before disclosing records or personally identifi- l. Residence Hall Records: Director of Residential Liv- able information from education records of the student, ing, Living/Learning Center except in the cases of: m. Student Disciplinary Records: Dean of Students, 1. School officials who have a legitimate educational Morgan Hall 104 interest in the records. A school official is: n. Traffic and Security Records: Chief of Police, Morgan a. A person employed by the University in an ad- Hall 156 ministrative, supervisory, academic or research or o. Veteran Records: Student Services, Morgan Hall 150 support staff position. Student Access to Education Records b. A person employed by or under contract to the Students may inspect, review and/or receive copies University to perform a special task, such of their education records upon written request to the as an attorney or auditor. appropriate record custodian with the exceptions noted c. A student serving on an official committee, such below. The written request submitted to the record as disciplinary or grievance committee or custodian or appropriate University staff should identify d. A student employed by the university (through as precisely as possible the record or records he or she financial aid or departmental/administrative office) wishes to inspect. The record custodian or appropriate who assists another school official in performing University staff must comply within a reasonable period his or her tasks. of time, not to exceed 45 days from the receipt of the A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official is: 56 a. Performing a task specified in his/her position Notice to Third Parties description or by contract agreement. The University must inform the parties to whom a b. Performing a task related to the discipline of a student’s education record or personally identifiable in- student. formation is given that they are not permitted to disclose c. Providing a service or benefit relating to the that information to another person (third party) without student or student’s family, such as health the written consent of the student and that the infor- care, counseling, job placement, or financial mation is to be used only for the purpose(s) intended. aid. Persons who receive a student’s education record or 2. Officials of another school in which a student seeks personally identifiable information about the student may or intends to enroll. disclose such information to other persons only if the 3. authorized representatives of the Comptroller Gen- name of the additional persons and the legitimate inter- eral of the United States, the Secretary of H.E.W., est of such persons is provided as a part of the original the U.S. Commissioner of Education, the Director of request. the National Institute of Education, and Assistant Sec- retary for Education and state educational authorities Maintaining Education Records and in connection with certain state or federally supported Records of Requests and Disclosures education programs. Each office that maintains education records shall 4. Financial aid personnel in connection with a student’s adopt its own policy with regard to destruction of educa- request for or receipt of financial aid as necessary to tion records. No education record, however, may be determine the eligibility, amount, or conditions of the destroyed if there is an outstanding request to inspect financial aid, or to enforce the terms and conditions and review the record. Also, the record of requests for of the aid. the disclosures of the education record and any explana- 5. State and local officials or authorities to whom tion that are a part of the record must be maintained for information is specifically required to be reported or as long as the education record to which it pertains is disclosed according to State statute adopted before maintained. November 19, 1974. Washburn University officials responsible for the vari- 6. Organizations conducting certain studies for or on ous types of records will maintain a record of all requests behalf of the University for disclosure of information from a student’s education 7. Accrediting organizations to carry out their functions. records. The record will indicate the name of the party 8. Parents of an eligible student who claim the student making the request, any additional party to whom it may as a dependent for income tax purposes. be redisclosed, and the legitimate interest the party had 9. Authorities to comply with a judicial order or a lawfully in requesting or obtaining the information. The record of issued subpoena. request is open to inspection of the student. 10. Appropriate parties in a health or safety emergency. Records of requests and disclosures may not be University Security Personnel shall have access to maintained or may be maintained for only a limited time student class schedules in an emergency situation for: 1) requests made by the student him/herself; 2) when knowledge of the information concerning the requests for which the student has given written consent; emergency, is considered necessary to protect the 3) requests made by school officials with legitimate edu- health or safety of students or other persons. cation interests; or 4) requests for directory information. • University Security Personnel will attempt to verify Student’s Right to Challenge Information the identity of the person requesting information Contained in Education Records and the emergency situation. The class schedule will not be released to the requesting individual but Students have the right to challenge the content of an a security officer will attempt to contact the student education record that they believe inaccurate, mislead- directly. ing, or in violation of their privacy rights. No hearing under this policy shall be granted for challenging the • A record of each disclosure request must be made underlying basis for a grade; however, the accuracy of its and maintained. The record should include the recording could be challenged. Following are procedures name and address of the requestor, date and time for challenging the content of education records: of request, and the nature of the emergency situ- A student must ask the appropriate school official to ation. These records of requests are considered change or modify the record by identifying the part of the part of the students educational record. record they want changed and specify why the informa- 11. Individuals inquiring about directory information tion is inappropriate. designated by the University. After researching the request, the Washburn 12. The results of any disciplinary proceeding conducted University official may comply with the request and make by the University against an alleged perpetrator of a the changes wanted. If the school official decides not to crime of violence to the alleged victim of that crime. comply, the student will be notified in writing of the deci- 13. School officials who have access to student sion and advised of his/her right to a hearing to challenge educational records should view only the records the information believed to be inappropriate. associated with carrying out their responsibilities All requests for a formal hearing by the student shall to the University. School officials will not disclose be directed to the appropriate Area Head and shall non-directory information to other school officials contain a concise written statement of the specific facts or university employees unless that person has constituting the student’s claim. a legitimate educational reason for knowing the The hearing will be conducted by a hearing officer information. who is a University staff member but who does not have 57 a direct interest in the outcome of the challenge and who mailed, or faxed to, or picked up by the student will be shall be appointed by the appropriate Area Head or his/ marked “Issued to Student”. her designee. The hearing shall be held within a reason- Transcripts may be requested through the mail or able time of receipt of the student’s request and the by fax (785) 670-1104. A mailed request must be sent student shall be notified reasonably in advance by the to the Office of the University Registrar, Morgan Hall hearing officer of the date, place and time of the hearing. 115. The request should include the following informa- At the hearing, the student shall be afforded a full and tion: current name and other names while attending fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to his/her Washburn, student signature, identification number/ claim and may, at his or her expense, receive assistance social security number, return address for receipt pur- from any individuals of his/her choice. poses, date of birth, date of attendance at Washburn, the The hearing officer shall make a written recommenda- number of transcripts requested, complete and accurate tion to the appropriate Area Head with written findings of address where each transcript is to be sent, and $3.00 facts concerning the student’s request within ten work- for each transcript requested paid at the time of request. ing days of the hearing. The appropriate Area Head or A faxed request form may specify that a transcript be his/her designee shall notify the student in writing of the mailed or faxed. If the transcript is to be faxed, the decision within an additional fourteen working days of request must include the information listed above as well receipt of the hearing officer’s report. The decision must as the fax number, the name of the person who is to re- include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for ceive the fax, and the Company/Agency/Institution name the decisions. where it is to be faxed. Faxed requests will not have If the appropriate Area Head is adverse to the stu- processing priority over requests received by mail or in dent’s request, the student will be notified that he/she person. Some agencies or institutions will not accept has a right to place in the record a statement comment- faxed transcripts as official. ing on the challenge information and/or a statement set- Checks which are mailed or given at the counter ting forth reasons for disagreeing with the decision. should be made payable to Washburn University. Fax The statement will be maintained as a part of the requests must be paid by credit card. The University student’s education records as long as the contested accepts Visa, Master Card, and Discover (Novus). A fax portion is maintained. If Washburn University discloses request must include the type of card, the number of the the contested portion of the record, it must also disclose card, its expiration date, and signature of the student. the student’s summary statement. Fax requests without complete information including If the student’s challenge to the content of a given credit card information cannot be processed. Please record is successful, the University shall amend the include your phone number, in case there are questions education record accordingly and so inform the student during processing your request. in writing. A Transcript Request form may also be obtained by printing it after accessing http://www.washburn.edu/ Complaints registrar. It may be returned to the University Registrar’s A student who believes the University has not com- Office by mail, fax, or in person by following the proce- plied with federal law or regulations should check first dures described in this section. with the office involved or the Area Head to which it Students may view their academic records via the reports. If the student wishes to file a complaint with the web through their MyWashburn account. federal government concerning the University’s failure to comply with the Privacy Act, he/she may send a written Grade Reports complaint to The Family Educational Rights and Privacy At the end of the Fall and Spring semesters; and the Act Office, 400 Maryland Avenue, S.W., Washington, early, late, and full sessions of the Summer Term, final D.C. 20202. grades are submitted by instructors via the web. The grades become a part of the student’s permanent record. Transcript Grades will be made available for viewing on the web af- A transcript is an official copy of a student’s perma- ter the University Registrar’s Office completes the end of nent academic record. Official transcripts are avail- semester/term processing. Grades will not be mailed able from the Office of the University Registrar. Each nor can they be secured by phone . Students may transcript costs $3.00. A transcript request must be print their screen to have a written copy of their grades. written and the fee must be paid in advance. A transcript request will not be processed for students who have Dr u g Fr e e Sc h oo l s , Th e St u d e n t financial or other obligations to the university. Because a transcript contains confidential information, it cannot Ri g h t t o Kn ow Ac t & be released to anyone without a written request from the Ca mp u s Se c u r i t y student. Any individual acting on behalf of the student with regard to requesting a transcript must have written The Student Right To Know Act refers to the authorization from the student and will be required to Federally-mandated disclosure of information about show photo identification. campus security, graduation rates, retention rates, and Transcripts may be requested in person upon show- athletic equity to students, upon their request. ing some form of photo identification at the University The Washburn University’s annual security report Registrar’s Office, 115 Morgan Hall, during regular busi- includes statistics for the previous three years concern- ness hours or by dropping a transcript request form with ing reported crimes that occurred on campus; in certain payment in the University Registrar’s Office drop box off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by east of the Office after the office is closed. Any transcript Washburn, and on public property within, or immediately 58 adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. Other University in order to have credit awarded and posted to reports include institutional policies concerning campus their transcripts. Test scores must be submitted directly security, such as policies concerning alcohol and other from national testing companies in order to be consid- drug use, crime prevention, the reporting of crimes, ered for credit. Specific information about the different sexual assault, and other matters. A copy of the report types of examinations is provided below. can be obtained by contacting the Office of Student Life (Morgan 104, 785-231-1010 ext. 1390) or by accessing A. National Examinations the following website: http://www.washburn.edu/admin/ 1. College Entrance Examination Board police/required-reporting.html. (CEEB): Advanced Placement Examinations Information on graduation and retention rates may be The Advanced Placement exams are prepared, requested from the Institutional Research office located scored and reported by the College Entrance in Morgan Hall, room 263, phone extension 1645. Examination Board. Students should seek informa- Di p l om a s tion and obtain registration materials through appropri- ate high school counselors or other secondary school officials. Diploma Distribution This program is designed for high school seniors Diplomas will be available approximately two months planning to enter college and is administered in conjunc- after each semester/term. Diplomas may be picked up tion with Advanced Placement courses taught in the in the Office of the University Registrar, Morgan 115, high schools. The scores are reported to the University during regular business hours. Photo identification must by CEEB. Appropriate credit or advanced placement be presented to obtain your diploma. Students may is awarded at the time of enrollment in the University. have diplomas mailed by completing the Diploma Mailing When credit is awarded it may be applied to meet degree Request Form in the University Registrar’s Office. The requirements. When advanced placement is awarded, fee for mailing a diploma is $5.00 if mailed to a U.S. a student is advanced to a higher level college course address and $10.00 if mailed to an overseas address. without being required to take a lower level prerequisite. Diplomas are not issued if the student has outstanding Depending on departmental policy and the examination financial obligations to the University. scores which are achieved, an academic department Diploma Replacement may award either credit or advanced placement or both A diploma may be replaced providing a request is to a student. No entry is made on the college transcript made in writing. The request may be mailed to or made for scores which are lower than those determined to be in person during regular business hours at the Office of satisfactory by the Washburn academic departments. the University Registrar, Morgan Hall 115. The replace- Students may have Advanced Placement test scores ment processing fee is $30.00. obtained in high school reported to the University for evaluation. Credit and/or advanced placement are Diploma Designations awarded to students who have received a score of three Majors and minors are not designated on the diploma; (3), four (4), or five (5). Currently a student may be however, they are reflected on the transcript. If a student awarded college credit hours in the subjects listed below adds a major/minor to a degree after the diploma is is- as follows: sued, the additional designation will be reflected on the A .P . transcript. An additional diploma will not be issued. Only Subject Score Award Hours Latin honors (Summa Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude, Art 3-4-5 AR 102 3 and Cum Laude) are designated on undergraduate, Biology 3-4-5 BI 100 3 bachelor degree diplomas. In addition to Latin honors, Chemistry 5 CH 151 5 Stoffer Honors, Departmental and School Honors, and English 3 EN 135 3 University Honors are posted on the transcript. English 4-5 EN 101 OR 6* r e d i t b y x a m i n a t i o n EN 131 OR C E EN 135 Recognizing that many individuals gain knowledge Calculus AB 3 Consult Chair through self-study which may be equivalent to that at- Calculus AB 4-5 MA 151 5 tained through the completion of formal college courses, Calculus BC 3 MA 151 5 Washburn University has adopted a comprehensive Calculus BC 4-5 Consult Chair 10> program whereby college credit may be granted through Mod. Foreign Lang 4-5 FR101 OR 4-8** means other than enrollment in and the successful GE 101 OR completion of prescribed college courses. SP 101 The University may grant credit through two national Music 3 MU 215 4 examinations and university departmental examina- Music 4-5 MU 215 AND 8 tions. The national exams are the College Entrance MU 216 Examination Board (CEEB) Advanced Placement Physics 3-4-5 PS 101 3 Examinations and the College Level Examination Political Science 4-5 PO 106 3 Program (CLEP). The University Departmental Psychology 3-4-5 PY100 3 Examinations are administered on campus by individual Statistics 3-4-5 MA 140 3 academic departments. Students must be either currently enrolled at Washburn University or former students of Washburn 59 A .P . course. There is no entry in the college transcript for Subject Score Award Hours scores which the appropriate academic department has US History 4 HI 111 OR 3~ determined to be unsatisfactory. HI 112 US History 5 HI 111 AND 6^ 3. University Departmental Exams HI 112 a. Credit by Departmental Examinations World History 4 HI 100 OR 3# When a student identifies a course which he or she HI 101 OR feels qualified to “challenge” or “quiz-out of,” the student HI 102 should contact the chair of the department offering that Department Chair and student. course to determine whether a departmental examination *The 6 hours of English are to be selected by English could be accepted. If the academic department gives Department Chair and student. approval for the student to quiz out of a specific course, **4 to 8 hours of credit will be granted after completion of the student obtains a Credit by Examination registration FR 211, GE 211, or SP 211 with a C or better. form in the University Registrar’s Office, MO 115. The ~After completion of HI 111 or HI 112 with C or better. University Registrar’s Office determines that the student ^After completion of Upper Division American History is either currently enrolled or a former student who is course with C or better. not currently enrolled in the challenged class and is # After completion of HI 100, or HI 101, or HI 102 with C free of all holds. The student completes the credit by or better. examination registration form and obtains signatures + After completion of Upper Division World History as required on the form. The student must finalize this course with C or better. process by taking the credit by exam registration form 2. College Level Examination Program to the Business Office where he or she pays the fee for (CLEP) challenging a course by examination. The fee for each credit hour is one-third of the current resident under- a. CLEP General Examinations graduate per-credit-hour tuition rounded to the nearest A student may obtain credit which will be assigned dollar. After payment is made, the student returns the top to one or more of the General Education Divisions by copy of the form to the University Registrar’s Office. The obtaining a satisfactory score on the appropriate College student takes his/her copy which has been marked “paid” Level Examination Program (CLEP) for Humanities, to the department at the scheduled time of the examina- Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and History. tion. Under no circumstances will the examination be Washburn does not award credit for either the CLEP administered prior to payment. No refunds will be given English or Mathematics General Examinations. The for exams not taken or not passed. CLEP General Examinations are designed to award After the student has taken the exam, the department credit to students entering the University at the Freshman evaluates it and determines whether or not the student level. Therefore, a student must take the CLEP General receives credit. If the department determines that credit Examination prior to his or her first collegiate semester of is to be awarded, credit for the course is posted to the enrollment in any courses in that division. A student who transcript. If the department determines based on the has attempted credit in any one of the General Education exam that credit should not be awarded, no entry is Divisions-Humanities, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences made to the transcript. If the course is taken to fulfill re- and History-either at Washburn or another university quirements in a major, a letter grade for the course may is not eligible to receive credit from the CLEP General be determined by the department and posted on the tran- Examination for that division. script. The exam may not be repeated; a student may Four semester hours of credit are awarded for each not take a departmental exam for any course more than of the three CLEP General Examinations (Humanities, once. Credit by departmental examination may not be Natural Sciences, Social Sciences and History) which used to repeat courses previously taken by the student. is passed with a score at or above the 50th percentile. Credit given by departmental examination is consid- No credit is granted and no entry is made on the college ered residential credit. transcript for scores below the 50th percentile. The CLEP General Examinations do not require prior departmental Cr e d i t Gr a n t e d f o r Military Se r v i c e approval. Credit awarded for military service is based upon the b. CLEP Subject Examinations recommendations of the Commission on Accreditation Some of the CLEP Subject Examinations are ac- of Service Experiences which was appointed by the cepted by Washburn as a means of obtaining credit for American Council on Education. Credit will be granted specific courses. These examinations require that the to all military personnel in accordance with the rec- student gain approval of the appropriate Washburn de- ommendations of the ACE Guide to the Evaluation partment prior to taking the CLEP Subject Examination. of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services. Each department determines if the examination is ac- Students should provide their military service record in ceptable and designates the score level which is required one of the following formats according to their branch for awarding credit. of service: DD 214 form, DD 295 form, Department of A student who has attempted credit in the course to Defense transcript, Community College of the Air Force be fulfilled by the CLEP Subject Examination either at transcript, or the Army/American Council on Education Washburn or another university is not eligible to re- Registry transcript. Military credit is subject to the same ceive credit with the CLEP Subject Examination for that limitations as regular transfer credit i.e. technical credit 60 limits and no credit awarded for course duplications. For designation changed by an officially revised transcript more information and to secure forms for making applica- from the originating institution or by repeating those tion, students should contact the Office of the University courses in accordance with the Washburn University Registrar. repeat policy. Gr a d i n g Sy s t e m A/Pass/Fail Option Under certain circumstances, undergraduate students Grades and Grade Points have the option to elect to enroll in a course for a grade Symbols Used or for “A/Pass/Fail.” A student may enroll in only one “A/ in Grading Description Grade Points Pass/Fail” course per semester (not including PE 198). A Excellent 4 To enroll in a course under the “A/Pass/Fail” option, a B Well above average 3 student must have completed 24 semester credit hours C Average 2 with at least a 2.0 g.p.a. Courses in a student’s ma- D Below average but passing 1 jor (including minor and correlate courses) cannot be F Failure 0 taken for “A/Pass/Fail” without written permission from AU Audit *0 the appropriate department chair or dean on file in the CR Credit only-letter grade C or better *0 University Registrar’s Office. I Incomplete *0 If the student earns an “A” in the course, this is NC No Credit *0 recorded on the transcript. If the student earns a grade IP In Progress *0 of “B.” “C” or “D” this is recorded as “CR” or “P” on the NR Not Recorded *0 transcript, and is not figured in the student’s cumulative P Credit only-letter grade of D *0 grade point average. If the student fails the course, a W Withdrawn passing *0 grade of “F” is recorded, and this grade is figured in the * Not included in grade point average student’s cumulative grade point average. Students must Awarding “Incomplete” Grades present a minimum of 84 graded hours (i.e., hours in The letter “I” indicates “incomplete work” which may which an A,B,C,D or F was received) for graduation with be completed without repetition of the regular work of the a Bachelor’s degree, or a minimum of 42 graded hours course. The incomplete will not be used when a definite for an Associate’s degree. grade can be assigned for the course. It will not be given Subject to the provisions above, a student may elect for the work of a student in any course except to indicate graded or A/Pass/Fail status for a course at any time dur- that some part of the work, for good reason, has not ing the period in which that student may elect to withdraw been completed, while the rest of the work has been sat- from that course. Please see the academic calendar at isfactorily completed. The student must have completed http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/calendars.html for three-fourths of the course requirements. The “I” grade specific deadline dates. is used only when in the opinion of the instructor there is Certain courses may not be taken for grade, but may expectation that the work will be completed. only be taken pass/fail. The above policy does not per- The instructor lists the remaining requirements on the tain to such courses. “Incomplete Grade Report Form” and a copy is provided Repetition of Courses to the student and Department Chairperson. When Undergraduate courses in which the student receives the requirements are met and evaluated, the instructor a D or an F may be repeated. The transcript will contain submits the grade to the University Registrar’s Office in a complete record of all courses taken and grades order to remove the “I.” earned. The repeated and not the original grade will Unless an earlier deadline is stipulated by the instruc- be included in determining the cumulative grade point tor of the course, the incompletes in undergraduate average. However, after a student has repeated the courses must be completed by the last day of classes same course three times, or has repeated three different and grades submitted to the University Registrar Office courses, that student must have the permission of his/her by the deadline of grade submission of the subsequent academic dean before repeating any course. Spring semester for Fall incompletes or the subsequent Students who are taking graduate courses (excluding Fall semester for Spring and Summer incompletes; oth- Law courses) may repeat courses in which they received erwise a grade of “F” will be recorded. a grade of C, D, or F if the repeat is granted by the dean/ The above procedure applies to graduate Nursing chair of the department offering the course. The dean/ and Psychology incomplete grades, except for PY 695 chair must provide a letter or e-mail to the Office of the and PY 699, which do NOT automatically turn to F. The University Registrar indicating approval has been given above procedure also applies to graduate Business to the student to repeat a graduate course in which a C, Administration incomplete grades with the exception that D, or F grade was received. The transcript will contain a all course work must be turned in by the end of the regu- complete record of all courses taken and grades earned, larly scheduled classes within one year of the date the but only the last grade earned in the repeated course will incomplete was given or the grade will be recorded as be used to compute the cumulative grade point average. an “F”. Other graduate courses do not have a deadline except all Washburn students must have all Washburn Classification incompletes made up before they can graduate. An entering student with fewer than 24 semester Students transferring to Washburn with “Incompletes” on hours of accumulated credit is classified as a Freshman. their transcripts will have the courses designated with an To be classified as a Sophomore, a student must have “NC” instead of an “I”. Transfer students may have the 24 semester hours of college credit. To be classified 61 as a Junior, a student must have 54 semester hours completion of a research project or an equivalent of college credit. A student who has at least 88 se- deemed suitable by the department; (3) the recommen- mester hours of college credit is classified as a Senior. dation of the department. Individual departments may Graduate students are those who have been formally specify additional requirements. admitted to a graduate program. Law students have In the School of Nursing, students who have a grade been formally admitted to the School of Law. point average of 3.75 in nursing courses and who dem- onstrate outstanding clinical nursing performance and Honors are recommended by the faculty, are eligible to receive Washburn has a variety of means to provide proper School of Nursing Honors upon graduation. recognition for successful application to college work and In the School of Business, students are eligible to several programs to encourage highly motivated and receive School of Business Honors upon graduation talented students to undertake work at the honors level. who have a grade point average of 3.5 in all account- Latin Honors ing, business, and economic courses applied to the B.B.A. degree, rank in the upper quarter of the Washburn Any undergraduate, baccalaureate student who has University graduating class, and demonstrate superior met degree requirements by completing only Washburn research and/or independent study skills while enrolled course work and by achieving a cumulative grade point in a special research course. Students who do not com- average of: plete a research or independent study project, but who 3.4-3.59 receives a degree cum laude. accumulate a 3.5 grade point average in all accounting, 3.6-3.79 receives a degree magna cum laude. business, and economics courses and rank in the upper 3.8-4.0 receives a degree summa cum laude. quarter of the Washburn University graduating class Students who have transfer course work from any receive the special designation as School of Business other university/college will have the following proce- Scholar. dures applied in calculating honors. If the student does In the School of Applied Studies students may qualify not have a baccalaureate degree from another university/ for School Honors by fulfilling the following minimum college, the cumulative grade point average of the trans- requirements. Complete all appropriate course work for ferable course work will be used in calculating honors. If the appropriate Certificate of Completion with a minimum the student has a degree from another university/college, grade point average of 3.75 and all course work com- the cumulative grade point average for the entire degree pleted at Washburn. For the Associate degree, com- will be used in calculating honors. In either category, the plete all appropriate major and correlate courses, with honor awarded to a transfer student will be determined a minimum of 30 hours completed at Washburn and a by the lower of the following two grade point averages: minimum grade point average of 3.5. For a baccalaure- 1) the overall (degree or transferable course work g.p.a. ate degree, complete all appropriate major and correlate combined with the Washburn course work g.p.a.), and 2) courses with a minimum grade point average of 3.5, and the Washburn course work only. complete a research project or a departmental approved Transfer students must have completed a minimum equivalent project. of 24 graded hours at Washburn University to qualify All the above School Honors require a recommenda- for a degree with honors. Latin honors are awarded for tion of the department. Individual departments may also baccalaureate degrees only. All majors completed during specify additional requirements. See Department Chair a single degree will be used in calculating honors. Any for more information. additional major acquired after the original degree is awarded will not be used in recalculating Latin honors for LINC Scholar/Bonner Leaders that degree. This honor is open to any undergraduate student Dean’s Honor Roll enrolled part-time or full-time who is in good academic standing. LinC Scholar/Bonner Leader honors are award- Students whose grade point average for the semester ed to students who have been accepted into the Bonner is equivalent to 3.4 or better are honored by having their Leaders program and who have completed the required names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and they are service commitment (see page 39). so notified by the Dean of the appropriate college or school. The completion of a minimum of 12 Washburn Gr a d e App e a l Pr oc e d u r e semester hours taken for letter grades is required. The following grade appeal procedure applies to the President’s Honor Roll College and the Schools, not the School of Law. The Students whose grade point average is 4.00 for the obligation of the instructor to evaluate the performance semester are honored by having their names placed of students on sound academic grounds is basic to the upon the President’s Honor Roll and they are so noti- formal education process. A student who believes the fied by the President. The completion of a minimum of grade awarded him/her by an instructor is based upon 12 Washburn semester hours taken for letter grades is reasons other than the student’s academic performance required. may appeal the grade received in a course. Students utilize the procedure outlined below to appeal the grade Departmental and School Honors unless a student believes the grade was awarded based In the College of Arts and Sciences, students are on illegal discrimination on the basis of race, color, reli- eligible to receive departmental honors upon gradua- gion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, sex, marital tion if they fulfill the following minimum requirements: or parental status or sexual orientation/gender identity. (1) a grade point average of 3.5 in the major, including Appeals based upon complaints of discrimination follow a 3.5 in upper division work in the major; (2) successful 62 the University’s procedure for complaints of discrimina- the student and the instructor, either jointly or separately, tion. (http:www.washburn.edu/washburn/gen/washburn_ to attempt to mediate the dispute about the contested generated_pages/Regs_and_Procedures_General_ grade. Topics_p.285.html#Complaints). Appeal to Grade Appeal Committee Consultation with the Instructor If, after mediation with the Dean as provided above, A student must first attempt to resolve his/her dispute the student is still dissatisfied with the result, he/she may concerning the final grade received in a course through file a notice of appeal with the Dean which shall specify consultation with the instructor of the class. Such con- the relief requested and provide a written summary of sultation normally shall take place following award of the the grounds for appeal to the Grade Appeal Committee. grade but in no event shall such consultation take place Such notification must be received by the Dean within later than the fourth week of the next regular academic 10 working days of the day on which the student/instruc- semester following the award of the grade. In the event tor consultation has been completed. The process shall the course instructor is no longer at the University or be terminated if notification is not received within the is on a leave of absence during the semester following 10 working days. Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, the contested grade or the instructor shall have refused the Dean shall forward it and all materials submitted by to consult with such student, the student may proceed the instructor and student during the mediation process to the next stage, mediation by the Department Chair to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. The Vice (where such exists). If no Department Chair exists, the President for Academic Affairs, upon receipt of the notice next stage is mediation by the Dean of the College or and materials, shall appoint and convene a committee School in which the course was offered. of five persons, comprised of three faculty members (two from the same department or area, one faculty from Mediation by the Department Chair another department or area), and two students, to serve If the student is dissatisfied with the result of his/ as the Grade Appeal Committee. At its first meeting, the her consultation with the instructor or the student shall Grade Appeal Committee shall select its chairperson and have been unable to meet with the instructor because of set the date, time and place for the appeal to be heard. the instructor’s refusal to meet or absence, the student The committee shall advise the student and the instructor may seek mediation of the matter with the Department of the hearing date. Chair in the unit in which the course was offered. The Department Chair must be notified in writing by the stu- Hearing dent of his/her intention to continue the appeal process. The hearing will take place before the entire Such notification must be received within 10 working Committee. The burden of proof rests with the student days of the day on which the student/instructor consulta- who shall, during the course of the hearing on the con- tion has been completed. The process shall be termi- tested grade, be responsible for presenting evidence to nated if notification is not received within the 10 working support the claim. The hearing will be informal and the days. The instructor shall make available to his/her formal rules of evidence shall not be applicable. Oral Department Chair all of the materials and criteria which testimony of witnesses may be presented but is not re- entered into the determination of the student’s final grade quired. If either the student or the instructor presents wit- in the course. The student shall provide the Department nesses, he/she must provide to the Committee a written Chair, in writing, the grounds for contesting the grade by summary of the testimony expected of the witness(es) to the instructor. After receiving and reviewing these ma- the committee and to the other party not later than three terials, the Department Chair shall meet with the student days prior to the date of the hearing. The student or the and the instructor, either jointly or separately, to attempt instructor may be accompanied by an advisor whose to mediate the dispute about the contested grade. only role in the course of the hearing will be to render advice to the student/instructor. The amount of time Mediation by the Dean of the College or allotted to each party will be left to the discretion of the School in which the course was offered Committee. If the student is dissatisfied with the result of his/ her consultation with the instructor or the student shall Decision have been unable to meet with the instructor because of At the close of the hearing the Committee shall the instructor’s refusal to meet or absence, the student meet and determine, by a vote of four out of five of the may seek mediation of the matter with the Dean of the members, whether the student has proved the relief College or School in which the course was offered. The sought should be awarded for the reasons stated in his/ Dean must be notified in writing by the student of his/her her notice of appeal and the student’s grade changed. intention to continue the appeal process. Such notifica- The Committee shall report its decision in writing to tion must be received within 10 working days of the day the student, the instructor and to the Vice President for on which the student/Department Chair consultation Academic Affairs. The decision of the committee shall be has been completed. The process shall be terminated final. If it is the judgment of the committee that the grade if notification is not received within the 10 working days. be changed, then the Vice President for Academic Affairs The instructor shall make available to his/her Dean all of shall notify the Registrar, who will enter the changed the materials and criteria which entered into the deter- grade which will be initialed by both the Vice President mination of the student’s final grade in the course. The and the Registrar. student shall provide the Dean, in writing, the grounds for contesting the grade by the instructor. After receiving and reviewing these materials, the Dean shall meet with 63 Ac a d e m i c Pr o b a t i o n , Su s p e n s i o n V. Any requests for exceptions will be referred to a designated committee member who will, after con- An d Re i n s t a t e m e n t sultation with the student, make a recommendation I. A student in good standing is defined as one whose to the Committee. The student should be aware cumulative grade point average is 2.00 or above. that the recommendation must be approved by the II. Any student whose cumulative G.P.A. falls below Committee as a whole. 2.00 will be placed on academic probation for the VI. The transcript will contain a complete record of all next semester in which the student enrolls. courses taken and grades earned, but only the last III. Students will have their records evaluated at the end grade earned in a repeated course will be used to of the probationary semester with one of the follow- compute the cumulative grade point average. ing outcomes: VII. When they enter, transfer students must meet the A. a student whose cumulative grade point average retention standards of Washburn students, including has been raised to 2.00 or above will be restored entering on probation. to good standing; VIII. A grade of incomplete will, in no way, affect the GPA B. a student whose cumulative grade point average for the semester in which it is received. The grade, is still below 2.00 but who earned a semester when it has been made up, or the F to which it has grade point average of 2.25 or above will be been converted, will affect the semester and cumu- maintained on probation; lative grade point averages. C. a student whose cumulative grade point average IX. Students who have academic deficiencies are ad- is still below 2.00 and who earned a semester vised to grade point average between 2.00 and 2.25 may enroll in no more hours than they have successfully be maintained on probation under the following (with C or better grade) completed in the preceding conditions: semester. 1. The student must submit a petition to the X. No student will be reinstated more than twice . Committee on Undergraduate Probation and The third academic suspension is, in effect, the Reinstatement demonstrating that there were final academic dismissal, except that a student extenuating circumstances beyond the stu- who has been academically dismissed may, dent’s control, which resulted in the low level three or more years after dismissal, apply for of academic performance. readmission under the Fresh Start Program . 2. The student must present evidence that these circumstances no longer exist and that the Ac a d e m i c Fr e s h St a r t student will be able to perform at a higher level Students, who have performed poorly in their first year during the next semester. or two at college and then withdraw or are dismissed, fre- D. a student whose cumulative grade point aver- quently return to school later to resume their education. age still does not meet the required standards Unfortunately their prior academic record often presents and who earned a semester grade point average a major obstacle to their overall success. Persons in this below 2.00 will be suspended for at least one category who want an opportunity for a fresh undergrad- semester. Summer Sessions are not considered uate start at Washburn University, without the handicap as one semester. of their prior academic record, may apply for admission IV. Reinstatement of academically suspended students under Academic Fresh Start, subject to the following is different than financial aid reinstatement, and conditions: neither is guaranteed. In order to be considered for • all previous academic work at any college or univer- academic reinstatement, the student must submit a sity will be disregarded with respect to Washburn typewritten petition to the Dean of Students no later University graduation requirements; than 30 calendar days prior to the beginning of the • the prior academic record remains a part of the stu- semester in which the student wants to enroll. The dent’s overall academic transcript but is not carried Dean will forward the petition to the Committee on forward as part of the student’s program; Undergraduate Probation and Reinstatement, which will approve or deny the petition for reinstatement. • the transcript will indicate Academic Fresh Start and In making its decisions the Committee will consider: the date granted; A. the extent to which a student demonstrates • the student will then begin college study again awareness of the causes of poor performance under the current catalog with no credits attempted, during the previous enrollment; no credits earned, and no grade points earned; B. evidence that the student has effectively dealt • this policy applies only to Washburn students. A with the causes of previous poor performance student transferring from Washburn University to and understands what will be required in order to another institution will have to follow the receiving achieve academic good standing; and institution’s policy; and C. any other evidence which would indicate that the • a person may receive Academic Fresh Start only student has the motivation and ability to under- once. take and succeed in a program of college study. At least three years must have elapsed between the Students who have been suspended and are end of the semester in which the applicant was last in later reinstated will be readmitted on academic attendance at any post-secondary institution and the probation. beginning of the semester in which he/she intends to re-enroll. 64 A student granted Academic Fresh Start is an entering freshman and as such is eligible for consideration for all academic opportunities afforded by Washburn. Granting of Academic Fresh Start does not mean the student is eligible for financial aid. An individual request for reinstatement of federal aid should be directed to the financial aid office in writing. Petitions are available through Academic Advising in Morgan Hall 122. For transfer students or former Washburn students who have subsequently attended another institution, an official copy of all transcripts must be on file in the Office of Admissions before the applica- tion is considered. Students must apply 30 days before each semester’s enrollment period.

Linda Croucher, radiation technology clinical coordinator, demonstrates proper hand placement in class.

65 Washburn Ichabods sport their school apparel on a summer trip to South Africa and Botswana.

66 PROGRAMS

DEGREES

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

67 Leah Travnicek consults with faculty member Ursula Jander in Zoology Lab.

Dancing Blues perform at half time.

68 Gr a d u a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s in the fall semester and once in the spring semes- ter. Those students who are about to begin their Each candidate for a degree must meet the general junior year should register for the placement exam. requirements for graduation and the specific require- Students who write a successful essay on the exam ments for the degree desired. The ultimate responsibility may then enroll in EN 300. Those students whose for complying with degree requirements rests with the writing indicates that they are not prepared for Ad- student. In order to ensure the early and proper selec- vanced Composition are placed in EN 200: Interme- tion of a field of concentration, every student seeking a diate Composition for a semester of review. baccalaureate degree is required to have filed a declara- • English 101, English/Honors 102, English 200, and tion of major by the time the student has completed 54 English 300 will not count toward the completion of credit hours. Candidates for the associate degree must the Arts and Humanities General Education require- file the declaration of major at the completion of 24 credit ment. hours. A student is free to change or add majors at any • Candidates for the degree must earn at least a C time by following the correct prescribed procedures. (or equivalent) in both Freshman and Advanced Declaration of a major is made on a Declaration of Major/ Composition. Degree/Catalog Year form which the student secures on-line at http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/forms. Note: English 300 satisfies three hours of the forty– The student fills out the form, in consultation with the five upper division hours required for a four-year degree. department chair or assigned advisor of the department Students who have completed English 102 or a com- in which he or she plans to major. The chairperson signs parable course at another college or university will be the form and either the chairperson or the student then able to use their English 102 credits toward Washburn’s returns the form to the office of Enrollment Management. graduation requirements, even though their English Candidates for the Baccalaureate or Associate Degree 102 does not satisfy Washburn’s upper division writing must file an Application for Degree form in the Office of requirement, nor will it satisfy general education humani- the University Registrar in September for the fall semes- ties requirements. ter and in February for the spring and summer semes- 3. Two hours of physical education PE 198 Lifetime ter. The University confers degrees at the end of each Wellness are required with an earned grade of at semester and at the end of the Summer Session. least a C. (The exception to this requirement are Washburn students who completed an associate Un i v e r s i t y Re q u i r e m e n t s Commo n t o degree under a catalog prior to 1995 (when the PE 198 Lifetime Wellness requirement was initiated) Al l Ba c h e l o r De g r e e s satisfied the previous PE requirement as part of their 1. A minimum of 124 semester hours of credit is re- associates degree program, and are therefore grant- quired for graduation. ed a waiver of the PE 198 requirement. Transfer 2. All students graduating from Washburn must take six students who completed associates degrees prior hours of composition courses, three at the freshman to 1995, and who completed at least two hours of level and three at the junior level. physical education as part of their associates degree • Most freshmen will satisfy this requirement by program, are also granted waiver of the PE 198 taking EN 101: Freshman Composition. Freshmen requirement.) whose names begin with A through K will enroll in 4. Three hours of Mathematics are required. Students English 101 during Fall Semester and those whose must complete MA 110 or MA 116 with a grade of last names begin with the letters L through Z in C or better. This requirement will be waived if the the Spring Semester. For those students who do student demonstrates appropriate competency not feel adequately prepared for 101, the English as determined by the Mathematics and Statistics Department offers EN 100: Developmental English. Department. (Some acceptable waivers: completion, This course, taught by full-time faculty members, with a C or better, of any Washburn mathematics offers smaller classes and individual attention to course or its equivalent numbered higher than MA students who need additional preparation before 116; an ACT score in mathematics of at least 28 or attempting EN 101. Students are allowed to decide an SAT score in mathematics of at least 640.) for themselves whether they would feel more 5. A specified number of hours in General Education comfortable with the supplemental support that 100 is required (See General Education Groups and offers. This “directed self-placement,” however, Subject Areas) can be aided by consultation with members of the 6. Successful completion of a Washburn English faculty, individual advisers, and advisers in Transformational Experience in one of the following CUSP. Students should be aware that EN 100 does areas: community service, international education, not fill the Freshman Composition requirement. leadership, or scholarly/creative. (See Washburn Transformational Experience catalog section for ad- • The second required composition course is EN ditional details) 300: Advanced Composition. This course, which 7. A cumulative grade average of at least C (2.0 grade is designed to be taken in the junior year, prepares point) is required. students for advanced academic writing. In order 8. Forty-five hours of Junior-Senior work are required to enroll in Advanced Composition, students must (300-400 numbered courses). take the placement examination (or have passed 9. At least 12 hours in the major must be in the upper EN 200 with a C or better). The placement exami- division courses. nation is given twice during the school year—once

69 10. To count toward a major, minor, or required cor- 4. Three hours of MA 110 or MA 116 with a grade of related area, work must be of C grade or better. A C or better. This requirement will be waived if the correlated area is defined as any course or courses student demonstrates appropriate competency outside the major discipline required for the comple- as determined by the Mathematics and Statistics tion of that major. Department. (Some acceptable waivers: comple- 11. A/Pass/Fail option cannot be taken in the major de- tion, with a C or better, of any Washburn mathemat- partment, or correlated area unless written permis- ics course or its equivalent numbered higher than sion is obtained from the head of the major depart- MA 116; an ACT score in mathematics of at least ment for that course and filed with the Registrar’s 28 or an SAT score in mathematics of at least 640.) office. Any mathematics courses taken to satisfy this re- 12. For the bachelor degrees, at least 30 hours must be quirement may also be used to meet the distribution earned in residence at Washburn, including 20 of the requirements for Math and Natural Sciences. last 30, or 40 of the last 60 presented for the degree. 5. Six hours in each of the distribution groups of At least 25 percent of the credit hours required for General Education (see General Education Groups the major must be taken at Washburn. and Subject Areas) with courses selected from at 13. At least 60 hours of the 124 hours required for the least two disciplines in each group. The individual baccalaureate degree must be taken at a 4 year col- student should check with the major department; in lege or university. many cases, correlated areas required by the major 14. A student may be awarded a degree after complet- department will fulfill some of the general education ing the requirements for that degree in effect when requirements. he/she first enrolled or, if he/she chooses, in effect 6. A cumulative grade average of at least C (2.0 grade in any subsequent year except that no degree shall point) is required. be awarded based upon requirements not in effect 7. To count toward a major, minor, or required cor- within six years of the date of graduation. related area, work must be of C grade or better. A 15. A double major may be completed within the 124 correlated area is defined as any course or courses hour total by meeting all the requirements of the two outside the major discipline required for the comple- majors. tion of that major. 16. Any candidate for a second baccalaureate degree 8. A/pass/fail option cannot be taken in the major must meet the specific requirements for both de- department or correlated area unless written permis- grees and present a minimum of 154 hours of credit. sion is obtained from the head of the major depart- No more than 40 hours of this total can be ungraded. ment for that course and filed with the Registrar’s 17. For general elective credits for a baccalaureate Office. degree, no more than a combined total of ten hours 9. Twenty-four credit hours must be completed at of credit in physical activity courses (beyond the two- Washburn University; of these, 12 of the last 24 must hour graduation requirement) and music ensemble be Washburn University credits. courses will count. 10. Forty-two hours must be graded. (Cooperative pro- 18. No more than 12 hours of correspondence work grams with Kaw Area Technical School are exempt). may be offered toward any degree. This applies to 11. No more than 12 hours of correspondence study correspondence courses only and not to extension may be offered toward a degree. Courses failed by courses. Courses failed by a student in residence a student in residence may not be repeated by cor- may not be repeated by correspondence. Normally, respondence. Normally, courses offered on campus courses offered on campus may not be taken by may not be taken by correspondence. correspondence. 12. A student may be awarded a degree after complet- 19. While there is no specific limit to the total number of ing the requirements for that degree in effect when semester hours that may be taken on a non-graded he/she first enrolled or, if he/she chooses, in effect basis such as A/pass/fail, credit by examination, in any subsequent year except that no degree shall advanced placement, and/or military service, a mini- be awarded based upon requirements not in effect mum of 84 hours presented for graduation must be within six years of the date of graduation. on a graded basis. 20. Candidates for degrees other than the BBA degree Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n St a t e m e n t are limited to a maximum of 21 hours of Accounting The following statement on general education was (AC) and Business (BU) courses within the 124 mini- passed by the general faculty. The primary function of a mum required for graduation. liberal education is to teach those students who have the capacity and the desire to learn how to learn. Washburn n i v e r s i t y e q u i r e m e n t s ommo n t o U R C University believes that a good education is the shared a l l As s oc i a t e De g r e e s responsibility of the primary and secondary schools and the university. The foundation for a liberal education 1. A minimum of 62 hours is required. must be developed in the pre-college years. The univer- 2. Three hours of English Composition (English 101 or sity must strengthen and build on this foundation. The its equivalent) are required (see 2.a. & 2.b. under goals of a liberal education can be divided into two areas Requirements Common to All Bachelor’s Degrees). --intellectual skills and areas of knowledge. 3. Two hours PE 198 with a grade of C or better are re- A graduate with a baccalaureate or associate degree quired. (See exception listed in #3 under University should have acquired the following skills: Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees.)

70 The ability to: 3. Three hours of Mathematics (MA 110 or MA 116). a) read intelligently; (For additional information, see #4 under University b) write effectively; Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees) c) listen sensitively; 4. Transformational Experience d) speak clearly; 5. Nine, twelve or fifteen hours (depending on Bach- e) think creatively; elor’s degree) in each of the three general education f) reason mathematically and understand nu- groups: Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural merical data; Sciences and Mathematics, to total 27 or 42 hours g) process information both in terms of synthe- depending on degree (see Specific Degree Require- sis and analysis; ments below). h) interpret and assess human values; and 6. Six hours for Associate degree in each of the general i) solve problems using the methods of analysis education groups: Humanities, Social Sciences, and considering evidence, relevance and validity. Natural Sciences and Mathematics with courses se- Since knowledge consists of more than random and lected from at least two disciplines in each group. unrelated facts, the university encourages broad compre- 7. Courses in the student’s major discipline do not fulfill hension. The areas of knowledge needed by a graduate general education requirements. are listed below: General Education Groups, Subject Areas and 3. The world of human ideas, aspirations, values and Approved General Education Courses institutions -- an understanding of how ideas have been developed and expressed in history, the arts, lit- ARTS AND HUMANITIES erature, philosophy, religion and the social sciences. 1. English (Excluding: EN 100, 101, 102, 200, and 300) This includes investigation into how human beings EN 110, EN 131, EN 133, EN 135, EN 138, EN 145, have existed at other times and in cultures other than EN 177, EN 178, EN 190, EN 192, EN 205, EN 206, our own. EN 208, EN 209, EN 210, EN 214, EN 332 4. The world of nature -- an understanding of the scien- 2. Honors tific method and the physical world, knowing some- HN 201 thing about the earth, the nature of human beings as 3. Philosophy a biological species, and comprehending the implica- PH 100, PH 102, PH 104, PH 110, PH 115, PH 117, tions of science and technology in our society. PH 201, PH 202, PH 207, PH 214, PH 220, PH 315 A liberal education cannot be obtained by a student 4. Religion through enrollment in a few specially designed courses. RG 101, RG 102, RG 105, RG 106, RG 207 The required skills and areas of knowledge must be pre- 5. Music sented, explained, discussed and used throughout the MU 100, MU 101, MU 102, MU 103, MU 104, MU whole university curriculum. This statement is a guide 105, MU 106 not only for the students to determine their expectations 6. Art of a college education, but also for each professor to AR 101, AR 102, AR 103, AR 105, AR 114, AR 120, help determine the extent that his or her course is meet- AR 140, AR 141, AR 301, AR 306, AR 307, AR 309, ing the goals of general education. AR 310, AR 314 7. Mass Media Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s MM 100 Students who have completed baccalaureate degrees 8. Modern Language (FL 102, FR 102, GE 102, JP 102, at accredited institutions of higher education are consid- SP 102 may not be counted toward fulfillment of the ered to have satisfied general education requirements, general education requirement for the B.A. degree.) and are therefore not required to meet Washburn’s FL 102, FL 201, FL 202, FR 102, FR 201, FR 202, FR general education requirements common to all Bachelor 303, FR 307, FR 309, GE 102, GE 201, GE 202, GE and Associate degrees. This includes all aspects of the 307, JP 102, JP 201, JP 202, SP 102, SP 201, SP general education degree requirements, such as EN 101, 202, SP 307, SP 380 EN 300, PE 198, the math requirement, the Washburn 9. Communication Transformational Experience requirement, and the CN 101, CN 150 general education distributions. Students will, however, 10. Theatre be required to meet general education requirements that TH 101, TH 102, TH 103, TH 202 TH 206, TH 207, are specific to certain Bachelor and Associate degrees. TH 301, TH 306 Transfer students should also see “Transfer” section for 11. Interdisciplinary Studies additional information. IS 170*, IS 175, IS 375 To fulfill general education requirements a student *This course may be used in any one of the three gen- must complete the following: eral education areas. 1. Six hours of English Composition NATURAL SCIENCES, MATHEMATICS AND (EN 101 & EN 300). STATISTICS 2. Two hours of Physical Education (PE 198). 1. Biology (Note the exception to this requirement described BI 100, BI 101, BI 102, BI 150, BI 202, BI 203 under “University Requirements Common to All Bach- 2. Chemistry elor Degrees”) CH 101, CH 102, CH 103, CH 121, CH 151, CH 152

71 3. Physics • Every student will work under the supervision of PS 101,PS 102, PS 120, PS 126, PS 261, PS 281 a mentor. One aspect of this mentorship will be to 4. Astronomy assist the student to understand how the WTE fits AS 101, AS 102, AS 103 into the student’s overall educational goals. Upon 5. Geology consultation with his or her mentor, the student will GL 101, GL 103 submit a written proposal for the transformational 6 Mathematics (Excluding: MA 110 or MA 116, if taken experience to the mentor for approval before the for University requirements for baccalaureate degree. work or activities are begun. MA 110 or MA 116 will count toward distribution re- • An essential component of every transformational quirements for associate degrees.) MA 117, MA 123, experience is a report presented in a manner, and MA 140, MA 141, MA 142, MA 145, MA 148, MA 151, to an audience, appropriate to the project. The re- MA 206 port will address the significance of the project, the 7. Honors impact the experience had on the student, and the HN 203 extent to which the project has fit into the student’s 8. Interdisciplinary Studies overall educational goals . IS 170* • In addition to the possibilities listed below, students *This course may be used in any one of the three may work with mentors to propose activities they general education areas. believe will satisfy one of the four WTEs. A commit- SOCIAL SCIENCES tee of faculty will review such proposals to deter- 1. Political Science / Geography mine whether they will satisfy the WTE graduation PO 106, PO 107, PO 225, PO 235, GG 101, GG 102 requirement. In such cases, individual academic 2. History units (schools or the College) may establish their HI 100, HI 101, HI 102, HI 111, HI 112 own review committees that would make a recom- 3. Psychology mendation on the proposal and forward it to the ap- PY 100, PY 101, PY 210, PY 211, PY 231 propriate university-wide WTE committee. 4. Economics (1) THE SCHOLARLY OR CREATIVE EC 100, EC 200, EC 201 TRANSFORMATIONAL EXPERIENCE 5. Sociology SO 100, SO 101 Director: Dr. Donna LaLonde, Morgan Hall 122, 6. Anthropology 785-670-1934 AN 112, AN 114, AN 116, AN 120 Purpose: Students who have engaged with faculty 7 Honors members to advance knowledge, to create music or art HN 202 or literature, or to participate in other experiences that 8. Interdisciplinary Studies require a high level of intellectual stimulation or achieve- IS 170* ment, graduate from the University prepared to solve *This course may be used in any one of the three gen- increasingly complex problems and to sort through com- eral education areas. plex and sometimes contradictory information in order to gain fresh insight. Th e Wa s h b u r n Tr a n s f o r m a t i o n a l The scholarly or creative activity transformational experience is a significant scholarly or creative project to Ex p e r i e n c e (WTE) Gr a d u a t i o n be completed under the tutelage of at least one faculty Re q u i r e m e n t a t Wa s h b u r n Un i v e r s i t y member, and to be presented in public. The format of the project may vary but it must be an independent project (Note: The Washburn Transformational Experience that is not part of a structured (faculty-planned) course. requirement applies to those students who enter Thus, the project can be part of a capstone course in Washburn University in the Fall of 2006 or later and who which the students create or develop their own projects, are seeking their first baccalaureate degree. Exception: but not a course in which the students simply follow the Students entering Washburn University in the Fall of instruction of an instructor. While the nature of these 2006 with at least 64 hours of transfer credit are exempt projects varies by discipline, the project should result in from this requirement.) a significant commitment of scholarly/creative effort on Every baccalaureate degree-seeking undergraduate the part of the student, as judged by the student’s faculty will complete at least one of the following four transfor- mentor. mational experiences (WTEs) prior to graduation: (1) Students will submit a preliminary proposal to a scholarly or creative activity, (2) community service, (3) faculty member who serves as their project supervisor. leadership, (4) international education. (In many instances, the proposal will also be reviewed by Students are required to declare their chosen WTE by other faculty members serving as a project committee.) the time they have completed 60 hours. Students who The proposal should transfer to Washburn with 40 or more hours are required • introduce the subject of the project and discuss the to declare their chosen WTE by the end of their second background that led to the central question to be semester at Washburn. answered or goal to be accomplished; The specific requirements for each of the four WTEs • describe how the project can contribute to the are outlined below, but the following are common to all student’s scholarly or creative development and (for four:

72 scholarly work) how it may contribute to a field of abundance of leadership opportunities and are ready to study; accept the mantle of responsibility that comes with these • include relevant sources (where appropriate), opportunities. method of study or design of work, timeline, and Students electing the Leadership Transformational any resources or materials that would be needed; Experience will 1) complete with a grade of “C” or better • indicate that Institutional Review Board approvals at least 3 semester hours of college coursework consist- have been obtained where necessary; and ing of an academic study of leadership (e.g., LE100, NU479 or any other course, provided that the unit offer- • suggest the presentation format and audience for ing the course endorses it as an academic study of lead- the final product. ership); and 2) serve in one or more functional leadership The proposal will help ensure that the student is fo- roles for a minimum of 150 hours. cused and well prepared to complete this WTE. Students will work with a mentor and Leadership WTE Students who choose the Scholarly and Creative Committee to include in their functional leadership roles Activity Transformational Experience must present their a specific focus on 1) how to assess the strengths and work in a public forum appropriate for the type of work weaknesses of their own leadership skills and 2) how completed. Students will also submit a final report that a leader becomes an effective change agent. Students describes will complete their experience by providing both written • the process the student went through; and oral reports that address what they learned about • how the project involved discovery or creation (of themselves and their own leadership skills, and how ideas, subjects, connections) and reflects depth or this learning has impacted their view of leaders and innovation; leadership. • the results of the project; Students who earn a Leadership Studies Certificate in • where the work was (or will be) presented; and the Leadership Institute will have satisfied the Washburn Transformational Experience graduation requirement. • how the project has affected them and fits into their educational goals. (4) The International Education Transformational Experience (2) The Community Service Director: Baili Zhang, International House Transformational Experience 785-670-1051 Director: Dr. Rick Ellis, Benton Hall 303, Purpose: Students who have studied abroad or been 785-670-2117 thoroughly exposed to the richness of history and culture Purpose: Students who have engaged with faculty beyond our shores graduate from the University ready to members and other students in significant, meaningful contribute to a fast-paced global society in which infor- community service, and who have been guided to reflect mation is delivered instantly around the world. on the power and purpose of these experiences, gradu- The International Education WTE is most directly ate from the University as citizens who are not resigned satisfied by a study abroad experience. Washburn to accepting the community as it is but have a vision for University supports three types of study abroad how they can help make the community better. programs Students participating in the community service • Type 1: Study in a foreign institution with which transformational experience are required to complete Washburn maintains exchange agreements. Wash- 150 hours of service. A mentor will guide each student burn University currently has exchange agreements through this WTE. While engaged in direct service, stu- with some “sister” universities in such places as dents will meet with a mentor and other students at least Spain, France, Austria, Japan, England, Sweden, four times per semester to reflect on their experiences. Taiwan, China, South Africa, Thailand, Ireland, Aus- These meetings will help students to develop a service tralia, and Romania. In addition, Washburn belongs focus complementing their interests and academic to several consortia including CONAHEC, a group pursuits. of over 20 schools in Mexico and Canada, and the Each student will conclude the experience with a final Magellan Exchange, which provides additional op- report that not only describes what took place but what portunities in, Belgium , Germany , the Netherlands was learned from the experience, and how the experi- , and Finland. ence has affected the student’s view of the community • Type 2: Study in a program offered by another and his or her role in it. An oral presentation of these accredited U.S. college/university or approved findings is also required. Typically, this oral presentation consortium/program. will be given to other students who are considering the community service WTE as a possibility for themselves. • Type 3: Participate in a study-abroad program or internship coordinated and taught by Washburn (3) The Leadership Transformational faculty or for Washburn credit, in programs offered Experience occasionally by some schools or departments (e.g.: Director: Dr. Jeff Mott, Henderson Learning Center 101, School of Nursing, Department of Art, Department 785-670-2000 of Political Science, and others). Mostly, these are Purpose: Students who serve in leadership roles are short term programs (one to four weeks). transformed by improved self-understanding derived Besides these types, in some cases and under from practical experience and examination of inspiration- Washburn faculty supervision, students can also study al examples of selfless leadership service; they gradu- abroad in other foreign institutions with which Washburn ate from the University as citizens who recognize the does not have an agreement. Other types of foreign 73 study or experience (for example, involvement in a hu- Bachelor of Public Administration manitarian project abroad) would be considered as well. degrees To identify an appropriate experience, students will A student must have 15 hours in Arts and Humanities work with a faculty member or the study-abroad coordi- with at least 3 of those hours selected from the area of nator. Students will write a research paper on a relevant Art, Music, or Theatre. The remaining credit hours from topic prior to their international experience to help at least two other disciplines. The student must also prepare for the experience. At the end of the experience, have 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Mathematics. a written final report is expected. This report will describe The credit hours must include courses from at least two how the student’s experiences have impacted his or disciplines other than Mathematics. The student must her view of the world. An oral presentation about the also have 15 hours in Social Sciences. No more than 6 hours may be counted for General Education credit from student’s experiences is also expected. any one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Experiences other than the ones listed above may or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if also satisfy the international education WTE. Therefore, earned in two separate General Education courses. students who would like to satisfy this requirement Candidates for the Bachelor of Business through experiences other than those listed above may Administration degree cannot use Economics courses work with a faculty mentor to submit a proposal to the to fulfill the General Education social science require- International Education WTE committee. The proposal ment. Candidates for the Bachelor of Integrated Studies should introduce the scope of the proposed activi- degree cannot use courses identified as satisfying ties and describe how these activities contribute to the the Individualized Study Program (ISP) or the Multi- student’s development of international awareness and disciplinary Study Program (MDSP) to fulfill their General understanding. Education distribution requirement. 3. Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s Nursing, Bachelor of Health Science, f o r Sp e c i f i c Ba c h e l o r ’s & As s oc i a t e or Bachelor of Music with a major in Education or Performance. e g r e e s D A student must have 9 hours in each of the three distribution groups with courses selected from at least 1. Bachelor of Arts two disciplines in each group, to include 3 hours in A student must have 15 hours in Arts and Humanities Art, Music, or Theatre within the 9 hours of Arts and with at least 3 of those hours selected from the area of Humanities. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing has ad- Art, Music, or Theatre. The remaining credit hours from ditional specified course requirements that fall within the at least two other disciplines. The student must also distribution groups. have 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Mathematics. NOTE: Bachelor of Science Degree All coursework The credit hours must include courses from at least two taken to meet the concentration in Natural Sciences must disciplines other than Mathematics. The student must be a grade of “C” or better. also have 15 hours in Social Sciences. No more than 6 hours may be counted for General Education credit from 4. Bachelor of Education (majors in any one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, elementary education and physical or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if education). earned in two separate General Education courses. A student should consult with the appropriate depart- The student must also complete the 102 level course, ment for specific course requirements. or the equivalent, in one of the languages offered by the 5. Bachelor of Social Work Department of Modern Languages. Students must earn a D or better grade, or CR/P credit, in order to fulfill the A student must have 15 hours in the Arts and foreign language requirement. Course work taken to Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, Music, fulfill this requirement may not be applied toward general or Theatre, and 12 hours in Natural Sciences and education requirements for the B.A. degree. Equivalents Mathematics with some specified courses. Fifteen hours of the course work are defined as follows: are required in Social Sciences with specific course re- • successful completion of a similar course of study quirements. No more than 6 hours may be counted from in a foreign language taken at an accredited post- any one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, secondary institution. or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if earned in two separate General Education courses. • successfully challenging the departmentally ad- Please read the Social Work section of this catalog for ministered 102 level examinations or a score of further information. “4” or higher on the AP or CLEP foreign language examinations. Note: Native speakers of a language 6. Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, other than English may not receive credit for any Bachelor of Legal Studies 100 level courses in that language A student must have 12 hours in the Arts and • acceptance into a regular credit-bearing academic Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, Music, program of study by students whose native lan- or Theatre, and 12 hours in Natural Sciences and guage is not English. Mathematics with some specific course requirements. Twelve hours are required in Social Science with some 2. Bachelor of Business Administration, specific course requirements. No more than 6 hours Bachelor of Integrated Studies, and may be counted from one discipline except in Biology, 74 Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up to 8 hours Secondary Education may be counted if earned in two separate General Philosophy (BA) Education courses. Religious Studies (BA) 7. Bachelor of Applied Science NATURAL SCIENCES & MATHEMATICS A student must have 12 hours in the Arts and Biochemistry (BA) (BS) Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, Biology (BA) (BS) Music, or Theatre, 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Secondary Education Mathematics, and 12 hours in the Social Sciences with Chemistry (BA) (BS) specific course requirements in each of the distribution Secondary Education areas. No more than 6 hours may be counted from any Computational Physics (BS) one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Computer Information Science (BS) (BA) or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if Computer Information Systems (AA) earned in two separate General Education courses. Forensic Chemical Science (BS) General Science (BS) 8. Associate of Arts, Associate of Science Mathematics (BA) (BS) and Associate of Applied Science Actuarial Science Specialization A student must complete six hours from the Arts Secondary Education and Humanities, six hours in Natural Sciences and Clinical Laboratory Science (Formerly Medical Mathematics, and six hours in the Social Sciences, with Technology) (BS) courses selected from at least two disciplines in each Natural Science & Mathematics (AA) distribution group. Physics (BA) (BS) c a d e m i c r o g r a m s SOCIAL SCIENCES A P Anthropology (BA) Economics (BA) Co l l e g e o f Ar t s a n d Sc i e n c e s History (BA) De g r e e Pr o g r a m s Secondary Education Political Science (BA) CREATIVE AND PERFORMING ARTS Non-Profit Management (C) Public Administration (BPA) Art (BA) (BFA) Public & Non Profit Management (C) Art Education (BFA) Psychology (BA) (MA) Art History (BA) (BFA) Clinical (MA) Mass Media (BA) Sociology (BA) Advertising Electronic Media EDUCATION, HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION & Media Writing & Publishing EXERCISE SCIENCE Public Relations Early Childhood Education (AA) Music (BA) Elementary Education (BEd) Music Education (BM) Educational Leadership (MEd) General Curriculum & Instruction (MEd) Instrumental Special Education (MEd) Vocal Reading (MEd) Music Performance (BM) Athletic Training (BS) Brass, Strings, Percussion, and Physical Education (BA) (BEd) Woodwinds Exercise Physiology (BA) Piano or Organ Health Education and Promotion (BA) Voice Physical Therapy Assistant (BA) Theatre (BA) Sport Management (BA) HUMANITIES Flexible Option (BA) P - 12 Teaching Emphasis (BEd) Communication (BA) Corporate INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS Health Integrated Studies (BIS) Legal Individualized Studies Political Administrative Communication English (BA) Liberal Arts Program Literature Web Technology Utilization Writing Liberal Studies (MLS) Secondary Education Kansas Studies (Minor Only) Humanities & Creative Performing Arts (AA) Peace Studies (Minor Only) Modern Languages (BA) Women’s Studies (Minor Only) French German Spanish 75 Sc h o o l o f Bu s i n e s s HUMAN SERVICES Human Services (AAS) (BAS) De g r e e Pr o g r a m s Addiction Counseling (C) Accounting (BBA) Developmental Disabilities Business Administration (MBA) Gerontology Economics (BBA) Mental Health Finance (BBA) Victim/Survivor Services (C) General Business (BBA) Youth Services Management (BBA) Morita Therapy (C) Marketing (BBA) Non-Profit Management (C) Dual Juris Doctorate/MBA Degree OFFICE, LEGAL & TECHNOLOGY Banking (AAS) Sc h o o l o f Nu r s i n g De g r e e Pr o g r a m s Legal Studies (C) (AA, BLS) # Nursing (BSN, MSN) Office Administration (AA) # RN Articulation (BSN) Technology Administration (BAS) School Nurse (C) SOCIAL WORK Social Work (BSW) (MSW) c h o o l o f pp l i e d t u d i e s e g r e e S A S D Dual Juris Doctorate/MSW Degree Pr o g r a m s KAW AREA TECHNICAL SCHOOL COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS ALLIED HEALTH Early Childhood (See Education Department) # Diagnostic Medical Sonography (C) Office Administration # General Sonography Food Service (AA) # Vascular Sonography Surgical Technology (AS) # Cardiac Sonography Design Technology (AAS) # Health Information Technology (C) (AS) Civil Engineering Technology Health Services Administration (BHS) Graphics/Printing Technology Medical Imaging (BHS) Horticulture Physical Therapist Assistant (AS) Interior Design Radiation Therapy (C) Photo Technology Radiologic Technology (AS) Technical Drafting Computed Tomography Industrial Technology (AAS) # Magnetic Resonance Auto Technology Respiratory Therapy (AS) Building & Industrial Technology Surgical Technology (AS)# Cabinet & Millwork CRIMINAL JUSTICE Collision Repair Criminal Justice (AA) (BSCJ) Computer Repair and Networking Corrections (BSCJ) Diesel Mechanics Law Enforcement (BSCJ) Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning Security Administration (BSCJ) Electronics Technology Criminal Justice (MCJ) Machine Technology Warehousing/Sales Welding

Note: Concentrations are italicized and indented. C = Certificate of Completion # = Joint program with Kaw Area Technical School

76 COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES

Morgan Hall, Room 108 (785) 670-1636 http://www.washburn.edu/cas Gordon McQuere, Dean Bruce Mactavish, Associate Dean Laura Stephenson, Associate Dean

Division of Creative and Division of Social Sciences Performing Arts History Art Political Science / Public Mass Media Administration / Geography Music Psychology Theatre Arts Sociology / Anthropology

Division of Education; Health, Division of Natural Sciences Physical Education, and & Mathematics Exercise Science Biology Education Chemistry Health / Physical Education / Computer Information Sciences Exercise Science Mathematics & Statistics Physics / Astronomy / Geology

Division of Humanities Communication English Modern Languages Philosophy / Religious Studies

77 Band members return from practice.

School of Law graduates pause for a photo after receiving diplomas.

78 Ge n e r a l In f o r m a t i o n and Sciences graduates are accepted into prestigious graduate and professional schools. Year after year, Arts and Sciences graduates go immediately into interesting MISSION jobs and begin making important contributions to their The College of Arts and Sciences seeks to engage communities. students in a principled search for intellectual growth Arts and Sciences students inherit the values of the and development. In the same progressive spirit that liberal arts. Students who take courses in Arts and motivated its founders, the College aspires to educate its Sciences are drawn immediately into the “conversation of students in the liberal arts so they can acquire, create, humankind”: What is the meaning of experience? What communicate, and integrate knowledge to enrich their is the nature of the universe? What is our place in the own lives and to prepare them for positions of respon- world? sibility and usefulness as active citizens of their local Students learn information, but they also learn how communities and our global society. The college finds to think, how to ask questions, and how to pursue and supportive strength in its capital city location, its diverse evaluate answers. student body, its distinct academic units working to Success in every profession depends on the ability to fulfill a shared purpose, and its emphasis on both small think critically, recognize new trends, find the key ques- classes and individual instruction. tions in new contexts, and recognize the consequences History of new answers. Since many students will enter profes- From its inception, the College of Arts and Sciences sions unrelated to their major, the College provides stu- has been entrusted with the responsibility for providing dents with the skills necessary to meet future challenges. the liberal education central to the mission of Washburn Arts and Sciences departments reach out to the com- University. Maintaining a standard of excellence in all of munity through a wide range of activities that include: its programs, the College strives to motivate and chal- service activities, consulting, public events, internships, lenge students to develop creative thinking, aesthetic special activities for high school students. The College awareness, and discriminating judgment, as well as a of Arts and Sciences offers a broadly based liberal sense of purpose and a zeal for continued independent education for all students, regardless of their specific ob- and formal learning. jectives. In addition, it also provides for career-oriented Through its faculty, the College remains the advo- endeavors, including a number of terminal programs and cate for liberal education as a force for adaptation to an practical experiences in the field, and prepares qualified ever-changing world. Faculty commitment to the triad of students for graduate and professional schools. teaching, scholarship and service helps guide students r a d u a t i o n e q u i r e m e n t s in specialized ways while exposing them to broad areas G R of knowledge encompassed by liberal education. This Each candidate for a degree must meet the general combination of generalized and specialized learning requirements for graduation and the specific require- leads to the integrated understanding characteristic of an ments for the degree desired. educated person. De c l a r i n g A Ma jo r Why a College of Arts and Sciences Education? In order to insure the early and proper selection of a The College of Arts and Sciences promotes “learning field of concentration, students seeking a baccalaureate for a lifetime” across a variety of disciplines. Although degree are required to file a Declaration of Major/Degree/ the content and focus of course work may vary across Catalog Year form by the time they have completed 54 disciplines, several themes characterize all departments credit hours. Candidates for the associate degree must and programs within Arts and Sciences. Faculty pay file the declaration of major at the completion of 24 credit attention to students as individuals. Course offerings are hours. A student is free at any time to change majors, or designed to meet the needs of a diverse student popula- to add a second or third major, by following the pre- tion. Students work with Ph.D.’s from the beginning of scribed procedures. their academic careers. Majors are well-known as indi- Declaration of a major is made on a Declaration viduals and valued as members of a departmental family. of Major/Degree/Catalog Year form which the student As Dr. William Langdon, former Director of International secures from the department chairperson, academic Programs commented, “All of our majors are hand-made. advising in the Center for Undergraduate and Special There is no mass production here.” Programs, or the University Registrar’s Office. The stu- Alumni have gone on to do extraordinary things. dent fills out the form in consultation with the chairperson Among the 11,000 graduates of the college are and advisor of the department in which he or she plans Nobel Prize winners, Governors, CEO’s, Members of to major. If the student meets the requirements for ac- Congress, Presidential candidates, nationally recognized ceptance into the department, the chairperson signs the coaches, world-renowned scientists, entrepreneurs, form and assigns the student an advisor who consults academics, and writers. with the student about which year of catalog will be used Arts and Sciences students win honors. The debate to determine degree requirements. The advisor signs team has qualified for elimination rounds at the national the form as well as the student. The student is given a level for ten consecutive years. Math, science, and copy, and the remaining copies are returned to the Office social science majors regularly publish their scholar- of Enrollment Management. ship. Humanities and performing arts students fre- A separate form should be submitted for any change quently receive prestigious awards. Year after year, Arts of major, change of degree, or additional major or degree. 79 Op t i o n a l Mi n o r • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300 or An Optional Minor for the Bachelor of Arts degree 400 level. in the College of Arts and Sciences shall consist of no • A major consisting of no less than 24 hours of which less than 15 hours in one discipline as specified by the 12 must be at the upper division level. department. Of these, 6 hours must be at the upper divi- • Eighty-four hours outside the major discipline. sion level. Students must have a grade of C or better in each course in the Optional Minor. The Optional Minor is • Mathematics 110 (MA 110) or Mathematics 116 (MA not to be confused with any department’s required minor 116) or a course with MA 116 as a prerequisite with or required correlated courses. a grade of C or better. • Six hours of English composition, three of which Filing Fo r Gr a d u a t i o n must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and PE 198, Lifetime Wellness are required. Candidates for the baccalaureate and associate degree must file an Application for Degree form in the • The Washburn Transformational Experience. Office of the University Registrar in order to initiate a • The 102 level course in one of the languages of- graduation check. (See the academic calendar for the fered by the Department of Modern Languages, exact date.) or the equivalent. Course work taken to fulfill this The University confers degrees at the end of each requirement may not be applied toward general semester and at the end of the Summer Term. The education requirements for completing the B.A. University has two commencements a year—at the end degree. Equivalents of the required course work of the fall and the spring semester. Students who are are defined as follows: scheduled to complete final requirements for the degree • successful completion of a similar course of study during the following summer term may be permitted to in a foreign language taken at an accredited post- participate in the spring Commencement. Such can- secondary institution. didates need to have a Declaration of Major/Degree/ • successfully challenging the departmentally ad- Catalog Year form and an Application for Degree form on ministered 102 level examinations or a score of file in the University Registrar’s Office. (See the appro- “4” or higher on the AP or CLEP foreign language priate Registration Information Guide for date deadlines.) examinations. Note: Native speakers of a language other than English may not receive credit for any 100 level courses in that e g r e e s n d a jo r s f f e r e d D A M O language. *acceptance into a regular credit-bearing academic Requirements for All Arts and Sciences program of study by students whose native language is Baccalaureate Degrees not English. To receive a B.A., B.Ed., B.F.A., B.I.S., B.M., B.P.A., or B.S. degree from Washburn University, a student must Distribution hours in Arts and Humanities, Social complete a minimum of 99 semester hours of credit in Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Mathematics. courses that either are offered in the College of Arts and Students must complete 15 hours in Arts and Sciences or would normally be taught by a discipline Humanities with at least 3 hours selected from the area in a college of arts and sciences. Exempted from this of Art, Music, or Theatre; the remaining credit hours policy is the existing articulation agreement between the must be selected from at least two other disciplines. To Department of Health, Physical Education and Exercise meet the distribution requirement in the Social Sciences, Science and the Physical Therapist Assistant program. students must complete 15 hours, from this group, with For general elective credit for one of these degrees, no no more than 6 hours counted from any one discipline more than a total of ten hours of credit in physical educa- in Social Sciences. To meet the distribution requirement tion activities courses (beyond the two hour graduation in Natural Sciences and Mathematics, students must requirement) and music ensemble courses will count. complete 12 hours of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Certain other courses applied toward special certifi- courses; the credit hours must include courses from at cates and associate degrees will not count for general least two disciplines other than Mathematics. No more elective credit for the baccalaureate degrees specified than 6 hours may be counted for General Education above. Among the courses offered in post-secondary credit from any one discipline except in Biology, institutions, some are of such a nature that they will not Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up to 8 hours be counted toward the degrees offered in the College of may be counted if earned in two separate General Arts and Sciences. Such courses include, but are not Education courses. Courses are selected in consultation limited to, those focusing on keyboarding, shorthand, with an advisor from the approved courses in each of the drafting, coding, record maintenance, and manual skills. distribution groupings. The Curriculum Committee of the College of Arts and Candidates must have a cumulative grade point Sciences determines which courses will be credited average of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in toward the degrees listed below. each course in the major, required correlate courses and the two required English composition courses, and the Bachelor of Arts Degree required lifetime wellness course. A double major may Each candidate for the degree is required to complete be completed within the 124 hour total by meeting all the the following: requirements of the two majors. Students may also elect a minor in the College of Arts and Sciences. The minor 80 shall consist of no less than 15 hours specified by the Bachelor of Integrated Studies department of which 6 must be at upper division level. The Bachelor of Integrated Studies requirements are Candidates for a minor must have a grade of C or better based on the assumption that the depth of experience in each course in the minor. This optional minor is not to component of a baccalaureate degree may be adequate- be confused with any department’s required minor or re- ly provided by utilizing a multi-disciplinary approach. In quired correlated courses. See the General Information particular, those students who do not plan to seek post section of the catalog concerning hours transferred to baccalaureate education in a specific field still might Washburn University. benefit greatly from a relatively brief exposure to funda- Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree mental aspects of selected disciplines relevant to their personal interests, goals, aspirations, or career path, Each candidate for the degree is required to complete despite never completing the full set of major require- the following: ments in a discipline. • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must Multi-disciplinary plans of study within the Bachelor of be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 Integrated Studies may be created in one of two ways: level. 1) Unique, customized plan created by a student and 2) • A major consisting of no less than 86 hours, 12 of Standard multi-disciplinary plan created by a group of which must be at the 300-400 level (See Art Depart- departments. ment in index for specific requirements). Creation of a Customized Plan. To meet the depth • Six hours of English composition, three of which of experience component of the degree requirements, must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and the student designs and submits for approval an PE 198, Lifetime Wellness and 3 hours of MA 110 Individualized Study Program (ISP). This ISP is formu- or 116. lated by selecting courses from two (or more) Emphasis • Nine hours in each of the three distribution groups Areas, or by selecting courses which are consistent with (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural a specific focus, theme, or unifying conceptual principle. Sciences and Mathematics) with courses selected A six-member Integrated Studies Advisory Committee from at least two disciplines in each group, to (ISAC) chaired by the College of Arts and Sciences include 3 hours in, Music, or Theatre within the (CAS) Dean or the Dean’s designee is charged with 9 hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are the responsibility of reviewing and approving each BIS selected in consultation with an advisor from the Individualized Study Program (ISP). Working with a approved courses in each of the distribution group- member of the ISAC, students will develop and pres- ings. ent an ISP proposal. The committee will review ISPs • The Washburn Transformational Experience. submitted, and approve or modify ISPs. Generally, an ISP will have to be approved (by majority vote) at least • Candidates must have a cumulative grade point one year (24 credit hours) before expected graduation. average of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better In exceptional situations, the ISAC at its discretion may in each course in the major, in English Composi- consider appeals to approve an ISP one semester (12 tion, in lifetime wellness (pending Board of Regents credit hours) before graduation. approval) and in the course taken to satisfy the Uni- Completion of Departmentally-Generated Multi- versity Mathematics requirement. See the General Disciplinary Plan. As the world becomes more complex, information Section of the catalog concerning hours the need for interdisciplinary educational experiences transferred to Washburn University. increases. To respond to this trend, groups of depart- Bachelor of Education Degree ments may design a Multi-Departmental Study Program The Bachelor of Education degree is designed to (MDSP) for approval by the six-member Integrated meet the needs of those who want to teach at the early Studies Advisory Committee (ISAC). Such Multi- childhood, elementary school or middle school levels Departmental Study Programs require the approval of and those who plan to teach physical education and the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences as well as business. the Dean of any academic unit participating in such a The Bachelor of Education Degree requires at least program. Students who choose to pursue these “pre- 48 semester hours of credit in general education with approved” plans of study must complete the course-work specific course requirements in Social Science, Natural identified by the participating departments. Science, and Humanities and Creative and Performing Students interested in obtaining more information Arts. The Department of Education requires regular should contact the College of Arts and Sciences Dean’s academic advising to facilitate the student’s successful office. completion of degree requirements. Each candidate for the Bachelor of Integrated Studies To obtain a Kansas Teaching Certificate, the degree is required to complete the following: student must satisfy Kansas State Department of • ISAC approval of Individualized Study Program Education Certificate requirements in addition to degree (ISP) at least one year before intended graduation requirements. or completion of the requirements of a pre-ap- Majors in physical education programs must meet proved multi-departmental study program (MDSP); the specific requirements of the selected specialization • Grade of “C” or better required for designated as described in the Physical Education section of this courses in ISP or MDSP; catalog.

81 • ISP/MDSP consists of at least 36 graded hours, in the public or quasi-public sector or seeking to continue including 12 hours 300-400 level courses and a their education in professional programs. capstone project (IS389 and IS390 or substitute Each candidate for the degree is required to complete approved by ISAC); the following: • The first 36 hours of the ISP/MDSP may not be ap- • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must plied to the 84 hour “non-major” requirement; and be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 • Courses applied to the General Education distribu- level. tion requirements may not also be utilized to meet • A major consisting of at least 30 hours, but not in ISP/MDSP requirements; and excess of 40 hours, in Political Science Courses. • All requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree At least 15 or these hours will be in upper division with the following exceptions: courses. See Political Science in the index.  No major requirements • Eighty-four hours outside the major.  No foreign language requirement. • Six hours of English composition, three of which must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and Bachelor of Music Degree PE 198 Lifetime Wellness with a grade of C or bet- Candidates for the degree, Bachelor of Music, may ter. choose a major in music performance or a major in mu- • The Transformational Experience. sic education. All students graduating with the Bachelor of Music degree will be expected to appear in recital. Distribution hours in Arts and Humanities, Social Participation in two large ensembles or accompanying is Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Mathematics. required during each semester of full-time enrollment. In Students must complete 15 hours in Arts and addition, all full-time students are required to attend recit- Humanities with at least 3 hours selected from the area als and programs. of Art, Music, or Theatre; the remaining credit hours must be selected from at least two other disciplines. To Music Performance Major meet the distribution requirement in the Natural Sciences The major in music performance consists of a total and Mathematics, students must complete 12 hours of of 124 hours, including 24 hours in private lessons. Natural Sciences and Mathematics courses; the credit Those electing the performance major must complete hours must include courses from at least two disciplines six hours of English Composition, three of which must other than Mathematics. Students must complete 15 be at the upper division level (EN 300) and PE 198 hours in Social Sciences. No more than 6 hours may Lifetime Wellness. In consultation with the advisor, the be counted for General Education credit from any one student must elect nine hours in each of the three dis- discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or tribution groups (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if and Natural Sciences and Mathematics) with courses earned in two separate General Education courses. selected from at least two disciplines in each group, to Courses are selected in consultation with an advisor include 3 hours in Art, Music, or Theatre within the 9 from the approved courses in each of the distribution hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are selected in groupings. consultation with an advisor from the approved courses Candidates must have a cumulative grade aver- in each of the distribution groupings. Music courses may age of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each not be used in fulfilling the Humanities requirements. course in the major, required correlate courses, English Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of composition, and course taken to satisfy the University at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each course Mathematics requirement. in music, in English Composition, in lifetime wellness, and in course taken to satisfy University Mathematics Bachelor of Science Degree requirement. Each candidate is required to complete the following: • One hundred twenty four hours, 84 of which must Music Education Major be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 The major in music education is designed for those level. who wish to teach in public or private schools. This • A major consisting of at least 30 hours, and no degree program amounts to 142 hours and may neces- more than 48 in one department, of which 12 must sitate work beyond the eight semesters shown in the be at the upper division level. Majors for the Bach- curriculum. Those majoring in music education will take elor of Science degree are limited to the following the courses outlined in the catalog and choose their elec- disciplines: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Informa- tives to cover the general education requirements and tion Sciences, Mathematics, Medical Technology, the professional education requirements for the Kansas Physical Education, and Physics. Degree Secondary Certificate as specified in the catalog. Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of at • A thirty hours concentration (minor) chosen from the least 2.5 and a grade of C or better in each course in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division in de- major, in lifetime wellness, and in English Composition. partments other than the major, and with at least 20 A grade point average of 2.75 is required in music, gen- of these hours in one department. The thirty hours eral education, and professional education categories. must be approved by the student’s major depart- ment chairperson. Bachelor of Public Administration Degree The Bachelor of Public Administration (BPA) degree is designed to meet the needs of students seeking careers 82 • Seventy-six hours outside the major discipline, 30 The Associate of Arts Degree of which must be allocated to the required minor. The following Associate of Arts degrees are offered in • Nine hours in each of the three distribution groups the College of Arts and Sciences: (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural • Computer Information Systems Sciences and Mathematics) with courses selected • Early Childhood Education from at least two disciplines in each group, to • Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts include 3 hours in Art, Music, or Theatre within • Natural Science and Mathematics the 9 hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are selected in consultation with an advisor from the See requirements common to all Associate degrees approved courses in each of the distribution group- in the index. For specific requirements of the Associate ings. degrees in Computer Information Sciences and Early Childhood Education, contact the appropriate depart- • Mathematics 110 (MA 110), Mathematics 116 (MA ment; for the remaining degrees, see appropriate aca- 116) or a course with MA 116 as a prerequisite with demic department. a grade of C or better. • Six hours of English Composition and PE 198 Life- MAJORS OFFERED time Wellness. Anthropology • The Washburn Transformational Experience. Anthropology - BA Art Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of Art - BA at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each course in Art - BFA the major and minor and in English Composition, and in Art Education - BFA lifetime wellness. See the General Information section of Art History – BA, BFA this catalog concerning hours transferred to Washburn Biology University. Biology – BA, BS In addition to offering the traditional Bachelor of Secondary Education – BA, BS Science Degree in Physics or Mathematics, Washburn Chemistry University offers a 3-2 engineering program in coopera- Biochemistry -- BA, BS tion with Kansas State University and the University of Chemistry – BA, BS Kansas. Under this program a typical student will take Forensic Chemical Science – BS three years of prescribed curriculum at Washburn and Secondary Education – BA, BS then transfer to Kansas State University or the University Clinical Laboratory Sciences of Kansas. Upon completion of one year of prescribed Clinical Laboratory Sciences - BS work at either of the institutions named, the student Communication will be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree from Communication – BA Washburn, and upon completion of the requirements of Corporate Emphasis the selected school, the appropriate engineering degree Health Emphasis will be awarded by that school. Bachelor of Science can- Legal Emphasis didates should meet with the chairperson of their major Political Emphasis department no later than their third semester to complete Computer Information Sciences a declaration of major card. Computer Information Systems – AA, BA Bachelor of Science in General Science Computer Information Science – BS An alternative program to the Bachelor of Science Economics described above is the Bachelor of Science in General Economics - BA Science. A student may elect this program by substitut- Education ing the following requirements for the major and minor Early Childhood Education – AA requirements listed above. The candidate must take at Elementary Education – B.Ed least eight hours of course work in each of the subject Secondary - Licensure areas of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Information Graduate – M.Ed Sciences, Mathematics and Physics/Astronomy. These Reading hours must be in courses that would count toward a Curriculum and Instruction major in each of the respective departments. Also, an Educational Leadership additional 20 hours of course work that would be ap- Special Education propriate for majors in the listed departments must be English completed by the student, at least 12 hours of which English - BA must be in upper division courses. Students desiring Literature Emphasis middle school teaching certification in General Science Writing Emphasis should contact the certification office in the Department Secondary Education - BA of Education for specific requirements relative to that cer- French tification. Candidates for this program should meet with French - BA the chairperson of the Natural Science and Mathematics Secondary Education - BA division no later than their third semester to complete a General Science declaration of major. General Science – BS

83 German Spanish German - BA Spanish – BA Secondary Education - BA Secondary Education- BA History Theatre History - BA Theatre – BA Secondary Education - BA Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts Undergraduate Co u r s e s Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts - AA n d r o g r a m s Integrated Studies A P Integrated Studies - BIS Each course description carries a statement of Liberal Studies - MLS conditions under which the course may be taken, and Mass Media the amount of credit given for its satisfactory comple- Mass Media – BA tion. The absence of stated prerequisites in the course Advertising Emphasis description implies that the course number indicates the Electronic Media Emphasis status of students eligible to take the course. Public Relations Emphasis Media Writing and Publishing Emphasis Am e r i c a n Citizenship Mathematics and Statistics A Department of American Citizenship was made pos- Mathematics – BA, BS sible through the gift contributed, in part, by the George Mathematics I. Alden Trust. The Departments of History and Political (Secondary Education Specialization) Science administer the American Citizenship Program. BA, BS Specific courses are listed under History and Political Mathematics Science. (Actuarial Science Specialization) – The courses in the American Citizenship Program are BA, BS designed to offer students a study of history that will give Music them a broad view of what has happened in the past as Music - BA a basis for an adequate understanding of what is hap- Music - BM pening now and to give them, further, a study of political Music Education: science that will contribute toward their competence as General, Instrumental, Vocal effective citizens. The courses are organized to meet Music Performance: the needs of four specific groups of students: first, those Piano, Organ, Voice, Strings, Brass, who want well-rounded training as part of a liberal arts Percussion, Woodwinds program; second, those who are preparing for graduate Natural Sciences and Mathematics work in history and political science; third, those who Natural Sciences and Mathematics –AA are preparing to go to a professional school; and fourth, Philosophy those who plan to teach in secondary schools. Philosophy - BA The program for majors in history and/or political Physical Education science who plan to teach includes interdisciplinary co- Athletic Training - BS operation in the study of the structure, key concepts, and Physical Education (P-12) - B.Ed. methodology of the various areas, work with new ideas in Physical Education – BA social studies curriculum projects, the inclusion of media Exercise Physiology resources, the importance of current affairs, and the Health Education and Promotion study of education that is multicultural in nature. Physical Therapy Assistant Sport Management An t h r opo l o g y Flexible Option Physics and Astronomy Sociology and Anthropology Department Physics – BA, BS Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/anso/ Secondary Education - BA, BS Degree Offered Political Science Bachelor of Arts – Anthropology Political Science- BA Public Administration – BPA Henderson Learning Center Room 218 Psychology (785) 670-1608 Psychology - BA Professor Bruce Zelkovitz, Chair Psychology (Clinical)- MA Associate Professor Cheryl Childers Religion Associate Professor Margaret Wood Religious Studies - BA Assistant Professor John Paul Sociology Assistant Professor Sangyoub Park Sociology - BA Assistant Professor Sharla Blank Lecturer Karen Kapusta-Pofahl Mission Consistent with the mission of the University and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Anthropology

84 Department at Washburn University exists to introduce Majors are strongly encouraged to take courses students to the academic discipline of anthropology. As in statistics and computer science; and to complete a such, we offer to a broad range of today’s students a minor. variety of timely, lively, and applicable general educa- tion and elective course work in which we stress the THE MINOR general education goals of an ability to intelligently read, To minor in Anthropology, students must complete a effectively communicate, and assess distinctive human minimum of 15 hours of credit in Anthropology. These values. hours must include AN 112 and any other 4 courses In addition to our obligation to the overall university in Anthropology, two of which must be upper division curriculum, we further make the effort to identify, compre- courses. Students must have a grade of C or better in hensively support, and nurture anthropology majors. We each course applied to the minor. Sociology majors are also offer a specialized curriculum to prepare our majors permitted to minor in Anthropology. to pursue graduate studies in anthropology. Our depart- COURSE OFFERINGS ment transmits content and ways of thinking enabling (Courses marked with

86 AN 325 Anthropology of the Caribbean (3) AN 363 Internship (1-3) This course examines cultural life in the Caribbean Field training to provide students with experience in an through the study of colonialism, slavery, race, class, operational or research setting through assignment to gender, tourism, and relision. Prerequisite: AN 112 local social agencies or museums approved and super- vised by a faculty member. May be elected twice for a AN 326/S0 326 Aging and Society (3) maximum of three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, The social position of the aged, paying particular at- senior standing and consent. tention to American society, using historical and cross- cultural considerations. The situation and problems of AN 370 Historical Archaeology (3) older persons will be examined from the vantage point of The major goal of this course is to examine the ways in sociological theories of aging and related empirical stud- which historical archaeologists combine documentary ies. Prerequisites: SO 100 or consent of instructor. evidence and material culture to understand how people in the past negotiated their everyday lives in an arena AN 333 Culture and Personality (3) of global-scale social interactions. Chronolgically the Cultural, social and psychological dimensions of signifi- course covers the period of colonialism and the spread cant relationships that affect personality development. of capitalism from 1400 AD to the present. Using the Attention will be given to cross-cultural studies of person- Americas and Caribbean as a geographical focus, the ality. Prerequisite: SO 100 and AN 112; PY 100. course devotes special attention to anthropological ap- AN 335 Applied Anthropology (3) proaches to colonialism and capitalism through the topics Uses of anthropology in, the modern world, and its of material culture, gender, ideology, ethnicity, race, iden- relationship to planned cultural change. Prerequisite: SO tity, labor, class and resistance. Prerequisites: AN 114 or 100, AN 112, or consent. consent of instructor AN 336/SO 336 Globalization (3) AN 371 Laboratory Methods in Archaeology (3) An examination of work, life, and culture in an increas- In this course, students will be introduced to laboratory ingly globalized world. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. methods through a project-oriented, hands-on format. This course will introduce you to many of the important AN 337/537 Creativity and Society: Anthropology and principles and concepts that archaeologists use to iden- “The Arts” (3) tify, analyze, manage and curate artifacts. In addition, An exploration of the relationship between the artist, “the students will have hands-on experience working with a arts”, and the wider society. Considers what constitutes real archaeological collection. Prerequisite: AN114 or “creativity” in different cultures, how the artist’s role var- consent of instructor ies, and the social functions served by visual art, music, literature, dance, drama, and other expressive forms. AN 372 Archaeological Field School (1-6) Cases are drawn from a wide range of culture, including Field experience in excavation procedure, laboratory the contemporary U.S. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. preparation and artifact analysis. Offerings include class- room instruction in regional and site prehistory. Prerequi- AN 338/SO 338 Strategies for Social Change (3) site: AN 112 and 114 or consent. This course examines possible solutions to major con- temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, AN 524 History and Theory of Anthropology (3) sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. The course explores the development of key themes in Theories of social change are explored and alternative anthropology, such as the origins of the human species, futures for American society are considered. Prerequi- the “nature-nurture” debate, the sources of cultural diver- site: SO 100, 101, or consent. sity, and the direction of social change. The approaches of various influential thinkers are compared and con- AN 340 Childhood and Society (3) trasted, and the major current “schools of thought” are A cross-cultural survey of how the phenomenon of “child- clarified. Prerequisite: Admission to the MLS program hood” is defined, viewed, and experienced in various and consent. societies around the world. Prerequisite: AN 112. AN 538 Strategies for Social Changes (3) AN 361 Supervised Study (1-3) This course examines possible solutions to major con- Under supervision, Anthropology majors may under- temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, take a research project or undertake extensive reading sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. in some aspects of the discipline or engage in a field Theories of social change are explored and alternative experience. May be elected twice for a maximum of futures for American society are considered. Not open to three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, junior /senior students with credit in SO 538. Prerequisite: Admission standing and consent. to the MLS Program and consent of instructor.

AN 362/SO 362 Methods of Social Research (3) r t Specific research techniques employed by Sociologists, A Anthropologists, and other social scientists are con- Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/art/ sidered, including polls and surveys, the interview and participant observation. Each student will complete an Degrees Offered outside project. One of two capstone courses required of Bachelor of Art – Art, Art History Anthropology majors. Prerequisite: declared major and Bachelor of Fine Art – Art, with Teacher Licensure, or 15 hours of Anthropology; or consent. with Emphasis in Art History Art Building, Room 101 87 (785) 670-1125 Student Learning Outcomes Art majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, Professor Glenda Taylor, Chair are expected to have: Professor Reinhild Janzen • acquired the ability to express, understand, and Associate Professor Azyz Sharafy interpret human values through visual arts and Assistant Professor Michael Almond Assistant Professor Marguerite Perret • acquired the ability to speak, think, and write criti- Assistant Professor Yeqiang Wang cally about art. Lecturer Marydorsey Wanless • In addition, studio art majors at Washburn Univer- Lecturer Michael Hager sity, upon graduation, are expected to have: Catron Professor Stephanie Lanter • acquired the ability to create expressive artworks in a variety of media; Mission • acquired the ability to create original visual art- Consistent with the mission of the University and works; the College of Arts and Sciences, the Art Department is dedicated to providing students with a strong foundation • acquired the ability to use elements and principles based on mastering basic concepts of art, design, art of design to communicate visual expression; and history and criticism, as well as learning the technical • acquired the ability to use art media and techniques skills necessary to make art in a changing world. This skillfully. foundation is complemented by providing opportunities to These abilities are assessed through critiques, pa- see the best of historical and contemporary original art, pers, exhibitions, tests and class projects. interact with artists, and increase awareness of global BA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS art. Working towards these goals challenges students to express human values through the creation of art, and to Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Art think, speak, and write critically about art. (B.A.) The Art Department serves those intending to prepare The Bachelor of Arts in Art is a degree consisting of for a profession in the Visual Arts (BFA degrees), those forty (40) credit hours in Art plus the general education students seeking a Liberal Arts education focused in requirements of the college. the visual arts (BA degrees), as well as non-majors who seek knowledge of the visual arts. Studio and art history Foundation Courses - 22 hours courses are open to anyone with proper prerequisites. AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) Faculty maintain active professional careers as content AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) for teaching and are exemplars of life-long learning in the AR 120 Design I (3) visual arts. AR 121 Design II (3) AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) Department Description AR 140 Drawing I (3) The degree programs in art are designed to meet a AR 300-level art history (3) variety of student needs. The B.A. in Art is considered a AR 402 Art Forum (1) basic liberal arts degree, easily combined with other de- Elective Art Studio Courses - 18 hours gree programs in the college for purposes of obtaining a double major. The B.A. in Art History is structured for the Must include 12 hours upper division studio courses student interested in museum studies or advanced work chosen in consultation with an art advisor. NOTE: in art history or related fields. The B.F.A. is a profession- Senior BA majors must present a portfolio for faculty re- al degree program for students interested in a career in view. All studio art majors must enter the juried student art and advancement into graduate programs in art. The art exhibition at least once during their academic career. B.F.A with Teaching Licensure includes studio, art history Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and professional education courses leading to Kansas Degree in Art History (B.A.) P-12 Art Teacher licensure. The BFA with Emphasis in The B.A. in Art History is a degree consisting of forty Art History includes 30 hours of art history courses in (40) credit hours in the major plus the general education addition to 62 studio hours designed to meet the needs requirements of the college. All students majoring in Art of students desiring strong backgrounds in each area. History shall take the following required courses: Both the B.A. and the B.F.A. degrees include elective art AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) courses that allow a student to concentrate in a particu- AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) lar media area or explore a range of artistic expression. AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) See Degree Requirements and Course Offerings. AR 140 Drawing I (3) Art Department Scholarships AR 142 Survey of Art Materials (3) The Art faculty award scholarships for BA and BFA art AR 300 Art Criticism (3) majors each year. The Barbara L. Busick Art Scholarship AR 312 Research in Art History (3) provides tuition, books, art supplies, and on-campus AR 402 Art Forum (1) room and board. It is awarded to an incoming freshman 18 hours art history electives art major and may be renewed through graduation. The In addition, students majoring in Art History shall take deadline for submission of portfolios and support materi- at least five elective upper division (300-level) Art History als is February 15. Contact the Art Department for more courses. (15 hours upper division elective courses) information. NOTE: A senior research paper is required of all BA- Art History majors (AR 312). All BA Art history students 88 must take RG 105 Introduction to Old Testament, or RG week of classroom instruction and 3 hours minimum of 106 Intro to New Testament or EN 210 Mythologies in work outside of class. Literature (3) As required correlate course in Humanities (may Admission to the B F. .A . Program (sophomore level) In order to maintain high standards and encourage count as General Education) successful completion of the BFA degree, we require BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE - B.F.A. students to meet the following criteria for admission to The Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees are regarded as the BFA program: professional preparation programs. BFA graduates • GPA of 2.8 or above in art courses. exhibit expression, knowledge, and skill development • Completion of or concurrent enrollment in the fol- indicative of those entering the professional art world. lowing art courses: All BFA students prepare a senior exhibition of their AR 101 Survey of Art History I artwork as the capstone experience of their degrees. AR 102 Survey of Art History II Additionally, BFA with teacher licensure students meet AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media all competencies and requirements to teach art P-12 in AR 140 Drawing I the state of Kansas. BFA with Emphasis in Art History AR 141 Drawing II majors demonstrate a broad understanding of art history AR 120 Design I through additional coursework in this field. AR 121 Design II Two 200 level courses Requirements for the BFA degree • Portfolio Evaluation: The Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree (B.F.A.) is particu- larly suited to the student who intends to follow a career Each semester art faculty will meet to review port- in the visual arts, including graphic design, photography, folios for BFA approval. Students being reviewed must web design, animation, fine arts or crafts. The degree submit the following support materials: consists of 86 hours in Art, 6 hours English Composition • a statement of professional intent 101 and 300, 2 hours physical education, 3 hours MA • transcript of all college courses 110 or higher, 27 hours general education (9 hours from • portfolio not to exceed 8 digital images on CD. each of the divisions), and 45 hours in upper division Portfolios will be evaluated for evidence of techni- work. Note: All 45 hours of upper division credits can be cal proficiency, effective visual design, originality, and obtained in Art. All BFA students must enter the Juried expression. Students will be notified of acceptance or Student Exhibition at least once during their academic non-acceptance prior to the subsequent semester’s career. enrollment period. Candidates may reapply for BFA ad- Major Requirements - BFA mission one time. Candidates are encouraged to apply AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) to the BFA program as soon as they are qualified so they AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) may better plan their course selections. AR 120 Design I (3) Senior exhibition is an exit requirement for the AR 121 Design II (3) B .F .A . and must be completed during the senior year . AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) Studio Workshop Classes AR 140 Drawing I (3) Workshop classes are designed to allow independent AR 141 Drawing II (3) research and creative development for advanced stu- AR 219 Introduction to Printmaking (3) dents, with faculty supervision. Students are expected AR 220 Photography I (3) to spend at least 3 hours per week working for each 1 AR 223 Intro to Computer Graphic Design (3) hour of credit. Students may complete Transformational AR 240 Painting I (3) Experience requirement through workshop classes. AR 339 Painting II (3) To do so, students must complete a written proposal, AR 260 Ceramics I (3) research, documentation and public presentation of re- AR 262 Sculpture I (3) sults. Students may accumulate no more than 12 hours AR 300 Criticism (3) workshop in any media area. or AR 307 Art Since 1945 (3) Requirements for the BFA with an Emphasis in Art AR 243/343 Figure Drawing (3) History 300-level Art History elect. (3) The Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree with an emphasis 2-D Elective (3) in Art History is particularly suited to students who desire Printmaking Elective (3) to further their art education with MFA or MA degrees, 3-D Elective (3) or those interested in art conservation. The degree Workshops (6) consists of 38 hours of General Education and University Requirements, and 92 hours in the arts area. Studio Electives (18) 400 Senior Exhibit (1) Studio Courses 402 Art Forum (1) AR 120 Design I (3) TOTAL =86 hours AR 121 Design II (3) AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) NOTE: All studio classes meet twice the amount of AR 140 Drawing I (3) time as a lecture class. 3 hours of credit = 6 hours per AR 141 Drawing II (3) AR 219 Introduction to Printmaking (3) 89 AR 223 Introduction to Computer Graphics (3) For admission requirements, see EDUCATION in this AR 240 Painting I (3) catalog. BFA-ED students must also meet admission AR 260 Ceramics I (3) requirements to the B.F.A. program. See above. AR 262 Sculpture I (3) Senior exhibition is an exit requirement for the AR 339 Painting II (3) BFA/ED, and must be completed during the senior 2 – D elective (3) year . 3 – D elective (3) Workshop (3) MINOR IN ART A minor in Art is designed to integrate art knowledge Studio Electives (12) with other disciplines of the University. It may be con- AR 400 Senior Exhibition (1) structed from courses in any area of the curriculum. The AR 402 Art Forum (1) minor must be planned with the aid of art faculty. A minor Total Studio Courses = 62 hours consists of 18 hours and includes study in art history and Art History Courses studio courses. In order for the minor to both provide AR 101 Survey (of) Art History I (3) an overview of the discipline and offer opportunity for AR 102 Survey (of) Art History II (3) proficiency in some aspect of it, the following guidelines AR 142 Survey (of) Art Materials (3) must be met: AR 300 Criticism or AR 307 Art since 1945 (3) • Studio: Must include AR 120 Design I or AR 140 Upper Division Art History Electives (18) Drawing I; AR 101, 102, or 103; and at least 6 hours Total Art History Courses = 30 hours of upper division studio courses. Total of 18 hours. • Art History: Must include AR 101, 102, and 142 and Total General Education and University Requirements 9 hours upper division Art History electives. (38) NOTE: Humanities General Education Courses COURSE OFFERINGS MUST INCLUDE RG 105 Old Testament, RG 106 New (Courses marked with

92 are taught with the aim of creating time-based art forms. AR 360 Ceramics II (3) Aesthetic issues evident in video design and structure Continued exploration of ceramics with emphasis on will be examined through viewing, discussion, and cri- wheel-throwing techniques, glaze formulation, and vari- tique. Software: Final Cut Pro. Prerequisite: AR 120 and ous firing methods. Prerequisite: AR 260. AR 220. AR 361 Glaze Materials and Experimentation (3) AR 332 Advanced Photo Techniques (3) Study of ceramic technology through experiments with Course focuses on developing technical proficiency in raw materials. Theoretical, historical, and empirical use of different format cameras and large size print- methods are applied to research. Prerequisite: AR 260. ing. Students explore aspects of photography such as cibachrome, Polaroid transfer and emulsion lifts, or mural AR 362 Workshop In Ceramics (3-6) Independent work. Prerequisite: AR 360 and consent. printing. Prerequisite: AR 220. AR 363 Workshop in Sculpture (3-6) AR 339 Painting II (3) Independent work. Prerequisite: AR 262 and consent. Emphasis on painting the human figure, including single and group compositions. Includes class paintings, out- AR 364 Advanced Sculpture (3) side work, and term papers. Prerequisite: AR 240. Study of advanced sculptural techniques to achieve artis- tic expression. May involve environmental or multi-me- AR 342 Watercolor (3) dia emphasis. Prerequisite: AR 262. May be repeated A continuation of AR 242. Prerequisite: AR 242 or con- with different content. Limit of 9 hours. sent. AR 365 Kiln-formed Glass and Mosaics II(3) AR 343 Figure Drawing (3) See description under AR 265. 365-level students are A continuation of AR 243. Only with written approval expected to complete more advanced projects and class from the instructor can a student take this more than presentations. Prerequisite: AR121 or AR265. once. AR 380 Elementary Art Education (3) AR 344 Workshop in Drawing and Painting (3-6) Study of the artistic development of children, practice Independent work. Prerequisite: AR 339 and consent. with art materials, techniques, and concepts appropriate AR 350 Figure Studio (6) to the elementary grades including planning and presen- An advanced course focused on the synthesis of two and tation of art lessons. Production, aesthetics, criticism, three dimensional approaches to expressive use of hu- and history of artworks are emphasized as the basis for man form. Prerequisites: AR 240, 243, and 262. children’s growth in art learning. AR 352 Professional Photographic Lighting (3) AR 381 Craft Techniques (3) Comprehensive study of visual and technical photo- Exploration of papermaking, batik, weaving, and metal graphic lighting practices in the studio and on location, working processes. Health and safety, traditions and including theory and application of various lighting sys- current trends in crafts are studied. Education majors tems. Prerequisite: AR 220. write unit/lesson plans. Non-ed majors do extra projects. Prerequisite: AR 120, 121. AR 353 Non-silver Photography (3) Study of historical non-silver photographic processes AR 382 Methods and Philosophy in Art Education (3) used in the early stages of photographic development Examination of historical and current theories of art and currently used by contemporary artists as a creative education, the development of personal philosophy of art element. Processes include: cyanotype, Van Dyke, plati- education, and the examination of curriculum goals and num/palladium, salted paper, gum bichromate. Prerequi- objectives. Effective teaching methods for lesson plan- site: AR 220. ning, presentation, and evaluation are studied. Prerequi- site: Admission to program. AR 354/454 Documentary Photography (3) Course focuses on basic principles and techniques of AR 391 Art Therapy (3) documentary photography. Topics will vary by semester See AR 291. and will be announced in advance. Prerequisite for 354: AR 220 or consent. Prerequisite for 454: AR 354. AR AR 399 Special Topics in Art (1-3) Special media or content offerings not covered in other 354/454 may not be taken concurrently. (Both levels of art courses. May be repeated with different topics. Pre- the course may be taken when topics are different.) requisites as specified for each offering. AR 359 The Business of Art (3) This course will explore and analyze approaches to art AR 400 Senior Exhibition (1) Preparation and presentation of an exhibit of student’s valuation, appraisal and entrepreneurship in the visual art work. Prerequisite: BFA-senior status, BA with De- arts. Business problems and opportunities in the art partment approval. world are identified, analyzed and assessed. The art market and the art consumer are researched. Special AR 401 Internship (1-3) aspects of consumer behavior of art collectors, art inves- This course is designed to provide students with work tors, art dealers will be included, also marketing and experience in their chosen field. Pass/Fail basis only. financial issues in the arts Prerequisite: junior standing Prerequisite: Jr/Sr Art major and consent of Department or above. Cross listed with BU 259 Chair.

93 AR 402 Art Forum (1) As t r o n om y Professional preparation for art majors. Topics include portfolio preparation, marketing, gallery representation, Physics and Astronomy Department graduate schools, and other concerns of art profession- Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/physics als. Required for all art majors. Prerequisite: Jr/Sr art Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 (785) 670-2141 major. No major or minor is offered in Astronomy. The offer- AR 426 Flash Interactivity (3) ings are administered by the Department of Physics and Students will study virtual publication through the cre- Astronomy. ation and scripting of interactive multimedia presenta- tions. Techniques include 2- and 3-D animation, use of COURSE OFFERINGS web multimedia, VR flyby, and creation of CD-ROMs. (Courses marked with

95 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR (optional BI 180 Special Topics (1-3) minor for the Bachelor of Arts degree) Selected topics of general interest. Not applicable to- To minor in Biology the student must apply to the ward credit for biology major requirements. Prerequisite: Department and be assigned a Biology advisor. The none. twenty hour minimum must be met with course work

97 BI 380 Special Topics in Biology (1-3) small class sizes, individual instruction, hands-on experi- A consideration of various emerging or advanced ence with scientific instrumentation, and guided under- specialty areas in biology, offered according to student graduate research for chemistry majors. The Chemistry and staff availability. Prerequisite: BI 102 and consent Department faculty is itself diverse and exemplifies of instructor (Additional prerequisites might be needed commitment to learning and contributing by engaging in depending upon particular topic). scientific research, presenting and publishing as well as volunteering to improve the quality of living in the larger BI 390 Biology Seminar (1) Topeka area. Organization and oral presentations of the results of Beginning courses are designed to give the student current research in the biological sciences. Utilization an awareness and understanding of scientific chemical of recent journal literature, abstracting techniques, and principles and problems. Advanced courses are planned oral communication of scientific data will be emphasized. to meet the specialized needs of students interested One semester is required of all majors. Up to three in graduate work, forensic chemistry, work in private or credit hours may be applied toward meeting departmen- public laboratories, teaching, medicine and health related tal or university graduation requirements. Prerequisite: professional fields. In total, the program provides gradu- 15 hrs. of Biology and Jr. standing. ates with the appropriate knowledge and skill foundation BI 395 Research in Biology (1-3) in preparation for graduate study, professional schools, This course is the capstone course in the Biology careers in education and the chemistry workforce. degree, and open only to declared majors at Washburn University. Independent, undergraduate research on Student Learning Outcomes some special problem in biology, the field to be chosen Chemistry majors at Washburn University, upon by the student in conference with the instructor. Open graduation, are expected to have: only to students from any discipline with at least fifteen • obtained a comprehensive understanding of the hours of credit derived from core majors courses in Biol- fundamental principles of chemistry--atomic and ogy. At least one semester is required of every Biology molecular theory, reactivities and properties of major. A maximum of six credit hours of research may chemical substances, and the states of matter; be taken by any student, and no more than 3 credits in • obtained a comprehensive understanding of the one semester. fundamental principles of the primary subfields of chemistry--analytical, biochemical, inorganic, Ch e m i s t r y organic, and physical chemistry, appropriate to the degree sought; Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/chemistry/ • acquired knowledge of mathematics sufficient to Degrees Offered facilitate the understanding and derivation of fun- Bachelor of Arts — Chemistry damental relationships and to analyze and manipu- Bachelor of Arts — Biochemistry late experimental data, appropriate to the degree Bachelor of Science — Chemistry sought; Bachelor of Science — Biochemistry • acquired knowledge of the fundamental principles Bachelor of Science — Forensic Chemical Science of physics; Bachelor of Arts or Science for Secondary Education • learned safe chemical practices, including waste Stoffer Science Hall, Room 312 handling and safety equipment; (785) 670-2270 • demonstrated ability to problem solve and reason Associate Professor Stephen Angel, Chair scientifically; Professor Emeritus Janice Barton • acquired the ability to read, evaluate, and interpret Associate Professor Sam Leung information on a numerical, chemical, and general Associate Professor Shaun Schmidt scientific level in preparation for a lifetime of learn- Assistant Professor Sheldon Williams ing and contribution; Assistant Professor Lisa Elles • discussed issues of professional ethics; Lecturer Roberta Sue Salem • acquired the ability to assemble experimental Lecturer Alan Shaver chemical apparatus, to design experiments, to MISSION use appropriate apparatus to measure chemical composition and properties, and to use computers Consistent with the mission of the University and in acquisition, analysis, modeling and presentation the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of of data, appropriate to the degree sought — both Chemistry is dedicated to providing a broad spectrum of individually and in collaboration with others; students with the necessary understanding of chemical principles to become successful, contributing • acquired the ability to effectively use modern instru- members of their social, professional and/or occupa- mentation in acquisition of information on chemical tional communities. substances, appropriate to the degree sought — Students entering chemistry come from diverse both individually and in collaboration with others; backgrounds and will apply their acquired chemical skills in equally diverse occupations. The Department of Chemistry addresses this diversity by focusing on individ- ual student needs and goals through personal advising, 98 • gained basic understanding and experience in the Research required for the degree must be initiated process of chemical research or training in a profes- at least one semester prior to the semester of gradua- sional forensic laboratory; and tion. An oral presentation of CH 390 research results • demonstrated the ability to communicate results of is required of all BS majors. All majors shall present a scientific inquiries orally and in writing. portfolio of results obtained with departmental instrumen- tation prior to the semester of graduation. THE MAJOR Minors for the BS degree are limited to these BA in chemistry — at least 30 hours in the department courses: Biology 102 and courses with BI 102 or higher are required, including the following courses and their as prerequisite, Computer Information Sciences 111 and prerequisites: Chemistry 343, two courses from (320, courses with CM 111 or higher as prerequisite, Physics 350, 352, 355, 360, and 380), two courses from (321, 281 and above for the ACS certified major, Physics 345, 346, 347, 351 and 353), 390 and 391. 261 or 281 and above for the non-certified major, and BA in Biochemistry — at least 32 hours in the depart- Mathematics 116 and courses with MA 116 or higher as ment are required, including the following courses and prerequisite. their prerequisites: Chemistry 343, 352, 353, 390 and Suggested Schedule for American Chemical Society 391. Cognate course requirements in Biology are 102, Recommended Program 301, 333 and 380; Physics 261 and 262 or Physics 281 For students planning to enter chemistry as a profes- and 282; Mathematics 116 and 117 or Mathematics 151.. sion or to go on to chemistry graduate school, the follow- BS in Chemistry certified by the American Chemical ing program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree is Society — at least 45 hours in the department are re- recommended. In this program, the minors may be in the quired, including the following courses and their prereq- following areas: biology, mathematics, computer informa- uisites: Chemistry 321, 343, 345, 346, 350, 362, 382, tion sciences, or physics. 385, 386, 390 (2cr) and 391. Students are encouraged to take additional chemistry courses beyond the 45 hour Freshman minimum requirement. One year of German, Russian or First Semester (17 hrs) Second Semester (17 hrs) French, or at least six credit hours in computer program- Chemistry 151 (5) Chemistry 152 (5) ming language courses are required as well as Physics English 101 (3) Mathematics 152 (5) 281 and 282, and Mathematics 151 and 152. Mathematics 151* (5) Electives (6) BS in Chemistry not certified by the American Electives (3) Physical Ed (1) Chemical Society serves as a second major for students Physical Ed (1) with a first major in another science or mathematics — at Sophomore least 38 hours in the department are required, including First Semester (17-18 hrs) Second Semester (16-17 hrs) the following courses and their prerequisites: Chemistry Chemistry 340 (3) Chemistry 341 (3) 321, 343, two (or more) courses (for 3 cr) from 345, 346, Chemistry 342 (2) Chemistry 343 (2) 347, 351; two courses from 350, 352, 355, 360, and 386; Lang./Comp. Sc. (3-4) Physics 281 (5) a choice of 380 or 381; 390 (2cr), 391. Electives (9) Lang./Comp. Sc. (3-4) BS in Biochemistry — at least 40 hours in the depart- Elective (3) ment are required, including the following courses and their prerequisites: Chemistry 321, 343, 352, 353, 381, Junior/Senior** 390 (2cr) and 391. Cognate course requirements in First Semester (16-17 hrs) Second Semester (13-14 hrs) Biology are 102, 301, 333, 353 and 380. Physics 281 Chemistry 320 (3) Chemistry 346 (1) and 282, and CIS 111 are also required. Chemistry 321 (1) Chemistry 362 (2) BS in Forensic Chemical Science — at least 38 hours Chemistry 350 (3) Chemistry 390 (1-2) in the department are required, including the following Chemistry 390 (1-2) Electives (9) courses and their prerequisites: Chemistry 102, 103, Physics 282 (5) 321, 343, 346, 351, 390, and 391 (3 cr) or 393 (3 to 6 English 300 (3) cr). Cognate course requirements in Biology are 102, 255, 301, 353, 362, 380 (molecular biology lab). Other Junior/Senior** First Semester (15 hrs) Second Semester (14 hrs) cognate course requirements are MA 140; CM 101 or Chemistry 345 (2) Chemistry 386 (3) 212; Criminal Justice 220, 231, 410; and CN 150. Chemistry 381 (3) Chemistry 382 (3) Chemistry Major for Secondary Education Teachers Chemistry 390 (1) Chemistry 385 (1) The teaching of Chemistry at the secondary level re- Electives# (9) Chemistry 391 (1) quires completion of a BA or BS in Chemistry. Courses Electives# (6) that must be taken to meet the standards for licensure in Kansas are CH 151, 152, 320, 321, 340, 342, 343, Electives should be chosen to satisfy general education 350, 351, 390, and 391. In addition, students must fulfill and minor requirements for graduation. the professional education course requirements of the Education Department. Students seeking licensure to *Students not qualified to enroll in Mathematics 151 will teach must also be formally admitted to the University’s be placed in math courses according to their high school Professional Teacher Education Programs. For admis- preparation. sion requirements, see EDUCATION in this catalog. The following non-chemistry courses are required of all chemistry majors: 1) MA 116 and 117 or 151; 2) PS 261 and 262 or PS 281 and 282.

99 **Most of these upper division chemistry courses are basic laws that are necessary as a foundation for future offered every other year. The recommended junior and studies in chemistry. Topics covered will include such senior year schedules alternate. subjects as atomic structure, states of matter, chemical #MA 153 and MA 241 are strongly recommended. bonding and solutions. The emphasis in the laboratory is on quantitative work. Credit for CH 151 precludes THE MINOR subsequent earning of credit in CH 121. High school or The chemistry minor must include: CH 151, CH 152, on-line courses will not be considered equivalent to this CH 340, CH 341 and four additional hours of 300 level course. Three class periods, one hour of recitation, and or higher course work (25% of the total minor hours must one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: be taken in residence at Washburn University.) Credit MA 116 or concurrent enrollment. in CH 390 does not apply toward satisfying the 20 hour minimum requirement.

101 Dr. Susan Bjerke, Clinical Laboratory Sciences Advisor. Clinical Microbiology (6-8) STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Clinical Chemistry (6-10) Washburn University students completing this degree are Clinical Hematology (4-6) expected to have: • mastered an understanding of biological and chemi- Clinical Immunology (2-6) cal disciplines, including cell biology, genetics, Clinical Immunohematology (2-5) human biology, microbiology, immunology, organic chemistry and biochemistry; Topics in Clinical Laboratory Science (2-6) • mastered the laboratory skills necessary to per- form diagnostic testing in clinical chemistry, clinical Comm u n i c a t i o n microbiology, clinical hematology, and clinical im- http://www.washburn.edu/cas/communication/ munology; Website: • developed analytical skills; Degree offered • developed oral and written presentation skills; and Bachelor of Arts – Communication • qualified to take a national certification examination Morgan Hall, Room 266 required to become a registered clinical laboratory (785) 670-2230 scientist (medical technologist). The BS degree with a Clinical Laboratory Sciences Professor Meredith Moore, Chair major requires a 30 hour certified clinical program that Assistant Professor Mary Pilgram includes the courses listed at the end of this section. A Assistant Professor Leslie Reynard first minor in biology and a second minor in chemistry Assistant Professor Tracy Routsong are required. The biology minor must include Biology Assistant Professor Sarah Ubel 102, 110, 255, 301, 305, 325, 362. Biology 343, 353, Director of Forensics Kevin O’Leary and/or 370 are also recommended. The chemistry Assistant Director of Forensics Steve Doubledee minor must include Chemistry 151, 152, 340, 342, 350, Assistant Director of Forensics Jim Schnoebelen and 351. Chemistry 341 is recommended. In addition Mission Mathematics 116 and 140 along with either Physics 101 Consistent with the mission of the University and or Physics 261 and 262 or Physics 281 and 282 are the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of also required. Students must successfully apply to and Communication provides a curriculum that focuses on complete an approved regional hospital clinical program. the in-depth study of human communication, strength- These clinical course hours are then transferred to ens other majors, and enhances the general education Washburn to fulfill the major. offerings of the University. The faculty prepares students Students who receive the baccalaureate degree in for success in a broad range of settings by providing the biology from Washburn can also receive a Bachelor of necessary communication competence for a liberal arts Science in Clinical Laboratory Sciences after success- and sciences education. Faculty excellence is main- ful completion of an approved clinical program, provided tained through continuous growth in teaching, scholar- that the required academic courses for the degree have ship and service. been taken and that the student has a total of at least 154 credit hours. Students may also apply for a BS Student Learning Outcomes degree with a double major by following the University Communication majors at Washburn University guidelines for a double major. should, upon graduation: Students with a BS or BA degree that includes • have developed an understanding of the nature the university courses required for the BS in Clinical and importance of communication, and of their Laboratory Sciences will be qualified to apply for the own communication behavior, across a variety of clinical program at most accredited schools of medical interaction contexts; technology in the United States. • be sophisticated consumers and producers of effec- The biology department can also provide the pre- tive and appropriate messages across a variety of professional academic courses needed by students who interaction contexts; wish to complete the clinical requirements at either the • be able to apply relevant theories to the communi- University of Kansas or Wichita State University. The cation behavior of themselves and others and thus prerequisite courses differ depending on the clinical pro- solve problems related to common communication gram, so students should contact the Clinical Laboratory difficulties across a variety of interaction contexts; Sciences advisor for additional information. These students receive the B.S. in Clinical Laboratory Sciences • be able to critically evaluate the usefulness of from the university at which they complete the clinical theories for enhancing their own communication program. competence; CLINICAL COURSE OFFERINGS • be able to critically evaluate situations to deter- mine which skills and approaches are competent The courses listed below are offered by the hospital responses to those situations; schools of Medical Technology and are not a part of Washburn University’s curriculum. The variation in credit hours is due to unique differences between hospital programs. 102 • have a general understanding of communication CN 351 Interpersonal Communication (3) research; and CN 363 Intercultural Communication (3) • have explored in depth at least one of four com- *required course in the emphasis munication emphases – corporate, health, legal, or Legal Emphasis political. CN 320 Communication in the Legal Process (3)* The Communication major prepares students for CN 330 Conflict and Negotiation (3) professional and personal success. The organizational CN 340 Interviewing (3) communication focus of the curriculum applies to fami- CN 350 Persuasion (3) lies, social groups, work or career contexts, governmen- CN 351 Interpersonal Communication (3) tal and world affairs. The 32‑33 hour major is designed * required course in the emphasis to provide broad general theory and skills for application in legal, corporate, and political arenas. Students who Political Emphasis want to pursue graduate or professional school are CN 360 Political Communication (3)* well prepared to enter the most competitive programs. CN 330 Conflict and Negotiation (3) Students who take communication courses are provided CN 341 Persuasive Speaking (3) strong general education skills, as well as in-depth CN 350 Persuasion (3) information about the theory and practice of human com- CN 361 Social Movements (3) munication. Two courses are specifically identified to * required course in the emphasis meet general education requirements, CN 101 Principles Electives: (to complete 32-33 hr major) and Practices of Human Communication, CN 150 Public Electives may be chosen from any course in the cur- Speaking. Alumni find employment as corporate trainers, riculum including the following courses, which are not lobbyists, small business owners, directors of non-profits, part of the emphases. consultants, and in a broad range of other careers. CN 154/343 Forensics (1) Limit of 3 hours Admission to the Communication major requires a 2.5 CN 365 Business and Professional Speaking (3) grade point average and sophomore status. The appli- CN 295/395 Special Topics (1-3 hrs) cation form can be found on the department homepage CN 402 Practicum (3) or in the department office. CN 490 Directed Research (3) THE MAJOR (32-33 hrs) CN 491 Internship (3) The major consists of 18 required hours and one 18 hrs required courses = 18 hrs emphasis. More than one emphasis can be earned with 12 hrs in the emphasis = 12 hrs careful advising. Electives in major = 2-3 hrs Required Courses (18 hrs) = 32-33 hrs CN 101 Principles and Practices of Human Communication Majors are not limited to 32-33 hours. Careful advis- (3) ing will allow a student to take up to 40 hours in the ma- CN 150 Public Speaking (3) jor. Also, students are encouraged to consider a minor, CN 300 Organizational Communication (3) but a minor is not required. CN 302 Communication Theory (3) THE MINOR (18 hours) CN 303 Communication Inquiry (3) Majors in other departments often find the CN 499 Senior Portfolio (3 hr) Communication minor a valuable addition. Minor re- Emphases (12 hours required in an emphasis): quirements include the following: An emphasis consists of one required course, CN 101 Principles & Practices of Human Communication and three other courses listed under that empha- (3) sis. Emphasis courses that are required are CN 301 CN 150 Public Speaking (3) Advanced Organizational Communication for the CN 300 Organizational Communication (3) Corporate Emphasis, CN 384 Health Communication And 9 hours from one of the three emphases, one of for the Health Emphasis, CN 320 Communication in which must be the required emphasis course. the Legal Process for the Legal Emphasis, and CN 360 Political Communication for the Political Emphasis Minor forms are to be filed in the Communication De- partment, and signed by the chair when the require- Corporate Emphasis ments have been met . CN 301 Advanced Organizational Communication (3)* CN 330 Conflict and Negotiation (3) Debate/Forensics CN 340 Interviewing (3) Washburn has a long-distinguished competitive CN 342 Small Group Communication (3) speech and debate program. Parliamentary debate, CN 351 Interpersonal Communication (3) Lincoln Douglas debate, and individual events are the CN 401 Training and Development (3) current focus of the program. Scholarships are available. * required course in the emphasis Internships Health Emphasis Internships are granted to only the most qualified and CN 384 Health Communication (3)* academically prepared students. The student who has CN 330 Conflict and Negotiation (3) achieved maximum benefit from classr1oom experiences CN 340 Interviewing (3) can then apply for 1-3 hours of internship credit. Guided CN 350 Persuasion (3) by both the advisor and the intern’s supervisor, students 103 might be placed in a work setting such as a bank, non- CN 330 Communication in Conflict profit agency, personnel department, governmental and Negotiation (3) office, or political office for on-the-job experience. Explores the roles of communication in conflict and negotiation within relationships, groups, and organiza- COURSE OFFERINGS tions. Examines both theory and practice. Prerequisite: (Courses marked with

104 modern health care systems, and identifies communica- Associate Professor Rick Barker tion strategies health care consumers and providers can Associate Professor Jack Decker employ to achieve their health care goals. Associate Professor Nancy Tate Associate Professor Nan Sun CN 395 Special Topics (1-3) Lecturer Roberta Jolly Focuses on a topic not regularly offered, but that en- Lecturer Gerrald Reed hances the curriculum because of specialized faculty or student interest. Prerequisite: Consent. Mission CN 401 Training and Development (3) Consistent with the mission of the University and Focuses on preventing and detecting organizational College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of problems, as well as learning strategies for improving or- Computer Information Sciences is dedicated to providing ganizational communication. Emphasis will include both students, through a diverse learning environment, the internal and external training and consulting situations. knowledge necessary to enter careers and the enduring Prerequisites: CN 101, 150, 300, 301. skills required to be lifelong learners in the use of and ap- plication of computer science and information systems; CN 402 Organizational Practicum (3) engaging in applied research, scholarly activity; and Supervised practical application of previously studied serving the University and the community. organizational and interpersonal communication theory. Familiarizes students with organizational processes by Description of Discipline working with a client and completing a project. Prerequi- The Computer Information Sciences area provides a sites: CN 101, CN 150, CN 300 and CN 301. broad range of service courses to all disciplines requiring computer-oriented courses in their degree programs. In CN 490 Directed Research (1-3) addition, the department offers three degree programs Selected research on communication topics not provided designed to provide individuals capable of applying in the curriculum. Majors only. Prerequisite: Chair ap- computer technology to the solution of problems in many proval. disciplines. CN 491 Internship (1-3) The major programs deal with the analysis and design Experience and training in professional settings related of systems that provide information to management for to communication careers. Second semester junior or use in the decision making process. Various tools and senior status. Majors only. Prerequisite: Chair approval. techniques for solving typical business, accounting, engineering, mathematical, and scientific problems are CN 499 Senior Portfolio (1) emphasized. The programs focus on the generation Students submit a series of assignments evaluating and utilization of information to support management their academic growth in theory, research and area of decisions. As such, the curricula draw heavily upon emphasis. Samples of their course work are included. computer methods and mathematical techniques. The The culmination of this work is compiled into a portfolio programs require foundation courses in traditional busi- which is evaluated by the faculty. Prerequisite: 27 hours ness, communications, and mathematics in addition to of communication courses completed and Chair approval. the in-depth computer information science core. The courses in information sciences fulfill a broad Departmental Honors range of needs: from providing general knowledge of To receive departmental honors, a graduating student the capabilities of the computer, to service courses for must have an overall university GPA of 3.0 and an overall departments that require some computer skills of their Major GPA of 3.5. Additionally, the student will select students, to in-depth study of advanced concepts and and work on a project under the direction of a primary applications. faculty member and submit a project proposal to be re- The department offers a choice of degrees and viewed and approved by a committee of the faculty. The emphases. The Associate of Arts Degree is normally project can include but is not limited to: creative work, an completed in a two-year course of study, and prepares original research paper, and/or an applied communica- the graduate to enter the job market as an entry-level tion project. Upon completion of the project, the student programmer. will present his/her work to the faculty committee. There are two choices of major in the four-year Bachelor Degree program. One is the Computer Comp u t e r In f o r m a t i o n Sc i e n c e s Information Science major for the student interested in Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/cis learning the fundamental ideas and enduring concepts necessary to work successfully in a computer-oriented Degrees Offered field. The second choice is the Computer Information Associate of Arts in Computer Information Systems Systems major. This major replaces much of the math- Bachelor of Arts in Computer Information Science ematics content of the Computer Information Science Bachelor of Science in Computer Information Science major with support courses from the School of Business and a broad spectrum of computer courses which pre- Stoffer Science Hall, Room 304 pare the student for a position as a programmer/analyst (785) 670-1739 in a commercial information processing environment. Associate Professor Bruce Mechtly, Interim Chair The department also offers an optional minor in Professor David Bainum Computer Information Systems. See the CIS department Professor Cecil Schmidt for details. Professor Gary Schmidt 105 Program Outcomes: CN 340 Professional Interviewing or The Computer Information Sciences Associate of CN 341 Persuasive Speaking Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Arts degrees MA140 Statistics (*NSM) or MA343 Apl Stat are based on the guidelines provided by the Joint Task MA141 Applied Calculus I (*NSM) or MA151 Force on Computing Curricula 2001 Volume II Computer Calculus (5) Science and the IS Model Curriculum and Guidelines for MA145 Math for Decision Making (*NSM) Undergraduate Degree Programs recommendations. For MA206 Discrete Math – Computing (*NSM) a detailed listing of the outcomes, please access the CIS Bachelor of Science in Computer Information website given above. Science Student Learning Outcomes Computer Information Sciences Core - 13 hrs Computer Information Sciences majors at Washburn CM111 Intro to Structured Programming(4) University, upon graduation, are expected to have CM231 Computer Organization/Assembler • developed analytical and critical thinking skills; CM245 Contemp Programming Methods • acquired knowledge of programming fundamentals; CM261 Networked Systems I • mastered an understanding of different computing Computer Information Sciences Required - 21 hrs environments; CM307 Data Structures & Algorithmic Analysis • mastered an understanding of quantitative and CM322 Operating Systems qualitative analysis; CM331 Computational Intelligence • acquired knowledge of the role of technology in CM333 Software Engineering organizations; CM336 Database Management Systems • developed oral and written communication skills; CM361 Network Systems II and CM467 CIS Capstone Project (2) • mastered the ability to integrate theory into practice. CM468 CIS Senior Seminar(1) Note: Before one is admitted as a CIS major, the Approved CM Electives - 12 hrs student must satisfy a set of requirements. Please see These courses should be selected in consultation with the CIS department for details. a departmental advisor. Minimum of 6 hours must be THE MAJOR upper division. Correlated – 37 hrs Bachelor of Arts in Computer Information PH220 Logic (*HU) Science EC200 Princ of Microeconomics (SS) Computer Information Sciences Core - 13 hrs EC201 Princ of Macroeconomics (SS) CM111 Intro to Structured Programming(4) One of: CM231 Computer Organization/Assembler BU342 Organization and Management CM245 Contemp Programming Methods BU346 Organizational Behavior CM261 Networked Systems I EN208 Business/Technical Writing (*HU) CN150 Public Speaking (*HU) Computer Information Sciences Required - 21 hrs One of: CN 340 Professional Interviewing or CM307 Data Structures & Algorithmic Analysis CN 341 Persuasive Speaking CM322 Operating Systems MA140 Statistics (*NSM) or MA343 Apl Stat CM331 Computational Intelligence MA151 Calculus (5) CM333 Software Engineering MA145 Math for Decision Making (*NSM) CM336 Database Management Systems MA206 Discrete Math – Computing (*NSM) CM361 Network Systems II CM467 CIS Capstone Project (2) Note: One must also meet the Bachelor of Science CM468 CIS Senior Seminar(1) University Requirements. Approved Elective CM Coursework – 12 hrs Computer Information Systems (A .A .) These courses should be selected in consultation with Programming of business applications forms the core a departmental advisor. Minimum of 6 hours must be of this degree program. upper division Computer Information Systems Requirements: (22 hrs) Correlated – 35 hrs CM 111 Introduction to Structured Programming (4) PH220 Logic (*HU) CM 113 Visual Programming (3) EC200 Princ of Microeconomics (SS) CM 231 Computer Organization/Assembler (3) EC201 Princ of Macroeconomics (SS) CM 245 Contemporary Programming Methods (3) One of: One of the following two: BU342 Organization and Management CM 307 Data Structures and Algorithmic Analysis (3) BU346 Organizational Behavior OR EN208 Business/Technical Writing (*HU) CM 335 Advanced Applications Programming and CN150 Public Speaking (*HU) Design (3) One of:

106 Approved CM Electives (6 hours): Approved List of CM 111 Introduction to Structured Programming (4) CM Electives available from the Computer Information Establish the basic logic foundation for computer pro- Sciences Department. (At least 3 of the 6 must be upper gramming. Examine programming paradigms, algorithm division) development, and object-oriented techniques. Study the syntax and semantics of a higher level language. Design Required Correlated Courses: (21 hours) and implement algorithms to solve problems using EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics (3) structured data types. Three credit hours of lecture and EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) a weekly two hour laboratory session. BU 250 Management Information Systems (3) CM 113 Visual Programming (3) MA 140 Statistics (3) or MA 343 (Applied Statistics (3) This course will present the fundamentals of program- MA 206 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (3) ming in a visual programming language. The syntax CN 150 Public Speaking (3) and semantics of a visual programming language will be EN 208 Business/Technical Writing (3) presented. The fundamental concepts of the design and One must also meet the Associate of Arts Note: implementation of object oriented event driven program- University Requirements. ming and interactive graphic user interfaces will be Computer Information Systems Minor (B. A.) covered. The particular visual programming language Minor programs in Computer Information Sciences may vary from course offering to course offering but the are individually designed by the student in consultation language will be specified in the course title listed in the with a departmental advisor and subject to departmental course schedule of the semester the course is offered. approval. A minor will consist of 21 hours of Computer Prerequisites: CM 111. Information Sciences coursework, including at least six CM 114 RPG Programming (3) upper division hours. Courses may be broadly selected AS/400 RPG programming for business applications. or may concentrate in an area of particular interest. Batch and interactive processing techniques using pro- Bachelor of Science Requirements grammer supplied logic and the RPG logic cycle. Data- A 30 hour minor in the Division of Natural Sciences base file definition and processing. Use of the program- and Mathematics is required and must be approved by ming utilities SEU and SDA. Prerequisites:CM111. the department chairperson. At least 20 of these hours CM 121 COBOL Programming (3) must be selected from one discipline. (NOTE: Transfer An introduction to programming typical business ap- students must complete at least nine upper division plications in COBOL. Emphasis on the fundamentals of hours in computer information sciences from Washburn structured program design, coding, testing, and docu- University.) mentation. Prerequisites: CM 111. Bachelor of Arts Requirements CM 170 FORTRAN Programming (3) Transfer students must complete at least nine NOTE: Analysis, design, documentation, coding, and testing upper division hours in computer information sciences structured programs written in the FORTRAN language. from Washburn University. Prerequisites: CM 111 and MA 116. NOTE: for the proposed partial schedule, see CIS Web- site or CIS Department. CM 212 Microcomputer Techniques (3) Concepts and techniques involved with the applica- COURSE OFFERINGS tions of microcomputers. Popular IBM PC compatible applications software will be used to demonstrate the CM 100 Basic Computer Concepts and Applications (3) topics presented. This course does not apply toward CIS This course is for the student who has little of no knowl- departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM edge of how to use a computer. General computer edu- 101 or CM 110. cation designed to provide students with basic computing and Internet knowledge and skills needed to understand, CM 229/AR 229 Web Graphics I (3) use, and analyze the application of computers in a world Design and publication of an attractive and effective engulfed with technology. This course does not apply homepage using graphic editing and web authoring toward CIS departmental major requirements. Prerequi- software. Focus will be on use of color, images, icons, site: None text and layout. This course does not apply toward CIS departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet (3) 101 or consent of instructor. Overview of computer hardware, software, applications, and social implications. Emphasis on literacy and hands- CM 231 Comp. Organization/Assembler Language (3) on experience as well as an introduction to the Internet, Introduction to logical computer organization and archi- including history of the Internet, how the Internet works, tecture. Topics include: Machine level representation and using the tools to access resources on the Internet. of data, Assembly level machine organization, Memory The course provides an introduction to word process- system organization and architecture, Interfacing and ing, spreadsheets, database, and presentation software. communications, and Functional organization. Prerequi- This course does not apply toward CIS departmental sites: CM 111. major requirements. Prerequisite: Not eligible for credit CM 244 The C Programming Language (3) if one has/is enrolled in CM110 or CM211. Not open to An introduction to the C programming language and the students with credit in BU250. use of C for applications. All aspects of the C language will be covered including syntax, data types, control 107 structures, operators, data structures, pointers, and file tures in algorithmic problem solving, basic computability input/output. Prerequisites: CM 111. theory, and proof techniques. Prerequisites: MA 206 and CM 245. CM 245 Contemporary Programming Methods (3) A study of programming methodology using an object- CM 310/MA 310 Introduction to oriented language. Topics include design with classes, Operations Research (3) implementation of basic data structures, recursion, lan- A study of the techniques and topics that are the founda- guage design and translation, event-driven programming, tion of operations research. Topics will include: linear, fundamentals of 2-D graphics, and software testing. integer and dynamic programming, queuing theory and Prerequisites: CM 111. project scheduling. Prerequisites: CM 111 or CM 170, and MA 142 or MA 151, and MA 145 or MA 261. CM 261 Networked Systems I (3) Theory and practice of networking: Network standards, CM 313 Business Data Communication and ISO reference model, switching techniques, and proto- Networking (3) cols LAN installation and configurations. Prerequisites: Terminology and concepts of data communications. CM 231. Hardware involved, protocols, networks, introduction to layered architectures. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 225, CM 262 Data Communications and Computer EC 201, and 54 hours. Networks I (3) Theory and practical applications of local area networks. CM 322 Operating Systems (3) Course will also cover the interconnection to other net- The basic principles of operating system function and works. Prerequisites: CM 231 and (MA 141 or MA 151). design and an in-depth study of the standard UNIX shells and shell scripting. Topics include: processes CM 280 Operating Systems Job Control Language (3) and dispatching, kernels, virtual memory, concurrence, Operating systems, multi-programming, multi-processing, multithreading, memory management, file systems and multi-tasking, spooling, resource allocation, schedul- the UNIX shells. Prerequisite: CM 231. ing, virtual storage, and effective systems utilization via unique job control languages. IBM OS type operating CM 325 Computational Methods (3) system for mainframe computers is the emphasis. Pre- The study of the use of the computer for simulation requisites: (CM 121 or CM 244) and CM 231. models. The statistical and mathematical models most commonly used in simulation are discussed. Prerequi- CM 295 Web Graphics II (3) sites: CM 307. Continuation of CM220/AR229, Web Graphics I, focus- ing on the use of advanced features of programs and CM 331 Computational Intelligence (3) languages such as Dreamweaver and Paint Shop Pro. An introduction to the tools, techniques and problem Students will create original graphics for a web site final areas of artificial intelligence. These topics include: project. This course does not apply toward CIS depart- knowledge representation and reasoning; search and mental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM229/ constraint satisfaction; history and ethical questions; AR229. logic and deduction; uncertainty and planning. Prerequi- sites: CM 307. CM 298 Special Topics for Non-Majors (1-3) Directed study in an area of information science at the CM 332 Data Mining (3) lower division level. This course does not apply toward The study of problem solving through the analysis of CIS departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: data. Topics include ethical issues, input design, knowl- Consent of instructor. edge representation, and basic data mining algorithms including decision rules and trees, statistical and linear CM 299 Special Topics (1-3) models, and clustering techniques. Prerequisites: CM Directed study in an area of information science at the 307 and MA 140 or consent. lower division level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. CM 333 Software Engineering (3) CM 306 File Structures Using COBOL (3) Study of disciplined approaches to the production of Design and implementation of file structures commonly quality software products and an examination of some accessed in business application programming. Discus- social and professional issues related to software pro- sion of the function of theoretical data structures which duction and use. Topics covered: software requirements can normally be accessed as pre-existing routines. Top- and specifications, lifecycle models, design, validation ics to be covered include: table and array processing; and evolution of software, project management, CASE string processing; sequential, relative, and indexed se- tools, as well as social and ethical considerations such quential file organization; linked and inverted lists; stacks as intellectual property, risks and liabilities, and privacy. and queues; binary trees; full screen handling; embed- Prerequisites: CM 307 or CM 335. ded SQL for database access. Prerequisites: CM 121. CM 335 Advanced Application Programming and CM 307 Data Structures and Algorithmic Analysis (3) Design (3) An introduction to basic algorithmic analysis and algo- Advanced topics in application programming and design rithmic strategies. Topics include mathematical analysis using state of the art design techniques and implementa- of the time/space complexity of algorithms, algorithmic tion language. Topics include design and implementation strategies such as greedy algorithms, divide-and- of alternative file structures and supporting data access conquer, and dynamic programming algorithms, the use methods; user interface design and implementation; of graphs, trees, priority queues, and other data struc- exception handling. Prerequisites CM 245. 108 CM 336 Database Management Systems (3) CM 390 Special Topics in Computer Science (1-4) Conceptual and physical database design, database Directed study in an area of Computer Science or Infor- implementation, and database systems. Topics include: mation Systems. Prerequisites: 54 hours and consent of traditional file management systems versus database instructor. systems, information modeling, alternative data models such as relational and object oriented, data manipulation, CM 400 Systems Analysis Internship (1-6) Systems analysis, design, and programming in an transaction management, integrity and security. Prereq- information processing environment. Evaluation of uisites: MA 206 and (CM 307 or CM 335). performance will be the joint responsibility of the college CM 337 Systems Analysis and Design (3) and user supervisors. Enrollment requires real prom- The life cycle of a systems project and characteristics ise in the information systems area, a minimum grade of systems in general. Information gathering meth- point average of 3.2 in computer science courses, and a ods, communication techniques, and the nature of the well-rounded background in computer science. Prereq- decision making process. Defining logical and physical uisites: 21 hours in Computer Information Sciences with requirements through the use of various manual and a minimum of 12 hours earned at Washburn, Declared automated (CASE) documentation tools and techniques Major in Computer Information Sciences, and consent of such as data flow diagrams, entity relationship diagrams, instructor. decomposition diagrams, class models, behavioral mod- els, and prototyping. Prerequisites: CM 336. CM 401 Systems Analysis Cooperative I3 (1) Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- CM 341 Information Security: Technical Issues (3) mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- In-depth examination of technical issues associated with mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and information security. The tools and techniques neces- user supervisors. Consent for enrollment will be granted sary to provide information security will be discussed in only to those students who have shown real promise in class and investigated in the laboratory whenever pos- the computer science area, have a minimum grade point sible. Risks and threats to information security will also average of 3.2 in computer science courses, and have a be discussed. Prerequisites: CM 261 and CM322. well-rounded background in computer science. Prerequi- sites: 12 hours in Computer Information Sciences earned CM 342 Information Security: Managerial Issues (3) at Washburn, Declared Major in Computer Information An in-depth examination of the administrative aspects Sciences, and consent of instructor. of Information Security and Assurance. This course provides the foundation for understanding the key issues CM 402 Systems Analysis Cooperative II (1) associated with protecting information assets, determin- Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- ing the levels of protection and response to security inci- mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- dents, and designing a consistent reasonable information mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and security system, with appropriate intrusion detection user supervisors. Prerequisite: CM 401. and reporting features. Prerequisites: Junior standing or consent of instructor. CM 403 Systems Analysis Cooperative III (1) Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- CM 361 Networked Systems II (3) mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- Network security and management; encryption and mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and compression algorithms; wireless computing. Special user supervisors. Prerequisite: CM 402. emphasis on the TCP/IP protocol suite as used on the web. Prerequisite: CM 261. CM 410 Special Topics in Information Science (1-4) Selected topics, announced in advance, for in-service CM 362 Data Communications and Computer teachers, graduate students in Education and upper divi- Networks II (3) sion majors. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Provide an overview of emerging networking technolo- gies and services. Prerequisites: CM 262. CM 416 Ethics and Information Technology (3) In-depth examination of how ethical theories may be CM 363 Computer Networks (3) used to evaluate moral problems related to information A comprehensive introduction to computer networks, em- technology. Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of phasizing network protocols and algorithms. Coverage instructor. includes LANs, Fiber Optic and Satellite Networks. The CM 431 Knowledge Based Information Systems (3) course will be organized around the ISO model. Prereq- Knowledge Based Information Systems (KBIS) combine uisites: CM 361. operational data with analytical tools to present complex CM 370 Software Project Management (3) and competitive information to planners and decision- Exposure to project management software; review of makers. The objective is to improve the timeliness and speakers for business area as well as completion of quality of inputs to the decision process. This topic will multiple projects using project management software. be discussed from the perspective of DSS (Decision Prerequisites: CM 307. Support Systems) and its associated technology. Em- phasis will be placed on acquiring the skills necessary for CM 371 Topic in Future Networks and Computers (3) the effective and strategic application of DSS and KBIS This course will review the current status of networks and technology to assist in the decision making process. computers and survey developments which will occur Prerequisites: 54 hours and consent of instructor. during the next five years. Prerequisite: CM 361.

109 CM 444 The UNIX Operating System (3) the teaching mission. The economics faculty is commit- Introduction to the structure, commands and utilities ted to offering a high quality baccalaureate economics of the UNIX operating system. The development of program that provides students with not only a broad shell programs, systems administration tasks, and the general education background but also a thorough required hardware environment for UNIX will be covered. professional education. The economics program offers Prerequisites: CM 307. courses in the University’s general education program as well as required and elective courses in other programs CM 463 Networking: Fundamentals and Design (3) on campus, including those offered by the School of A comprehensive introduction to network design, Business. protocols, and implementation issues. This course is designed primarily for graduate students and non-CIS Learning objectives for the economics majors. This course does not apply toward CIS depart- concentration: mental major requirements. Prerequisites: ED 250 or Upon completion of the major in economics, students CM 101 or CM 211. will be able: • to find facts and interpret them consistent with eco- CM 467 CIS Capstone Project (2) nomic thinking; This course is designed to provide closure for Computer • to demonstrate an understanding of how decision Information Sciences majors. Group projects will be makers allocate scarce resources to achieve eco- assigned which allow the student to analyze, design, nomic efficiency; and implement systems. The student will be provided • to apply economic tools to analyze decisions made an opportunity to assimilate and synthesize those skills by consumers, firms, and policy makers; and acquired during the course of study for the major. Credit/ • to use economic models to analyze the impact of No Credit Only. Prerequisites: CM 333 and CM 336. various fiscal monetary, and trade policies on a na- CM 468 CIS Senior Seminar (1) tion’s economy. This course is designed to provide closure for Computer THE MAJOR Information Sciences majors. The student will be provid- ed an opportunity to assimilate and synthesize the knowl- The economics major in the Bachelor of Arts degree edge acquired during the course of study for the major, is designed to provide the student with an understand- culminating in a comprehensive written exam. Credit/No ing of the principles and institutions governing economic Credit Only. Prerequisites: CM 333 and CM 336. decisions made by households, businesses, and govern- ments. This type of knowledge, combined with studies CM 531 Computational Intelligence (3) in related areas, provides an appropriate background for An introduction to the tools, techniques, and problem employment in financial and non-financial business firms areas of artificial intelligence. These topics include: and governmental agencies. It also provides a solid ba- knowledge representation and reasoning; search and sis for graduate study in economics, business and public constraint satisfaction; history and ethical questions; administration, urban planning, international studies, and logic and deduction; uncertainty and planning. Prerequi- law. sites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a CM 532 Data Mining (3) major in economics must meet the University require- The study of problem solving through the analysis of ments for the degree and, in addition, take MA 141 data. Topics include ethical issues, input design, knowl- Applied Calculus I or a higher level calculus course edge representation, and basic data mining algorithms and take at least twenty-four (24) hours in econom- including decision rules and trees, statistical and linear ics. At least fifteen of the twenty-four hours offered for models, and clustering techniques. Prerequisites: the major must be represented by courses numbered Graduate standing and consent of instructor. 300 or above. The calculus course and the twenty-four hours of economics offered for the major must be taken co n om i c s E on a graded basis and a grade of “C” or better must be Website: http://www.washburn.edu/business earned. Degree Offered The following courses must be included within the Bachelor of Arts – Economics twenty-four hours: Economics 200, 201, 211, 300, and 301. A grade point average of 2.0 is required before Henderson Learning Center, Room 114 enrollment is permitted in Economics 300 and 301. (785) 670-1308 Candidates for the degree are encouraged to elect Professor Russell Smith courses in mathematics, political science, history, sociol- Professor David Sollars ogy, psychology, and philosophy. Students planning Associate Professor Jennifer Ball graduate study in economics are strongly urged to take Associate Professor Paul Byrne the BA degree with a minor field of concentration in Associate Professor Robert Kerchner mathematics. Associate Professor Sungkyu Kwak Associate Professor Dmitri Nizovtsev THE MINOR Associate Professor Rosemary Walker The minor in economics can be earned by candi- dates for any bachelor’s degree offered by Washburn Mission University. The economics faculty has approved the The mission of the economics program is teaching following requirements for the optional minor: (1) and instruction, supported by faculty involvement in basic Economics 200 and 201, (2) nine hours of economics and applied research as well as research that supports 110 courses numbered 300 or above, and (3) an approved Mission course in statistics. Please see the current advising Consistent with the mission of the University and sheet for the minor in economics for further details. the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Honors in Economics Education is committed to preparing educators to work Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree, with in rural, suburban, and urban settings, and to educating a major in Economics, may qualify for Honors in leaders and professional specialty practitioners for lead- Economics provided the following criteria are met: ership roles in schools and other community settings. It 1. accumulate a GPA of at least 3.50 in all economics is our goal to ensure that all preservice and inservice courses applied to the BA degree, and educators are provided with numerous clinical and field- 2. demonstrate superior research and/or independent based experiences, are knowledgeable of curricula and study skills while enrolled in Economics 405, and pedagogy, receive accurate advising, and are provided 3. be approved for honors designation by a two-thirds with the educational supports necessary to be successful vote of the School of Business faculty. and reflective practitioners. In fulfilling conditions (2) and (3), the student will be DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCIPLINE expected to provide any academic data requested Education as a discipline is concerned with the and to provide the School with an extra copy of professional and pedagogical knowledge required of written work prepared for credit in Economics 405. effective and reflective teachers. In the process of Written notice of intent to graduate with honors acquiring professional knowledge, candidates become must be submitted by the student to the Office of the aware of the psychological, historical, philosophical, and Dean, School of Business early in the semester in social foundations upon which the discipline rests. From which the student expects to graduate. This written a pedagogical perspective, candidates become proficient notice is separate from any reporting requirements in the skills and knowledge that allow them to organize in place when Economics 405 is taken as part of learning environments, and plan and implement instruc- the Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) tion that ensure all children and youth have opportunities program . to learn. COURSE OFFERINGS Student Learning Outcomes Course offerings are listed in the School of Business Washburn University professional education candi- section of the catalog. dates, upon graduation, are expected to have: Note: Both the economics major within the B.A. • demonstrated the ability to use the central con- degree and the economics major area of concentration cepts, tools of inquiry, and structures of each dis- within the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) cipline he or she teaches and create opportunities degree program, as well as the minor in economics, are that make these aspects of subject matter mean- administered by the economics faculty within the School ingful for all students; of Business. Course descriptions and further informa- • demonstrated an understanding of how individu- tion are found in the School of Business section of the als learn and develop intellectually, socially, and catalog. See, also, the subdivisions under Economics in personally and provide learning opportunities that the index. support this development; • demonstrated the ability to provide different ap- d u c a t i o n E proaches to learning and create instructional Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education/ opportunities that are equitable, that are based on developmental levels, and that are adapted to di- Degrees Offered: verse learners, including those with exceptionalities; Associate of Arts - Early Childhood Education • acquired the ability to understand and use a variety Bachelor of Education – Elementary Education of appropriate instructional strategies to develop Masters of Education (see graduate programs) various kinds of students’ learning including critical Carnegie Hall, Room 202 thinking, problem solving, and reading; (785) 670-1427 or 670-1437 • acquired the ability to understand individual and group motivation and behavior as a means to cre- Professor G. Daniel Harden ate a learning environment that encourages positive Professor Judith McConnell-Farmer social interaction, active engagement in learning, Professor Michael Rettig and self-motivation; Professor Mary Shoop Professor Sandra Winn Tutwiler • used a variety of effective verbal and non-verbal Associate Professor Donovan Cook communication techniques to foster active inquiry, Associate Professor Timothy Fry collaboration, and supportive interaction in the Assistant Professor Carolyn Carlson classroom; Assistant Professor David Pownell • planned effective instruction based upon the Professor Gloria Dye, Chairperson knowledge of all students, community, subject mat- Instructor Lee Anne Coester ter, curriculum outcomes, and current methods of Lecturer Bob Goodwin teaching reading; Lecturer S. Yvette Jenkins • acquired the ability to understand and use formal Ms. Tara Porter, Licensure Officer and informal assessment strategies to evaluate and 111 ensure the continual intellectual, social, and other ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (Can be aspects of personal development of all learners; taken before or after formal admission) • evaluated the effects of his or her choices and Formal Admissions Courses actions on others (students, parents, and other Block A professionals in the learning community), actively ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum seek out opportunities to grow professionally, and ED 302 Exceptional Learners or SE 476 Psychology of participates in the school improvement process the Exceptional Student (Kansas Quality Performance Accreditation [QPA]); ED 330 Teaching Social Studies • fostered collegial relationships with school person- ED 337 Social Studies Practicum nel, parents, and agencies in the larger community ED 335 Creative Experiences to support all students’ learning and well-being; ED 385 Foundations of Education or ED 472 Issues in • demonstrated the ability to integrate across and Modern American Education within content fields to enrich the curriculum, develop reading and thinking skills, and facilitate Block B ED 305 Language and Literacy all students’ abilities to understand relationships ED 310 Teaching Mathematics between subject areas; ED 315 Teaching Science • acquired the ability to understand the role of tech- ED 317 Math/Science Practicum nology in society and demonstrates skills using PE 310 Elem/MS Health/PE instructional tools and technology to gather, ana- lyze, and present information, enhance instructional Block C practices, facilitate professional productivity and ED 320 Teaching Reading communication, and help all students use instruc- ED 325 Teaching Language Arts/Children’s’ Literature tional technology effectively: and ED 327 Literacy Practicum • used the historical, philosophical, and social foun- ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners dations of education to guide educational practices. Professional Semester ED 400 Understanding the School REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS ED 405 Classroom Management Students must meet degree and licensure requirements ED 420 K-6 Student Teaching and in place at the time they obtain formal admission to the ED 415 5-8 Student Teaching OR teacher education program. Students seeking a teach- ED 430 Student Teaching Birth-Grade 3 OR ing license will complete courses in three areas: general SE 456 Special Ed Practicum I education courses, professional education courses, and specialty courses appropriate for a specific professional General Education Requirements license. Arts and Humanities Bachelor of Education (B.Ed.) in EN 101 Freshman Composition Elementary Education EN 300 Advanced Composition (Teaching Emphasis) The K-6 teaching program prepares students to CN 150 Public Speaking teach in kindergarten through sixth grade classrooms. Art, Music or Theatre Arts Elective The licensure program is organized so that students are English or Philosophy Elective able to complete a second license in one of five areas Social Sciences at the same time they complete preparation for the K-6 HI 111 U.S. History I OR license. HI 112 U.S. History II These licensure areas include: HI 100 Early World History OR Early Childhood Unified (Birth-Grade 3) HI 101 Changing World History OR Middle School English/Language Arts (Grades 5-8) HI 102 Modern World History Middle School Mathematics (Grades 5-8) GG101 Introduction To Geography OR Middle School Social Studies (Grades 5-8) GG102 World Regional Geography As a final option, students may complete coursework PO 106 Government of the United States OR leading to a provisional license in Adaptive Special PO 107 or American State and Local Government Education Grades K-6. Candidates for degrees and AN 112 Cultural Anthropology licenses in these areas are advised by the Faculty of EC 100 Introdcution To Economics the Department of Education. See an advisor for spe- cific licensure requirements or visit the Department of Mathematics and Natural Sciences Education website. MA 116 College Algebra http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education MA 228 Math for Elem. Educators PS 126 Physical Science for Elem. Ed. K-6 Licensure Requirements-Professional BI 100 Introduction to Biology Education BI 101 Introductory Biology Lab Pre-admission Courses Physical Education ED 150 EPIC PE198 Lifetime Wellness ED 200 Educational Psychology Computer Information Sciences CM 101 Computer Comp. Or Equivalent 112 Courses for Early Childhood Unified Emphasis HI 111 U.S. History 1 OR HI 112 U.S. History 2 ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education AN 112 Cultural Anthropology ED 343 Infants and Toddlers ED 345 Practicum in Infants and Toddlers Mathematics and Natural Sciences MA 116 College Algebra ED 367 Curriculum in Preschool Education PS 126 Physical Science for Elementary Education OR ED 369 Practicum in Preschool Education BI 100 Introduction to Biology (Gen Ed Emphasis) and SE 460 Exceptionalities in Early Childhood BI 101 Biology Lab ED 376 Family, School, & Community SE 420 Educational Planning for Children and Youth Physical Education ED 353 Assessment and Evaluation PE 198 Lifetime Wellness PE 271 First Aid Courses for Middle School English/Language Arts Emphasis Computer Information Sciences EN 330 Survey of American Literature CM 101 Computer Comp or Equivalent EN 133 Stories Around the World EN 310 Modern English Grammar In cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School, the EN 320 Young Adult Literature following courses will be waived for students graduating ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level from the KATS program in Child Care: ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education Courses for Middle School History Emphasis ED 161 Essentials of ECE I HI 111 U.S. History I and HI 112 U.S. History II ED 162 Essentials of ECE II HI 100 Survey of Early World History and HI 101 Chang- KATS transfer credit – 14 credit hours ing World History HI 322 Kansas History Content-Specific Licensure Programs HI 303 Colonial America or Any 300 Level History Washburn offers course work and clinical experi- ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level ences leading to subject specific teaching licenses. Courses for Middle School Mathematics Emphasis These programs are delivered collaboratively between MA 140 Statistics the Department of Education where students complete MA 117 Trigonometry professional education courses, and College of Arts and MA 141 Applied Calculus I Sciences Departments offering content in a teaching ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level licensure area. Students major in the content area they MA 320 Math for Middle School wish to teach, and in most instances, receive a degree from the specific content area department. Students Courses for Adaptive Special should consult with their content area advisor for degree Education Emphasis (K-6) requirements and the Department of Education advisor SE 420 Educational Planning for Special Education for and licensure requirements. Content areas, level SE 430 Methods and Materials for Special Education of license, degrees and Department-contacts are listed SE 440 Individual and Group Management below. Associate of Arts (A.A.) - Early All Levels Prekindergarten - Grade 12 Childhood Education Art BFA Mr. Lasley French BA Ms. Vogel Professional Education German BA Ms. Vogel ED 150 EPIC Music (Vocal/Instru/Gen) BM Dr. Hunt ED 160 Introduction To Early Childhood Education Phys Ed B.Ed Dr. Wohl ED 161 Essentials of ECE I Spanish BA Ms. Vogel ED 162 Essentials of ECE II ED 243 Infants and Toddlers in ECE Programs Early-Late Adolescence -Grades 6-12 (Secondary) ED 245 Practicum in Infants and Toddler Education Biology BA/BS Dr. Jander ED 200 Educational Psychology Chemistry BA Ms. Salem ED 267 Curriculum in Preschool Ed. English/Lang. Arts BA Dr. Faulkner ED 269 Practicum in Preschool Ed. History/Gov’t BA Dr. Goossen ED 261 Techniques in Early Childhood Guidance and Math BA Dr. Mower Classroom Management ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum Professional Education (Pre-admission Courses) ED 150 EPIC PE 271 First Aid ED 200 Educational Psychology General Education Requirements ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (Can be taken before or after formal admission) Arts and Humanities EN 101 Freshman Composition Formal Admissions Courses CN 150 Public Speaking ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum Art, Music, or Theater Elective ED 302 Exceptional Learners OR Literature, Philosophy, or Foreign Language Elective SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student ED 385 Foundations of Education OR Social Sciences ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology ED 350 General Secondary Methods OR 113 ED 3xx Methods of Teaching (in the specific content area) file a declaration of Certification/Teacher-Licensure Form ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners with the Department of Education. Students seeking RD 484 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas a degree at the P-12 or secondary levels should file a Declaration of Major form with their content specific Professional Semester department (e.g., English, Music, Mathematics, etc.). ED 400 Understanding the School Students pursuing P-12 and secondary level licensure ED 405 Classroom Management only should file a Declaration of Certification/Teacher ED 410 Secondary Student Teaching or Licensure Form with their content specific department. ED 440 P-12 Student Teaching Completion of these forms is followed by assignment of a General Education Requirements content specific advisor and a Department of Education Students should consult with an advisor in the content advisor who will assist students through program specific department to ensure that they enroll in general completion. education courses that meet both teacher licensure Students may view the Suggested Program of Study requirements, as well as general education courses for all licensure programs on the Department of required for graduation in the major. Education Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/ Major/Licensure Content Requirements education/ Students should consult with an advisor in the content Admission to Teacher Education: specific department to ensure that they enroll in con- tent specific courses that meet both teacher licensure All students seeking a conditional teaching license requirements and course requirements for the major. In must be formally admitted to the teacher education pro- addition, students should consult with a Department of gram. See the Department of Education or the teacher Education advisor to ensure that the professional educa- education advisor in the content area of interest for an tion requirements are met. application. Applications are reviewed five times a year. Deadlines for submission of application materials are Licensure Only October 1, December 1, March 1, May 1, and August 1. Students holding a baccalaureate degree (BA or BS) Upon review of application materials, the Undergraduate from an accredited institution may complete require- Admissions Committee will either recommend or deny ments leading to a specific teaching license without admission to a professional teacher education program. completing a second baccalaureate degree. All general Applicants will be notified in writing regarding their ad- education requirements will be met, except those that are missions status. Candidates not admitted must resubmit supportive to and/or prerequisite for courses required by an application for subsequent admission reviews. a specific teaching license. Students with a baccalaure- ate degree should meet with a teacher education advisor Requirements: in the content area department of their interest, and/or Degree Seeking Students the Licensure Officer in the Department of Education for 1. Completion of 24 credit hours of Approved General an evaluation of transcripts and development of a plan Education with a 2.75 grade point average. The for completion of courses leading to a teaching license. 24 credits must include: EN 101, MA 116, a social Transfer Students science general education course, and a natural science general education course. The additional Students transferring from a two or four year institu- twelve hours should be selected from approved tion should meet with a teacher education advisor in general education courses. A minimum grade of C is the content area department of their interest, and/or the required in EN 101 and MA 116. Licensure Officer in the Department of Education for an 2. Completion of ED 150 and ED 200 with a grade of C evaluation of transcripts and development of a plan for or better in ED 200. program completion. Transfer students will be expected 3. Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher; to complete requirements for a Washburn baccalaureate a 2.75 grade point average in the pre-admission degree. Additionally, all transfer students, regardless of profession education courses ; and a C or better in the number of credit hours accepted, will be expected to all content specialty courses completed by students complete a residency requirement that includes enroll- seeking admission to all programs. ment in ED 150, EPIC. 4. Completion of the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) Endorsements with minimum scores of: Writing 172; Reading 173; Teachers who are licensed to teach in Kansas and Mathematics 172. may pursue a second teaching license at Washburn. 5. Submission of a University Professor Recommenda- Interested teachers should contact the Licensure Officer tion form and the EPIC I Supervisor Evaluation. in the Department of Education for a review of licensure Outstanding Early Childhood Education Student requirements and the development of plan for program Licensure Only Students completion. 1. Completion of ED 150 and ED 200 with a grade of C Advising or better in ED 200. 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher; a Students seeking a B.Ed or A.A. degree should file a 2.75 grade point average inthe pre-admission profes- Declaration of Major form during the first semester of ma- sion education courses ; and a C or better in all con- triculation at Washburn or as soon as they decide to pur- tent specialty courses completed by students seeking sue a teaching license with the Department of Education. admission to all programs. Students seeking an elementary teaching license should 114 3. Completion of the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) Washburn Tranformational with minimum scores of : Writing 172; Reading 173; Experience (WTE) and Mathematics 172. Completion of a WTE is required for all students who 4. Submission of a University /Professional Reference enter Washburn University in the Fall of 2006 or later form and the EPIC Supervisor Evaluation. and who are seeking their first baccalaureate degree. ADMISSION TO STUDENT TEACHING Exception: Students entering Washburn University in the In order to receive appropriate consideration for Fall of 2006 with at least 64 hours of transfer credit are student teaching and to facilitate placement of student exempt from this requirement. See specific details in the teachers the deadline for student teaching applica- WTE section of this catalog. tions shall be the last Friday of the first full month of COURSE OFFERINGS the regular semester preceding the student teaching semester. Applications will be accepted only from stu- ED 150 Educational Participation in the Community dents who have been formally admitted to the profes- (E .P .I .C .) (1) sional teacher education program. To be eligible for Supervised school-based field experience in Pre K - student teaching, students must a) have filed a Student secondary school settings designed for potential teacher Teaching Application by the end of the first full month of candidates to investigate teaching as a profession. A the semester prior to the student teaching semester; b) minimum of 35 hours in an assigned school setting have completed all professional education requirements required. Orientation to the Washburn teacher education with a grade of C or better; c) have a cumulative profes- program included during university classroom sessions. sional education grade point average of 2.75 or better, Concurrent enrollment in ED 200 required. Pass/fail a specialty grade point average of 2.75, and an overall only. cumulative grade point average of 2.5; d) must be ap- ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) proved by the Department of Education. This course encourages students to explore their suit- PROGRAM COMPLETER PERFORMANCE ability for a career in early childhood education through Colleges which prepare teachers are required by the academic class work and observation of children from U.S. Congress to make public annual reports summariz- birth through third grade. In addition to child develop- ing performance of program completers. The information ment, birth through age 10, students develop a working below summarizes performance of students completing knowledge of the history, philosophy, theories, goals the Washburn University Teacher Education Program and practices of educating young children in educational during the 2006-2007 academic year. settings.. ED 160 is a prerequisite for all other early Pass Rate: childhood education courses. Principles of Learning and Teaching 94% ED 161 Essentials of Early Childhood Education I (4) Content Area Tests 98% Six competency areas of the Child Development Associ- DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS ate (CDA) Program are covered: safety; health; learning Students seeking a teaching license who have met environment; physical development; cognitive skills; and all requirements for formal admission to the Professional communication skills. Both CDA and non-CDA students Teacher Education Program are eligible to apply for will be required to participate in field experiences in early department scholarships. Scholarship application forms childhood settings and to prepare individual portfolios are available in the Department of Education Office. that document proficiency in each of these areas. Pre- See the Department Website for a complete list of requisite: ED 160. scholarships. ED 162 Essentials of Early Childhood Education II (4) DEPARTMENT AWARDS A continuation of ED 161 covering six additional compe- Each semester the Department of Education faculty tency areas of the Child Development Associate (CDA) recognize student achievements through the following Program (creativity; self-concept; social skills; guidance; awards: family; program management; and professionalism). Outstanding Early Childhood Education Student Prerequisite: ED 160. Award ED 200 Educational Psychology (3) Julia Etta Parks Outstanding Elementary Student The purpose of this course is for students to develop a Teaching Award working knowledge of theories, concepts and models Outstanding Secondary Student Teacher Award derived from the discipline of psychology, as they apply Robert R. Dunwell Award for an Outstanding Future to teaching, learning, and other aspects of educational Educational Administrator practice. In addition to theories of learning, motivation, and intelligence, students study child and adolescent Recipients of these awards have their names en- development. Students also address social, cultural, and graved on permanent plaques in the Department of family influences on human behavior and human devel- Education Office and receive individual plaques in rec- opment as well as the experiences of diverse student ognition of their outstanding teaching performance. Each populations in school settings. Concurrent enrollment in semester undergraduate students who have completed ED 150 (EPIC I). the Professional Teacher Education Program with a 3.5 ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (3) An overview of professional expectations of teachers. Students will be introduced to an overview of 115 professional expectations of teachers. Students will also room. Instructional strategies and appropriate resources be introduced to a variety of teaching models; processes for various exceptionalities are explored in detail. Pre- for developing short and long term teaching plans; and requisite: ED 200 and admission teacher education. strategies for assessing student learning. A review of influences of P-12 students’ individual, family, and ED 305 Language and Literacy (2) An overview of language development and the relation- community characteristics on the teaching and learning ship of oral language and literacy. Students learn to process will be explored. The process for developing a assess and stimulate oral language development and professional portfolio is also included. A minimum of 24 emergent literacy skills. Prerequisite: Admission to hours of school/community field experiences is required. teacher education. Prerequisite: ED 150 and ED 200. ED 310 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary ED 243/343 Infants and Toddlers in Early Childhood School (3) Education Programs (3) One course in the unified block in the teaching of math- This course integrates all aspects of developmental early ematics and science. Investigates general content and care and education of children from birth to age three, teaching strategies for each strand of the elementary which includes child growth, development, and learning. mathematics program. Problem solving and mental Prerequisite: ED 160; ED 200. Concurrent enrollment in computation will be integrated and the development and ED 245/345. use of manipulatives will be stressed. Current curriculum ED 245/345 Practicum in Infants and Toddlers trends and the role of will be explored. Prerequisites: Education (3) Admission to teacher education and a grade of “C” or This course provides students with opportunities to apply better in both MA 116 and MA 228. the knowledge and concepts of child development with children from birth to age three. Prerequisite: ED 160; ED 315 Teaching Science in the ED 200. Concurrent enrollment in ED 243/343. Elementary School (3) One course in the unified block in the teaching of math- ED 261 Techniques of Early Childhood Guidance and ematics and science. Methods and materials for teach- Classroom Management (3) ing knowledge, processes, and applications in physical, In this course students will learn ways in which healthy earth and life sciences will be developed. Emphasis will development is fostered within developmentally appro- be placed on activity-oriented programs. Prerequisites: priate child guidance. Techniques and typical guidance Admission to teacher education , PS 126, BI 100, and BI procedures appropriate for children from birth through 101. age eight will be explored through readings, class discus- sion, and observations in group settings. Prerequisites: ED 317 Math/Science Practicum (2) A supervised field experience in the teaching of math- ED 160 and ED 200 or permission of instructor. ematics and science in the elementary grades. Prereq- ED 267/367 Curriculum in Preschool Education (3) uisite: concurrent enrollment in ED 310 and ED 315, and The overall purpose of this curriculum development admission to teacher education. course is to explore teaching/learning strategies and how to support and encourage children in the development of ED 320 Teaching Reading in the cooperation, creativity, cognition (literacy, mathematics, Elementary School (3) The theory and practice of teaching reading including science and social studies), and motor skills in develop- word attack, comprehension, and study skills. Special mentally appropriate curriculum. Prerequisites: ED 160, emphasis is given to the use of basal and other instruc- 200, 243/343, and 245/345. tional materials in regular and special reading classes. ED 269/369 Practicum in Pre-School Education (3) Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. A supervised field experience in a pre-school setting and a seminar exploring child development issues. This ED 324 Curriculum and Methods of Elementary course includes planning, teaching, and assessing devel- School Physical Education (4) Methods in planning, presenting, and administering a opmentally appropriate activities for preschoolers in field physical education curriculum in the middle and elemen- placements. Prerequisites: ED 160, 200, 343, 345, and tary schools. Cross-listed as PE 324. permission of the instructor. Concurrent enrollment in ED 267/367 and 268/368. ED 325 Teaching Language Arts and Children’s Literature (3) ED 300 Integrating Technology in the Curriculum (3) The theory and practice of teaching oral and written com- This course is designed to equip early childhood, el- munication skills. Special emphasis is given to the inter- ementary, and secondary preservice teachers with the relationship between literature for young people and the necessary skills to develop instructional practices that language arts skills of listening, speaking, reading and will allow them to incorporate technologies successfully writing. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. in their classrooms. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education, CM101 (or equivalent), MU123 or PE333, ED 326 Methods in Secondary School PE (3) ED200. Methods in planning, presenting, administering, and evaluating physical education for middle and secondary ED 302 Teaching Exceptional Learners (3) school teachers. Cross-listed as PE 325. A survey of the characteristics and educational needs of all types of exceptional learners, with particular emphasis given to those students included into the regular class-

116 ED 327 Literacy Practicum (2) ED 353 Assessment and Evaluation in Early A supervised field experience in the teaching of literacy Childhood Education (3) skills in the K-6 classroom. Prerequisite: Admission to Students in this course will learn how to assess and eval- teacher education. uate young children’s development and learning. Typical assessment procedures appropriate for children from ED 330 Teaching Social Studies through Integrated birth through third grade will be studied. Techniques Curriculum (3) will be developed to record children’s behavior individu- This course includes content, methods, and learning ally and in group settings. Prerequisites: Admission to theory for effective social studies instruction. Methods teacher education. for integrating social studies instruction with other con- tent areas, including the arts will be addressed. Special ED 355 Principles of Vocational Education and attention is given to methods which promote critical Student Organizations (3) thinking abilities necessary for participation in a diverse The development and role of vocational education in democratic society. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher public education, the federal vocational education leg- education. islation, and the development of student organizations. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. ED 335 Creative Experiences in Elementary and Middle School (2) ED 362 Methods of Teaching English in the This course explores various elements of aesthetics in- Secondary Schools (3) cluding art and music. The relationship of such activities The study of and practice in the methods of teaching lit- to the teaching/learning environment is also developed. erature, language, and writing, in the secondary schools. The use of creative activities to enrich other content Major concerns include teaching theory; the relationship areas is given special attention. Prerequisite: Admission between oral and written language; language develop- to teacher education and concurrent enrollment in ED ment; language used in various social, regional, and 330 and ED 337. cultural settings; curriculum development and evaluation; and the assessment of students’ progress in reading and ED 337 Social Studies Practicum (1) writing. Students participate in a field-based experience One course in a unified block in the teaching of social at various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to studies and aesthetics. This course requires students teacher education and permission of the instructor. to develop and teach social studies lessons in the el- ementary school classroom. Prerequisite: Admission to ED 363 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in the teacher education. Secondary School (3) Principles and methods of teaching the process and ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in a Middle Level content of secondary school mathematics. Includes Environment (3) emphasis and training in general mathematics, algebra, Understanding the unique nature of middle level educa- geometry, as well as advanced mathematics. All stu- tion will be the focus of this course. Based upon read- dents who enroll in this course participate in field based ings, field experience, and class discussion, students will teaching experiences at various secondary schools. Pre- study the nature of adolescent development, curriculum requisite: Admission to teacher education and permission and instruction, programs and collaborative interactions of the instructor. that support an effective middle school program. Prereq- uisite: Admission to teacher education. ED 366 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School (3) ED 350 General Secondary Methods (3) Principles and methods of teaching the process and con- Extensive laboratory and simulated classroom experienc- tent of the social studies. Includes emphasis and training es with field-based observation. All secondary majors in locating information, developing instructional units, are required to have at least one methods course, and and using instructional aids. All students enrolled in this this course fills the basic requirement when a “special course participate in field-based teaching experiences at area” methods course is unavailable. All students who various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to enroll in this methods course participate in a field-based teacher education and permission of instructor. teaching experience at various secondary schools. Pre- requisite: Admission to teacher education. ED 368 Methods of Teaching Foreign Language (3) Principles and methods of teaching foreign languages. ED 352 Methods of Teaching Science in the Extensive laboratory and simulated classroom experi- Secondary Schools (3) ences with field experiences with field based observa- Principles and philosophy of science education; develop- tion. Discussion of problem situations observed in the ment of the secondary science curriculum; and organiza- classroom. Emphasis given to proficiency oriented tion, presentation, and evaluation of science in middle/ teaching of various target languages, developing instruc- secondary schools. Includes extensive laboratory and tional units, use of multimedia resources, and principles simulated classroom experiences as well as field based of foreign language testing. Prerequisite: Admission to observation and class-room participation. Prerequi- teacher education and permission of instructor. site: Admission to teacher education and permission of instructor. ED 375 Teaching Science in the Middle School (3) This course investigates basic content/pedagogy, and the importance of science in a middle school program. How students learn science and effective strategies including inquiry, use of technology, and laboratory 117 experiences will be investigated. Current curriculum assess and analyze problems and to provide appropriate trends will be explored and lessons will be developed instructional strategies for specific learning problems. based on national and state standards. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education and ED302 Admission to teacher education. or SE476. Concurrent enrollment in Language Arts Block for K-6 licensure candidates. ED 376 Family, School and Community Collaboration in ECE (3) ED 405 Classroom Management (1) Students will examine trends that promote inter-agency Various methods of managing classrooms and student and interdisciplinary approaches to serving the needs of behaviors within diverse learning environments. Prereq- young children and their families. The role of the teacher uisite: Admission to student teaching. or other education-focused entity of a program will be examined in terms of primary service providers and in ED 410 Secondary Student Teaching (12) Directed and supervised teaching of content in 6-12 terms of team membership at local, state and federal classrooms. Students are assigned to Topeka and levels. Skills that foster communication and cooperation neighboring schools for a period of twelve weeks. Not among families of various cultures will be studied. Pre- available for graduate credit. May be taken on a Pass/ requisites: Formal admission to teacher education. fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropriate ED 380 Elementary Art Education (3) professional education courses, and teaching specializa- Study of the artistic development of children, practice tion courses, and admission to student teaching. with art materials, techniques, and concepts appropriate to the elementary grades including planning and presen- ED 415 5th - 8th Grade Student Teaching (4) Directed and supervised teaching of content in 5-8 class- tation of art lessons. Production, aesthetics, criticism, rooms. Students are assigned to Topeka and neighbor- and history of artworks is emphasized as the basis for ing schools for a period of six weeks. Not available children’s growth in art learning. Cross-listed as AR 380. for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/fail basis ED 381 Craft Techniques in Middle and Secondary only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropriate profes- Schools (3) sional education courses, middle school teaching content The artistic development of jr. and sr. high art students courses, and admission to student teaching. and how it relates to technical/artistic skills. Safety and health hazards of the public schools art room. Hands-on ED 420 K-6 Student Teaching (8 or 12) Directed and supervised student teaching for a minimum experience with metalry, papermaking, fibers, and earth- 8 weeks in a K-6 classroom. Not available for graduate enware craft processes. The philosophy, traditions, and credit. May be taken on a pass/fail basis only. Prerequi- current position of crafts in the art world. Cross-listed as sites: Completion of appropriate professional education AR 381. and K-6 licensure courses, and admission to student ED 382 Methods and Philosophy in Art Education (3) teaching. Examination of historical and current theories or art education, the development of personal philosophy of art ED 425 Observation and Supervision (1) Supervised teaching in a P-12 classroom. This course education, and the determination of curriculum goals and may be taken for graduate credit and may be repeated. objectives. Effective teaching methods for lesson plan- It is required for students with a restricted teaching ning, presentation, and evaluation are studied. Cross- license who are completing licensure requirements at the listed as AR 382. Prerequisite: Admission to program. graduate level. Prerequisite: Permission of the depart- ED 385 Foundations of Education (3) ment chair. A survey course describing the social, cultural, historical, and philosophical bases of American education. Encour- SE 420 Educational Planning for Children and ages students to develop a professional perspective Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Preschool/ based upon an understanding of essential educational Elementary (3) Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling foundations. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher educa- procedures to structure the learning environment for tion. pre-school and elementary students with learning and ED 400 Understanding the School (2) behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment Seminar course taught in conjunction with Student of procedures for laws and regulations, regular class Teaching (ED 410, 415, 420and 430). This course is de- integration, student and teacher time management, class signed to help students to synthesize their understanding scheduling, grading practices, and student/program of schools, to reflect upon their student teaching experi- evaluation. Prerequisite: ED 302. ence, and to integrate educational theory and practice. Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. ED 430 Student Teaching in Birth - Grade Three (4) Directed and supervised student teaching in a kinder- ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners (2) garten through grade three educational setting. Not This course is designed to assist the preservice teacher available for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/ in understanding how to identify, assess, plan and teach fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropri- individuals who are struggling in their learning. Pre- ate professional education and Birth-Grade 3 licensure service teachers will survey problems that block some courses, and admission to student teaching. students from successful achievement in reading, writing, math and general learning tasks. The preservice teacher will develop the knowledge and skills necessary to

118 SE 430 Methods and Materials individual portfolios through data collection, adminis- for Special Education (3) tration and interpretation of multi-sources educational Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- information, test results, and personal records to develop al methods including affective and learning behaviors, appropriate curriculum. Stresses use of data in the selection and adaptation of materials to support student development of individual educational plans. (A fee may learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular be assessed to cover the cost of consumable materials.) education classroom. IEP development. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: ED 302. ED 302. ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education (3) ED 440 Student Teaching in Grades P-12 ( 12) Critical analysis of contemporary problems and issues in Directed and supervised student teaching in grades Pre- American education. Consideration of historical, socio- Kindergarten through grade 12 educational setting. Not logical, and philosophical foundations affecting problems available for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/ and issues included. This course is part of the graduate fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropri- core. It may also be taken for undergraduate credit. ate professional education and Birth-Grade 3 licensure courses, and admission to student teaching. ED 474 Special Topics in Education (1-3 hrs) (3) Courses in special topics that will vary from semester to SE 440 Individual and Group Management for semester and will be announced in advance. ED 474 Children and Youth with Mid-Moderate Disabilities (3) may be taken for more than one semester. Prerequi- Principles and applications of individual and group site: permission of the Department Chairperson and the management techniques for children and youth with mild/ instructor. moderate disabilities. Topics addressed include various theoretical approaches, practical techniques, and as- RD 484 Reading in the Content Areas (3) A study of the specific reading skills relating to the vari- sessment procedures. Prerequisite: ED 302. ous disciplines found in middle and secondary schools. ED 444 Art in the Elementary/Middle School (3) This course addresses the philosophy that the effective Understanding the purpose behind the creative process content teacher includes the teaching of reading as an as it applies to teaching and evaluating art produced essential element for affecting the content. Emphasis by the child. Relates various art experiences to the is given to the importance of pre and post assessment student’s developmental and emotional level. Applies of students’ reading skills and abilities, comprehension elementary, middle, and secondary art experiences to strategies, thinking and study skills, readability of materi- the “regular” classroom. Prerequisite: permission of als and collateral reading. This course is required for all instructor. middle school and secondary school majors in the State ED 450 ESL Methods and Cross-Cultural Communi- of Kansas. This course may be taken for undergraduate cations (3) and graduate credit. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher Emphasis on practical methods of teaching English as a education and permission of instructor. Second Language and strategies for working with speak- ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology (3) ers of other languages. Includes a review of resource Critical examination of historical, sociological, philosophi- materials, lesson planning, and in-class teaching practice cal foundations and implications of the implementation as well as an analysis of problems posed by conflicting and use of technology in an educational setting. Prereq- cultural and language habits. May be taken for under- uisites: ED 300 and permission of instructor. graduate credit and EN 499 for graduate credit. May be taken for undergraduate or graduate credit. Prerequisite: ED 494 Philosophy of Education (3) Senior standing and permission of instructor. An historical and contemporary analysis of philosophical perspectives concerning the educational process. Devel- ED 456 Advanced Children’s Literature (3) ops and traces schools of educational thought in an effort Advanced survey and analysis of the literature written for to help students clarify their own educational philosophy, children through middle school with instructional applica- the relationship between educational philosophy and tions. A variety of literary forms explored with emphasis practice emphasized. May be taken for undergraduate on evaluation and development of specific strategies to or graduate credit. Prerequisite: senior standing and enhance reader/listener comprehension and apprecia- permission of instructor. tion. Emphasis given to planning lessons which incorpo- rate children’s literature in instruction across the curricu- ED 497 Independent Study in Education (1-3) lum. Prerequisite: senior standing. Intensive guided study in a special topic in education or early childhood education. Independent Study in Educa- SE 456 Special Education Practicum I tion is available only to candidates for teaching certifi- Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences cates. Prerequisite: admission to an approved program with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa- of study and written approval of the Chairperson of the tional settings which include pre-school/elementary age Department of Education. children. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. SE 460 Assessment in Special Education (Pre- GRADUATE PROGRAM IN School/Elementary School) (3) Survey and analysis of individual tests, curriculum-based EDUCATION (MEd) and ecological measures applicable to diagnosing and The Department of Education administers a Master planning instructional programs for children with mild/ of Education program. See Education, Graduate moderate disabilities. Emphasis is on development of Programs, in catalog index. 119 En g i n e e r i n g Tr a n s f e r Pr o g r a m Spring Semester MA 152 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II (5) Physics and Astronomy Department CH 152 Fundamentals of Chemistry II (5) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/physics/ PS 281 General Physics I (5) EG 116 Engineering Graphics (3) Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 Sophomore (785) 670-2263 [email protected] Fall Semester MA 153 Calculus and Analytical Geometry III (3) Lecturer and Coordinator Keith Mazachek PS 282 General Physics II (5) EG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) Engineering courses allow engineering transfer students CM Programming (Fortran or C++) to complete most of the program common to the first two CN 150 Public Speaking (3) years at most recognized schools of engineering. They Spring Semester also provide a background of application to theory for MA 241 Differential Equations (3) students majoring in mathematics and the physical sci- EG 351 Dynamics (3) ences. EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) Student Learning Outcomes PS 334 Thermodynamics (3) Students participating in the engineering transfer Humanities or Social Science Electives program at Washburn University, upon graduation, are expected to have: COURSE OFFERINGS • acquired an understanding of the different engineer- EG 105 Introduction to Engineering (3) ing disciplines and functions; Introduction to the professional role of an engineer with • acquired a solid foundation in mathematics, the sci- an orientation to the academic requirements of engineer- ences, and basic engineering necessary to further ing studies, responsibilities of engineering students and their engineering education; and professionals, discussion of various engineering careers, • developed the ability to progress from observations job site duties, professional development and registration to logical conclusions, applying analytical and criti- and engineering ethics. Included are problem definition cal thinking. and solution, engineering design and terminology and the role of technology and its influence on society. A joint “3-2” dual degree program with Kansas State University and the University of Kansas enables a EG 116 Engineering Graphics (3) student to earn both a Bachelor of Science in Physics, Elements of geometry of engineering drawing with em- Mathematics, Chemistry, or Computer Information phasis on spatial visualization and applications. Free- Sciences at Washburn University, and a Bachelor of hand sketching, dimensioning, and graphs. Computer Science in Engineering at either of the other universities. aided design and engineering analysis. Prerequisite: Three years are spent at Washburn University pursuing EG105 orconsent of instructor. the B.S. in one of the majors above. Upon satisfactory EG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) completion of this work, the student will be eligible for Vector notation; resultants of force systems; analysis of transfer to KSU or KU. Upon satisfactory completion of force systems in equilibrium including beams, frames additional work as agreed upon by the student, the advi- and trusses; analysis of systems involving friction forces; sory committee, and the chairperson of the department determination of centroids, centers of gravity, second involved, the student will receive the appropriate B.S. moments of areas, moments of inertia. Prerequisite: MA from Washburn University. Upon satisfactory comple- 151 and PS 281. tion of the requirements of the engineering school, the student will be awarded a B.S. in Engineering from that EG 351 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics (3) school. This program will normally take five years, but Displacement, velocity, and acceleration of a particle; depending upon the particular field of engineering, the relation between forces acting on rigid bodies and the time may vary. changes in motion produced; translation; rotation; motion A typical program of study for the first two years in a plane; solutions using the principles of force, mass is given below, but the student must meet with the and acceleration, work and energy, and impulse and Engineering Advisory Committee to secure program momentum. Prerequisite: EG 250 and MA 152. approval. EG 360 Mechanics of Materials (3) Freshman Elementary theories of stress and strain, behavior of materials, and applications of these theories and their Fall Semester generalizations to the study of stress distribution, defor- MA 151 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I (5) mation, and instability in the simple structural forms that CH 151 Fundamentals of Chemistry ((5) occur most frequently in engineering practice. Prerequi- EN 101 Freshman Comp (3) site: EG 250 and MA 153. EG 105 Introduction to Engineering (3) Physical Education

120 En g l i s h De p a r t m e n t Student Learning Outcomes English majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/english are expected to have • acquired a knowledge of major developments in Degrees Offered British, American, and World Literature; Bachelor of Arts - English Literature • developed an understanding of the multi-cultural Creative Writing dimensions of language and literature; English Education • developed an understanding of the grammars and Morgan Hall, Room 258 other aspects of language as media for communica- (785) 670-1441 tion, literature, and culture; and • mastered the ability to reflect this knowledge and Professor Howard Faulkner, Chair these understandings in analysis, creative thought, Professor Tom Averill and writing. Professor Jim Hoogenakker Professor Virginia Pruitt UNIVERSITY WRITING REQUIREMENTS Professor J. Karen Ray Professor Margy Stewart All students graduating from Washburn must take six Associate Professor Maureen Godman hours of composition courses, three at the freshman Associate Professor Mary Sheldon level and three at the junior level. Associate Professor Roy Sheldon Most freshmen will take EN 101: Freshman Composition. Assistant Professor Erin Chamberlain For those students who do not feel adequately prepared Assistant Professor Bradley Siebert for 101, the English Department offers EN 100: Assistant Professor Sarah Smarsh Developmental English. This course, taught by full-time Assistant Professor Danny Wade faculty members, offers smaller classes and individual Lecturer Karen Barron attention to students who need additional preparation Lecturer Dennis Etzel before attempting EN 101. Students are allowed to Lecturer Raylene Hinz-Penner decide for themselves whether they would feel more Lecturer Israel Wasserstein comfortable with the supplemental support that 100 Lecturer David Weed offers. This “directed self-placement,” however, can Mission be aided by consultation with members of the English Consistent with the mission of the University and the faculty, individual advisers, and advisers in CUSP. College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of English The second required composition course is EN 300: seeks to satisfy the needs and aspirations of three differ- Advanced Composition. This course, which is designed ent groups of students: to be taken in the junior year, prepares students for • those taking English to satisfy the University’s writ- advanced academic writing. In order to enroll in ing requirement Advanced Composition, student must take the placement • those taking English to satisfy general education examination (or have passed EN 200 with a C or better). Humanities requirements The placement examination is given twice during the • those taking English to satisfy major requirements school year—once in the fall semester and once in the in one of three undergraduate emphases: Litera- spring semester. Those students who are about to ture, Creative Writing, and English Education. begin their junior year should register for the placement exam. Students who write a successful essay on the Description of Discipline exam may then enroll in EN 300. Those students whose The department seeks to continue its rich history of writing indicates that they are not prepared for Advanced excellence in teaching, to nourish noteworthy creative Composition are placed in EN 200: Intermediate and scholarly publication, and to confirm its active and Composition for a semester of review. ongoing commitment to service in school, community, THE MAJOR and profession. Students majoring in English have three options. They English majors acquire skills and habits that serve may major in English with a literature emphasis or in them well in all occupations and professions. They can English with a writing emphasis or in English Education, read carefully, can write effectively, can exercise good where they will prepare to teach secondary English. The judgment in solving problems, and can flexibly adopt requirements for each of the emphases are as follows: different points of view. Familiar with great literature and writing, they can appreciate how human beings from dif- Literature Emphasis ferent cultures and/or from different times have used the I. Thirty-six hours required, including core require- literary arts to shape experiences thoughtfully and mean- ments, excluding English 101 and 300. The literature ingfully. English majors are encouraged to discuss career emphasis major’s field program should look as fol- possibilities with their advisor and with the chairperson of lows: the department. Core Requirements The English department sponsors the Phi Rho EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) chapter of Sigma Tau Delta, the national English honor EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) society. Students should contact the chairperson for information regarding the Society.

121 EN 400 Senior Seminar (3) Students in the Writing emphasis should consider EN Choose four (at least one from each sequence) 384 Publishing Lab their capstone . EN 325 English Literature I (3) II. Within the Humanities offerings, one course numbered EN 326 Engllish Literature II (3) 102 or its equivalent in any modern foreign language. EN 330 American Literature I (3) EN 331 American Literature II (3) One course from the following MM 202 Basic Media Writing or EN 360 World Literature I (3) MM 320 Advanced Ne2aywriting or an equivalent. See EN 361 World Literature II (3) chairperson. Group A - Literary Forms (Choose one) EN 337 The Short Story (3) English Education EN 380 Modern Poetry (3) I. Thirty-six total hours required, including core require- EN 381 Drama (3) ments, but excluding English 101 and English 300 EN 382 Modern Novel (3) with the teaching emphasis. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools should consult with the Group B - Literary Periods (Choose one) English Education advisor in the department at an EN 370 Medieval Literature (3) early date. Students should also consult the Education EN 371 Renaissance Literature (3) Department section of the catalog regarding Admis- EN 372 Restoration and 18th Century Literature (3) sion requirements and Professional Education course EN 373 Romantic/Victorian Literature (3) requirements. The teaching major’s program should EN 374 Modern Literature (3) look as follows: EN 375 Contemporary Literature (3) Core Requirements Group C - Major Authors EN 325 English Literature I (3) EN 345 Shakespeare or another major author course EN 326 English Literature II (3) approved by the departmental chairperson. (3) EN 330 American Literature I (3) =36 total hours EN 331 American Literature II (3) II. Within the Humanities offerings, one course numbered EN 360 World Literature I (3) 102 or its equivalent in any modern foreign language. EN 361 World Literature II (3) One course from the following EN 300 (teaching emphasis) (3) Communication 150, 241, and 350; Theatre 101, 103, EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) 203. Students in the Literature emphasis should consider EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) EN400 their capstone course. EN 320 Lit for Young Adults (3) Writing Emphasis Group A - Literary Forms (Choose one) I. Thirty-six total hours required, including core require- EN 337 The Short Story (3) ments, but excluding English 101 and 300. The writing EN 380 Modern Poetry (3) emphasis major’s field program should look as follows: EN 381 Drama (3) EN 382 Modern Novel (3) Core Requirements EN 206 Introduction to Poetry Writing (3) Group B - Literary Periods (Choose one) EN 209 Introduction to Fiction Writing EN 370 Medieval Literature (3) EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) EN 371 Renaissance Literature (3) EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) EN 372 Restoration and 18th Century Literature (3) EN 315 Reading as Writers EN 373 Romantic/Victorian Literature (3) EN 384 Publishing Lab (3) EN 374 Modern Literature (3) Two of the following: EN 375 Contemporary Literature (3) EN 305 Advanced Fiction Writing Group C - Major Authors EN 306 Advanced Poetry Writing EN 345 Shakespeare or another major author course EN 307 Creative Nonfiction Writing approved by the departmental chairperson. (3) Choose four (at least one from each sequence) =36 total hours EN 325 English Literature I (3) II. Within the Humanities offerings, one course numbered EN 326 English Literature II (3) 102 or its equivalent in any modern foreign language. EN 330 American Literature I (3) Students must also take CN 150: Public Speaking. EN 331 American Literature II (3) Within the general education courses in Mathematics EN 360 World Literature I (3) and Natural Sciences students must take at least 3 EN 361 World Literature II (3 hours of Biology. Within the general education courses in the Social Sciences students must take one course Choose one from the following courses from the following: HI 101,102,111 or 112. Students EN 210 Mythologies in Literature (3) must have at least three hours of a course stressing EN 337 The Short Story (3) a multicultural approach, chosen from among the fol- EN 377 Science Fiction (3) lowing: EN110, 133, 360, 361, or AN 112. EN 360 and EN 378 Fantasy (3) 361 are already required, but students are encouraged EN 382 Modern Novel (3) to take other courses from this list. or an equivalent approved by the chairperson =36 total hours

122 III. Students may receive a certificate to teach speech

123

124 EN 320/520 Literature for Young Adults (3) EN 345/545 Shakespeare (3) The study of books read by young adults between the Students read, discuss, and write on some of Shake- ages of 12 and 18, covering the history of young adult speare’s poetry and a selection from the Comedies, literature, the relationship between children’s and young Tragedies, and Histories. Consideration of historical and adult literature, censorship and selection, and teach- cultural contexts of the plays, as well as their perfor- ing methods. Students taking the course as 520 will be mance history, will help us appreciate both the works and expected to write a paper of at least 20 pages, including the culture which inspired them. Graduate students will scholarly research, to supplement classroom activities. conduct primary research on topics of their choosing. The paper is to focus on one aspect of young adult litera- ture that has been considered in the course. EN 360/560 World Literature I (3) Readings in the great works of world literature in transla- EN 325/525 Survey of English Literature I (3) tion (from Europe, Asia, Latin America, Africa) from Major literary movement , major authors, and the careful ancient times to 1600. Students taking the course as 560 reading of masterpieces through the mid-eighteenth will write a paper of substantial length explaining how century. Students in 525 will write a fifteen-page paper knowledge of some aspect of world culture helps in the on selected works of a single author from the Middle understanding of a work discussed in class. Scholarly Ages, Renaissance, or 18th Century on a topic chosen in references must be included. consultation with the professor. EN 361/561 World Literature II (3) EN 326/526 Survey of English Literature II (3) Readings in the great works of world literature in transla- Major literary movements, major authors, and careful tion from 1600 to the present. Students taking the course reading of masterpieces from the Romantic period to the as 561 will write a paper of substantial length explaining present. Special attention will be given to the history of how knowledge of some aspect of world culture helps in the English language as a literary medium. Students the understanding of a work discussed in class. Schol- in 526 will write a fifteen-page paper, including schol- arly references must be included. arship, on selected works of a single author from the period. The topic will be arranged in consultation with EN 370/570 Medieval Literature (3) A survey of English literature in the Middle Ages with the instructor. special emphasis on the works of Chaucer. Special at- EN 330/530 American Literature I (3) tention to the contextual relationship of literature and the The course provides a survey of early American litera- thought and culture of the period. ture, from pre-Columbian legends through literature of 1850’s. Graduate students will be required to investigate EN 371/571 Renaissance Literature (3) A survey of the literature written from 1475 to 1660, fo- in depth one of the following areas: colonial literature, cusing on major poets and dramatists, such as Spenser, early national literature, or the literature of American Shakespeare, Jonson, Donne, and Milton, but also Renaissance. lesser-known writers such as Countess of Pembroke EN 331/531 American Literature II (3) and Aemilia Lanyer. Special attention to the contextual The course is a survey of American literature from Civil relationship of literature and the thought and culture of War to present in historical and generic contexts. It the period. Graduate students will write one short analyti- stresses close readings of individual texts of fiction, po- cal paper and a longer (15-20 pages) research paper on etry, and drama. Graduate students will select one major a topic of their choosing. The course also requires two author and examine his/her treatment in literary criticism class presentations on selected writers of the period, during last fifty years. drawing on current scholarly criticism.

126 GG 151 Urban Geography (3)

127 HL 277 Principles of Health Education and Promotion what happened in the past by examining records of hu- (3) man activity and interpreting them to produce a coherent This course is designed to familiarize the student with explanation of times and peoples different from our own. the purpose, function, organization and administration of Students in Washburn history courses are not passive health education and promotion services. Some areas recipients of information about the past, but active recon- to be discussed are history and philosophy of health structors of the past. They sharpen their skills in reading education, effective settings, behavior change theories, the record, critically thinking about what they find, and government initiatives, and ethics. Prerequisite: HL152 drawing conclusions. or PE198. Student Learning Outcomes HL 377 Critical Issues in Health (2) History majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, This course will focus on controversies surrounding a are expected to have: wide range of current health science and personal health • developed familiarity with the broadest patterns of issues. When confronted by differing opinions and points United States and World History; of view, it is necessary to use critical thinking skills to • developed an awareness of the character of the comprehend, evaluate and make decisions in the face historical discipline and its applied and vocational of uncertainty. Pros and cons of selected issues will be dimensions; presented through readings, lectures, class discussions • applied the understanding of the broad patterns and both oral and written presentations. Prerequisite: of history to an in-depth examination of significant HL152 or PE198 or equivalent. historical issues for three cultural areas identified HL 477 Health Education and Promotion Program by the department (United States, Europe, Non- Planning and Evaluation (3) Western); and This course is designed to study the fundamental • demonstrated mastery of the discipline’s scholar- concepts, models, theories and strategies pertaining ship. to health education and promotion program planning and evaluation. Students will gain practical knowledge THE MAJOR and will be expected to develop a comprehensive, Students majoring in history must have a minimum theory-based strategy for delivery of a health promotion of 33 hours in history with a grade of C or above, at program, as well as provide for appropriate evaluation least 15 hours taken at Washburn. Students must take mechanisms throughout the program. Prerequisites: HL 15 hours of lower division history, which will consist 277 and HL 377. of the three World History courses (HI 100, 101 and 102), and the two US surveys (HI 111 and 112). Upper Hi s t o r y division requirements are 12 hours with at least one Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/history course in each cultural tradition: American (303-329); Email - [email protected] European (330-347, 380-383); non-Western (354-370). Demonstration of the mastery of historical research Degree Offered and writing is required by a grade of C or above in HI Bachelor of Arts – History 395, History Forum, and HI 399, Historical Methods and Henderson Learning Center, Room 311 Research. Majors must also demonstrate additional (785) 670-2060 competence in one of two ways: a second major, or an Fax - (785) 670-1084 established minor. In declaring a major in history, students will be Professor Thomas Prasch, Chair assigned an advisor and develop a departmentally- Professor Rachel Goossen approved plan for graduation. The department recog- Assistant Professor Bruce Mactavish nizes a maximum of 3 hours history credit through CEEB Associate Professor Kim Morse Advanced Placement. Departmental honors are offered Associate Professor Alan Bearman to those majors attaining a 3.5 in History, a 3.2 GPA Assistant Professor Yongtao Du overall, and an A in the capstone HI 399 course. Assistant Kerry Wynn Lecturer Daniel Glenn THE MINOR Students may minor in history by applying to the Mission department and being assigned an advisor, who will Consistent with the mission of the University and the arrange a course sequence in conformity to department College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of History requirements. A minor will consist of at least 15 credit exists to develop the learning skills of enrolled students hours and include a balance between introductory survey and impart to them an informed awareness of the past, courses and upper level work. Minors may be multicul- to encourage the professional development of its faculty, tural, may concentrate in one of the principal historical and to contribute the professional expertise of its faculty traditions, or may be organized around a central theme. in service to the academy and its constituency. All course work is to be graded. Description of the Discipline Preparation for Teachers Each scheduled history course has a common objec- Students desiring to be certified in secondary social tive, namely that students enrolled are engaged in “doing studies at Washburn must major in history and follow one history.” Each course challenges students to imagine of the following curriculum outlines:

128 (ALSO PLEASE NOTE: all teaching licenses in the the study of the past, and familiarizes them with records state of Kansas have been revised. Students planning to of American experiences. It exposes students to politi- pursue a teaching license should consult with an advisor cal, economic, social and intellectual forces shaping prior to enrolling in courses.) the American heritage and contributing to the nation’s development. First semester: origins of settlement Curriculum Outline for the US History, US through Reconstruction; Second semester: emergence Government, and World History Program; 57 of an urban, industrial society after the Civil War to the semester hours are required . present. Core Courses HI 300/500 Topics in History (1-3) HI 111 History of the U.S. I (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be HI 112 History of the U.S. II (3) announced in advance. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. HI or con- HI 100 Early World History (3) sent. HI 101 Changing World History (3) HI 102 Modern World History (3) HI 303/503 Colonial America to 1763 (3) HI 395 History Forum (3) Study of the age of exploration and the establishment of PO 106 Government of the U.S. (3) the original colonies. Emphasis will be given to the Brit- PO 107 American State and Local Government (3) ish colonies of the western hemisphere, but the course HI 399 Historical Methods and Research (3) will also include those colonies of other nations as they Upper division U.S. History (6) affect American growth and development. It will include Upper division European History (3) a broad treatment of social, political, economic and intel- Upper division non-Western History (3) lectual forces to 1763. Prerequisite: 3 hrs HI or consent. Required Additional Courses in Social Science HI 304/504 American Revolutionary Period, 1763-1789 Selected upper division Political Science (6) (3) Economics (EC 200) (3) An examination of the problems of Great Britain and Anthropology 112 (3) the colonies following the French and Indian War. The Geography (GG 102) (3) causes of the American Revolution as well as the events Students seeking certification to teach must also be for- resulting from it will be studied in detail. The critical pe- mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher riod, the writing of the Constitution and the laying of the Education Programs and adhere to the Education De- foundations of our government by the Federalists will be partment’s requirements for teacher certification. For ad- analyzed. Prerequisite: 3 hrs HI or consent. mission requirements, see EDUCATION in this catalog. HI 307/507 The American Civil War: 1848-1877 (3) COURSE OFFERINGS A survey of the sectional crisis beginning with the conclu- (Courses marked with

THE MAJOR Majors must complete a total of 40 hours. This includes a variety of core course requirements, courses Ma s s Me d i a in a selected area of emphasis, and elective offerings chosen in consultation with an advisor. All majors must Advertising, Electronic Media, Public complete a 15-22/hour minor. Upon completion of the Relations, Media Writing and Publishing minor the student must fill out the appropriate minor form provided by the registrar’s office. Students must submit Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/massmedia the list of courses in the minor to the media advisor prior Degree Offered: to the completion of the minor. That list should be signed Bachelor of Arts by a minor advisor and be retained in the department file Henderson Learning Center, Room 316 for advising purposes. All majors must also complete CN (785) 670-1836 150 Public Speaking as part of their general education requirements. Professor Barbara DeSanto, Chair Professor Frank Chorba THE MINOR Associate Professor Charles Cranston The minor in Mass Media consists of 18 credit hours. Associate Professor Kathy Menzie Students must complete MM 100, 202, 300 and an addi- Assistant Professor Maria Raicheva-Stover tional 9 hours selected in consultation with a media advi- Lecturer Regina Cassell sor. A minor can be developed in advertising, electronic media, public relations, media writing and publishing or a combination of these areas.

134 On-Campus Laboratories MM 410 Broadcast Programming and Sales (3) Mass Media majors have the opportunity to gain MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) hands-on experience in electronic media, advertising, Department Electives (9) public relations, and print media at Washburn University. Supervised Learning Experience (3): (Any combination Instructional Media’s television studio, WUCT-CH 13 of the following for a total of 3 hours) cable channel, and public TV station, KTWU, provide MM 294 (1-3) Campus Media Practicum majors with broadcast experience. The Review newspa- MM 413 (1-3) TV Production Lab per and the KAW yearbook provide print media, advertis- MM 494 (1-3) Internship ing, and public relations opportunities. The writing and Total Hours = 40 design courses are taught in the Stauffer Mass Media computer lab. Public Relations The Mass Media degree with a public relations Internships emphasis prepares students to manage communica- Internships are required for most students. The Mass tion programs of public and private organizations. The Media faculty maintain a network of contacts with profes- curriculum emphasizes writing, communication theory, sionals in radio, TV and cable companies, newspapers, and skills including research, production, and desktop advertising and public relations agencies, and business publishing. The course sequence provides a traditional and professional organizations. Internships must be body of knowledge and skills needed by professionals, approved by the chairperson, in consultation with the as well as emerging information, issues and trends. advisor. Twenty-four hours of credit in the major must be MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) completed prior to the internship experience. MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) MM 210 Beginning Video Technologies (3) Advertising MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) The advertising emphasis in Mass Media prepares MM 319 Public Relations (3) students to work in either the creative or the business MM 320 Advanced Newswriting (3) side of advertising. The curriculum is a combination of MM 321 Publication Technology (3) mass media and business courses. In addition, students MM 322 Editing (3) are expected to minor in one of three areas: Electronic MM 400 Media Effects (3) Art, Business, Psychology. MM 420 Public Relations Campaigns (3) MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) Department Electives (6) MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) Supervised Learning Experience (3): (Any combination MM 321 Publication Technology (3) of the following for a total of 3 hours) MM 351 Mass Media Research (3) OR MM 294 (1-3) Campus Media Practicum BU 362 Marketing Research (3) MM 413 (1-3) TV Production Lab MM 352 Advertising (3) MM 494 (1-3) Internship MM 363 Promotions Writing

MM 400 Media Effects (3) Total Hours = 40 MM 432 Advertising Copy and Design (3) Media Writing and Publishing BU 360 Marketing (3) The media writing and publishing emphasis sequence MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) prepares students for careers as writers, reporters, edi- Department Electives (6) tors and layout designers, with newspapers, magazines, Supervised Learning Experience (3): (Any combination and wire services. The curriculum emphasizes writing, of the following for a total of 3 hours) reporting, editing, and layout and design. MM 294 (1-3) Campus Media Practicum MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) MM 413 (1-3) TV Production Lab MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) MM 494 (1-3) Internship MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) MM 320 Advanced Newswriting (3) Total Hours = 40 MM 321 Publication Technology (3) Electronic Media MM 322 Editing (3) The electronic media emphasis prepares students MM 400 Media Effects (3) who seek careers in production, performance, and MM 430 Feature Writing (3) broadcast management. Students in other fields may MM 431 Publication Layout and Design (3) wish to take courses in this area to prepare themselves MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) to serve as liaisons between members of their own field Department Electives (9) and professionals in the electronic media. The emphasis Supervised Learning Experience (3): (Any combination stresses hands-on production experience. of the following for a total of 3 hours) MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) MM 294 (1-3) Campus Media Practicum MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) MM 413 (1-3) TV Production Lab MM 210 Beginning Video Technologies (3) MM 494 (1-3) Internship MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) Total Hours = 40 MM 309 Broadcast Writing (3) MM 310 TV Production I (3) MM 311 Broadcast Performance (3) MM 400 Media Effects (3) 135 COURSE OFFERINGS MM 319 Public Relations (3) Survey and analysis of organizational practices in com- (Courses marked with

136 messages can have desired effects. Prerequisites: be invited to class to offer insight into career possibilities MM100, MM202 or consent. and interviewing tips. Prerequisite: Majors only, senior standing. MM 401/501 Media Analysis and Criticism (3) Discussion of various levels of media analysis and criti- MM 492/592 Independent Study (1-3) cism, including production analysis, sociological, feminist Investigates a mass media area of interest not covered in and ideological criticism of media form and content. regular courses. Involves producing research or creative Emphasis on news analysis and television criticism. projects. Prerequisite: consent of faculty and chairper- Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. son; majors only. MM 402/502 Kansas and the Media (3) MM 493/593 Special Topics (3) The study of the mass media in Kansas, how the media Special subject courses not covered in the department influences the state, and how the media professionals catalog listing. May be repeated when topics vary. Pre- in Kansas have influenced the development of media requisites: MM 100 or consent. industries. Prerequisite: MM100 or consent. MM 494 Internship (1-3) MM 410/510 Broadcast Programming and Sales (3) Experience and training in professional setting related to Study of the objectives of programming and sales in a mass media careers. Students are supervised by mass broadcast station, the strategies used to reach those media faculty member or chairperson and the sponsoring objectives, and the relationship between programming organization. Second semester junior or senior standing. and sales. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. A minimum of 12 hours per week. Twenty-four credit hours completed in the major. Prerequisite: Chairper- MM 411/511 Media Management (3) son’s approval, majors only. Basic concept of managing a broadcast station, a study of the various departments within broadcast organiza- MM 592 Independent Study (1-3) tions and how they interrelate, and an overview of the Investigates a mass media area of interest not covered in regulatory and technological landscapes that face broad- regular courses. Involves producing research or creative cast managers. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. projects. Prerequisite: consent of faculty and chairper- son; majors only. MM 412/512 TV Production II (3) Writing program proposals and scripts, taping with small MM 593 Special Topics (3) format television equipment, and audio and video editing. Special subject courses not covered in the department Prerequisite: MM 310. catalog listing. May be repeated when topics vary. Pre- requisites: MM 100 or consent. MM 413 TV Production Lab (1) Assisting with major campus broadcast production in MATHEMATICS and STATISTICS association with the Instructional Media, WUCT channel 13 and KTWU channel 11. Students may also undertake Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/math/ personal projects in consultation with a media advisor. Email - [email protected] May be repeated for a total of 3 hours. Prerequisite: MM Degrees offered 310 or consent. Bachelor of Arts - Mathematics MM 420 Public Relations Campaigns (3) Bachelor of Science - Mathematics Design and use of communication messages in a Morgan Hall, Room 275 comprehensive program of organizational persuasion. (785) 670-1491 Prerequisite: MM 319. Associate Professor Kevin Charlwood, Chair MM 430 Feature Writing (3) Professor Allan Riveland Article writing for newspaper and magazines. Prerequi- Associate Professor Larry Blumberg site: MM 202 or consent. Associate Professor Sarah Cook MM 431 Publication Layout and Design (3) Associate Professor Donna LaLonde Producing periodicals associated with business, industry, Associate Professor Mike Mosier and non-profit groups. Prerequisite: MM 321. Associate Professor Pat Mower Assistant Professor Hwa Chi Liang MM 432 Advertising Copy and Design (3) Assistant Professor Gaspar Porta Course involves planning, creation and production of Assistant Professor Jennifer Wagner advertising messages for various mass media. Prerequi- Lecturer H.C. Beckman site: MM 352 or consent. Lecturer Richard Driver MM 485 International Media Systems (3) Lecturer Bill Gahnstrom Analysis of the development, structure, and functions of Lecturer Evelyn Pitts media in other nations, and an examination of the role of Lecturer Janet Sharp communications in the international arena. Prerequisite: For department scholarships, please visit our MM 100, EN 300, or consent. website given above . MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) Mission Discussion and preparation of portfolio, audition tapes Consistent with the mission of the University and and resumes for use in the job search and/or making ap- the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of plication to graduate programs. Area professionals will 137 Mathematics and Statistics is dedicated to ensuring that Mathematics (Actuarial Science Specialization) all mathematics majors will obtain a comprehensive Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153), Mathematical Theory knowledge of mathematics in terms of content, problem of Interest (MA 250), Linear Algebra (MA 301), Applied solving, analytical skills, and abstract mathematical Statistics (MA 343), Mathematical Statistics (MA 344, reasoning. All mathematics majors will be able to com- MA 345), Regression Analysis (MA 346), Time Series municate their skills and knowledge effectively in writing Analysis (MA 348), Stochastic Processes (MA 347), and orally and will be able to make appropriate choices Actuarial Mathematics (MA 385), Accounting (AC 224, regarding the use of technology in the solution and pre- AC 225), Economics (EC 200, EC 201), Business/ sentation of problems. Insurance - BU 374, BU 381, and BU 483. Student Learning Outcomes General Requirements Mathematics students at Washburn University, upon General requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree graduation, are expected to have: or the Bachelor of Science degree are listed in the cata- • demonstrated an understanding of calculus and its log. See pages listed in the index. Graphics calculators use in problem solving; are required in all courses MA110 to MA153 inclusive. • demonstrated knowledge of basic probability and THE MINOR statistics; (optional minor for the Bachelor of Arts degree) • demonstrated an understanding of the concepts Students who exercise the optional minor in math- of linear algebra and their application to problem ematics will fulfill the fifteen hour requirement by taking solving; courses numbered MA 151 or above (excluding MA 206 • demonstrated knowledge of and an appreciation for and MA 228). Six of the hours must be at the upper divi- the foundations of mathematics; sion level. • used mathematical modeling to solve problems in mathematics and other fields; ASSOCIATE OF ARTS • acquired an understanding of the historical develop- The general requirements for an Associate of Arts ment of mathematics; and degree in Natural Sciences and Mathematics are listed in • acquired knowledge of technology and be able to the catalog. See Requirements Common to all associ- use it appropriately to solve mathematical problems. ate degrees, in the index. For a field of concentration in Mathematics, the twelve required hours are satisfied by THE MAJOR Mathematics courses numbered 151 or above (excluding The Mathematics Department offers three specialties MA 206 and MA 228). for mathematics majors. The course requirements for FOR A SUGGESTED INITIAL SCHEDULE FOR ALL each specialty are listed below. Note: Transfer students THREE SPECIALTIES, PLEASE SEE YOUR ADVISOR. must complete at least nine upper division hours in math- ematics from the Washburn Mathematics Department. COURSE OFFERINGS Mathematics (Courses marked with

139 discrete mathematics algorithms. Prerequisites: MA151 MA 330 Mathematical Models (3) or MA206, PH110 or PH220 or consent of instructor. Mathematical models will be constructed of real situa- tions in biology, economics, social science, or engineer- MA 228 Mathematics for Elementary Educators (4) ing. The mathematical results of these models will be The in-depth investigation of mathematical concepts interpreted in the context of the real situation. Models encounter2ed in grades K-8. Topics will be selected utilizing graph theory are emphasized. Prerequisite: from focus areas recommended by national professional MA207 or consent of instructor. mathematics teaching organizations and will include number theory, geometry, probability and statistics. MA 343 Applied Statistics (3) Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better in MA116 or MA123 Sampling, concepts of experimental design. Descriptive or two years of high school or junior high school algebra statistical techniques. Probability, random variables, and and one of the following: an ACT mathematics score distributions of random variables. Sampling distribu- of at least 25 (SAT quantitative score of at least 580) tions. Tests of significance. Point and interval estima- orequivalent knowledge as determined by the Mathemat- tion. Simple linear regression. Emphasis on developing ics Department. statistical thought, not just methodology. Prerequisite: MA142 or MA151; and, MA 140 or equivalent, or consent MA 241 Differential Equations (3) of the instructor. Methods for solving ordinary differential equations and systems of ordinary differential equations including MA 344 Mathematical Statistics I (3) Laplace transforms, series, numerical methods with ap- Probability, random variables and expectation, condi- plications. Prerequisite: MA153 or concurrent. tional distributions and stochastic independence, distribu- tions of functions of random variables. Prerequisites: MA 250 Theory of Interest (3) MA153 and MA343. Topics include measure of interest (emphasis on continu- ous nature), accumulated and present value factors, an- MA 345 Mathematical Statistics II (3) nuities, yield rates, sinking funds, and bonds and related An introduction to the theoretical framework of estimation securities. Prerequisite: MA151. and testing with emphasis on regression and correlation and on time series. Prerequisite: MA344. MA 271 Contemporary Actuarial Concepts (1) Current issues in Actuarial Mathematics with emphasis MA 346 Regression Analysis (3) on the releases of the Society of Actuaries. Includes Linear regression and correlation concepts and meth- practical application to solving problems of the type ods, multiple regression, curvilinear regression, applica- included in the Society of Actuary’s Course P. Prerequi- tions including use of statistical software. Prerequisites: site: MA153. MA140 or MA343, and MA151. MA 299 Special Topics in Mathematics (1-6) MA 347 Stochastic Processes (3) Directed study in some area of mathematics at the lower Generating functions, normal processes and covari- division level. ance stationary processes, Poisson processes, renewal processes, Markov chains, discrete time processes. Pre- MA 301 Linear Algebra (3) requisites: MA344. Algebraic structure of vector spaces, subspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. Eigenvalues, Eigenvec- MA 348 Time Series Analysis (3) tors, and applications. Prerequisite: MA153 or concur- Regression models with time series error, autocorrelation rent. function, spectral density, autoregressive and moving average processes, and seasonal time series; applica- MA 310/CM 310 Introduction to tions including use of statistical software. Prerequisites: Operations Research (3) MA344 and MA346. A study of the techniques and topics that are the founda- tion of operations research. Topics will include: linear, MA 349 Statistical Topics for Actuarial Science (1) integer, and dynamic programming, Queuing theory and Emphasis on topics in probability and statistics of special project scheduling. Prerequisites: CM111 or CM170, and importance to actuarial science students. Prerequisites: MA142 or MA151, and MA145 or MA301. MA343, MA344 or concurrent. MA 320 Mathematics for Middle School Teachers (3) MA 354 Modern Algebra (3) The in-depth investigation of mathematics concepts Algebraic structures of permutation groups, finitely gen- encountered in grades 5 – 8. Topics are selected from erated Abelian groups, factor groups, rings and fields and focus areas recommended by national professional their substructures. Prerequisites: MA153 and MA207, or organizations and state curriculum standards. Topics will consent of the instructor. be considered from both a historical and contemporary perspective. Upon successful completion of the course, MA 367 Modern Geometry (3) Geometries, including Euclidean and non-Euclidean, are students will have knowledge of the history of math- developed as axiomatic systems from a historical and ematics and understand how to integrate the history of experimental perspective. Prerequisite: MA151. mathematics into their teaching. Major topic areas will include: geometries, theory of functions, and discrete MA 371 Introduction to Real Analysis I (3) mathematics. In each of these areas appropriate tech- Sets and functions, properties of the real number system, nology and software will be utilized. Prerequisite: MA141 sequences, limits of functions and continuity of func- or equivalent. tions. Prerequisites: MA153 and MA207, or consent of the instructor. 140 MA 372 Introduction to Real Analysis II (3) industrial, medical or educational institution. The intern- Differentiation, the Riemann integral, sequences of func- ship study must provide a learning experience in the tions, infinite series, and series of functions. Prerequi- applications of mathematics or statistics. Prerequisite: site: MA371. Consent of Department Chair. MA 373 Applied Analysis (3) MA 450 Topics in Mathematics (1-6) The algebra, geometry, and calculus of vectors. Fourier Directed study in some area of mathematics at the expansions, the Laplace transformation. Oriented to- graduate level. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. ward applications in the physical sciences. Prerequisite: MA153. Mo d e r n La n g u a g e s MA 374 Introduction to Complex Variables (3) French, German, Spanish, Other Foreign Languages Theory of analytic functions, infinite series, Taylor and Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/ml Laurent expansions. Prerequisite: MA153. Email - [email protected] MA 376 Numerical Analysis (3) Degrees Offered Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, Bachelor of Arts numerical differentiation and integration, numerical meth- (French, German, Spanish) ods in differential equations and linear algebra. Oriented Licensure – Secondary Education toward machine computation. Prerequisites: MA241 and Morgan Hall, Room 375 CM170. Tel.(785) 670-1714 MA 381 History and Literature of Mathematics (3) Associate Professor Miguel Gonzaléz-Abellás (SP), Chronological development of mathematics, based on Chair the study of classical problems and proofs, biographies Assistant Professor Courtney Sullivan (FR) of mathematicians, literature and cultural analysis. Pre- Assistant Professor Gabriele Lunte (GE) requisite: MA151 or consent of instructor. Assistant Professor Sophie DeLahaye (FR) MA 385 Actuarial Mathematics (3) Assistant Professor Karen Díaz Reátegui (SP) Theory and application of contingency mathematics Instructor Carol Vogel (GE) in the area of life and health insurance, annuities and Lecturer Georgina Tenny (SP) sections from both the probabilistic and deterministic Lecturer Fernando Pezzino (SP) approaches. Prerequisites: MA250, MA344 or consent Mission: of instructor. Consistent with the mission of the University and the MA 387 Capstone Experience (2) College of Arts and Sciences to provide a liberal educa- Topics in mathematical modeling and other advanced tion as a force for continual learning, the Department topics requiring a background in calculus and linear of Modern Languages seeks to prepare students to be algebra will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in MA388 linguistically competent and literate in the culture(s) of (Capstone Research) is required unless permission is the countries studied. It offers majors and minors in granted by the department Chair. Prerequisites: MA151, French, German and Spanish as well as a one year (or MA152, MA153, MA301; and, a total of 19 or more hours two) in Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, and Russian, in order in mathematics/statistics (MA151 or above), at least 6 to meet the goals of our various constituencies. Thus, hours of which must have been completed at Washburn the Department aims to serve students who: University. Students must have attained junior or senior • major or minor in a foreign modern language standing to enroll in this course. • must fulfill the foreign language proficiency require- MA 388 Capstone Research (1 CR/NC) ment (BA degree) Students must complete an individual semester project • wish to combine foreign language with a profes- on a topic in the mathematical sciences under the guid- sional program, e.g. business ance of one or more faculty from the department. The • plan to teach; and project will require both a written and an oral component. • plan to go on to graduate school. Concurrent enrollment in MA387 (Capstone Experience) The Department of Modern Languages offers a is required unless permission is granted by the depart- Minor in International Studies and, in cooperation ment Chair. Prerequisites: MA151, MA152, MA153, with the School of Business, a Minor in International MA301; and, a total of 19 or more hours in mathematics/ Business . statistics (MA151 or above), at least 6 hours of which must have been completed at Washburn University; and, Student Learning Outcomes consent of the instructor. Students must have attained Modern Languages students at Washburn University, junior or senior standing to enroll in this course. upon graduation, are expected to have: • engaged in conversation: provide and obtain infor- MA 390 Seminar (1-3) mation, express ideas and emotions and exchange Directed study in some advanced area. Prerequisite: opinions in the target language, on a wide variety of consent of instructor. topics, at an advanced level with accurate pronun- MA 400 Internship in Mathematics or Statistics (1-6) ciation and intonation; A work experience in the area of mathematics and/or statistics performed in cooperation with a business,

141 • acquired the ability to understand, interpret, discuss is a cumulative process and any period of time away and explain in the target language a variety of writ- from the language is highly detrimental to develop- ten and spoken non-technical topics; ing and maintaining necessary skills in the language. • used with accuracy the grammar, syntax, and basic The department also strongly recommends study for a vocabulary and idioms of the target language; period of time in a country where the foreign language is • acquired the ability to understand relationships be- spoken (a summer or a semester) as a component of the tween historical and current practices and perspec- student’s preparation for the major. Substantial scholar- tives of the culture(s) where the target language is ships for study abroad are available each year from the used; and department and the International Education Committee. See INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS in this catalog. • acquired the ability to understand the institutions, In order to major in French, German or Spanish, history, social practices, literary tradition(s) and students must complete 30 hours of course work beyond culture(s) of the countries studied, including their courses numbered at the 100 level. The 30 hours of socio-historical background and/or their literary course work must include: significance; French majors: FR 311, 312, 331 plus 12 hours of Placement upper division course work. (FR 324, 326 and ED 368 are required for majors planning to teach.); Students beginning the study of a foreign modern lan- German majors: GE 311, 312, 331, 400 plus 12 guage who have had no more than 1 to 2 years in high hours of upper division course work. (GE 207 or GE school should enroll in the 101 level. Those who have 214, GE 324 or GE 326 and ED 368 are required for had 2 years of recent high school foreign modern lan- majors planning to teach.); guage instruction with a minimum grade of B are eligible Spanish majors: SP 311, 312, 331, 400 plus 12 to enroll in a 102 level class. Students with 3 to 4 years hours of upper division course work. (SP 324, 325 or of recent high school foreign language with a minimum 326, SP 331 and ED 368 are required for majors plan- grade of B may enroll at the 201 level. ning to teach.) On the basis of examination scores and consultation Nine hours of correlated course work are required of with the student, the department may grant 0, 4 or 8 all foreign language majors. These courses are selected credit hours for the CEEB Advanced Placement program. in consultation with an advisor. Students should request that their examination scores be All majors are required to present a portfolio after forwarded to the department chair. the 202 level course in each language. They are then If a student qualifies to enroll at a level higher than required to keep updating their portfolio which is then the 101, he or she can receive credit for the previous turned in as part of their grade in the 400 level course class(es) by departmental examination. In order to before graduation. This has the advantage of giving the do that, the student needs to discuss with the chair or department an initial assessment as well as an outcome the corresponding faculty member which course(s) he/ assessment. she wants to challenge, and then follow the procedure Transfer students and students desiring validation of mentioned in the Credit by Examination section of this foreign language competencies for teaching certification catalog. For example, if a student enrolls in FR201, he/ normally must take a minimum of 6 hours in the target she can receive credit for FR101 and FR102 (6 hours in language at the 300-level at Washburn. total) by departmental examination. However, in order Students whose native language is one of those to qualify, the student needs to do this during his/her first taught by the department may not enroll in or challenge semester at Washburn. 100 and 200 level courses by examination. Rules excluding freshmen and sophomores from junior-senior courses (numbered 300 and above) do not THE MINOR apply if the student’s preparation warrants placement at A minor in French, German, or Spanish requires 18 the upper division level. hours of course work beyond the 100 level. Study Abroad Opportunities Licensure to Teach The department offers semester or academic year The department regularly prepares students to meet direct exchange programs in Austria at the University of state licensure requirements for teaching grades P-12. Klagenfurt, in France at the University Blaise-Pascal in In addition to the usual requirements of the depart- Clermont-Ferrand, in Germany at the Fachhochschule ment, all students planning to teach must take ED 368 Osnabrück in Osnabrück, in Spain at the University of Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages and be for- Cantabria in Santander, and in Mexico at the University mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher of Monterrey (Magellan Exchange) and at different Education Programs. For admission requirements, see institutions through CONAHEC. Substantial scholarships EDUCATION in this catalog. are available for language majors and minors with a 3.0 GPA. THE MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS The Minor in International Business provides students THE MAJOR in the College of Arts and Sciences with the opportunity Students who plan to major in a foreign modern to gain an understanding of the special considerations language are encouraged to begin their language studies and implications of operating a business in a global as soon as they enter Washburn University, and should environment. Students completing the minor will have continue to enroll in at least one language course each an introduction to the basic economics, management, semester until graduation. Learning a foreign language and marketing principles as applied by business today.

142 Students will be exposed to the language and operation approved by the international business advisor. It is of business in a multinational and national environment. absolutely necessary that any international experi- The international business minor comprises three ence be approved by the international business components: required business and economics courses, advisor prior to engaging in such activity. required language courses, and a recommended inter- national experience. The specific requirements are as MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES follows: The curriculum for the Minor in International Studies • Course work requirement (21 hours) consists of three components: a foreign language, study abroad and course work. The specific requirements are BU 101 Introduction to Business* as follows: EC 202 Principles of Microeconomics • Foreign Language Requirement BU 355 International Business A minimum of 10 credit hours of a modern foreign EC 410 International Economics language beyond the 101 level. BU 466 International Marketing • Study Abroad Requirement • One additional cross-cultural course approved by Participation in at least a summer long study abroad the international business advisor. program in the country of the language studied. • AC 224 and AC 225 may be substituted for BU 101 • Course Work Requirement for purposes of this minor. A minimum of 12 hours of course work chosen from • EC 201 and EC 202 qualify for Social Sciences the following collaborative departments: English, general education credit. Candidates for the BBA History, Art, Political Science, Religion, Philosophy, degree cannot use Economics courses to fulfill the Anthropology and Sociology, Mass Media and the general education requirement. School of Business. The courses identified should focus on international topics. They should be cho- • Foreign Language Requirement (10 hours) sen in consultation with an advisor in the Depart- Students are required to complete ten (10) credit ment of Modern Languages. hours of a modern foreign language beyond the 101 • The following listing of courses are just ex- course. Six hours of foreign language may qualify amples: for Arts and Humanities general education credit. • PO 225 Intro. to International Politics • Recommended International Experience • PO 361 European Politics Students are strongly encouraged to participate in a study abroad program approved by the interna- • HI 102 World Civilization II tional business advisor If a study abroad program • HI 132 European Civilization II is not possible, an appropriate substitute may be • GG 102 World Regional Geography • AN 112 Cultural Anthropology • EC 410 International Economics • AR 310 Art of Asia • RG 102 World Religions • PH 202 History of Modern Western Philosophy • EN 360 World Lit I • EN 361 World Lit II • EN 133 Stories Around the World COURSE OFFERINGS (Courses marked with

FR 101 Beginning French I (4) Introduction to conversation, reading, grammar, and composition. Development of oral/aural skills. Particular emphasis on contemporary culture and social customs in the French-speaking countries. A tape program to de- velop phonological skills is a component of this course. Faculty member John Hunter discusses Offered fall semester only. No prerequisite scene development with theater students.

143 FR 105 Intensive Beginning French I and II (8) not count as credit toward the fulfillment of the major in Same content as FR101 and FR102 but accomplished the French language. in one semester of intensive study. Equal emphasis of the development of the four skills – listening, speak-

145 GE 315 Translation (3) GE 400 Senior Thesis (3-6) German-English and English-German translation of texts A major research project culminating in a thesis which from diverse areas. Focus on techniques of translating deals with a literary topic, or other topics as approved German prose texts and improving German grammar, by the thesis director. May be presented to the depart- syntax and the use of idioms. Prerequisite: GE 212 or mental faculty for consideration for departmental honors. consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Senior standing. GE 321 Business German (3) GE 574 Independent Study (3) Introduction to concepts, vocabulary and language Directed study. May be repeated. Prerequisites: admis- practices basic to doing business with German-speaking sion to the MLS program and consent of instructor. people. This course will include components to tie abstract concepts to realities of international business in GE 599 Special Topics (3) Study of individual authors or topics. May be repeated. Kansas. Prerequisite: GE 312 or consent of instructor. Prerequisites: admission to the MLS program and con- GE 324 German Civilization (3) sent of instructor. Study of geography, the visual arts, architecture, music, literature, the economy, customs, and politics from a Spanish historical perspective in order to understand present SP 101 Beginning Spanish I (4) conditions in German-speaking countries. This course Introduction to conversation, reading, grammar, and will examine these aspects of German civilization from its composition. Development of oral/aural skills. Particular beginning to the middle of the twentieth century. Prereq- emphasis on contemporary culture and social customs in uisite: GE 312 or consent of instructor. the Spanish-speaking world. A tape program to develop GE 326 Contemporary German and Austrian phonological skills is a component of this course. No Civilization (3) prerequisite. Continuation of GE 304;deals with the politics, the econ-

148 Lecturer Keith Mallory • provide cultural enrichment through music perfor- Lecturer Michael Averett mance for university, community, state, national and international venues. Mission Consistent with the mission of the University and the Admittance to Music Major Status College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Music’s All students must audition to be accepted into “Music Mission statement is: “Sharing a personal commitment Major” status in the Department of Music. Failure to au- to musical excellence.” dition prior to the 8th day of regularly scheduled classes Department of Music will result in automatic “non-major” status. Incoming students who are accepted into music major status are The department of music is a unit of the College immediately placed under music faculty advisement. of Arts and Sciences in the Division of Creative and Students accepted for “Licensure” will be required to Performing Arts. Our Mission Statement provides a complete all requirements for the music education de- window through which the music department views all gree as per the results of a transcript analysis. of its efforts in teaching, scholarship, research, and service. The music faculty engages in creative activi- Private Lessons (1-3 hrs) ties, research, and public performances as a means of Only Music Performance majors may enroll for 3 contributing to teaching effectiveness and to the exten- hours. Non-majors must pay an additional fee to enroll in sion of knowledge in the field of music. Through musical private lessons. The extra fee is equivalent to the current performances and sponsorship of musical activities, the resident undergraduate hour tuition rate for each hour music department enriches the cultural, aesthetic, and they enroll. All students who enroll in private lessons creative life of the university, community and region. As must present a performance jury at the conclusion of a department dedicated to presenting its accomplish- each semester of study. Accompanists are required for ments to the public, the music department plays a unique each semester jury. Prerequite: Non-majors must have role in promoting and enhancing the image and prestige consent of instructor. of the University. The music department prepares individuals for Membership in Large Ensemble careers and further study in the field of music, while pro- All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music candidates moting a lifetime of continuous learning and appreciation except Piano/Organ performance majors are required for music. Music courses in the Fine Arts are a vital part to participate in two large ensembles (band, orches- of the General Education program, which is the founda- tra, choir, etc.) each semester of full-time enrollment. tion for all undergraduate degrees. In addition, non- Percussion majors must enroll in percussion ensemble, majors have the opportunity to experience music making Woodwind and Brass majors must enroll in band, vocal through their participation in performance ensembles majors must enroll in Washburn Choir, string majors and/or private instruction. Students and members of must enroll in orchestra. Keyboard majors and concen- the larger community may enhance their appreciation trations must participate in Accompanying (MU 244/444) and enjoyment of music by attending live performances during each semester of full-time enrollment and must sponsored by the Department. show enrollment in both large and small ensembles prior The music department is fully accredited by the to graduation. Music education majors with a concen- National Association of Schools of Music (NASM), The tration in Keyboard may count accompanying as one of Kansas Department of Education, and the National their major ensembles. Music Education majors may Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). count only six hours of large ensemble credit toward The department of music utilizes the review and self- graduation. assessment required by these accrediting associations to achieve continuous improvement and accountability for Bachelor Of Arts Degree its various programs. Bachelor of Arts Degree in Music - 124 hours Student Learning Outcomes The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts Degree Music students at Washburn University, upon gradua- with a major in Music is designed for students seeking a tion, are expected to have: Liberal Education with a concentration in music. The de- • developed a lifelong appreciation and involvement gree does not carry departmental recommendation for a in music and the arts; teaching licensure. Students pursuing this degree must • developed the skills to perform professionally; complete the General Education requirements common • obtained the knowledge and skills to become to all Bachelor of Arts programs (with the addition of a licensed music teachers in the schools; correlate requirement in the Social Sciences of AN 120), and the following music requirements: • obtained the skills to pursue other music profes- sions (e.g., Music Business, Technology, Church General Education, 57 hours Music, Private Teaching, Composing, etc.); See General Education requirements, this catalog. • demonstrated an understanding of the importance Music Requirements, 40 hours of being involved in local, state, and national music MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) organizations; and MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) 149 MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) The Bachelor of Music degree with a Major in MU 316 Theory IV (3) Performance offers emphases in voice, brass, percus- MU 325 Music History I (3) sion, string, woodwind, piano, and organ. MU 326 Music History II (3) The Bachelor of Music Degree in Music Education Private lessons (8) offers three separate tracks for the aspiring educator: Group Piano (2) instrumental, vocal, and general (both instrumental and [Music participation in two ensembles each semester is vocal). Students receive licensure to teach PK-12 for required] their selected track. Large Ensembles (3) Freshmen who plan to pursue the Bachelor of Music Small Ensemble (1) degree should have acquired reasonable skill in music Music Electives (2) performance before enrolling at Washburn. Admission to the degree is by audition. The following requirements Private Lessons must be met by all candidates for both majors within the BA majors may enroll in no more than 2 hours of les- Bachelor of Music degree: sons each semester. All students enrolled in music les- sons are required to present a performance jury before a Private Lessons faculty panel at the conclusion of each semester of study. BA majors may enroll in no more than 2 hours of les- Students are required to provide their own accompanist sons each semester. All students enrolled in music les- for the jury. sons are required to present a performance jury before a Recital Attendance faculty panel at the conclusion of each semester of study. Students are required to attend 12 approved recitals Students are required to provide their own accompanist and concerts each semester for the first four semesters for the jury. of enrollment, for a total of 48 recitals. Failure to meet this obligation will result in probationary status being Rhythmic Proficiency Exam imposed during the fifth semester. All students must pass this exam to establish a mini- mum level of competency in rhythmic proficiency. Rhythmic Proficiency Exam All students must pass this exam to establish a mini- Recital Attendance mum level of competency in rhythmic proficiency. Students are required to attend 12 approved recitals and concerts each semester for the first four semesters Requirement to move to upper division credit in of enrollment, for a total of 48 recitals. Failure to meet private lessons and ensembles this obligation will result in probationary status being BA majors (and non-majors) who have completed imposed during the fifth semester. 4 semesters of study and wish to receive upper divi- Fourth Semester Acheivement Performance sion credit for private lessons/ensemble must schedule Examination a double jury. Students who “pass” the performance Students aspiring to the B.M. degree will be examined by proficiency exam at the double jury will be allowed to the faculty at the end of the fourth semester of study for register for upper division credit in both private lessons achievement in the following four categories: and ensembles in subsequent semesters. Students must successfully “Pass” the double jury prior to graduation in 1. Recital attendance (48 required); order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts Degree. 2. Rhythmic Proficiency Exam (successful completion); 3. Students must successfully pass Music Theory I and General Electives, 27 hours Group Piano I prior to the 4th semester jury. The remaining electives (27 hours) may be taken 4. Performance Proficiency Exam (students must re- in any department except music. However, ensemble ceive four “Pass” votes for successful completion.) credit, or private lesson or Group Piano credit, beyond the eight hours required, up to 15 hours, may be counted Probation will be given to anyone who fails one or in the block of elective hours. more of the four categories of achievement. If the stu- dent receives probation at the end of the second hearing Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) the student will forfeit their status as a candidate for the Students must complete the WTE prior to graduation. degree. The WTE applies to those students who enter Washburn University in the Fall of 2006 or later and who are seek- Piano Proficiency ing their first baccalaureate degree Candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree, except those majoring in piano or organ performance, are Upper Division Requirement, 45 hours required to enroll in piano during each semester of full- Students must complete a minimum of 45 upper divi- time enrollment until successful completion of the piano sion hours (300-400 numbered courses). proficiency examination. Bachelor Of Music Degree Senior Recital Jury Examination The Bachelor of Music degree is pursued by stu- A Senior Recital is required of all candidates for the dents planning a professional career in either music Bachelor of Music degree. All components of the fourth performance or music education. There are two majors semester achievement exam must be passed before offered; Music Performance and Music Education. the senior recital can be scheduled. For the recital to be credited toward the degree the student must be currently enrolled for credit in private lessons. At least three weeks prior to the scheduled public performance, 150 the student will perform a complete recital before a jury Accompanying –8 Hours composed of his/her private teacher, the area coordina- Students enroll for 1-2 hours of Accompanying tor, and one other approved faculty member. After the (MU 244/444) each semester. student passes the jury they are allowed to publicize and present their senior recital. Orientation - 4 Hours MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) Membership in Large Ensemble MU 305 Business of Music (3) All candidates except Piano/Organ performance Theory – Pianists 22 Hours/Organists 24 Hours majors are required to participate in two large ensembles MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) (band, orchestra, choir, etc.) each semester of full-time MU 123 Computers and Music (1) enrollment. Percussion majors must enroll in Percussion MU 206 Improvisation (2) ensemble, Woodwind and Brass majors must enroll MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) in band, vocal majors must enroll in Washburn Choir, MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) string majors must enroll in orchestra. Keyboard majors MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) and concentrations must participate in Accompanying MU 316 Theory IV (3) (Music 244/444) during each semester of full-time enroll- MU 317 Orchestration (2) [organists only] ment and must show enrollment in both large and small MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) ensembles prior to graduation. Music Education majors MU 443 Composition (1) with a concentration in Keyboard may count accompany- ing as one of their major ensembles. Music Education Music History and Literature - Pianists 12 Hours / majors may count only six hours of large ensemble credit Organists 8 Hours toward graduation. MU 325 Music History I (3) MU 326 Music History II (3) Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) MU 335 Organ Literature (1) [organists only] Students must complete the WTE prior to graduation. MU 336 Organ Pedagogy (1) [organists only] The WTE applies to those students who enter Washburn MU 337 Piano Lit. I (2) [pianists only] University in the Fall of 2006 or later and who are seek- MU 338 Piano Lit. II (2) [pianists only] ing their first baccalaureate degree. MU 339 Piano Pedagogy (2) [pianists only] Bachelor Of Music Degree In Music Conducting – Pianists 3 Hours / Organists 5 Hours Performance 124 Hrs. MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) [organists only] The program leading to the Bachelor of Music MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) [organists only] degree with a major in Music Performance is designed MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) for students planning a career in professional perfor- MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) mance, college or university teaching, or private studio MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) teaching. Entering students who plan to major in Music Small Ensembles - 4 Hours Performance should be prepared to demonstrate ad- MU 254/454 equate performing ability upon enrolling. Performance majors are required to present a full-length public recital Music Electives – 4 Hours program in their senior year. Students may select any courses in Music to com- plete a total of 81 hours in Music. Bachelor Of Music General Electives - 5 Hours Requirements for the Major in: Courses from any department, including Music, will be PIANO OR ORGAN PERFORMANCE taken to complete a total of 124 semester hours. General Education Requirements - 38 Hours EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Bachelor Of Music Requirements for the Major in: EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) MUSIC PERFORMANCE IN VOICE Mathematics 110 or above (3) Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) General Education Requirements - 38 Hours (In at least two disciplines excluding music) EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) (in at least two disciplines) PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) Social Sciences (9), (In at least two disciplines) Mathematics 110 or above (3) [AN 120 Intro to World Music (3)] Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) (In at least Transformational Experience two disciplines excluding music) [3 hrs required in Art or Theater, 4 hrs required in either FR 102 or GE 102] Music Requirements -81 Hours (Minimum) Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) (in at least two disciplines) Private Lessons - 24 Hours Social Sciences (9) (In at least two disciplines) [AN 120 Organ (MU 265/465) OR Intro to World Music (3)] Piano (MU 267/467) Transformational Experience Students normally enroll for 3 hours of private lessons each semester.

151 Music Requirements - 83 Hours Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) (in at least two disciplines) Orientation/Business - 4 Hours Social Sciences (9) (In at least two disciplines) [AN 120 MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) Intro to World Music (3)] MU 305 Business of Music (3) Transformational Experience Theory - 24 Hours MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) Music Requirements - 82 Hours MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 206 Improvisation (2) Orientation/Business - 4 Hrs MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 305 Business of Music (3) MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III(4) Theory – 24 Hours MU 316 Theory IV (3) MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 317 Orchestration (2) MU 123 Computers in Music (1) MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) MU 206 Improvisation (2) MU 443 Composition (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) Music History and Literature – 6 Hours MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) MU 325 Music History I (3) MU 316 Theory IV (3) MU 326 Music History II (3) MU 317 Orchestration (2) Voice Lessons – 24 Hours MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) Voice (MU 275/475) – 24 MU 443 Composition (1) Students normally enroll in 3 hours of Voice each semester. Music History and Literature - 6 Hours MU 325 Music History I (3) Group Piano - 4 Hours MU 326 Music History II (3) Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, 214) until the Piano Proficiency examination is passed. Performance Major Lessons – 24 Hours Students must complete 24 hours in their area of spe- Piano Lessons - 2 Hours cialty. Students normally enroll in 3 hours of lessons Piano MU 267/467 each semester. Orchestral Instrument – 1 Hour Group Piano - 4 Hours Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, Specialization Courses – 7 Hours 214) until the Piano Proficiency examination is passed. MU 220 Vocal Diction for Singers (3) MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy (2) Voice Lessons – 2 Hours MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (2) Voice (MU 275) Ensembles - 8 hours Performance Minor – 3 Hours Enrollment or participation in Washburn Choir is required Any one orchestral instrument (3) each semester. Students will also enroll or participate in a second large ensemble each semester. Large Ensembles - 8 Hours Band, Choir, Orchestra, Percussion Ensemble, Jazz Conducting - 3 Hours Ensemble, or Accompanying. Each semester students MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) will either enroll or participate in the following ensembles: MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) Percussion emphasis - Percussion Ensemble; String MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) emphasis -Orchestra; Brass and Woodwind emphasis - Band. In addition, students will enroll or participate each General Electives - 3 Hours semester in a second large ensemble. General elective courses from any department, including Music, will be taken to complete a total of 124 semester Small Ensembles – 4 Hours hours. Chamber Ensemble (MU 254/454) Bachelor Of Music Conducting - 3 Hours Requirements for the Major in: MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) BRASS/STRINGS/PERCUSSION/WOODWIND MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) PERFORMANCE General Electives - 4 Hours General Education and University Requirements - 38 General elective courses from any department, including Hours Music, will be taken to complete a total of 124 semester EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) hours. EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) Mathematics 110 or above (3) Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) (In at least two disciplines excluding music)

152 Bachelor Of Music Degree In Music MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) Education, 135-145 Hrs. MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) Accredited by National Association of Schools of MU 316 Theory IV (3) Music MU 317 Orchestration (2) The Bachelor of Music Degree with a major in Music Education in the “General” track qualifies the gradu- Music History and Literature - Vocalists 11 Hours / ate for teacher licensure at both the elementary and Instrumentalists 6 Hours secondary levels, in both instrumental and vocal music. MU 220 Diction for Singers (3) [General-Vocal Emphasis This degree program totals 141 hours for Instrumental and Vocal Only] Emphasis and 145 hours for Vocal Emphasis. It will MU 325 Music History I (3) necessitate work beyond eight semesters. The student MU 326 Music History II (3) is urged to seek advisement from a Music Education MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and Lit (2) [General-Vocal advisor on specific course requirements. A distribution of Emphasis and Vocal Only] general education requirements for teacher licensure is Conducting – 5 Hours outlined. Degree requirements include both music and MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) [General-Vocal Emphasis and professional education courses. The music department Vocal Only] also offers two additional tracks for the Music Education MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) [General-Instrumental degree. They include: “Instrumental Only” (136 hours), Emphasis and Instrumental Only] and “Vocal Only” (135 hours). Refer to the music depart- MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) ment handbook (online at http://www.washburn.edu/cas/ MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) [General-Vocal music) for further details concerning these tracks and Emphasis and Vocal Only] their corresponding curricula. MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) [General- Students seeking licensure to teach must be for- Instrumental Emphasis and Instrumental Only] mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher Education Programs. Admission is conditional on recom- Techniques – 5 Hours mendation by the Music faculty. For admission require- MU 207 Double Reed Techniques (1) [General and ments, see EDUCATION in this catalog. Instrumental Only] MU 209 Single Reed/Flute Techniques (1) [General and Bachelor Of Music Instrumental Only] Requirements for the Major in: MU 210 Brass Techniques (1) [General and Instrumental Only] Music Education – General, Vocal, Instrumental MU 211 String Techniques (1) Tracks MU 212 Percussion Techniques (1) [General and Requirements are for all tracks unless otherwise Note: Instrumental Only] noted. Note: In addition to MU211, Vocal Only must select an General Education Requirements - 38 Hours additional techniques course) EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Large Ensembles – 6 Hours EN 300 Advanced Composition (3)(Teaching Emphasis Band, Choir, Orchestra, Percussion Ensemble, Jazz Required) Ensemble or Accompanying. Each semester students PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) will either enroll or participate in the following ensembles: MA 116 College Algebra (3) Percussion emphasis - Percussion Ensemble; String Transformational Experience emphasis - Orchestra; Brass and Woodwind emphasis Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) - Band; Vocal emphasis - Washburn Choir. In addition, [CN 150 Public Speaking (3) is required] students will enroll or participate each semester in a [Elective in Literature, Language or Philosophy] second large ensemble. [Elective in Fine Arts] (Art or Theatre – no music allowed) Small Ensembles – 1 Hour Natural Sciences and Math (9) MU 254/454 Small Ensemble (1)[General-Instrumental [Elective in MA] (higher than MA 116) Emphasis and Instrumental Only] [Elective in Biology] OR [Elective in Physical Science] MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (1) [General- Vocal Emphasis and Vocal Only] Social Sciences (9) [AN 120 Intro to World Music (3) is required] Private Lessons – 12 Hours [Elective in History] (HI 111 suggested) In the area of concentration [Elective in Sociology or Psychology] Group Piano – 4 Hours Music Requirements Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, 60 Hrs-Instrumentalists 214) until the Piano Proficiency is passed 64 Hrs-Vocalists Voice Lessons – 1 Hour Theory – 20 Hours [General-Instrumental Emphasis and Instrumental Only] MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) Professional Education Requirements - 43 Hours MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) ED 150 Educational Participation in the Community (1) MU 123 Computers and Music (1) 153 ED 200 Education Psychology (3)

155 education in the historical and contemporary frameworks MU 336 Organ Pedagogy (1) of universal public education, administrative operation Study of various organ method books and relevant of schools and music education programs, curriculum literature for use in teaching, plus knowledge of styles, design and implementation, the management of music registration, and organs of each musical period. Prereq- material, human relations aspects of teaching music, and uisite: Music Major status or consent of instructor. aspects of the music educator’s professional develop- ment. Prerequisite: Accepted in Professional Education MU 337, 338 Piano Literature I and II (2) Keyboard music from the Elizabethan virginal school to program. the present time, designed primarily for piano majors and MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) prospective piano teachers. Prerequisite: Music Major Study of four-part harmony, harmonic progression, status or consent of instructor. cadences, modulation, non-harmonic tones, phrase and period forms, and baroque and classic style analysis. MU 339 Piano Pedagogy (2) Examines learning theories, methods and materials for Development of aural skills relating to these through private and group piano teaching at the elementary to rhythmic, melodic and harmonic dictation and sight-sing- intermediate levels, including business and professional ing. Prerequisite: MU 215. aspects of teaching. Prerequisite: Music Major status or MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) consent of instructor. Study of chromatic harmony, larger forms and other top- ics related to music before 1900. Development of aural MU 398 Directed Study in Music (1-3) Directed study in performance-based music courses. skills related to these through dictation and sight-singing. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of Prerequisite: MU 314. instructor. MU 316 Theory IV (3) Analysis of twentieth century music and various analyti- MU 400 Special Topics in Music (2-3) A variable content course treating areas of interest to cal methods, including Schenkerian analysis and Set music majors. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Theory. Prerequisite: MU 315. Consent of instructor. MU 317 Orchestration (2) Practical arranging of piano, choral and instrumental MU 411 Accompanying (1-2) A laboratory designed to develop proficiency in sight literature. Scoring for voices, strings, woodwinds, brass reading and accompanying at the keyboard. Required and percussion instruments including the study of tone, for keyboard concentrations and keyboard majors. timbre, ranges, transpositions and the blending of these Prerequisite: Pass the 4th Semester Jury. elements. Prerequisite: MU 314 or consent of instructor. MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) MU 318 Jazz Arranging (3) The study, analysis, and writing of inventions, canons Practical arranging in the jazz idiom, ranging from small and fugues in 18th century style, using works of J.S Bach ensembles to big bands. Includes 2 to 4 part writing as a model. Prerequisite: MU 316. with drop 2, drop 2 and 4, and rhythm section consid- erations. Includes study of transpositions and ranges. MU 417 Elementary - Secondary Music Education Prerequisite: MU 314. Vocal Methods (3) This course will examine materials and specific in- MU 325/525 Music History I (3) structional methods of teaching vocal music K-12, by Musical styles, composers, and forms in Western Music a concept and skill-building approach, and emphasize from 600 B.C.E. – 1800 C.E. including Greek, Roman, the organization and development of vocal performing Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and Classical music. groups for grades 7-12. Prerequisite: MU 313 or consent Prerequisite for MU 325: MU 215 or consent of instructor. of instructor. Prerequisite for 525: MU 316 or consent of instructor. MU 418 Elementary - Secondary Music Education MU 326/526 Music History II (3) Musical styles, composers and forms in western music Instrumental Methods (3) This course will examine materials and specific instruc- from 1800 to present. Prerequisite for MU 326: MU 215 tional methods of teaching elementary and secondary or consent of instructor, prerequisite for MU 526: MU 316 instrumental music, by a concept and skill building or consent of instructor. approach, and emphasize the organization and develop- MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and Literature (2) ment of instrumental performing groups. Prerequisite: Examines the anatomy and physiology of the vocal MU 313 or consent of instructor. mechanism and its application for the singer, voice teacher, and music educator. The second half of the MU 420 Jazz Band Pedagogy (1) This course will examine the various jazz styles, re- semester is devoted to song literature and its application hearsal techniques, and improvisation in jazz band. for the solo singer as well as the voice teacher. Prereq- Prerequisite: Pass Fourth Semester Jury or consent of uisite: Music Major status or consent of instructor. instructor. MU 335 Organ Literature (1) Study of organ literature from the Renaissance to the MU 421 Marching Band Pedagogy (1) This course will examine the various marching band present incorporation styles, registration, and instru- styles, marching fundamentals, rehearsal techniques, ment of each period. Prerequisite: Music Major status or show design principles and other facets of organization consent of instructor.

156 for teaching High School Marching Band. Prerequisite: range of literature. In addition, the ensemble performs on MU 245/445 Marching Band. campus and off campus during the year. MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) MU 247/447 Choir, Singers (1) A practical opportunity to direct, under supervision, Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. The voices under conditions approximating the rehearsal situ- Washburn Singers performs a variety of styles of music ation. Prerequisite: MU 240 or consent of instructor. from the chamber choir repertoire. In addition to partici- pating in on-campus concerts each year, the ensemble MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) also performs throughout the region for various high A practical opportunity to direct, under supervision, school choral programs and civic functions. strings and woodwind instruments under conditions approximating the rehearsal situation. Prerequisite: MU MU 248/448 Choir, Washburn (1) 240 or consent of instructor. Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. The Washburn Choir excels in performing a wide variety of ED 442 Music in the Elementary School (3) styles of choral music. The choir performs regularly in General principles and specific instructional methods for both on and off-campus concerts, including major works musical activities in the self-contained elementary with the Topeka and Kansas City symphonies. Members classroom or in recreational settings. This course is of the ensemble have the opportunity to partake in a designed for both the pre-service and in-service teacher. European concert tour every three or four years. A variety of instrumental and vocal activities are present- ed. Prerequisite: Accepted in Professional Education MU 249/449 Jazz Ensemble (1) Program. The Washburn University Jazz Ensembles meet for the purpose of exploring the jazz style in rehearsal and MU 443 Composition (1-3) performance through the instrumentation of the jazz big Individual tutoring in music composition with emphasis band. Each ensemble will strive for the highest possible on the development and expansion of music materials. standards in performance. An emphasis shall be placed May be taken as an elective. May be repeated as an on a wide array of styles, from the older big band styles elective with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: MU 316 to newer Latin, rock, and swing arrangements. Selection or consent of instructor. and placement is by audition. Performance Courses MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (0-3) ENSEMBLES – 1 HOUR Works from the Musical Theatre repertoire are rehearsed and performed workshop style. Practice and perfor- Ensembles – Lower Division MU 244 – 254 mance in solo and ensemble singing and staging in ma- All students are invited to enroll in any of our performing terial ranging from modern and contemporary Broadway ensembles. Some ensembles require an audition for and off-Broadway musicals and revues to classic opera admittance – please see individual ensemble listings. and operettas. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Ensembles – Upper Division MU 444 - 454 Prerequisite: BM students must pass “4th semester MU 251/451/551 Orchestra (1) Jury.” BA students and non-majors must pass “Double Enrollment in Washburn University Orchestra is open to Jury.” music and non-music majors by audition only. Repertory performed ranges from Baroque through contemporary MU 244/444 Accompanying (1-2) literature. The ensemble performs at least two concerts A laboratory designed to develop proficiency in sight each semester including Christmas Vespers in the Fall reading and accompanying at the keyboard. Required semester. Class participants may audition to perform for keyboard concentrations and keyboard majors. solos with the orchestra. Selection and placement is by MU 145/345 Marching Band (1) audition. The Fighting Blues Marching Band is open to all majors MU 252/452/552 Orchestra, String (1) and non-majors. The Fighting Blues take great pride in Enrollment in Washburn University String Orchestra is entertaining and thrilling our fans in Yager Stadium with open to music and non-music majors by audition only. our precision marching and exciting music selections. Repertory performed ranges fro Renaissance through The band also performs for other events, including bowl contemporary literature. Selection and placement is by games, pep-rallies, alumni, administrative and foundation audition. functions. Audition is not required. No prerequisites. MU 253/453 Percussion Ensemble (1) MU 245/445 Band (1) Open to both music majors and non-music majors with Open to both majors and non-majors, the Symphonic a background and interest in percussion. During the Band performs works from all stylistic periods. The band fall semester the Percussion ensemble functions as the enjoys a reputation for excellence in performance and Corps style drum line for the Fighting Blues Marching championing new literature for wind bands. In the Fall all Band. After marching season, the emphasis shifts to the students participate in the Fighting Blues Marching Band. study and performance of the highest quality percussion MU 246/446 Women’s Chorus (1) ensemble literature. The repertoire is diverse, including Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. pieces for keyboard percussion, non-pitched percussion Membership is based upon appropriate vocal range and works, jazz oriented music, and compositions featuring quality, and not gender. The Women’s Chorus focuses the entire family of percussion instruments. on the fundamentals of proper choral singing and a wide

157 MU 254/454/554 Small Ensemble (1) • Acquired an introductory knowledge of the basic This class offers students a chamber music experience principles of science and mathematics; with only one person on a part. Pre-existing chamber • Developed the ability to understand and utilize the groups may enroll, or students will be assigned to vari- scientific method; and ous chamber groups based upon current enrollment. • Acquired a foundation for continuing academic Recital performance is required. study. PRIVATE LESSONS (1-3 HOURS) Specific course requirements are as follows: I . General Education Lower Division MU 255 - 276 A. English Composition (three semester hours, Eng- Private lessons are NOT for beginners. Only BM Per- lish 101 or its equivalent) formance majors may enroll for 3 hours. Prerequisite: B. MA 110: Exploring Mathematics or MA 116: Col- Non-majors must have consent of instructor. lege Algebra with a grade of C or better (3 semes- Upper Division MU 455 – 476 ter hours) Prerequisite: BM students must pass “4th Semester C. Physical Education: PE 198 Lifetime Wellness Jury.” BA students must pass “Double jury.” D. Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts (six semester hours from at least two subject areas) PRIVATE LESSONS E. Natural Sciences (six semester hours from at least 1-3 HOURS two subject areas) 255/455 Bassoon 266/466 Percussion F. Social Sciences (six semester hours from at least 256/456/556 Cello 267/467 Piano two subject areas) 257/457 Clarinet 268/468 Saxophone II . Area of Concentration 258/458 Euphonium 269/469 String Bass (24 semester hours of Natural Sciences and Math- 259/459 Flute 270/470 Trombone ematics coursework does not include six hours of 260/460 Guitar 271/471 Trumpet Natural Sciences and Mathematics general educa- 261/461 Harp 272/472 Tuba tion.) 262/462 Harpsichord 273/473 Viola A. The 24 hours of course work will include at least 263/463 Horn 274/474 Violin six hours each from a minimum of three subject 264/464 Oboe 275/475 Voice areas within the Natural Sciences and Mathemat- 265/465 Organ 276/476 Jazz ics. B. At least 12 hours will be from one subject area. Na t u r a l Sc i e n c e s An d Ma t h e m a t i c s These courses will be selected from a list devel- Degree Offered: oped by the faculty in that subject area and may Associate of Arts include six hours of upper-division credit. The department from which the student takes the Morgan Hall, Room 108 12-hour concentration will be the effective admin- (785) 670-1636 istrative home of the student. The Associate of Arts degree in Natural Sciences and C. A minimum of a C grade is required in all courses Mathematics is intended to give students a broad back- within the area of concentration, including the six ground in a particular area of liberal studies. Students hours of general education in the Natural Sci- are required to take coursework in at least three disci- ences and Mathematics. plines within Natural Sciences and Mathematics and to III .At least 12 of the hours remaining for the degree take a concentration in one subject area. The credits will be chosen from outside the area of concen- earned in this associate degree are all applicable toward tration . a bachelor’s degree. For information and advising on this degree, please contact the College of Arts and Sci- Pe a c e , Ju s t i c e , An d Co n f l i c t ences in Morgan Hall 108. Re s o l u t i o n St u d i e s THE MAJOR Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/peacestudies For the Associate of Arts Degree in Natural Sciences Degree Offered: and Mathematics, a student must complete 62 semes- Optional Minor ter hours with a minimum grade point average of 2.0. Twenty-four credit hours must be completed at Washburn Henderson Learning Center 311, University; of these, 12 of the last 24 must be Washburn (785) 231-2060 University credits. Forty-two hours must be graded. A Affiliated Faculty student may not take the pass/fail option in the area of Associate Professor Deborah Altus, Human Services concentration without obtaining written permission from Assistant Professor Alan Bearman, History the chairperson of the department offering the course Associate Professor Bob Beatty, Political Science and filing it with the Registrar’s Office. The application Professor Emeritus Ken Cott, History for degree should be on file before enrolling for the last Professor Rick Ellis, Chair, Human Services 15 hours. Professor Gary Forbach, Psychology Associate Professor Rachel Goossen, History Student Learning Outcomes Professor Chris Hamilton, Political Science Washburn University students completing this degree, Professor Reinhild Janzen, Art History upon graduation, are expected to have: 158 Associate Professor Donna LaLonde, Mathematics/Sta- • CN 361 Communication in Social Movements tistics and Dean, Honors Program • EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics Assistant Professor Kim Morse, History • EC 443 Labor Relations Professor Tom Prasch, Chair, History • EN 133/333 Stories around the World Professor Karen Ray, English • EN 399 Special Topics (when relevant to Peace Associate Professor Mary Sheldon, English Studies) Assistant Professor Bradley Siebert, English • GG 102 World Regional Geography Assistant Professor Sarah Ubel, Communications • GG 302 Natural Resources Conservation Associate Professor Iris Wilkinson, Human Services • HI 329 Civil Rights Movement • HI 300 Special Topics: War’s Impact on America Mission (or other special topics courses relevant to Peace Peace Studies is an interdisciplinary program of study, Studies) building on existing course offerings in a range of depart- • HI 311 Cold-War America ments, that incorporates both international peace and • HI 398 Directed Readings (when relevant to justice issues and, through internship opportunities with Peace Studies) community-based agencies, local dimensions of conflict • HS 152 Personal and Community Health resolution. Students will combine core courses in Peace • HS 202 Victimology Studies with elective courses from departments across • HS 202 Survivor Services campus that share a common theme of peace, justice, • HS 302 Social Change and conflict resolution. • HS 307 Family Violence To obtain the Optional Interdisciplinary Minor in • HS 390 Hate and Violence Crimes Peace, Justice and Conflict Resolution, a student must • MS 140 Role of the Military complete at least 18 hours of course work, comprised • MS 330 International Conflict of 15 hours of designated core courses and 3 hours of electives . Some of these courses require prerequisites. • NU 306 Community Health Concepts The Minor will be supervised by a Committee of Advisors • PH 102 Introduction to Moral Problems and coordinated by the Dean of the College of Arts and • PH 312 Social-Political Philosophy Sciences. • PO 225 Introduction to International Relations Student Learning Outcomes • PO 275 Introduction to Political Theory Students minoring in Peace, Justice, and Conflict • PO 310 Strategies of Community Development Resolution, upon graduation, are expected to have: • PO 346 Special Topics (when relevant to Peace • shaped an effective thesis in written work about Studies) Peace Studies; • PO 351 International Organizations and Law • offered analytical interpretations of peace and con- • PO 365 Democratization and International Political flict in the world; Economy • integrated materials from multiple disciplines related • RG 102 World Religions to Peace Studies; and • SO/AN 207 Race and Ethnic Group Relations • used effectively organization, logic, and vocabulary • SO 301 World Population: Growth, Hunger, and US in writing about Peace Studies. Foreign Policy Requirements for the Minor • SO 306 Law and Society Students will take 18 hours of coursework with • SO 310 Social Class in the US Washburn faculty who have interest and expertise in • SO/AN 338/538 Strategies for Social Change Peace Studies, with fifteen hours of core courses (listed • SW 250 Social Welfare below) and 3 hours of electives. • SW 350 Social Welfare Policy Electives can be chosen from a wide range of desig- nated courses (see below). h i l o s op h y e p a r t m e n t • Core courses for the Peace Studies minor are: P D • IS 180 Introduction to Peace, Justice, and Conflict Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/philosophy Resolution Degrees Offered • PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution Bachelor of Arts—Philosophy • CN 330 Communication in Conflict and Negotiation Bachelor of Arts—Religious Studies • CN 363 Intercultural Communication Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 • IS 380 Internship/Special Project (785) 670-1542 Courses which may be counted as elective credit for Professor Harold Rood, Chair Peace Studies include, but are not limited to: Professor Barry Crawford • AN/SO 336 Globalization Professor Russell Jacobs • BI 203 Human Impact on the Environment Professor Jorge Nobo • BI 310 Ecology • BI 343 Human Genetics Mission • CJ 430 Criminal Justice Policy and Issues Consistent with the mission of the University and the • CN 350 Persuasion College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of

159 Philosophy is dedicated to providing high quality under- • mastered the ability to orally defend positions taken graduate courses in philosophy and religion, to engaging in written work. in research and scholarly activities in these and related areas and to serving the University and its various com- THE MAJOR munities. The Department emphasizes excellence in The Philosophy major consists of 31 hours of teaching undergraduate students. Philosophy including PH 201, 202, 220, 303, 311, 320, 335, 398, 399 and six additional upper division hours in Description of Discipline Philosophy. Philosophy majors desiring to earn depart- Philosophy focuses on fundamental questions con- mental honors must successfully complete the college cerning the nature of reality, knowledge, and values: requirements for departmental honors. metaphysics seeks to understand the true nature of reality in general and of humankind in particular; logic Pre-Law Major in Philosophy An individualized course of study for pre-law students and epistemology endeavor to determine valid methods may be designed in cooperation with the Philosophy of reasoning and the limits and criteria of knowledge; Department’s pre-law advisor. and ethics attempts to formulate the basic moral norms by which our choices and actions should be governed. Pre-Seminary Major in Philosophy Through the study of philosophy, students can improve An individualized course of study for pre-seminary their understanding of themselves and the world in which students may be designed in cooperation with the they live; they can increase their command of intellectu- Philosophy Department’s pre-seminary advisor. ally responsible methods of establishing and evaluating beliefs and theories; and they can develop more effective THE MINOR ways of determining their moral duties. Minor programs in Philosophy are individually de- In general, the study of philosophy helps to develop signed by the student in consultation with a departmental the ability to think clearly. If one understands how to advisor and subject to departmental approval. A minor think clearly, one can apply the techniques of critical will consist of at least 15 hours in Philosophy, includ- and constructive thinking to the study of any discipline ing six upper division hours. Courses may be broadly or to the concerns of any occupation. The department’s selected or may be concentrated in an area of particular curriculum provides an opportunity for all students, interest. whether majoring in philosophy or not, to be educated COURSE OFFERINGS in the methods of critical and constructive thought (Courses marked with

160 PH 106 Ethics in America (3)

161 truth, and the ontological status of mathematical objects. B.Ed. – Bachelor of Education Prerequisite: PH 220 or MA 207. P-12 Teaching Emphasis (Leads to Kansas Teaching Licensure) PH 327 Philosophy of Science (3) P-12 Licensure Philosophical aspects of the physical and social scienc- Elective Option: Concentration in Coaching es, including the nature and problems of theory construc- tion and concept formation, empirical testability, expla- B.S. – Bachelor of Science nation and prediction, and problems of induction and Athletic Training confirmation. When the topics studied differ significantly, Associate Professor Roy Wohl, Chair this course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: PH Assistant Professor Patti Bender 220. Assistant Professor Ross Friesen PH 330/530 Philosophy of Mind (3) Assistant Professor Katherine Gilliland Classical and contemporary treatments of the traditional Assistant Professor Park Lockwood problems of mind-body, other minds, mental acts, self, Lecturer John Burns persons, perception etc. Prerequisite: PH 100 or PH 101 Lecturer Bryan Dorrel or PH 202. Lecturer Carrie Quinn PH 335/535 Metaphysics (3) Please refer to HPEES Website listed above for infor- Alternative theories of the nature of ultimate reality, mation regarding departmental scholarships . including concepts such as cause, substance, time, etc. Prerequisite: PH 202. Mission PH 340 Aesthetics (3) Consistent with the missions of the University and A philosophical approach to such questions as the nature the College of Arts and Sciences, the mission of the of art, aesthetic value, and art criticism. Prerequisite: PH Department of Health, Physical Education and Exercise 211, or PH 201 and PH 202. Science is to engage students in an impassioned search for intellectual growth and personal fulfillment through PH 386/586 Special Studies (1-3) study, from a liberal arts perspective, in one or more of Individual study in the thought of a particular philoso- the disciplines encompassed by the domains of health pher or on a particular philosophical problem. Regular and human movement. The Department promotes the conferences to be scheduled with the professor directing acquisition and use of knowledge, fosters critical think- the study. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: nine ing, participates in research, and supports students and hours of Philosophy, and permission in advance by the faculty in discipline-related service to the university, the professor with whom the student desires to work. profession, and the global community. PH 398 Senior Thesis Research (1) Student Learning Outcomes Independent research in preparation for a senior thesis. • Upon graduation, students will demonstrate Students will complete preliminary research in the area knowledge and skills in multiple sub-disciplines of their senior thesis and prepare a thesis proposal. within health and human movement studies The work completed in PH 398 and PH 399 may not be • All majors will demonstrate depth of preparation in or have been submitted for credit in any other course. a supplemental area of study. Pass/Fail only Prerequisite: Senior Philosophy Major. • Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science students PH 399 Senior Thesis (3) will demonstrate the knowledge and skills of their Independent research, writing and defense of a substan- chosen fields, meeting or exceeding the standards tial paper, under faculty supervision. Work completed in set by the appropriate academic and/or professional PH 398 and PH 399 may not be or have been submitted bodies. for course credit in any other course. Prerequisite: PH • Bachelor of Education students will gain 398. knowledge and skills in the application of human movement studies to the teaching of physical edu- Ph y s i c a l Ed u c a t i o n cation, meeting state standards for teacher prepa- Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science ration. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/hpees • Students will display critical thinking skills appropri- Email: [email protected] ate to undergraduate education.

Petro Allied Health Center, Room 201 The Major in Physical Education: Bachelor (785) 670-1459 of Education Degree The Bachelor of Education degree in Physical DEGREES OFFERED Education requires satisfactory completion of 49 hours, B.A. – Bachelor of Arts of which 30 are considered core physical education Exercise Physiology requirements. These courses include: HL 152, PE 133 Health Education and Promotion or PE 134, PE 250, PE 257, PE 299, PE 306, PE 311, Physical Therapist Assistant PE 320, PE 321, PE 326, PE 340, and First Aid/CPR Sport Management certification. In addition, twenty hours of coursework are Flexible Option required for P-12 certification including PE 260, PE 261, PE 270, PE 324, PE 325, PE 360, PE 361, and 162 PE 365. Additional requirements are listed under degree outside the Department of Health, Physical Education requirements in the Education Department. Students and Exercise Science. Students in the Flexible Option who select a concentration in Coaching should complete concentration must complete all core, interest area, the following courses: PE 257, PE 280, PE 300, PE 306 correlated and activity requirements. Concentration and 6 hours of coaching theory classes for a total of 17 courses will be determined through committee approval hours. of a program of studies. An Internship experience is a requirement for this concentration. Students considering Licensure in P-12 Physical Education a flexible option concentration should first consult with a Teaching HPEES faculty advisor to become familiar with the nature Students who have completed a non-teaching degree and overall requirements of the concentration. The advi- or a degree in another discipline may pursue a licensure sor will explain the process to pursue this option. program in physical education. For information call the department office at 670-1459. The Major in Athletic Training: Bachelor of Science Degree The Major in Physical Education: Bachelor The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in of Arts Degree athletic training is designed to meet the national stan- The Bachelor of Arts degree in physical education dards of the Commission on the Accreditation of Athletic prepares students for future study in physical education Training Education Programs (CAATE). The Athletic and movement science and/or careers in activity-oriented Training Education Program (ATEP) is fully accredited by businesses. This degree is NOT for students seeking CAATE. Satisfactory completion of this degree qualifies teaching certification. Each student will take the general students to take the national certification examination education requirements necessary for the Bachelor of administered by the Board of Certification (BOC). Arts degree. The Physical Education core requirements ATEP is designed to provide students with theory and include the following 19 credits: HL 152, PE 250, PE 299, practice in the athletic training profession. Students will PE 320, PE 321, PE 326, PE 496. Correlated require- learn to synthesize and apply knowledge of the athletic ments include PE 333 or CM 101, BI 250, and BI 255. training domains as defined by the BOC toward the pre- Activity requirements are 4 credits from the 100-level, vention, immediate care and rehabilitation of athletic inju- one-hour activity course listing or from the following list: ries. Students are required to complete Athletic Training PE 260, PE 261, PE 357, PE 360, PE 361, PE 365, or clinical experiences in a variety of settings. Clinical ex- PE 400. Students are also required to take 12 inter- periences will include upper and lower extremities, men’s est area credits in physical education, 6 of which must and women’s sports and general medical conditions. be 200+ level or higher, and 6 at 300+ level or higher. On-campus clinical sites include the University Interest area credits may be fulfilled by concentration Athletic Training Room and Student Health Center. Off- courses in PE but not more than three credits of intern- campus sites include local and regional hospitals, physi- ship can be applied. cian clinics, rehabilitation centers, and area high schools. The concentration in Exercise Physiology includes Students are required to provide their own clinical lab the following: PE 257 or PE 335, PE 300 or PE 318, PE attire and transportation to clinical sites. Clinical sites 308, PE 400, PE 410, PE 411 and PE 494 (internship 50 may require students to show proof of health insurance, hours). Correlated requirements include: MA 140 or PY first aid certification, and professional rescuer CPR. 150, CH 121, PS 101 or PS 102, and SO 315. Professional liability insurance is provided by Washburn The concentration in Health Education and University. As part of the admission process students will Promotion includes the following: HL 207, IS 170, HS be subject to criminal background checks, at their own 210, HS 270 or HS 271, HL 277, PE 308, AL 320, PY expense, prior to being placed into clinical settings. 326, PE 333, HL 377, PE 410, HL 477, and PE 494 (Internship 300-600 hours). Athletic Training Admission Requirements For the concentration in Physical Therapist The ATEP has a two-tier admissions process for Assistant (PTA) students must complete all core students who wish to be part of the program. Priority requirements, correlated requirements, activity credits screening of candidacy application materials begins and interest area credits for the BA degree in Physical March 1. Priority will be given to early and complete Education. Concentration courses are specified by the applicants. Students may apply for openings until the PTA program. start of the Fall Academic Semester or until all candidacy The concentration in Sport Management includes positions have been filled. Up to twelve students may be the following: BU 360, AC 224, EC 200, EC 201, MM admitted into candidacy each year. For consideration, 100, SO 315, 3 credits from BU 342/BU 345/BU 346; 6 students must possess a minimum GPA of 2.0 and sub- credits (3 credits upper division) from: BU 250/BU 315/ mit the following. Initial Candidacy Application materials BU 363/BU 364/BU 470; PE 306, PE 370, and PE 494 by March 1st: (Internship 300-600 hours). Students who complete this a.Application Form concentration also qualify for a Minor in Business (see b.Letter of Interest the School of Business for Certification of the Minor). c.Personal Recommendation The Flexible Option concentration allows students d.Transcripts off all colleges attended (unofficial to develop a unique program of study leading to special- acceptable) ization in a field other than those currently offered in the e.Pre-requisite Profile and plan for completion of pre- BA program. This option is designed to satisfy the needs requisite courses of those who desire a physical education degree but wish f.Technical Standards to combine it with a specialized interest within disciplines g.Academic Requirements and Discipline. 163 Upon acceptance into Candidacy, the following must be PE 361 PE Activity Techniques IV (2) completed and submitted by August 15th OR a.Attendance at a candidacy orientation meeting or a PE 365 PE Activity Techniques V (2) personal meeting with the ATEP Program Director and PE 306 Administration of Athletics, Intramurals and Clinical Education Coordinator. Physical Education (3) b.Physical Exam (may be completed for no charge PE 320 Motor Learning (3) through Washburn Student Health). OR c.Proof of Hepatitis B Vaccination (available through PE 311 Motor Development (3) WU Student Health for a fee) or students must submit a PE 324 Activity and Methods of Elementary Physical declination form. Education (3) d.Current TB skin test results (available free of charge OR through WU Student Health) and list of immunizations. PE 325 Curriculum Development and Methods in Sec- e.Athletic Training Student Agreement. ondary Physical Education (4) f.Copy of CPR and First Aid Certification Cards (Professional Rescuer Level preferred) The Minor in Health and Fitness (21 credits) g.Copy of current medical insurance card (or acknowl- 1 . Required courses (15 credits): • HL 152 Personal and Community Health (3) edgement of no medical insurance coverage). h.All Athletic Training Students accepted into candida- • PE 300 Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3 cy status must agree to and obtain a background check • PE 308 Nutrition for Sport and Fitness (3) in accordance with Washburn University policy. • PE 326 Exercise Physiology (3) By December 20th, following candidacy acceptance, • PE 410 Fitness Testing and Exercise Prescription (3) students must demonstrate satisfactory completion (C 2 . Elective Courses - Choose at least 6 credits from minimum) of the following prerequisite courses: General any Health and Physical Education theory course not Biology (with lab), Human Anatomy (with lab), Sports previously listed or SO 315 Sociology of Sport. Injury First Aid (or equivalent), Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries, Medical Terminology and Clinical COURSE OFFERINGS Experiences in Athletic Training (Introduction). Final stu- dent selection into the ATEP shall be based upon overall University Requirement - PE 198 - Lifetime Wellness GPA (cumulative 2.0 required), prerequisite course GPA, All students are required to complete PE 198 Lifetime and clinical performance evaluations. A selection commit- Wellness (2) as part of their University degree require- tee will review all applications to the Professional Phase. ments. Students must complete PE 198 with a grade of Transfer students must apply for and complete the C or better. PE 198 may not be repeated for credit. The candidacy period. All applicants, including transfer stu- position of the Department of HPEES is that the knowl- dents, must take PE 258 Clinical Experiences in Athletic edge, skills, experiences and attitudes gained through Training at Washburn University. Transfer students may the Lifetime Wellness course are essential to individuals furnish evidence of other courses taken, credit hours, of all ages, conditions, and backgrounds. The benefits to and grades as part of their application into the ATEP. be obtained are in no way diminished by the age, condi- Interested students should contact the ATEP Program tion, ability level or previous activity/academic history of Director (or the HPEES Secretary) for an application the student. Therefore, these factors should not exempt packet. a student from this requirement. (The exception to this policy is those Washburn students who completed an Course Requirements associate degree under a catalog prior to 1995 when The Athletic Training core requirements include: the PE 198 Lifetime Wellness requirement was initiated, HL 152, PE 250, PE 299, PE 256, PE 320, PE 321 and which satisfied the previous PE requirement [as part PE 326. Athletic Training major interest area coursework of their associate degree program], and are therefore include: PE 257, PE 300, PE 308, PE 350, PE 355, PE granted a waiver of the PE 198 requirement.) 357 and PE 455. While the Department encourages the participation of all individuals in physical activity, regardless of physical The clinical experience courses are: condition, it wishes to remain sensitive to the individual PE 258, PE 292, PE 392, PE 393, PE 492, and PE 493. needs and limitations of students at Washburn. Students Correlated requirements include: with disabilities should enroll in a regular section of NU 102, BI 255, BI 275, CH 121, PS 101 or PS 102 or Lifetime Wellness and will have necessary adaptations PS 261, AL 315, AL 320, SO 315 and either PE 333 or made in that particular activity. CM 101 Transfer Policy The Minor in Physical Education Students may transfer similar wellness courses to Washburn to fulfill the Lifetime Wellness requirement. Required Courses (18 credits) In order to meet this requirement, students must have HL 152 Personal and Community Health (3) completed a college course with a similar number of PE 250 Introduction to Human Movement Studies (2) wellness lecture topics that parallel PE 198 Lifetime PE 260 PE Activity Techniques I (2) Wellness, as well as an appropriate activity component. OR A list of approved transfer courses appear in the HPEES PE 360 PE Activity Techniques III (2) department office (PC 201) and on the Washburn web PE 261 PE Activity Techniques II (2) page. Other courses submitted for transfer credit must OR be approved by the HPEES chair and the Associate Vice 164 President for Academic Affairs. (Transfer students who gain American Red Cross professional rescuer CPR, completed associate degrees prior to 1995, and who AED, and First Aid certification and gain experience in completed at least two hours of physical education as preventing disease transmission, automated external part of their associate degree program, are also granted defibrillation, assessment of vital signs, spinal injury waiver of the PE 198 requirement.) management, contemporary splinting techniques, and emergency action planning. Credit by Examination To qualify for credit by examination, students would PE 257 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (3) have to demonstrate completion of both of the following: This course will instruct and evaluate contemporary a course or a combination of courses, or other docu- methods of athletic training including conditioning, pre- mented experiences which cover a similar number of vention, recognition and acute care of athletic injuries. Lifetime Wellness lecture topics that address health/well- Educational competencies and proficiencies consistent ness included in the PE 198 Lifetime Wellness course with the NATA, and mainly from the Risk Management (but which are not sufficient to receive transfer credit) and Injury Prevention and Acute Care of Injury Domains and a minimum of a one-credit hour activity course. of Athletic Training will be presented. The course is a required part of the athletic training major and is also One-Hour Activity Courses appropriate for physical education majors and students 100 Rhythmic Fitness I 146 Weight Training I 102 Archery 150 Judo II interested in coaching. 103 Badminton I 151 Karate II PE 258 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: 104 Step Aerobics 152 Kardio Kickboxing Introduction (1) 105 Elementary Ballet 155 Elementary Jazz Dance 107 Basketball 156 Rhythmic Fitness II This course is an introduction to athletic training clinical 109 Bowling I 157 Country and Western experiences in the Washburn University Athletic Train- 111 Canoeing Dance ing Education Program. There will be an application of 112 Cycling 158 Intermediate Jazz introductory skill modules through laboratory practice and 113 Fencing I Dance observational experiences in natural settings. Prerequi- 114 Fencing II 159 Tap Dance sites: PE 256, previous or concurrent enrollment in PE 117 Golf I 162 Beginning Skin/Scuba 257, or consent of instructor. 123 Judo I Diving 124 Karate I 165 Self Defense I PE 260 Physical Education Activity Techniques I: 125 Lifeguard Training 169 Social Dance I Team Sports (2) 126 Elementary Modern Dance 170 Aqua Exercise I This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of 129 Racquetball I 171 Deep Water Walking teaching progressions, including lead-up games/activi- 132 Softball 173 Water Safety Instructor 133 Swimming I 176 Tae Kwon Do ties, instructional strategies and teaching methods, for 134 Swimming II 177 Individualized Exercise the following activities: Volleyball, Basketball, Soccer, 137 Tennis I 183 Advanced Tae Kwon Do Speedball, Softball and Flag Football. 138 Tennis II 184 Self-Defense II 139 Tai Chi 189 Social Dance II PE 261 Physical Education Activity Techniques II: 143 Soccer 190 Special Topics Recreational/Fitness Activities (2) 144 Volleyball 192 Marathon Training I This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of 193 Marathon Training II teaching progressions, including lead-up games/activi- ties, instructional strategies and teaching methods for the following activities: Weight Training, Aerobics, Floor PE 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) Hockey, Team Handball, Tumbling/Stunts, Lacrosse and This course explores fitness and wellness concepts, Track and Field. which are important throughout one’s life. Each student will participate in a selected activity, attend lectures, PE 270 Instructional Strategies in Physical Education (3) participate in fitness assessment, and develop personal An introductory teacher education course that provides fitness and behavior change plans. an orientation to basic information that is reflective of successful teaching in physical education. Content PE 250 Introduction to Human Movement Studies (2) includes lesson planning, skill progressions, spectrum This course examines the process of human movement of teaching styles, gymnasium management, systematic as a unifying element in the study of the discipline of observation, orientation to new and unique activities and physical education. Content areas include the scientific micro and peer teaching experiences. foundations of human movement, the history and philos- ophy of physical education the role of physical education PE 271 First Aid (2) in the educational process, general purposes of physical General emergency first aid including sudden illness, education programs, career orientation and the future of musculoskeletal injuries, heat/cold emergencies, splint- physical education. ing, bandaging and CPR. Opportunity is provided to earn both American Red Cross Responding to Emergen- PE 253 Fundamentals of Football Coaching (2) cies First Aid and CPR certifications. Football fundamentals and techniques for those who plan to coach. PE 280 Sports Officiating I (2) Study and interpretation of current rules; field work for PE 256 Sports Injury First Aid (2) practicing officiating techniques. Prerequisite: Consent This course is designed to prepare students to recognize of instructor. and manage breathing and cardiac emergencies, acute sports injuries, and life threatening illness. Students will 165 PE 292 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training – PE 311 Motor Development and Lab (3) Basic Skills (2) This course is designed to provide students with an Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical examination of current theories of motor development experiences in basic athletic training skills through throughout the life cycle. Emphasis is placed on develop- structured laboratory sessions and natural settings. ment of fundamental motor skills, physical growth and Prerequisites: PE 256 and PE 257. development, and assessment. Students will be required to conduct a variety of assessments on diverse individu- PE 299 Measurement and Evaluation in Physical als. Prerequisites: Either PE 260, PE 261, PE 360, or Education (3) PE 361, or permission of instructor. An understanding of measurement and evaluation in physical education including descriptive statistics, test PE 315 Special Topics in Physical Education (1-3) construction, microcomputer software. Prerequisite: May vary from semester to semester. May be taken MA110 or MA116. more than one semester depending upon topic. PE 300 Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3) PE 318 Exercise Psychology (3) The study of psychological processes related to sport This course will introduce students to the basics and and exercise behavior. The course will provide a broad provide students with a solid foundation of psychological overview of the major topics, including: motivation, consequences and adherence aspects associated with arousal, goal-setting self-confidence, and imagery. the psychology of exercise. The interconnection among theory, research, application, and intervention will be PE 302 Advanced Basketball Coaching Techniques (2) utilized in order to apply the knowledge learned in this Advanced techniques involved in playing basketball. course to actual situations. Discussion of various systems or styles of basketball now used; different types of team defenses; variation PE 320 Motor Learning (3) of play against different defenses; planning of practice Application of motor learning and motor control concepts sessions. Designed especially for those who intend to to the acquisition of motor skills, with emphasis on struc- coach basketball. turing practice to optimize skill learning. PE 303 Coaching Track and Field (2) PE 321 Kinesiology (3) Fundamentals and coaching methods in all events within The study of anatomical and mechanical principles in the track and field program. Rules, records, and history relation to human motion. Prerequisite: BI 250 or BI 275. of track and field. PE 324 Activities and Methods of Elementary School PE 304 Coaching Baseball and Softball (2) Physical Education (3) Individual fundamentals and team play in baseball and Developmentally appropriate activities for preschool and softball. Designed particularly for those who plan to elementary school children, and practical, site-based coach. experience in planning, teaching, and evaluating physical education programs for children. Prerequisites: PE 270 PE 305 Coaching of Tennis and Volleyball (2) and PE 311 or permission of instructor. Fundamentals and coaching techniques in tennis and volleyball. Rules, strategies, and administrative require- PE 325 Curriculum Development and Secondary ments to coach tennis and volleyball. Physical Education Methods (4) Instructional methods, resources and curriculum devel- PE 306 Administration of Athletics, Intramurals and opment (7-12) in planning, teaching and evaluating a Physical Education (3) secondary school physical education program. Prereq- The theoretical and practical approach to the administra- uisites: PE 270 and either PE 260 or PE 360, or permis- tion of athletic, physical education, and intramural pro- sion of instructor. grams. Students will be assigned administrative projects in physical education, athletics and intramurals. PE 326 Physiology of Exercise (3) Process of scientific inquiry applied to physiological PE 308 Nutrition for Sports and Fitness (3) systems engaged in exercise. Examination of the acute This course will provide an understanding of nutrition and and chronic effects of exercise on structure, function, and its relationship to physical fitness and sports perfor- performance. Prerequisite: BI 255. mance. Students will learn about nutrition guidelines and the effects of nutrition on topics such as metabolism, hy- PE 333 Microcomputer Applications to Physical dration, body composition, supplements, ergogenic aids, Education (2) and sports specific training. In addition, students will This course examines computer technology applications perform and analyze nutrition and energy assessments and software related to physical education. Prerequisite: and make recommendations to improve performance. Physical Education Major. Prerequisite: HL 152 or PE 198, or equivalent. PE 335 Human Factors and Ergonomics (3) PE 310 Elementary/Middle School Health and This course examines human factors and ergonomics Physical Education for the Classroom Teacher (3) as the interdisciplinary study of humans interacting with This course is designed to provide the elementary/ elements of systems in the workplace and other environ- middle school education major with fundamentals for the ments. Thorough analysis, evaluation, and synthesis are development and implementation of effective health and employed in the application of design to optimize well- physical education programs. being and performance. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor.

166 PE 340 Adapted Physical Education (3) PE 370 Facility and Event Management (3) Adapted and corrective programs and techniques for This course addresses the principles and procedures in- students with developmental delays and/or mental and volved in sports facility and event management. Special physical disabilities. Emphasis upon inclusion in the emphasis will be given to sports event planning, produc- regular physical education program. Practicum within tion and evaluation. the public school setting and the Special Olympics pro- gram are required. Prerequisite: PE 311 or consent of PE 392 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: instructor. Evaluation (2) Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical PE 350 Evaluation of Athletic Injuries (4) experience in athletic training skills related to evaluation The course will instruct and evaluate contemporary and assessment, through structured laboratory sessions methods of athletic training related to specific evaluation and natural settings. Prerequisite: PE 350. techniques and procedures for caring for athletic injuries. Educational competencies and proficiencies, consistent PE 393 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: with the NTA, and mainly from the Orthopedic Clinical Rehabilitation (2) Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical Examination and Diagnosis Domain of Athletic Training experience in athletic training skills related to rehabilita- will be presented. The course is a required part of the tion, through structured laboratory sessions and natural athletic training major and may alsobe appropriate for settings. Prerequisite: PE 355. other interested allied health majors with instructor con- sent. Prerequisites: PE 257 and BI 250 or BI 275. PE 400 Planning and Leading Exercise (2) This course applies scientific principles to the practical PE 355 Therapeutic Modalities and Exercise in Injury exercise environment and develops necessary skills for Management (3) planning and leading safe exercise for individuals and A course designed for students in the athletic training groups. Prerequisites: PE 321 and PE 326. major or other Allied Health care professions. It provides theoretic basis and experience in the application and use PE 410 Fitness Testing and Exercise Prescription (3) of therapeutic modalities and exercise. This includes the Students will become familiar with current fitness testing use of hot and cold, electrical stimulation, mechanical procedures and exercise prescription methods. Prereq- modalities, ultrasound and therapeutic exercise as they uisite: PE 326. relate to the management of athletic injuries. Prerequi- site: PE 350 or consent of instructor. PE 411 Current Literature in Exercise Physiology (3) This course acquaints students with the processes by PE 357 Sports Performance Training and which research generates information and theoretical Reconditioning (2) advances in the human movement sciences and also This course provides students with the knowledge and introduces specific recent developments in the field of skills to design, measure, and instruct contemporary exercise physiology. Prerequisite: PE 326. activity-specific functional training. It will emphasize methods and progression of strength, flexibility, speed, PE 455 Organization and Administration of Athletic power, agility, balance, core and endurance training Training (3) techniques using modern tools and exercise equipment. The theoretical and practical approach to the organiza- Peer teaching, testing and the opportunity to participate tion and administration of athletic health care programs. in clinical application of skills is included. Prerequisite: It will follow the recommended content of health care ad- PE 326. ministration and professional development and respon- sibilities of entry-level athletic trainers. Prerequisite: PE PE 360 Physical Education Activity Techniques III: 257, Senior in Athletic Training Education Program. Individual/Dual Sports (2) This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, PE 492 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: knowledge of teaching progressions including lead-up General Medical (2) games/activities, instructional strategies and teaching Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical methods for the following activities: Tennis, Golf, Archery, experience in general medical and performance training Badminton/Pickleball and Bowling. and testing techniques, through structured laboratory sessions and natural settings. Prerequisites: AL 315 and PE 361 Physical Education Activity Techniques IV: AL 320. Dance/Combatives (2) This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of PE 493 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: teaching progressions including lead-up games/activities, Capstone (2) instructional strategies and teaching methods, for the Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical following activities: Folk, Country/Western, and Ballroom experience on organization and administration issues, Dance; Self-Defense and Martial Arts. and integration of athletic training skills, through struc- tured laboratory sessions and natural settings. Students PE 365 Physical Education Activity Techniques V: will also complete a capstone project. Prerequisite: PE Outdoor Activities (2) 455. This course provides students with the foundational knowledge and skills necessary to teach outdoor recre- PE 494 Internship I in Physical Education (1-12) ational and educational activities such as camping, hik- Each credit of internship requires 50 hours in a practical ing, climbing, backpacking, orienteering, cycling, skating setting which is related to the student’s concentration. and canoeing. Students should check their concentration requirements 167 for the number of required internship credits. Prereq- • acquired an understanding of the vocabulary and uisite: Completion of Core and Concentration courses methodology of physics; (may take PE 496 concurrently) and proof of current • demonstrated the ability to move from observations certification in First Aid and CPR to logical conclusions, and apply analytical think- PE 495 Internship II in Physical Education (1-12) ing; and This additional internship requires 50 hours in a practical • acquired knowledge of the subject matter in terms setting, which is related to student’s degree and con- of content, problem solving, experimental design, centration for each unit of credit awarded. Prerequisite: and data reduction and analysis. Completion of Core and Concentration courses (may take PE 496 concurrently) and proof of current certifica- THE MAJOR To major in Physics with a Bachelor of Science tion in First Aid and CPR. Degree, one must satisfactorily complete Physics 261 PE 496 Synthesis and Application in Physical and 262 or 281 and 282, 320, 330, 334, 335, 350, 360 Education (2) (Senior research project), 365, 366, at least two addition- With a seminar format, this class will use a problem- al upper division laboratory courses, and pass a written solving approach to synthesize and apply the major (MFT) and/or oral comprehensive examination. Credits concepts of the HPEES core curriculum. Students will in Physics 101, and Astronomy 101, 102 and 103 will not also consider issues related to their further academic and be allowed toward a major in physics. Credit in all other professional development. Prerequisite: Completion of courses in astronomy may be applied toward a major or all Core Courses. minor in physics. To major in Computational Physics with a Bachelor Ph y s i c s of Science Degree, one must satisfactorily complete Physics and Astronomy Department Physics 261 and 262 or 281 and 282, 291, 320, 330, Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/physics 334, 335, 340, 350, 365, 366, and 368, and pass a written (Major Field Test) and/or oral comprehensive DEGREES OFFERED examination. The required correlated courses in Bachelor of Arts – Physics Computer Information Sciences are 111, 113, 170, 244, Bachelor of Science - Physics 245, 307, and 390. The required correlated courses in Bachelor of Science – Computational Physics Mathematics and Statistics are 151, 152, 153, 206, 241, 301, 343, and 376. Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 To major in physics with a Bachelor of Arts Degree, (785) 670-2141 one must satisfactorily complete 25 hours in Physics including 12 upper division hours. At least 6 hours of Assistant Professor Steve Black, Chair major courses in the Department must be taken in resi- Associate Professor Karen Camarda dence at Washburn University. Assistant Professor Brian Thomas Lecturer Linda Garinger The Physics Program for Secondary Education Lecturer Keith Mazachek Teachers The teaching of Physics at the secondary level Mission requires completion of a BA or BS in Physics. Courses The mission of the Physics and Astronomy that must be taken to meet the standards for licensure Department is to engage our community in an impas- in Kansas are: physics courses 261 and 262 or 281 sioned and continued search for intellectual growth in the and 282, 320, 330, 334, 335, 350, and 360 and cor- fields of physics, astronomy, engineering, and geology. related courses of either BI 102 or CH 151. In addition, The department will accomplish this mission by: offering students must fulfill the professional education course general education courses to all students; providing a requirements of the Education Department. Students comprehensive and personalized foundation for majors, seeking licensure to teach must also be formally which will prepare them for a career in their chosen field; admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher performing research and scholarship which broadens the Education Programs . For admission requirements, horizons of knowledge and informs our teaching, and; see EDUCATION in this catalog. providing public access to the planetarium and observa- tory and conducting educational programs in physics, SUGGESTED SCHEDULE IN PHYSICS astronomy, engineering, and geology for the intellectual Freshman enrichment of the citizens of the state of Kansas. Students seeking licensure to teach must also be for- First Semester (15 hrs) Second Semester (14 hrs) mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher English 101 (3) Mathematics 152 (5) Education Programs. For admission requirements, see Mathematics 151 (5) General Physics I 281 (5) EDUCATION in this catalog. Chemistry 151 (5) CIS 111 (4) Physical Education 198 (2) Student Learning Outcomes Physics students at Washburn University, upon gradu- ation, are expected to have:

168 Sophomore THE MINOR First Semester (15 hrs) Second Semester (13-16 hrs) To minor in Physics, the student must complete 20 Mathematics 153 (3) Mathematics 241 (3) hours in physics which will consist of PS261 and 262 or General Physics II 282 (5) Physics 334 (3) PS281 and 282 plus 10 hours of course work in Physics CIS 244 (3) Physics 335 (3) requiring PS261, 262 or PS281, 282 as prerequisites. To Electives (4) OR Electives 4-7 (3) count toward a minor work must be graded C or better and 25 percent of total minor hours must be taken in residence at Washburn University. Junior COURSE OFFERINGS First Semester (15-18 hrs) Second Semester (14 hrs) English 300 (3) Physics 321 (3) (Courses marked with

169 PS 282 General Physics II (5) PS 352 Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory (1) A continuation of General Physics I. Electricity and mag- Measurements of constants fundamental to atomic phys- netism optics, and modern physics. Lecture-recitation ics: Planck’s constant, electron charge and mass, speed and laboratory. Prerequisite: PS 281. of light, etc. Techniques of nuclear alpha, beta and gamma ray spectroscopy. Prerequisite: PS 350. PS 291 Elementary Computational Physics (2) An introduction to computer modeling of physics prob- PS 360 Experimental Physics (1 or 2) lems using spreadsheet programs, computer algebra Experimental design and techniques. Extensive use of systems, and other mathematical software. Prerequisite: technical literature will be necessary. Independent work MA 151 or concurrent. is encouraged. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. PS 310 Relativity (02) PS 365 Introduction to Theoretical Physics (3) Concepts of space and time, frames of reference, Application of ordinary and partial differential equations, Einstein’s Theory of Special Relativity and Elements of Fourier series, Laplace transforms, Gamma functions, General Relativity. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. and complex variables to problems in the fields of phys- ics and engineering. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282 or PS 320 Electromagnetic Theory I (3) concurrent enrollment. The basic theory of electro- magnetic fields and waves using the calculus and vector methods. Prerequisite: PS PS 366 Introduction to Computational Physics (3) 262 or 282; MA 153. Techniques and models in computational physics. Pre- requisites: PS 262 or 282, MA 153. PS 321 Electromagnetic Theory II (3) A continuation of Physics 320. Prerequisite: PS 320. PS 368 Computational Physics Research (3) Computational physics research in any of the areas of PS 322 Electrical Laboratory (2) physics. A written and an oral presentation of the work is Basic theory of semiconductors and the application of required. Prerequisite: departmental permission. this theory in electrical measurements. One-hour lecture and three hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. PS 370 Spec. Subjects in Physics (Credit to be Arranged) PS 330 Optics (3) Offered on demand as teaching schedules permit. Mate- Physical and geometrical optics. Lecture-recitation. rial is to be chosen according to student interest from Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. any one of a number of fields of physics. Prerequisite: PS 332 Optics Laboratory (1) consent of instructor. Experiments with lens systems, mirrors, aberrations, the spectrometer, interference and diffraction, and polariza- Po l i t i c a l Sc i e n c e a n d tion. Prerequisite: PS 330 or concurrent enrollment. Pu b l i c Ad m i n i s t r a t i o n PS 334 Thermodynamics (3) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/polisci/ A consideration of heat phenomena, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, their principal consequences Degrees Offered and applications to simple systems, and the kinetic Bachelor of Arts: theory of gases. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282; MA 153. Political Science Bachelor of Public Administration: PS 335 Theoretical Mechanics I (3) Public and Non-Profit Management A mathematical study of classical mechanics. Rigid Certificate of Non-Profit Management body statics and dynamics, kinematics and dynamics of particles and systems of particles, and conservative and Henderson Learning Center, Room 215 non-conservative force fields. Prerequisite: PS 262 or (785) 670-1737 282; MA153. Associate Professor Mark Peterson, Chair Professor Steve Cann PS 336 Theoretical Mechanics II (3) Professor David Freeman A continuation of Theoretical Mechanics I. Prerequisite: Professor Chris Hamilton PS 335. Professor Loran Smith PS 340 Electronics (3) Associate Professor Bob Beatty Digital electronic circuits and devices with special em- Associate Professor Tom Schmiedeler, Geography phasis on computer interfacing to instrumentation. Two Mission one-hour lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282, and MA 153. Consistent with the mission of the University and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Political PS 350 Modern Physics I (3) Science provides the curriculum for the Bachelor of Phenomena specific to the extra-nuclear structure of the Arts degree in Political Science and Bachelor of Public atom; phenomena peculiar to the atomic nucleus; intro- Administration degrees. The department serves a duction to quantum and wave mechanics, and relativity. clientele that enrolls in its courses for several different Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282; MA153. reasons including: (1) meeting general education require- ments, (2) meeting major or minor requirements for other PS 351 Modern Physics II (3) departments and majors, (3) meeting the cognitive needs A continuation of Physics 350. Prerequisite: PS 350. of departmental majors, (4) assisting students in meeting 170 the professional development needs of their present or Designated lower division PO courses (106 or 107; future employment, and (5) meeting the elective needs plus any three from 225,235,245, or 275) are intended of students who are interested in politics, political issues, to be pre-requisites or “gateway survey courses” for and/or public policy. Majors to upper division PO courses within the same area. (Example: a Major must take 106 or 107 to be Description of the Discipline able to take 308), but a Major may take up to nine (9) The study of governments, public policies and political total hours of upper division political science courses behavior using both humanistic and scientific perspec- at Washburn (or have the transfer credit equivalent) tives and skills to examine the countries and regions of without having met the pre-requisite or “gateway survey” the world. See http://www.apsanet.org required 100/200 level course. The Political Science Department administers the two degrees of political science (BA), and public admin- Breakdown of the Requirements of the Major in istration (BPA), a Certificate of Non-Profit Management Political Science: (see also the Department of Human Services), and I . The twelve credit hours of lower division work may be Geography courses. satisfied by: The Department of Political Science offers the a. PO 106 or PO 107 (3 hrs) Bachelor’s in Political Science (BA) which seeks to pre- b. Any three courses (9 credit hours) from among: pare well-rounded students who understand politics and PO 225, 235, 245, or 275 policies domestically, internationally, theoretically, and II . The twelve hours of upper division work (300 or 400 administratively. The BA in Political Science is for those level) must include at least one of the designated who plan to go on to graduate or law school, careers in courses in four of the five following areas (A to E). public affairs, or public employment. The Department A . American Politics also offers a Bachelor of Public Administration degree Area prerequisite: PO 106, 107 or consent of instructor which emphasizes public and non-profit management. • PO 304 Political Behavior We also offer the Certificate of Non-Profit Management. • PO 305 Policy* OR Student Learning Outcomes • PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies* Political Science students at Washburn University, • PO 306 Urban/Metropolitan Government upon graduation, are expected to have acquired knowl- • PO 320 The Legislative Process edge in four of the following five subfields: • PO 321 The Presidency • the political institutions and processes of the • PO 339 Federal Institutions OR governments of the United States; • PO 340 Civil Liberties • international political issues, significant internation- B. Political Theory al organizations, and the world political economy; Area prerequisite: PO 275 or consent of instructor • the ideas, concepts, and principles associated with • PO 333 Classical and Medieval Political Theory political philosophers deemed by the discipline as • PO 334 Modern and Contemporary Political Theory being most significant to the sub-field of Political • PO 356 American Political Theory Theory; • the field of comparative political institutions and C . Comparative Politics Area prerequisite: PO 235 or consent of instructor political processes; and • PO 360 China, Japan and Asian Politics • the field of public administration, its processes, and • PO 361 European Politics the general principles and problems of complex public organizations. • PO 362 Mexico and Latin American Politics In addition, all majors in the discipline should be able • PO 365 Democratization and Int’l Political Economy to interpret the meaning and significance of political data. D . International Relations Area prerequisite: PO 225 or consent of instructor • PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution DEPARTMENTAL HONORS • PO 351 International Organizations and Law 3.65 overall GPA and a 3.80 Political Science GPA (All • PO 353 American Foreign Policy Political Science courses taken). • PO 354 Issues in International Politics and Security E . Public Administration THE POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR Area prerequisite: PO 245 or consent of instructor • PO 305 Public Policy OR Brief General Description: At least 34 credit hours • PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies * in Political Science are required, to be distributed as fol- • PO 343 Administrative Law OR lows: Twelve (12) hours of designated lower division PO courses, PO 390 (3 credit hours), PO 450 (1 credit hour), • PO 391 Public Personnel Administration 12 credit hours of upper division courses with at least 1 • PO 393 Public Budgeting three-credit hour upper division course in four of the five • PO 394 Public Management OR sub-field areas, and six hours of elective courses from • PO 395 Non-Profit Management any additional lower or upper division political science offerings. * NOTE: Students can pick PO 305 or PO 308 to apply to ONE area. The same course may not be treated as 171 satisfying two subfield requirements. • the limits of bureaucratic power under a constitu- III .Students must enroll in PO 390 Research Methods tional, democratic government. (includes both quantitative and qualitative research methods) (3 cr. Hrs), and seniors must take PO 450 Degrees and Certificates Senior Political Science Capstone (1 hr). Seniors The Bachelor’s in Public Administration (BPA) must also take the ACAT national political science as- emphasizes Public and Non-Profit Management. The sessment exam during their final semester. Bachelor of Public Administration (BPA) degree leads IV. Six (6) additional hours of lower or upper division to employment in state or local governments, non-profit political science courses. agencies, the national government, or certain aspects V. Optional Internship Credits PO 307 - Internships of up of business relating to human resources management, to 6 cr. hours that may be counted toward the major government relations or government regulations. The are an available option for interested students. The BPA degree requires 24credit hours of cognate courses prerequisite is PO 107. 15 of which fulfill general education requirements, and THE POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR not more than 40 political science and public administra- tion credit hours as described below. The Department A minor consists of no less than 15 hours. Students is active in seeking internships in public and non-profit must take PO 106, PO 107, and select 9 hours of ad- agencies for Juniors and Seniors, leading in many cases ditional courses 6 of which must be from upper division to full-time employment. courses. Students must have a grade of C or better in I . Required Courses for the BPA Major (27 to 30 each course applied to the minor. A student cannot ma- credit hours): jor in either political science or public administration and receive a minor in the other area. PO 107 American State and Local Government PO 245 Intro to Public Administration Pi Sigma Alpha (sometime within the first 12 credit hours of the The national political science honorary society is rep- major) resented by a chapter chartered in 1983. Membership PO 305 Public Policy is conferred each year on advanced political science PO 307 Internship (3 or 6 credit hours) students whose grades meet the prescribed national and PO 390 Applied Political Research local requirements. PO 391 Public Personnel Administration PO 393 Public Budgeting PO 394 Public Management Techniques BACHELOR’S DEGREE (BPA) IN PUBLIC PO 401 Program Evaluation ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE OF OR NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT HS 495 Admin. And Eval. Of Human Service Programs Mission II . PO Electives for the BPA (9 to 12 credit hours): The Bachelor of Public Administration Degree and the PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan Government Certificate of Non-Profit Management are offered through PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies the Department of Political Science. The principal func- PO 343 Administrative Law tion of these programs is to serve a clientele that seeks a PO 346 Special Topics ( 3 to 6 credit hours total) level of expertise and cognition sufficient to the profes- PO 395 Non-Profits Management sional development needs of their present or future employment in either the public and/or non-profit sectors III .Non-PO Cognate Courses for the BPA: of American society. The offerings of the discipline also Students must take the following courses in the meet the elective needs of students interested in the vari- General Education Curriculum: EC 200, EC 201, PY ous aspects of public administration. 100, CN 101, and SO 101. These courses also count towards fulfilling the General Education and elective Student Learning Outcomes requirements of the University. Students must also take Public Administration Students at Washburn University, CM 101, AC 224 Financial Accounting, and CN 300 upon graduation, are expected to have acquired basic Organizational Communication OR CN 350 Persuasion knowledge in the following subfields: (Prerequisite CN 101). • the interaction between politics and policy which The Certificate of Non-Profit Management is offered makes administration necessary and defines its jointly with the Department of Human Services. The tasks; Certificate of Non-Profit Management is valuable for • the theories, principles, and problems of complex individuals who seek manager positions or advance- organizations; ment into the field of non-profit agencies (United Way, • the theories and practice of management; YMCA, etc). The Certificate is offered in three ways: • the theories and concepts of organization staffing; A. ON-LINE, B. to any on-campus student with any Major, or C. with fewer required hours as a Major in • the means and methods by which governments Public Administration who Minors in Human Services, raise, appropriate, expend, and account for funds; or a Human Services Major who Minors in Public and Administration. Option A. Available ON-LINE to working adults in any outlying location by the Internet, or through campus

172 courses (see list of 9 courses in the Option B paragraph PO 200 Special Topics in Political Science (1-3) immediately below) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be OR announced in advance. Option B. Add to any Major or graduate pro- PO 210 Political Corruption in America (3) gram, with the following courses: English 100. HS An historical and analytical probe of political corruption 100 Orientation to Human Services; HS 445 Legal and in the United States. Special emphasis will be placed Ethical Issues; HS 302 Social change and Advocacy; on analyzing the reasons why corrupt politicians exist, PO 245 Intro to Public Administration; PO 393 Public why they survive, and how they have fallen. The reform Budgeting, or PO 346 Non-Profit Fundraising; PO 395 movements and their impact also are discussed. Non-Profit Management; PO 401Program Evaluation, or HS 495 Admin and Evaluation of Human Services; PO PO 211 American Political Parties (3) 307/HS 481 Internship 3 to 6 credit hours. American party history, organization and operation. Total of 27-30 credit hours (9 courses) Option C . 6 courses (18 hours). For any Majors

174 PO 346 Problems in Public Administration (3) PO 365 Democratization and Int’l Problems and cases involved in administering public Political Economy (3) policy. Describes the growth of democracy in world political sys- tems, and the inter-relation of democracy, human rights, PO 351 International Law (3) economic development, trade options, and their effects Nature, general principles and development of interna- on the nation states and populations in the modern tional law by examination of appropriate cases and ma- world, especially in 3rd or southern world regions. terials. The development of international legal principles within the framework of cultural diversity, competing PO 386/586 Directed Readings (1-3) religious and value systems, and conflicting economic Readings in the selected fields of Political Science. and national expectations. May be taken until three credit hours are earned. Prerequisite: Senior Political Science major or approval PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution (3) of the department head. A survey of the literature on peacekeeping, stable peace, the kinds of peace and conflict resolution techniques, in PO 390 Applied Political Research (3) diplomacy, and in case studies of nation-states relations. Introduction to utilization of basic research techniques in public administration and political science. PO 353 American Foreign Policy (3) Analysis and evaluation of post-World War II American PO 391 Public Personnel Administration (3) foreign policy. Assessment of the sources and the sub- The principles and techniques involved in managing pub- stance of policy as well as some of the enduring issues lic employees. Particular attention is given to staffing, in American foreign policy. separation, and administrative functions related to public employment. PO 354 Current Issues in Int’l Politics and Security (3) PO 393 Public Budgeting (3) Analysis of selected foreign policy issues confronting the The politics of planning, financing, and managing govern- U.S.A. in the 1990s. The focus of the course varies from mental budgets at the national, state, and local levels. year to year. PO 394 Public Management Techniques (3) PO 356 American Political Theory (3) A study of the differences in the setting of the manage- An examination of the contrasting philosophies at work ment of the various kinds of public organizations, and in the discourse of the republic’s founding (Federalists a survey of the basic techniques of strategic planning, vs. Anti-federalists) and the subsequent development fund-raising, decision-making, community inter-organi- of American political thought. Central questions involve zation development, leadership, negotiations, mission issues of representative vs. direct democracy; what are definition, policy analysis and evaluation for maximum the appropriate institutions of government; the tension effectiveness in the public sector. between the rule of the majority and the rights of the dissenting minority; and the posture of the democratic PO 395 Non-Profits Management (3) A survey of the various forms and particular differences republic towards human rights and the use of state force. of the management and operation of Non-Profit orga- PO 360 China, Japan, and Asian Politics (3) nizations as distinguished from traditional government A study of the governments, politics, policies and political administration. cultures of China, Japan, and selected Asian countries. Analysis of the political process, government institutions, PO 401 Program Evaluation Methods (3) The most vital methods of evaluating the effects of pro- policies, political economy, cultures, interest groups, and grams and agency goals of government and non-profit leaders that shape the political landscape of East, South- agencies. east, and South Asia. A special emphasis on the forces of political and economic change. PO 450 Senior Seminar (1) This is required for graduating Seniors majoring in PO 361 European Politics (3) political science. It is a capstone course offered every Study of the government and politics of selected Euro- semester. It is a review of the major theories in the ar- pean countries. Analysis of the political process and eas of Political Theories, American Politics, Comparative government policies of the United Kingdom, France, Politics, Public Administration, and International Rela- Germany, and Russia as well as the movement toward tions, plus quantitative research methods. The course European unity. is team taught by the faculty. Student proficiency in the PO 362 Mexico and Latin American Politics (3) discipline will be measured by a national performance A study of the governments, politics, policies and political exit exam over areas of Political Science. cultures of Mexico and selected Latin American coun- tries. Analysis of the political process, government Pr e -Th e o l o g y institutions, political economy, policies, interest groups, Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 cultures, and leaders that shape the political landscape (785) 670-1542 of Mexico and Latin America. A specific emphasis on the forces of political and economic change. Professor Barry Crawford, Advisor The Philosophy Department recommends that pre- theology students complete a broad course of study, in- cluding work in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural

175 Sciences and in Creative and Performing Arts. The knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to prepare Philosophy Department offers courses in Religion and is students to apply for admission to graduate school in happy to assist students in planning pre-seminary majors psychology. For the second group, the major is also de- in either Religious Studies or Philosophy. signed to satisfy the interests of someone seeking more than just a casual understanding of psychology, who also Ps y c h o l o g y needs practical knowledge and skills useful to students planning to complete a B.A. degree and then pursue a Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/psychology/ fulfilling career in another field. Degrees Offered The Psychology Department also administers a Bachelor of Arts, Psychology graduate program leading to a Master of Arts degree with Master of Arts, Psychology, emphasis in Clinical Skills an emphasis in clinical skills. See Psychology, Graduate (see Graduate Programs section of catalog) Programs, in catalog index. Henderson Learning Center, Room 211 THE MAJOR (785) 670-1564 It is recommended that students with a serious inter- est in psychology distribute their elected courses over as Associate Professor Dave Provorse, Chair many areas of psychology as possible in order to acquire Professor Joanne Altman a comprehensive picture of modern psychology. Professor Gary Forbach Students must complete a minimum of 30 graded Associate Professor Barbara Bowman credit hours in psychology, earning a grade of C or better Associate Professor Laura Stephenson in each course. These hours must include: PY 100, 105, Assistant Professor Michael McGuire 150, 250, and 299; 4 upper division courses from among Assistant Professor Michael Russell PY 301, 305, 306, 307, 309, and 310; and a total of at Assistant Professor Cynthia Turk least 3 hours selected from the set of courses which may Lecturer Meredith McKee serve as the basis of a Senior Capstone Experience (PY Emeritus Professor Ronald Evans 387, 389, and 390). Students should work closely with an advisor to Mission plan the required Capstone Experience. The Capstone Consistent with the mission of the University and the Experience should be taken during the junior or senior College of Arts and Sciences, the Psychology Department year. of Washburn University meets the educational needs of Some courses which meet psychology major require- several traditional and nontraditional student populations ments are not offered each semester, so students should through our undergraduate program which is designed always consult a Psychology faculty advisor when plan- to: (1) provide general education courses for students ning their course schedule. enrolled in various two- and four-year degree programs; At least 15 of the required 30 hours must be upper- (2) support students who choose an undergraduate division courses, and at least 9 hours (including 6 upper psychology minor or correlated area to complement their division hours) must be taken at Washburn. degree program; and (3) serve CAS students seeking a B.A. degree with psychology as their major. The psy- Department Honors chology major offers the study of the science of psychol- Psychology majors with a GPA of 3.5 or higher in all ogy and the general benefits of a liberal arts education, Psychology classes are eligible for departmental honors emphasizing the preparation for lifelong learning, and by demonstrating superior research skills or scholarship thinking and action based on both specific and general while enrolled in Psychology 389 or 390. Students are knowledge skills. encouraged to begin these projects no later than the first semester of their senior year. More information about Student Learning Outcomes honors is available from a department advisor. Psychology students at Washburn University, upon Psi Chi: The national honorary psychology society, graduation, are expected to have: Psi Chi, is represented at Washburn University by a acquired knowledge of the fundamental principles in chapter chartered in 1968. Membership is conferred psychology; developed critical thinking and reasoning each year upon advanced psychology students whose skills; acquired oral and written communication skills; grades in psychology meet the prescribed national and demonstrated information gathering and synthesis skills; local requirements. demonstrated research and statistical skills; and devel- oped an understanding of the ethics of psychology. The Independent Work in Psychology requirements for a major in psychology are designed to The department encourages all interested and quali- meet educational goals of two distinct student popula- fied students to pursue a program of independent work in tions: psychology by participating in one or more of the follow- 1. students who want to pursue a career in psychology; ing three courses: PY 336 Field/Volunteer Experience; and PY 389 Independent Study; PY 390 Directed Research. 2. students who want to study psychology because it It is generally recommended that a student should have is interesting, useful, and helpful to people in many completed at least 15 hours in Psychology, including PY other careers. 250 Experimental Psychology, prior to enrolling in any of For the first group, because the profession of psychol- the above courses. Interested sophomores and juniors ogy usually requires a graduate degree for employment are required to arrange independent work with their de- as a psychologist, the major provides the fundamental partmental advisor during the semester prior to enrolling in these courses. 176 THE MINOR

177 PY 302 Motivation (3) PY 327 Correctional Psychology (3) A review of biological, behavioral, and cognitive ap- An introduction to the field of Correctional Psychology. proaches to motivation. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. Applies psychological theories, principles and research to correctional issues. Topics include inmate behavior, PY 305 Sensation and Perception (3) women in prison, and psychological disorders found Focus on the anatomy and functions of sensory systems among offenders and prevention of fatigue, stress, and (vision, audition, olfaction, gustation, haptics). Emphasis burnout in staff members. Prerequisite: PY 100, 101, or on differences in theoretical backgrounds. Prerequisite: consent. PY 100 or 101. PY 328 Psychology of War and Warriors (3) PY 306 Cognition (3) Applies psychological theories, principles, and research A study of the intellectual structures and processes to military training, combat experiences, and recovering involved in the acquisition, storage, transformation, and after a war. The impact of war on military and non-com- use of knowledge. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. batants is studied. Prerequisite: PY100 or 101. PY 307 Physiological Psychology (3) PY 333 Counseling Psychology (3) Examines the physiological basis of psychological phe- Major theories and techniques of psychological counsel- nomena (e.g., behavior). Concentrates on the function ing. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. of biological systems on both general and specific behav- iors. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. PY 336 Field/Volunteer Experience in Psychology (1-3) PY 309 Theories of Personality (3) Supervised experience in the application of psychologi- Psychological theories of personality, including psycho- cal concepts and methods or volunteer work. Work in analytic, learning, and humanistic approaches. Prerequi- non-classroom situations required. Arrangements for site: PY 100 or 101. enrollment must be completed prior to registration. Pass/ PY 310 Social Psychology (3) Fail Only. Prerequisite: One related advanced course Theory and research on cognitive and behavioral re- and consent of instructor. sponses to social stimuli. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. PY 338 Childhood Psychopathology (3) PY 312 Psychology of Creativity (3) An overview of psychological and behavioral disorders of Exploration of the many facets of creativity, including children and adolescents, including their characteristics, the nature, measurement, prediction, and cultivation of origins, and treatment. Prerequisite: PY 231. creativity, and its relationship to other cognitive abilities. PY 350 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. Clinical Psychology as a science and a profession. The PY 314 Personality and Social Behavior (3) history, scope, ethics, theories, and methods of clinical Description of the characteristics that distinguish psychology. Prerequisite: PY 231. individuals and a review of the processes by which PY 353 Psychology of Everyday Life (3) these characteristics are thought to be established and Applications of psychological theory and research in changed. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. common life arenas, including family, work, and interper- PY 315 Personnel Psychology (3) sonal relationships. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. The psychological aspects of personnel administration, PY 356 Psychology of Marital and stressing the application of psychological principles to Family Processes (3) personnel management. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. An overview of psychological theories and research per- PY 320 Principles of Psychological Testing (3) taining to family processes and the influence of the family Theory and methods in psychological measurement, on the psychological development of the individual. Top- and their application to the construction, selection, and ics to be covered include various psychological theories interpretation of psychological tests. Includes a survey of pertaining to family functioning, family dysfunction and representative personality and ability tests. Prerequisite: divorce, and relationships between family functioning and PY 100 or 101. psychopathology. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. PY 325 Community Psychology (3) PY 381 History and Psychology The study of community and organizational approaches of Sex and Gender (3) to intervention and prevention strategies for mental Surveys historic and current experience of being male health care, general health care, and various social prob- and female within changing Western society. The course lems. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. will examine past ideas fostering distinctions between sexes, as well as surveying current psychological PY 326 Health Psychology (3) research in this area. This course will be team taught Psychological research and theory in the areas of psy- by an historian and a psychologist. Prerequisite: Three chosomatic disorders, chronic illness, disability, termi- hours of Social Science or consent. Of PY 381 and HI nal illness, and staff/patient relationships. The course 381, only one may be taken for credit. emphasizes the contributions of psychological theory and treatment in traditionally medical areas of human PY 382 Zoo Research (3) behavior. Prerequisite: PY 100 or 101. Exploration of methods of observational research used to study behavior. Students will conduct supervised

178 observations of animals or people at the Topeka Zoo. areas and to serving the University and its various com- Prerequisite: PY 250. munities. The Department emphasizes excellence in teaching undergraduate students. PY 387 History and Systems of Psychology (3) An examination of philosophical and empirical roots that DESCRIPTION OF DISCIPLINE led to the development of the discipline of psychology Religious Studies courses examine the nature and and the historical progression of ideas central to modern function of religious beliefs and practices in the develop- psychology. (May be used to meet Senior Capstone ment of human self-understanding and in the conduct Experience requirement). Prerequisites: Psychology of human affairs. The curriculum presupposes that the Senior or Consent. study of religion involves a great variety of subjects which can be explored from the perspective of several PY 388 Directed Collaborative Research (3) different disciplines and in terms of multiple methodolo- Supervised small group research project(s) designed gies. Courses in the curriculum acquaint students with a to provide the opportunity to work collaboratively with rich diversity of scholarship on religion and with critical peers. (May be used to meet Senior Capstone Experi- methods employed in the interpretation of religious phe- ence requirement). Prerequisite: PY 250 and Consent of nomena. Students of all backgrounds and fields of study instructor. should find courses in religion helpful for understanding PY 389 Independent Study (1-3) how religious ideas and ideals have shaped the way Individual problems planned and executed by the student people live and think. under supervision. (May be used to meet Senior Cap- Student Learning Outcomes stone Experience requirement.) May be repeated up to a total of 6 hours. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Religious Studies students at Washburn University, upon graduation, are expected to have: PY 390 Directed Research (1-3) • acquired an understanding of the subject matter Supervised independent research involving gathering, of, and methods used in the academic study of analysis, and reporting of empirical data. (May be used religion; to meet Senior Capstone Experience requirement.) May • acquired an understanding of the various method- be repeated up to a total of 6 hours. Prerequisite: PY ological approaches to religion used by anthropol- 250 and consent of instructor. ogy, sociology and philosophy; PY 395 Special Topics (1-3) • achieved an introductory understanding of the Selected topics in psychology, announced in advance. nature and diversity of world religions; Can be repeated for credit under different topic areas. • attained knowledge beyond the introductory level Prerequisite: Specified for each topic. of the diversity of religious beliefs and practices throughout the world; GRADUATE PROGRAM IN PSYCHOLOGY (MA) • developed an understanding beyond the introducto- The Department of Psychology offers a Master of Arts ry level of a concentrated area of religious studies; Degree in Psychology with an emphasis in clinical skills. • displayed an advanced competence (at the under- See Psychology, Graduate Programs, in catalog index. graduate level) to deal with the various concepts and materials central to the academic study of religion; and • demonstrated the ability to conduct and present PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION research in written form, and orally defend positions (See Political Science) taken in written work. THE MAJOR The major in Religious Studies is a broadly based program of instruction designed to meet the needs of the Re l i g i o u s St u d i e s following three groups of students: first, anyone wishing Philosophy Department to gain a deeper understanding of the role of religion in human experience and history; second, those interested Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/philosophy in entering a seminary in preparation for a career in the ministry; third, those planning to continue the academic Degree Offered study of religion at the graduate level in preparation for a Bachelor of Arts – Religious Studies career of teaching and research. Religious Studies ma- Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 jors desiring to earn departmental honors must success- (785) 670-1542 fully complete the college requirements for departmental honors. Professor Barry Crawford The requirements for the major in Religious Studies Mission consist of the following: Consistent with the missions of the University and • RG 101: Introduction to Religion; RG 102: World the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Religions; RG 331: Concepts of God, East and Philosophy is dedicated to providing high quality under- West; RG 398: Senior Thesis Research; RG 399: graduate courses in philosophy and religion, to engaging Senior Thesis; three additional upper division hours in research and scholarly activities in these and related 179 in Religion; PH 102: Ethics: Introduction to Moral RG 303/503 Jesus in the Gospels (3) Problems; PH 201: History of Ancient Western Phi- An analysis of the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and losophy; PH 302: Philosophy of Religion; AN 313: John. Emphasis is on the nature and function of the Religion, Magic and Witchcraft; SO 318: Sociology gospels within the context of New Testament Christianity. of Religion. Prerequisite: three hours of Religion. • Nine additional upper division hours in related RG 305/505 The Mission and Message of Paul (3) courses to be selected in consultation with the An examination of Pauline Christianity and its place in student’s advisor and approved by the Department the early church. Focus is on the genuine Pauline letters of Philosophy. to determine the nature of Paul’s contribution to early • Two semesters of a Foreign Language. Christian thought and its impact on developing Chris- • Nine hours in World History (HI 100, 101, and 102). tian beliefs and practices. Prerequisite: three hours of Religion. THE MINOR Minor programs in Religious Studies are individually RG 331/531 Concepts of God: East and West (3) designed by the student in consultation with a depart- The variety of concepts used to describe the nature mental advisor and subject to departmental approval. A and activity of God according to the philosophical and minor will consist of at least 15 hours, 12 of which must theological interpreters of the world’s major religions. be in Religion courses and six of which must be upper Prerequisite: three hours of Religion or Philosophy. division. RG 386/586 Special Study (1-3) COURSE OFFERINGS Individual study of specialized subjects pertaining to (Courses marked with

180 Mission Majors are strongly encouraged to take courses in Consistent with the mission of the University and the statistics and computer science; and to complete a College of Arts and Sciences, the Sociology Department minor . at Washburn University exists to introduce students to THE MINOR the academic discipline of sociology. As such, we offer To minor in Sociology, students must complete a to a broad range of today’s students a variety of timely, minimum of 15 hours of credit in Sociology. These lively, and applicable general education and elective hours must include SO 100 and any other 4 courses in course work in which we stress the general education Sociology, two of which must be upper division courses. goals of an ability to intelligently read, effectively commu- Students must have a grade of C or better in each nicate, and assess distinctive human values. course applied to the minor. Anthropology majors are In addition to our obligation to the overall university permitted to minor in Sociology. curriculum, we further make the effort to identify, compre- hensively support, and nurture sociology majors. We also COURSE OFFERINGS offer a specialized curriculum to prepare our majors to (Courses marked with

181 cultures. Prerequisite: AN 112 or SO 100 or consent of populations, or are some groups more vulnerable than instructor. others? How can disasters act as an agent for or against social change? What can we learn about society from SO 304/AN 304 The Family (3) studying disasters? Prerequisite: SO100 Changes that have occurred in definitions of family and family functions, the effects of the changes on status and SO 314/514 Organizations (3) roles of family members, and family disorganization, with Organizations are examined from the sociological per- emphasis placed on the United States family. Prerequi- spective with attention given to the formal and informal site: SO 100 or AN 112. components of organizations ranging from voluntary as- sociation, through professional organizations to modern SO 305 Criminology (3) bureaucracies. Special attention is given to organiza- Theories of causation of crime and their relationships to tional theory and its implications for behavior within and social structure and culture. Prerequisite: six hours of between organizations. Prerequisite: SO 100. Sociology including SO 100. SO 315 Sociology of Sport (3) SO 306 Law and Society (3) The emergence of organized sport in becoming a major The legal system is studied not in terms of the rules social institution in American society. Prerequisite: SO which make up the system, but in terms of the activities 100. involved in creating, interpreting and enforcing these rules. The primary concern is with the ways in which the SO316 Sociology of East Asia (3) legal system affects society and in which society is an in- The main objective of this course is to understand East tegral part of the larger social system and not an isolated Asia through the sociological imagination. We will ex- set of rules, procedures and activities. Prerequisite: SO plore selective topics (e.g., culture, population, Han-ru) 100 or consent of instructor. through the eyes and works of sociologists and other social scientists. We will focus on China, Japan, and SO 307 Penology (3) Korea (CJK). Prerequisite: SO 100, AN 112, or consent History of treatment of convicted adults and juveniles. of instructor Discussion of modern alternatives to prison: probation, parole, and suspended sentence. Field trips to local SO 317/AN 317 Peoples and Cultures of Africa (3) institutions. Prerequisite: six hours of Sociology including A survey of the indigenous cultures and societies of SO 305. Africa through the study of kinship, politics, economics, SO 308 The Sociology of Mental Health (3) religion and contemporary socio-cultural change. Prereq- Survey and sociological analyses of major theoretical ap- uisite: AN 112 or consent. proaches toward mental health and illness exploring the SO 318 Sociology of Religion (3) social factors associated with mental illness; examination A comparative study of the phenomenon of religion with of the dynamics of societal reactions to mental illness. special emphasis on the impact and future of religion Prerequisites: SO 100 or AN 112. in the modern world. Concepts of such men as Weber, SO 309 Sociology of Deviance (3) Durkheim, Troeltsch, and Merton will serve as a basis Presentation, evaluation, and integration of sociologi- for the approach to religious values, norms, institutional cal theories of deviance. Focus on the social processes structures and changing religious practices. Prerequisite: producing and maintaining eviance. Consideration given SO 100/AN 112. to a variety of deviant expressions. Prerequisite: SO 100 SO 323/AN 323 The City and Urban Life (3) or 101. Comparative study of the origin and development of SO 310 Social Class in the U S. . (3) cities. Focuses on processes of urban development, Stratification systems, including theories of stratification rural-urban migration, inter-relationships between and historical and comparative studies of stratification people, urban cultures, social institutions, use of space systems, with the primary emphasis on the American and competing theoretical perspectives. Examines Latin social class system, and its implication for contemporary American, African, European as well as American cities. society and the individual. Prerequisite: SO 100. Prerequisite: SO 100, AN 112, or consent. SO 311 Juvenile Delinquency (3) SO 326/AN 326 Aging and Society (3) Characteristics and extent of youthful deviancy; possible The social position of the aged, paying particular at- causes, concepts of treatment, and societal reaction. tention to American society, using historical and cross- Prerequisite: three hours in Sociology. cultural considerations. The situation and problems of older persons will be examined from the vantage point of SO 312/AN 312 Culture, Health and Illness (3) sociological theories of aging and related empirical stud- Socio-cultural causes of illness; health care delivery ies. Prerequisites: SO 100 or consent of instructor. systems, patient-practitioner relationships; prevention of illness. Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN 112 or consent of SO 330 Collective Behavior: Crowds, Disasters and instructor. Social Movements (3) Collective behavior as a special form of social change. SO313 Sociology of Disasters (3) Topics investigated include crowd behavior, rumor, panic, This course analyzes the phenomena we call “disaster” fads and social movement. Prerequisite: SO 100. using a sociological perspective. Some of the topics covered will include: What is a disaster? How do people behave in a disaster? Do disasters randomly affect 182 SO 336/AN 336 Globalization (3) students will present the findings of an in-depth analysis An examination of work, life, and culture in an increas- of a formal organization, resulting in a 20-page formal ingly globalized world. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. report and oral presentation. Prerequisites: Admission to the MLS program and consent of instructor. SO 338/AN 338 Strategies for Social Change (3) This course examines possible solutions to major con- SO 538 Strategies for Social Change (3) temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, This course examines possible solutions to major con- sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, Theories of social change are explored and alternative sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. futures for American society are considered. Prerequi- Theories of social change are explored and alternative site: SO 100, 101 or consent. futures for American society are considered. Master’s component: Master’s students will (1) identify one or SO 360/560 Sociological Theories (3) more aspects of a social problem in or around Topeka Exploration of the development of sociological theory and analyze it through several theoretical frame- works; from its classical roots to the present. Central concepts (2) volunteer with a local organization (through LINC) to are elaborated and interrelated within the context of the propose and/or implement solutions; and (3) document work of particular theorists and the “schools of thought” their analysis and volunteer experience in a 20-page for- they represent. One of two capstone courses required of mal paper. Prerequisites: Admission to the MLS program Sociology majors. Prerequisite: declared major, junior/ and consent of instructor senior standing, or consent. SO 361 Supervised Study (1-3) Under supervision, Sociology-Anthropology majors may SPANISH undertake a research project or undertake extensive reading in some aspects of the disciplines or engage in (See Modern Languages) a field experience. Prerequisite: declared major, junior/ senior standing or consent. SO 362/AN 362 Methods of Social Research (3) Specific research techniques employed by sociologists, Th e a t r e anthropologists, and other social scientists are con- Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/theatre sidered, including polls and surveys, the interview and Degree Offered participant observation. Each student will complete an Bachelor of Arts – Theatre outside project. One of two capstone courses required of Sociology majors. Prerequisite: declared major and 15 Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 133 hours of Sociology, or consent. (785) 670-1639 SO 363 Internship (1-3) Professor Paul Prece, Chair Field training to provide students with experience in an Associate Professor Tony Naylor operational or research setting through assignment to Assistant Professor Sharon L. Sullivan local social agencies or museums approved and super- Assistant Professor Penny Weiner vised by a faculty member. May be elected twice for a MISSION maximum of three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, senior standing and consent. Consistent with the mission of the University and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Theatre SO 377 The Sociology of Education (3) is dedicated to providing students with a strong founda- This course examines theories and methods focusing on tion in Theatre based on mastering basic concepts of the role of education in stabilizing and changing industrial dramatic literature, performance, history, design and society particularly the United States. We describe and criticism as well as the technical skills to produce theatre. analyze how schools and universities figure into recurring Studying Theatre at Washburn is theoretical, practical crises and struggles-especially those related to the job and experiential. Public performances are offered by the market and to people’s concerns as to what constitutes a department in the Andrew J. and Georgia Neese-Gray rewarding life. Prerequisite: SO 100, SO 101 or consent Theatre throughout the year, affording students experi- of instructor. ence in Theatre practice. As one of the University’s “pub- lic faces,” the University Theatre is a cultural resource SO 400 Special Topics in Sociology (3) provided to the citizens of Washburn and the Topeka Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be community. announced in advance. May be taken for more than one semester. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Student Learning Outcomes SO 514 Organizations (3) Theatre students at Washburn University, upon gradua- Organizations are examined from the sociological per- tion, are expected to have: spective with attention given to the formal and informal • demonstrated the ability to examine human components of organizations ranging from voluntary as- values and communicate the human condition sociations through professional organizations to modern • developed interpersonal and interpretive skills bureaucracies. Special attention is given to organiza- and methods for self-expression; tional theory and its implications for behavior within and between organizations. Master’s component: Master’s 183 • demonstrated thinking, speaking and writing application of speaking principles in oral interpretation skills; reading; projects. • demonstrated acquired skills in performance, TH 199 Special Topics in Theatre (1-3) critical writing and design work; Newly developed course material offered for variety and • responded critically to texts, performances and expansion of the course curriculum. classroom exercises; and • demonstrated the ability to learn the craft and

184 influences that have affected contemporary theatre and Drama as an art form, derived from and/or illustrated by drama. examples in criticism and reviewing. TH 307/507 Non-Western Drama (3) TH 408 Advanced Playwriting (3) Detailed examination of the drama and theatre of se- Practical writing lab for the development of full-length lected Non-Western theatrical forms. Special emphasis texts. Advanced critique and rewriting techniques will be is placed upon the relationship of cultural elements to the employed to assist in script development. Prerequisite: theatrical event. TH208 or TH308 or consent. TH 308 Principles of Playwriting (3) TH 415 Experimental Theatre (3) Practical writing lab. Analysis of established texts leads Practical introduction and practice in performance theory, students to creation and development of dramatic mono- collective creation and conceptualization. Creation of logues, short and one-act plays. Class will culminate theatre piece from existent or original sources. in public readings and/or staging of original work in process. TH 416 Special Theatre Projects (1-3) Specifically developed projects and/or internships in TH 310 Theatre Forum/Seminar (1) acting, directing, playwriting, design, public relations, and Two credit hours required of Theatre majors. Topics will theatre management. be drawn from all areas of theatre as an art and a busi- ness. Guest speakers, portfolio/audition preparation, Wom e n ’s a n d Ge n d e r St u d i e s production review and critique will be included. Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs TH 311 Stagecraft (3) Morgan Hall, Room 122 Lecture and laboratory exploration of the concepts of stage drafting, construction and painting. Crew assign- Mission ment will be required. The Washburn University Women’s and Gender TH 313 Introduction to Children’s Theatre (3) Studies Minor is an interdisciplinary program devoted to Study of theatre production for children and youth. Inves- encouraging research on women and gender, sponsor- tigation into the Children’s Theatre repertory with special ing events focused on issues relevant to women and emphasis on playwriting. Development of a philosophy gender, and promoting outreach across the campus and of theatre for children and youth. to the larger community. Women’s and gender studies explores the connections between race and ethnicity, TH 314 Children’s Theatre Tour (3) class, sexual preference and gender as they impact Touring to area schools as a performer or stage manager women’s and men’s lives in a variety of cultural contexts. throughout a given semester. Preparation, rehearsal Courses critically examine the social, historical, psycho- and performance of play chosen for a specific age group. logical, literary, artistic, philosophic, and biological roles Prerequisite: TH 202, TH 313 or consent. of women and gender while seeking to provide a fuller understanding of the multidimensional nature of person- TH 315 Set Design (3) hood. Emphasizing the connections between theory Scenic design for the stage with emphasis on historical and practice, Women’s and Gender Studies encourages practice and contemporary trends. Crew assignment will applied learning through internships, community involve- be required. Prerequisite: TH102 or consent. ment projects, research, and service learning courses. TH 316 Costume Design (3) Historical and contemporary practices in costume design Student Learning Outcomes with practical application in costume construction. Crew Upon completion of the Women’s and Gender Studies assignment will be required.Prerequisite: TH 102 or minor students will be able to: consent. • discuss the multiple types of feminisms that currently exist in the U.S. and internationally, as well as their TH 317 Lighting Design (3) histories and development; Theory and practice of lighting design for theatre. Ap- • critically analyze and make connections between plications for television and photography will be included. feminist theories and feminist practices; Crew assignment will be required. Prerequisite: TH102 • explicate the basic debates or areas of contention or consent. within contemporary feminist thought; TH 359 Methods of Teaching Speech and Drama (3) • describe the multiple ways in which gender is The study and application of teaching strategies for intersected by other social relations such as race, secondary education certification in speech. Prerequi- ethnicity, sexuality, class, and nation; site: Advisor approval and formal admission to teacher • identify the basic components that distinguish femi- education. nist methodologies from other approaches to inquiry, and the ways in which women’s studies approaches TH 399 Special Topics in Theatre (1-3) have transformed traditional disciplines; and Newly developed course material offered for variety and • design and implement a project demonstrating in- expansion of the course curriculum. depth knowledge of one aspect of women’s experi- TH 407 Drama Theory and Criticism (3) ence learned through (for example) a literary genre, Study of general principles of Western literary theory a time period, a geographic region, or focus on a and the methods, aims, functions and characteristics of very narrow topic.

185 Study Plan Required Courses: To obtain the Optional Minor in Women’s & Gender

Washburn students admire a very old amarula tree on a summer trip to South Africa and Botswana.

186 SCHOOL OF APPLIED STUDIES Benton Hall, Room 306 (785) 670-1282 http://www.washburn.edu/sas William S . Dunlap, Dean & Professor Dan L. Petersen, Associate Dean & Professor

Department of Allied Health Department of Human Services Bachelor of Health Science Addiction Counseling Health Services Administration Adult Care Home Administration Medical Imaging Developmental Disabilities Diagnostic Medical Sonography Gerontology Cardiac Sonography Mental Health General Sonography Non-Profit Management Vascular Sonography Victim/Survivor Services Health Information Technology Youth Services Physical Therapist Assistant Radiation Therapy Department of Office, Legal, and Radiologic Technology Technology Computed Tomography Banking Magnetic Resonance Imaging Legal Studies Respiratory Therapy Technology Administration Surgical Technology Department of Social Work Department of Criminal Justice Bachelor of Social Work Corrections Master of Social Work Law Enforcement Master of Social Work - Security Administration Juris Doctor Military & Strategic Studies K.A.T.S. Cooperative Programs Master of Criminal Justice Design Technology ROTC Food Service Army ROTC Industrial Technology Air Force ROTC Navy ROTC

187 Michelle Eakes and Danielle Harrison study for a nursing exam.

188 Sc h oo l Of App l i e d St u d i e s 5. effective communicators who have the necessary verbal and written skills to work in our global society; GENERAL INFORMATION 6. responsible individuals who demonstrate commitment to professional values and ethics; and BRIEF HISTORY 7. technologically literate Individuals with application skills relevant to their profession. In the fall of 1981, a new academic division was established within the Office of Continuing and Special General Degree Requirements Instructional Programs to offer degrees in those areas The School of Applied Studies offers the following not directly related to existing University departments. In degrees: Associate of Arts (AA); Associate of Applied the spring of 1983, the General Faculty of the University, Science (AAS); Associate of Science (AS); Bachelor the Board of Regents, and the Kansas Legislature recog- of Applied Science (BAS); Bachelor of Health Science nized the importance of these growing applied programs (BHS); Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice(BSCJ); to the mission of an urban university like Washburn Bachelor of Legal Studies (BLS); Bachelor of Social and established the School of Applied and Continuing Work (BSW); Master of Criminal Justice (MCJ); and Education. Master of Social Work (MSW). The School also offers In the spring of 1992, this academic unit was renamed Certificates of Completion in selected programs. the School of Applied Studies. Continuing Education In addition to University degree requirements com- became a separate unit. That same year the depart- mon to all associate degree programs (see Degrees, ments of Criminal Justice and Social Work were trans- Common Requirements), the student must complete all ferred to the School, joining the existing departments of major and correlate courses specific to each program Allied Health, Human Services, and Office, Legal and (see specific program requirements). Technology. These five departments offer degrees and For baccalaureate degrees, students must meet the certificates in over 20 professional programs. University degree requirements common to all baccalau- Vision reate programs (see Degrees, Common Requirements) and complete all major and correlate courses specific to The School of Applied Studies will be an outstanding each program (see specific program requirements). educational setting and resource center for the creation of a learning community that embraces exemplary lead- Certificate Programs ership, scholarship and integrity. A student seeking a certificate in the School of Applied Values Guiding Our Vision Studies must apply to the program within the department Commitment to Academic Excellence: To have highly in which they are seeking the certificate. Application qualified and talented faculty and staff as well as discern- should be made during the semester in which the student ing and productive graduates. expects to finish certificate requirements. Certificate Commitment to Scholarship: To engage in scientific candidates will complete all required hours at Washburn research, innovative studies, and scholarly endeavors unless transfer credit is approved by the Dean. that have beneficial and practical consequences. Students seeking a Certificate will take all courses on Commitment to Technological Empowerment: To fos- a letter grade basis. ter literacy in relevant technology in order to best utilize Accreditation and Approval its importance and potential. Programs within the School of Applied Studies are ap- Commitment to Public Service: To strengthen our proved or accredited by the following agencies: creative partnerships and outreach. • Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Commitment to Diversity: To strive for a vibrant Education of the American Physical Therapy As- and inclusive learning environment that respects and sociation: Physical Therapist Assistant embraces the many different dimensions of diversity and international perspectives. • Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Edu- Commitment to Compassionate Professionalism: cational Programs, Committee on Accreditation for To prepare dedicated and caring professionals, who Respiratory Care (CoARC): Respiratory Therapy adhere to the highest ethical standards and performance • Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics competencies. and Information Management Education: Health Information Technology Mission • Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic The School of Applied Studies has the primary func- Technology: Radiologic Technology tion of offering quality professional programs in areas • Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health which respond to community and state needs. Programs, Joint Review Committee on Education in The mission for the School of Applied Studies will be Diagnostic Medical Sonography: Diagnostic Medical accomplished when all graduates are: Sonography 1. lifelong learners who are committed to continuing education and scholarship; • Council on Social Work Education 2. competent Individuals who possess the necessary • American Bar Association: Legal Studies skills in their professional field of employment; • Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences: Criminal 3. complex thinkers who have the ability to problem Justice solve, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate; 4. informed individuals who are sensitive to cultural diversity; 189 Academic Advisement Scholarship/Financial Aid Students who have selected a major in the School of Many alumni, friends and organizations have given Applied Studies should be advised by a faculty mem- generously to provide financial assistance through schol- ber teaching in that area, the Department Chair, or the arships to outstanding students in The School of Applied Dean’s designate. The students should meet with their Studies. Information is available by contacting The advisor at least once each semester to ensure all pro- School of Applied Studies, Deans Office, 785-670-1282, gram requirements are met. and on our website http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ or Financial Aid 785-670-1151. To be considered for schol- The Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) arships in The School of Applied Studies students must School of Applied Studies students working on bac- make direct application to the School each year. The calaureate degrees are required to participate in the deadline for applications is February 15th. Washburn Transformational Experience. Each bacca- laureate degree-seeking undergraduate will complete at Phi Theta Kappa least one of the following transformational experiences Phi Theta Kappa is a nationally-organized and rec- prior to graduation: (1) scholarly or creative activity, ognized scholastic honor society, the Alpha Mu Omicron (2) community service, (3) leadership, (4) international chapter is sponsored by the School of Applied Studies. education. For more specific details please see the The objective of the Alpha Mu Omicron chapter is to Transformational Experience section in this catalog. recognize and honor those students in two-year degree programs who have attained scholastic excellence in Academic Standards their respective fields of study. Students with a declared major in the School must To be eligible, students must be enrolled at Washburn maintain a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 University; must have completed at least twelve credit in order to graduate or receive a certificate. To count hours at Washburn with grade point average of 3.5 or toward a major, minor, or correlate, work must be “C” or above. Only courses taken at Washburn are considered better. in determining eligibility. Letters of invitation are mailed Students who fail to maintain the University minimum to eligible individuals academic standards may be placed on probation or Lambda Nu Honor Society suspended according to the University procedures. All Lambda Nu is a nationally organized and recognized students are expected to follow the established stan- scholastic honor society. The Kansas Theta chapter is dards of academic honesty and integrity. Failure to meet sponsored by the Allied Health Department in the School these standards may result in dismissal. of Applied Studies. The objectives are to foster academ- Certain programs uphold additional academic stan- ic scholarship at the highest academic record, promote dards for continuance in the program. Students are ad- research and investigation in the radiologic and imaging vised to contact their faculty advisors, Department Chair, sciences and recognize exemplary scholarship. or the Dean’s office for details. To be eligible, students must be enrolled at Washburn Joint Programs with Kaw Area Technical School University and have a 3.5 grade point average after (KATS) one full semester of a professional radiologic or imag- Washburn University offers a number of joint pro- ing program. Exemplary honors may be achieved upon grams with the Kaw Area Technical School which lead evidence of additional professional recognition (i.e., aca- to an associate degree. Specific requirements for each demic paper or poster presentation, publication, etc.). area of concentration are listed by program (see Office, SAS Departmental Honors Legal & Technology department). Requirements for In the School of Applied Studies, students are eligible credit transfer for joint programs with Kaw Area Technical to receive School honors upon graduation if they fulfill School (KATS): the following minimum requirements: 1. Students must successfully complete all program requirements at KATS. Baccalaureate Degree Honors 2. Students must begin coursework at Washburn within 1. A grade point average of 3.5 in the correlate courses, six years of completing the including a 3.5 in upper division work in the major. KATS program. 2. successful completion of a research project or an 3. KATS credit is posted on the Washburn transcript as equivalent deemed suitable by the department. a block of credits in the area of concentration, course 3. The recommendation of the department. Individual grades are not used in Washburn GPA. departments may specify additional requirements. 4. Students are required to file a Washburn declaration of major form. Associate Degree Honors 1. A minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major 5. KATS students taking WU courses register for cours- and correlate courses, with a minimum of 30-hours of es at WU through the Dean’s Office in the School of degree courses completed at Washburn University Applied Studies. 2. Grade point averages are calculated on all required 6. Students must complete a minimum of 24 credit major and required correlated courses applied to the hours at Washburn. Associate degree. 7. KATS credit will not apply toward a baccalaureate 3. The recommendation of the department. Individual degree at Washburn unless an articulation agreement departments may specify additional requirements. is in effect with a Washburn department. Certificate Honors 1. A minimum grade point average of 3.75 in the major. 190 2. Student must complete all required hours at Surgical Technology Washburn, unless transfer work is approved by the Certificate of Completion Dean. Computed Tomography 3. Student must take all courses for a letter Diagnostic Medical Sonography grade. Health Information Coding 4. The recommendation of the department. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Individual departments may specify Radiation Therapy additional requirements Associate Professor Pat Munzer, Chair Dean’s Honor Roll Professor William S. Dunlap Students who have achieved a semester grade point Associate Professor Linda Croucher average of 3.4 or better are honored by having their Associate Professor Jera Roberts names placed on the Dean’s Honor Roll. They are so Assistant Professor Lori Khan notified by the Dean of the School of Applied Studies. Assistant Professor Michelle Shipley Completion of a minimum of 12-semester hours taken for Instructor Becky Dodge a letter grade is required. Instructor Kathy Hupp Instructor Doug Jones Instructor Don Kellogg PART-TIME STUDENT DEAN’S HONOR ROLL Instructor John Kratina Students whose grade point average for the semes- Instructor Joe Loeb ter is between 3.40 – 3.99 are honored by having their Instructor Faye Niesen names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and they are Instructor Rusty Taylor so notified by the Dean of the School of Applied Studies. Mission Part-time students must complete a minimum of 12 hours in the combined fall and spring semesters of an aca- To prepare qualified health care practitioners for the demic year. people of Kansas and the region, who provide optimum patient care through technical competency and profes- sional conduct in their respective professional disciplines School of Applied Studies Shared Courses and areas of expertise, and to provide associate degree health care graduates, via the bachelor of health science, AU 300 Principles of Leadership (3) with knowledge and skills in the area of management This course provides a thorough review of established and leadership for advancement in the health care arena. leadership and management theory, principles, and traits. The course also will focus on leadership skills Student Learning Outcomes: relevant to future leaders in a wide variety of professional Allied Health students, upon completion of their re- fields. spective professional programs, are expected to have: • demonstrated the ability to comprehend, apply, AU 495/595 Proseminar (1) This course is designed as a forum for graduate and and evaluate medical information relevant to their faculty exchange of ideas related to scholarship and professional discipline; creative activities. Faculty or faculty and their students • obtained the proficiency of all the skills necessary will present each week on their scholarship or research. to fulfill their professional discipline; and This is a forum for the exchange of ideas and provides a • demonstrated professional behavior consistent with venue for graduate and select undergraduate students employer expectations in their professional disci- to learn about research and creative endeavors. This pline forum can also provide an opportunity for collaboration, inquiry, critical analysis and collegial exchange of ideas. Bachelor of Health Science For graduate and select undergraduate students this can The Allied Health Department offers a Bachelor be an opportunity to present scholarly achievements to a of Health Science with a major in Health Services professional audience. A/Pass/Fail only. Course can be Administration or Medical Imaging. These two options repeated. are designed to enhance the skills and marketability of health science associate degree graduates, and may Al l i e d He a l t h De p a r t m e n t also serve as an excellent preparation for those who wish to continue on to a graduate program. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ah/ Benton Hall, Room 107 HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (785) 670-2170 There is a need for qualified managers in the health care field. The Bachelor of Health Science (BHS) in Degrees Offered Health Services Administration is designed to provide Bachelor of Health Science associate degree health care graduates with knowledge Health Services Administration and skills in the areas of health care management and Medical Imaging leadership. Completion of a baccalaureate degree with Associate of Science (AS) advanced coursework in health care management and Health Information Technology related areas will make graduates more marketable for Physical Therapist Assistant administrative positions. Radiologic Technology Respiratory Therapy 191 Admission Requirements Diagnostic Medical Sonography The program requires an associate degree in an The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program in- allied health discipline. In addition, candidates must be cludes three separate tracks which may be completed as credentialed in their Allied Health specialty and have stand-alone certificate of completions programs, or may achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 be completed as a component of the Bachelors of Health scale for the Associate degree. Interested students Science degree with a major in medical imaging. The should contact the Allied Health Department for more Cardiac and Vascular tracks are each 31 credit hours specific requirements or visit http://www.washburn.edu/ and are 14 months in length. The General/Vascular sas/ah/bachelor-hs.html Sonography track is a two year program which consists Degree requirements for the Bachelor of Health of 56 credit hours. These programs provide a balance Science, Health Services Administration Major of didactic and clinical experience that will equip the Required Major Courses (30 Credit Hours) student with the knowledge and skills to be an entry-level AL 366 Legal & Regulatory Issues for the Health sonographer. The sonography program is online and Care Professional (3) students must have access to the internet and possess AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) basic computer skills. AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) Accreditation AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) The Diagnostic Medical Sonography program is ac- AL 400 Supervisory Practices for the Health Care credited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Professional (3) Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), upon recom- AL 405 Financial Issues in Health Care (3) mendation of the Joint Review Committee on Education AL 420 Current Issues in Health Care (3) in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (JRC-DMS). AL 450 Knowledge Management in Health Care (3) AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) Admission Requirements AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) This program has special admission requirements; See Table of Contents for University Requirements, it is a competitive admission process. The applicant General Education Requirements and Transformational should have an Associate degree or higher, in a patient Experience Graduation Requirements. care related health field. Interested students should General Elective (3-12 credit hours of upper division contact the Allied Health Department for specific require- credit depending on the Allied Health Program) ments or visit: http://www.washburn.edu/ultrasound. MEDICAL IMAGING Requirements for Certificate The bachelor of Health Sciences medical imaging op- of Completion tion allows students to choose from four concentrations: Vascular Sonography Computed Tomography, Diagnostic Medical Sonography, Required Major Courses (31 Credit Hours) Magnetic Resonance Imaging or Radiation Therapy. The AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) need for qualified medical imaging professionals con- AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & tinues to rise. The medical imaging major is designed Instrumentation I (3) to provide associate degree healthcare graduates with AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & knowledge and skills in advanced imaging fields and Instrumentation II (3) management. Completion of the baccalaureate degree AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) makes graduates more marketable and eligible for super- AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) visory positions. AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (3) Admission Requirements AL 395 Vascular Sonography Clinicals I (5) The major in Medical Imaging requires an associate AL 396 Vascular Sonography Clinicals II (5) Degree in a patient-care related field and prior accep- AL 397 Advanced Vascular Clinicals (3) tance to either the Diagnostic Medical Sonography or AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) Radiation Therapy certificate programs. Candidates Cardiac Sonography must be credentialed in their Allied Health specialty and Required Major Courses (31 Credit Hours) have achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher on a AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) 4.0 scale for the Associate degree. Interested students AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & should contact the Allied Health Department for more Instrumentation I (3) specific requirements or visit http://www.washburn.edu/ AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & sas/ah/bachelor-hs.html Instrumentation II (3) Degree requirements for the Bachelor of Health AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) Science, Medical Imaging major AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring & Scanning (3) Required Major Courses AL 384 Cardiac Sonography Procedures II (3) AL 320 Human Disease (3) AL 385 Cardiac Sonography Clinicals I (5) AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) AL 386 Cardiac Sonography Clinicals II (5) AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) AL 387 Advanced Cardiac Sonography Clinicals (3) See Table of Contents for University AL 388 Clinical Topics in Cardiac Sonography (2) Requirements, General Education Requirements General Sonography and Transformational Experience Graduation Required Major Courses (56 Credit Hours) Requirements. AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) 192 AL 320 Human Disease (3) AL 241 Professional Practice II for Health AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & Information Instrumentation I (3) Technology (1) AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & AL 242 Professional Practice III for Health Instrumentation II (3) Information Technology (2) AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) AL 245 Health Information Coding I (3) AL 361 Sonography Clinical I (5) AL 246 Health Information Coding II (3) AL 362 Sonography Clinical II (3) AL 250 Seminar in Health Information AL 363 Sonography Clinical III (5) Technology(1) AL 364 Sonography Clinical IV (5) AL 366 Legal and Regulatory Issues for the Health AL 365 Sonography Clinical V (3) Care Professional (3) AL 371 General Sonography Procedures I (3) AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) AL 372 General Sonography Procedures II (3) AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) AL 389 General Sonography Procedures III (3) AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) AL 379 Clinical Topics in General Sonography (2) AL 392 General Sonography Procedures IV (3) Correlate Courses (19 Credit Hours) AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) AL 320 Human Disease (3) AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (3) BI 250 Intro to Human Anatomy (3) AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) BI 255 Human Physiology (4) EN 207 Report Writing (3) HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY OR This program leads to an Associate of Science (AS) EN 208 Business and Technical Writing (3) degree in Health Information Technology. The program CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet (3) features a sound base in general education in addition to Prerequisite (5 Credit Hours) professional courses and professional practice experi- BI 100 General Biology (3) ence designed to guide students in the development BI 101 Biology Lab (2) of the technical skills necessary to become a Health See Table of Contents for University Requirements Information Technician. The program is on-line and and General Education Requirements. * students must have access to the internet and possess *Some correlate courses may count here; consult basic computer knowledge. your advisor. Health Information Coding (Certificate) PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT This 32 credit hour program leads to a Certificate in The Physical Therapist Assistant Program leads to Health Information Coding. Courses required to com- the Associate of Science (AS) degree. Upon completion plete the Certificate include EN 101, AL 101, AL 141, AL of the program students are eligible to take the national 243, AL 245, AL 246, AL 320, BI 100, BI 101, BI 250, and examination through the Federation of State Boards in BI 255. All certificate course work may be applied to the Physical Therapy (FSBPT) to become Physical Therapist Associate degree in Health Information Technology. Assistants (PTA). The program features general edu- Accreditation cation and science requirements as well as physical The Health Information Technology Program is ac- therapy procedure and systems courses and a clinical credited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health education component. During clinical courses students Informatics and Information Management Education may be required to attend clinical sites outside the (CAHIIM), 233 N. Michigan Ave. Suite 2150, Chicago, IL Topeka area. All students in this program are required 60601. http://www.cahiim.org to provide their own transportation to clinicals as well as clinical lab attire. Professional liability insurance is Admission Requirements provided by Washburn University, however, some clinical This program has special admission requirements due sites may require malpractice insurance. to limited enrollment. Interested students should contact the Allied Health Department for specific requirements or Accreditation visit http://www.washburn.edu/hit The Physical Therapist Assistant Program is ac- credited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Degree Requirements for the Associate of Science Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Major Courses (34 Credit Hours) Association. AL 141 Medical Terminology (3) AL 150 Principles of Health Information Technology Admission Requirements (3) This program has special admission requirements. AL 155 Health Care Statistics for Health Information Interested students should contact the Allied Health Technology (2) Department for specific requirements or visit: http://www. AL 157 Specialized Health Records & Registries for washburn.edu/sas/ah/pt Interested students are re- Health Information Technology(2) quired to apply for admission into the Physical Therapist AL 240 Professional Practice I for Health Assistant Program. A maximum of twenty-four students Information Technology (2) are accepted for the fall of each year.

193 Physical Therapy Club Course Sequence The purpose of the Physical Therapy Club is to The Radiation Therapy program is a one calendar provide an environment which facilitates professional year program. In addition to the didactic portion, this growth, creates a community of professionals for mentor- program includes a comprehensive clinical component. ship and peer support, and develops a group that will Because of this, these courses may be out of sequence provide community and educational leadership and with other University course offerings. Consult program service at Washburn University and the surrounding director for course schedule. geographical area. Requirements for Certificate of Completion Degree Requirements for the Associate of Science Required Major Courses (35 Credit Hours) Major Courses (27 Credit Hours) AL 301 Clinical Radiation Therapy I (4) AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures I (3) AL 302 Radiation Therapy Topics I (3) AL 171 Musculoskeletal Assesment in Physical AL 303 Radiation Therapy Physics I (3) Therapy(2) AL 304 Therapeutic Radiobiology (3) AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied AL 305 Radiation Therapy Physics II (3) Health (2) AL 306 Issues in Radiation Therapy I (3) * AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities in Physical Therapy AL 307 Simulation and Treatment Procedures I (3) (3) AL 310 Radiation Therapy Topics II (3) AL 261A Lab for AL 261 AL 316 Issues in Radiation Therapy II (3) * AL 264 Physical Therapy Clinical I (3) AL 340 Clinical Radiation Therapy II (4) AL 265 Applied Neurophysiology (2) AL 370 Simulation and Treatment Procedures II (4) AL268 Integumentary Assessment in Physical AL 380 Clinical Radiation Therapy III (3) Therapy (2) AL 381 Radiation Therapy Seminar (2) AL 271 Health Policy & Systems in Physical *Required Major Courses for Option II Students only Therapy (2) AL 272 Current Topics in Physical Therapy (2) RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY AL 273 Physical Therapy Issues (1) The program leads to an Associate of Science (AS) AL 279 Physical Therapy Clinical II (6) Degree in Radiologic Technology, with graduates eli- gible for examination through the American Registry of Correlate Courses (20 Credit Hours) Radiologic Technologists (ARRT). The program features AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) general education as well as radiologic technology cours- AL 320 Human Disease (3) es. The program provides a balance of didactic and BI 255 Human Physiology & Lab (4) clinical education. Approximately twenty-seven students BI 275 Human Anatomy & Lab (4) are accepted for the fall of each year. PE 321 Kinesiology (3) PE 326 Physiology of Exercise (3) Mission See Table of Contents for University Requirements The Radiologic Technology (Radiographer) program and General Education Requirements. * is focused on development of qualified medical imaging *MA 110 Exploring Mathematics or MA 116 College technologists who provide optimum patient care through Algebra counts as a Natural Science General Education competency and professional conduct. requirement for the PTA program. Program Goals RADIATION THERAPY 1. The program will graduate students with entry-level radiography skills. The Radiation Therapy curriculum at Washburn 2. The program will graduate students with the ability University is a 35 credit hour, 1 calendar year, certificate to problem-solve and think critically. of completion program. This program will provide the 3. The program will graduate students with a lifelong knowledge and cognitive skills underlying the intelligent desire for professional development and growth. performance of the major tasks typically required of a staff radiation therapist at entry level. Graduates are Accreditation registry eligible with the American Registry of Radiologic The Radiologic Technology program is accredited by Technologists (ARRT). the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago Accreditation IL 60606-2901, (312) 704-5300, e-mail: [email protected]. The Radiation Therapy program is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Admission Requirements (NCA). This program has special admission requirements due to limited enrollment, which includes Freshman Admission Requirements Composition and Introduction to Anatomy. Interested This program has special admission requirements. students should contact the Allied Health Department for Interested students should contact the Allied Health specific requirements or visit http://www.washburn.edu/ Department for specific requirements or visit: http://www. xray. washburn.edu/radiation-therapy. The Radiation Therapy program is on-line and Radiologic Technology Student Organization students must have access to the internet and possess Students who are enrolled in or have an interest in basic computer skills. the radiologic technology program have the opportunity to join the Radiologic Technology Student Organization 194 (RTSO). The purpose of the RTSO is to create an system. The purpose of the RCSO is to promote the awareness of the radiologic technology program to the purpose and program of respiratory care to the com- University and community, to maintain communication munity to include but not limited to: asthma education, with alumni and other Kansas programs, and to engage smoking cessation, pulmonary function screening; and to in campus, community and professional organization compete in the academic contest at the annual Kansas activities to further the knowledge of the practice of radio- Respiratory Care Society’s conference. logic technology. Degree Requirements for Associate of Science Degree Requirements for Associate of Science Major Courses (34 Credit Hours) AL185 Principles of Respiratory Therapy I (2) Required Major Courses (40 Credit Hours) AL 187 Respiratory Therapy Clinical I (3) AL 120 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care AL 289 Respiratory Therapy Clinical II (5) I plus lab (3) AL 291 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures I AL 121 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care (5) II plus lab (3) AL 292 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures II AL 130 Radiographic Exposure I plus lab (3) 3) AL 131 Radiographic Exposure II plus lab (3) AL 293 Respiratory Therapy Clinical III (5) AL 134 Radiology Clinical I (3) AL 294 Respiratory Therapy Topics II (3) AL 135 Radiology Clinical II (3) AL 295 Respiratory Therapy Clinical IV (5) AL 220 Radiographic Procedures III (2) AL 296 Respiratory Therapy Topics III (3) AL 230 Radiologic Equipment Operation (2) AL 231 Radiation Protection and Biological Effects Correlate Courses (18 Credit Hours) (2) AL 101 Intro to Health Care (3) AL 236 Radiology Clinical III (3) AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied AL 237 Radiology Clinical IV (4) Health (2) AL 238 Radiology Clinical V (4) AL 315 Allied Health Pharmacology (3) AL 239 Radiology Clinical VI (2) AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring & Scanning (3) AL 320B Human Disease: Radiology Section (3) BI 255 Human Physiology (4) BI 250 Introduction to Human Anatomy (3) Correlate Courses (10 Credit Hours) BI 250 Introduction to Anatomy (3) Prerequisite (5 Credit Hours) BI 255 Human Physiology (4) BI 100 Introduction to Biology (3) AL101 Introduction to Health Care (3) BI 101 Introduction to Biology Lab (2) See Table of Contents for University Requirements RESPIRATORY THERAPY and General Education Requirements. * The Respiratory Therapy program leads to an *Some related courses may count here, consult your Associate of Science (AS) degree in Respiratory advisor. Therapy. Upon completion of the program, students are eligible to take the national credentialing examination SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY to become a Registered Respiratory Therapist (RRT). (In Cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School) The program features general educational and science The Associate of Science degree in Surgical prerequisites, as well as respiratory therapy courses. Technology is offered in conjunction with the Kaw Area Interested students are required to make application Technical School (KATS). Students who complete all for admission to the Respiratory Therapy Program. requirements of the KATS Surgical Technology program Eighteen students are accepted for the fall of each year. are eligible for this degree. For KATS credit transfer cri- teria, see “Joint Programs with KATS” listed in the index. Accreditation To complete the degree at Washburn, KATS graduates The Respiratory Therapy program is accredited must complete the courses listed below. by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), upon recommendation Major Courses (32 Credit Hours) of the Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care Surgical Technology (from KATS) (CoARC): Correlate Courses 1248 Harwood Road AL 320 Human Disease Bedford, TX 76021 AL 375 Health Care Delivery Systems (817) 283-2835 BI 250 Intro to Human Anatomy http://coarc.com/ BI 255 Human Physiology Admission Requirements University and General Education Requirements This program has special admission requirements due See requirements common to all Associate Degrees to limited enrollment. Interested students should contact COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY (CT) the Allied Health Department for specific requirements or The CT curriculum at Washburn University is a 19 visit http://www.washburn.edu/respiratory. credit hour, 1 calendar year certificate program. The Respiratory Therapy Student Organization certificate is designed to assist registered radiologic The Respiratory Care Student Organization (RCSO) technologists in meeting the criteria for post-primary is made up of any enrolled University student who has an certification through the American Registry of Radiologic interest in health and promotion of the cardiopulmonary Technologists (ARRT). The curriculum addresses 195 both didactic and clinical education as outlined by the AL 120A Procedures Lab I (0) American Society of Radiologic Technologists and the Required laboratory demonstrations will include chest, ARRT. The CT program is on-line and students must KUB, upper extremity, lower extremity, spine, and have access to the internet and possess computer skills. contrast studies. A one hour weekly session is held on campus. Concurrent with AL 120. Admission Requirements: The program has special admission requirements AL 121 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care II (3) which include ARRT registration in Radiography, Nuclear Explores those procedures employed in the more compli- Medicine Technology or Radiation Therapy. Second-year cated investigation of the human body. Continues to ex- radiographer students are also eligible for CT didactic amine present techniques necessary for the assessment coursework. Interested students should contact the Allied and care of the sick and injured patient. Prerequisite: AL Health Department for additional information. 120, AL 130, and concurrent with AL 121A. Requirements for Certificate of Completion (19 credit AL 121A Procedures Lab II (0) hours) Required laboratory demonstrations include spine, AL 341 Sectional Anatomy and Imaging Applications contrast studies, cranium, bony thorax, and miscella- (4) neous positions. A one hour session is held each week. AL 342 CT Procedure Protocols (4) Concurrent with AL 121. AL 343 CT Physics: Instrumentation and Imaging (4) AL 344 Pathology Correlation in CT (3) AL 130 Radiographic Exposure I (3) Principles of radiographic image formation, as relat- AL 345 Clinical Experience in CT (4) ing to primary factors. Physics of x-ray production and MAGNETIC RESONANCE (MR) influences on image creation. The course provides an MR curriculum at Washburn University is a 22 credit understanding and analysis of the radiographic image. hour certificate program, which is conducted on-line. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radiologic Technology The certificate is designed to assist registered radiologic program and concurrent with AL 130A. technologists in meeting the criteria for post-primary certification through the American Registry of Radiologic AL 130A Exposure Lab 1 (0) Demonstrations will be directed towards the primary Technologists (ARRT). The curriculum addresses both di- factors of radiograph (image) production. An energized dactic and clinical education, as outlined by the American x-ray unit will be available for the one hour weekly ses- Society of Radiologic Technologists and the ARRT. sion. Concurrent with AL 130. Admission Requirements: The program has special admission requirements AL 131 Radiographic Exposure II (3) A continuation of AL 130 emphasizing imaging principles. which include ARRT registration in Radiography, Nuclear Problem solving through mathematical application. Tech- Medicine Technology, Radiation Therapy or Sonography. niques of quality control. Prerequisite: AL 120, AL 130, Second-year radiographer students are eligible for two and concurrent with AL 131A or consent. didactic courses. Interested students should contact the Allied Health Department for additional information. AL 131A Exposure Lab II (0) Demonstrations will involve the film system, computa- Requirements for Certificate of Completion (22 credit tion of radiation dosages, processing, and quality control hours) techniques. The one hour weekly session will utilize an AL341 Sectional Anatomy and Imaging Applications energized x-ray unit. Concurrent with AL 131. (4) AL346 Intro to Magnetic Resonance Imaging (3) AL 134 Radiology Clinical I (3) AL347 Magnetic Resonance Physics I (3) This course requires a specific number of hours of limited AL348 MR Imaging I (3) radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Students AL349 MR Clinical Experience I (3) will achieve competency in simple procedures under AL350 Magnetic Resonance Physics II (3) direct supervision. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radio- AL351 MR Imaging II (3) logic Technology program. AL352 MR Clinical Experience II (3) AL 135 Radiology Clinical II (3) ALLIED HEALTH COURSE OFFERINGS This course requires a specific number of hours of limited radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) This course builds on competencies achieved in AL An introduction to health care, including an overview of 134. Students will achieve competency in more complex the various health care professions and professional procedures with direct supervision. Prerequisite: AL 134 associations, ethical and legal responsibilities, commu- or consent. nication methods, patient assessment techniques, basic medical terminology and other fundamental skills. AL 141 Medical Terminology (3) This course covers word elements that form the base AL 120 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care I (3) on which the medical language is constructed, including Focuses on the principles of producing and evaluating commonly used abbreviations. Emphasis on competency radiographs of the skeletal, digestive, and urinary sys- in spelling, pronunciation, correct usage and meaning of tems. Discusses patient care procedures such as vital terminology related to all body systems, medical science signs, infection control, medical emergencies and aseptic and medical specialties. techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radiologic Technology program and concurrent with AL 120A. 196 AL 150 Principles of Health Information Technology (3) cardiopulmonary systems. Areas of study will include a Organization, analysis, and evaluation of health records. review and assessment of the anatomy and physiology Methods of storage, retrieval and preservation. An intro- of the pulmonary, cardiac, and renal systems. Prerequi- duction to computer and information systems in health site: AL 171 or AL 185 or consent. care. An overview of health information department management. Prerequisite: AL 101, AL 141 or concur- AL 187 Respiratory Therapy Clinical I (3) An introduction to basic respiratory therapy procedures. rent. Orientation2 to clinical practice, charting of records, AL 155 Health Care Statistics for Health Information infection control, emergency procedures, therapeutic Technology (2) procedures and diagnostic procedures are emphasized. Collection, computation, analysis, presentation and use The student will be introduced to routine respiratory care of healthcare statistical data. Prerequisite: AL 150. and equipment. Prerequisite: AL 185. AL 157 Specialized Health Records and Registries AL 220 Radiographic Procedures III (2) for Health Information Technology (2) Presents cross-sectional anatomy as a background for Health information requirements in non-hospital settings radiographic relate2d imaging modalities. Develops an including long-term and ambulatory care. Functions and awareness of related areas including computed tomog- procedures for specialized health information registries. raphy, sonography, nuclear medicine, radiation therapy, Prerequisite: AL 150, AL 366 or concurrent. magnetic resonance, mammography, and interventional procedures. The investigation of alternative methods of AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures I (3) radiography of the atypical patient is included. Prerequi- This class features the development of early Physical site: AL 121 or consent. Therapy skills and the understanding of basic proce- dures. Specific emphasis is placed on range of motion, AL 230 Radiologic Equipment Operation (2) measurement of range of motion, aseptic techniques, Focuses on radiography physics, electromagnetic radia- posture, proper bed positioning, massage, postural tion, and x-ray production. Emphasizes electrical con- drainage, bandaging, wheelchairs, architectural barriers, cepts including electrodynamics, circuitry, electromagne- ambulation, documentation, vital signs and safety. All tism, rectification and the application of these principles skills are reinforced and practiced in supervised sched- to radiography. A working knowledge of basic algebraic uled laboratories and open lab sessions. Prerequisite: equations is required. Prerequisite: AL 131 or consent. Admission to the PTA Program. AL 231 Radiation Protection and AL 171 Musculoskeletal Assessment in Physical Biological Effects (2) Therapy (2) Provides the knowledge and serves to develop the at- This course follows AL 170 PT Procedures in the curricu- titude necessary to intelligently protect the patient, them- lum sequence and is designed to provide the Physical selves, and others from the potentially harmful effects of Therapist Assistant student with a foundation for muscu- radiation. Includes an in-depth discussion of biological loskeletal assessment and treatment. Emphasis is on or- effects, cell and organism sensitivity, and somatic and thopedic physical therapy assessment, including manual genetic effects of ionizing radiation. Prerequisite: AL 121 muscle testing, cranial nerve testing, dermatomal and or AL 131 or consent. myotomal assessment, special tests, joint mobilization theory, therapeutic exercise, motor control theory, clinical AL 236 Radiology Clinical III (3) This course requires a specific number of hours of direct decision making, according to the Physical Therapist radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Students Plan of Care,identification of red flags, , specific ortho- will demonstrate competence in a variety of procedures pedic protocols and implementation of specific physical with indirect supervision. Prerequisite: AL 121, AL 131, therapy programs for various rehab clients. Prerequi- AL 135, or consent. sites: AL 170 and concurrent enrollment in AL 261. AL 237 Radiology Clinical IV (4) AL 185 Principles of Respiratory Therapy I (2) This course requires a specific number of hours of direct Specific modes of respiratory care are examined to un- radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Students derstand principles of application to patients, indications, demonstrate competence in special procedures utiliz- hazards, contraindications, and evaluation of therapy. ing positioning techniques covered in AL 220 with direct Emphasis is placed on detailed knowledge of equipment supervision. Prerequisite: AL 236 and concurrent with used in these modes. Modes of care include medical gas AL 220 or consent. therapy, humidity and aerosol therapy, wing expansion techniques and basic diagnostic studies. Prerequisites: AL 238 Radiology Clinical V (4) Consent and concurrent with AL185L. Additional experience and expertise in routine and non-routine examinations is gained. Rotations through AL 185L Principles of Respiratory Therapy Lab (0) the specialized areas of radiology will be completed. Explores the procedures for specific respiratory thera- Students are under indirect supervision. Prerequisite: AL pies. Students wil2l practice skills and complete required 237 and AL 220 or consent. competencies. Prerequisite: Concurrent with AL 185. AL 239 Radiology Clinical VI (2) AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied A five week course which requires a specific number of Health (2) hours of direct radiographic performance in a healthcare This course is for Allied Health students and is designed setting. Students will focus on completion of final com- to provide the student with an understanding of the petencies. Prerequisite: AL 238, AL 320, or consent. 197 AL 240 Professional Practice I for Health Info Tech. Musculoskeletal Assessment in Physical Therapy, and (2) AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities in Physical Therapy. This Simulated projects completed independently, and course will includes an on-going communication between supervised clinical experience in the technical aspects the clinical coordinator, the student and the academic of health records in approved health care facilities and coordinator. The student is given the opportunity to work agencies. Eight hours per week. Prerequisite: Admis- with a variety of patients and to begin developing com- sion to Health Information Technology Program, AL 150 petence as a medical team member. The student also or concurrent enrollment. attends clinical labs prior to clinical placement to further develop his/her skills with patients and department pro- AL 241 Professional Practice II for Health Information cedures. Prerequisite: AL 186 & AL 261. Technology (1) Continuation of AL 240. Four hours per week. Prerequi- AL 265 Applied Neurophysiology (2) site: AL 240. This course is designed to provide the Physical Therapist Assistant with a foundation in applied neurophysiology AL 242 Professional Practice III for Health concepts. This includes, but is not limited to, specific Information Technology (2) assessment and treatment techniques for patients in Continuation of AL 241. Eight hours per week. Prerequi- special populations, such as spinal cord injury, pediat- site: AL 241. rics, amputees, traumatic head injury, cerebrovascular AL 243 Coding Professional Practice for Health accidents, as well as other neurological or cardiovascular Information Technology (2) disorders. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all Simulated projects performed independently, and super- previous coursework. vised clinical. Experience inpatient and outpatient coding AL 268 Integumentary Assessment in Physical in approved health care facilities and agencies. Eight Therapy (2) hours per week. Prerequisite: AL 245, AL 246. This course provides an overview of diseases and relat- AL 245 Health Information Coding I (3) ed impairments of the integumentary system, which are Presentation of nomenclatures and classification sys- most frequently found in physical therapy assessment tems. Coding techniques for diseases and operations and intervention. Introduction to wound care including according to recognized systems. Application of DRG physiology of tissue healing, wound assessment tools, principles. Prerequisite: BI 255, BI 250, AL 320, or con- dressings and interventions commonly used in physical current enrollment. therapy will be included in course content. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all previous coursework. AL 246 Health Information Coding II (3) This course is a continuation of Coding I. Prerequisites: AL 271 Health Policy & Systems AL 245. in Physical Therapy (2) This course emphasizes professional aspects of the AL 250 Seminar in Health Information Technology (1) Physical Therapist Assistant. Included in that realm Analysis of major trends and issues affecting health are topics such as reimbursement guidelines, legisla- information. Review of the fundamental principles of tive issues, health care delivery systems and policies, health information technology. Successful completion continuing education, code of ethics, current develop- of a simulated certification examination. Prerequisite: ments in Physical Therapy, professional relationships, Concurrent with AL 242. research, employment, etc. The course may also feature AL 260 Independent Study (1-3) guest speakers on topics relevant to the profession. In consultation with a selected faculty member, the stu- The course will broaden the student’s understanding of dent selects for intensive study an issue(s) of one of the professional responsibility and motivate them towards following: Health Information Technology (HIT); Physical personal improvement, commitment and continuing Therapist Assistant (PTA); Respiratory Therapy (RT); or competence in the Physical Therapy profession. Prereq- Radiologic Technology (XR). uisites: AL 170, AL 171, and AL 261. AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities AL 272 Current Topics in Physical Therapy (2) in Physical Therapy (3) This course emphasizes the characteristics, clinical This course follows AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures problems, and physical therapy treatment of various I in the curriculum sequence and includes instruction on rehabilitation patients, including the physical, psycho- the various modalities of heat, cold, electrical stimula- logical, sexual and vocational problems encountered. tion, ultraviolet and infrared light, traction, hydrotherapy, Specialized areas of Physical Therapy such as Aquatics, diathermy and other physical agent modalities and treat- Wound Management, Oncology, Women’s Health Is- ments. Prerequisite: AL 170 and concurrent enrollment sues, Pulmonary, Prosthetics/Orthotics, Sports Physical in AL 171. Therapy and Chronic Pain Management are included in this course. Prerequisite: AL 170, AL 171, AL 261, AL AL 261A Therapeutic Modalities Lab(0) 264, and concurrent enrollment in AL 265. This course is the required Lab course for AL 261. Con- current with AL 261. AL 273 Physical Therapy Issues (1) In consultation with a faculty member, the student is AL 264 Physical Therapy Clinical I (3) assigned for intensive study a specific area of concern This course involves observation of various types of related to physical therapy. This may include intensive patients in different clinical settings with the practicum of reading and the preparation of patient and/or practitio- skills learned in AL 170 Procedures I and AL 171 ner educational materials related to the subject. This 198 will give the student an opportunity to develop an area receive clinical experience in pediatrics and neonatology. or topic of expertise by exploring various avenues of Prerequisite: AL 293. information and compiling those into one document. During this course the student will also be reviewing for AL 296 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Topics III (3) Instruction in fields of obstetrics, neonatology and pediat- the Program Comprehensive Final to be given during the rics as related to respiratory care. Includes sections on second or third week of the spring semester. Prerequi- medical ethics and department management. Prerequi- site: AL 265, AL 272. site: AL 382. AL 279 Physical Therapy Clinical II (6) This course is clinical in nature and consists of two AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) An introduction to the Diagnostic Medical Sonography six-week full-time rotation following the completion of profession. Topics include discussion of sonographic all didactic course work. The student will be involved in terminology, basic theories of equipment operation, body practicing all Physical Therapist Assistant skills in health imaging, seminars in patient care, professionalism, and care facilities across the United States. The course will information concerning clinical education. entail either on-site or phone communication between the clinical instructor, the student and the academic coor- AL 301 Clinical Radiation Therapy I (4) dinator (at least once during each rotation). The student Clinical introduction to mega-voltage therapeutic treat- is given the opportunity to practice advanced applica- ment machines, simulators and computers for verifica- tions with indirect supervision on a variety of patients tion. Students learn patient monitoring systems, radia- and to develop competence as a full-time member of the tion treatment record keeping, creation of custom field medical team. shapes, treatment verification and delivering a prescribed course of radiation therapy. AL 289 Respiratory Therapy Clinical II (5) Students are assigned to various clinical settings de- AL 302 Radiation Therapy Topics I (3) signed to allow the student to complete procedural evalu- An introduction to the history of radiation therapy and the ations in basic respiratory care. The student will also be study of epidemiology, etiology, screening, detection and introduced to critical care medicine. Prerequisite: AL 187. the diagnosis of cancer will be covered. Basic concepts of patient care using a multidisciplinary approach will AL 290 Special Topics in Allied Health (3) be identified. Factors influencing patient general health Selected topics related to HIT, PTA, RT, or XR, which during and following a course of radiation treatment will vary from semester to semester. Announced in advance. be discussed. Pharmacology, anatomy and electronic Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. charting will also be covered. AL 291 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures I (5) Lectures and laboratory topics on cardiopulmonary AL 303 Radiation Therapy Physics I (3) The study of basic physics concepts related to radiation resuscitation, airway care and management, emergency therapy and treatment planning including x-ray produc- care, mechanical ventilation and care of the critically ill tion and intensity, radiation interactions with matter, patient. Prerequisite: AL 289. radiation measurement and detection. Course content AL 292 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures II (3) also includes high energy beam geometry and beam Lectures and group discussion of diagnostic procedures utilization with linear accelerators and other high energy used by the pulmonary physician in evaluating patients machines. Electronic beam dosimetry will also be dis- with respiratory disease. Special emphasis will be placed cussed. on etiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, and treatment of obstructed and restricted pulmonary AL 304 Therapeutic Radiobiology (3) Topics studied are normal tissue tolerance, tumor toler- diseases. Prerequisite: consent. ance, radiation reactions, fractionization, total tumor dose AL 293 Respiratory Therapy Clinical III (5) and tumor origin. Principles of radiobiological factors in An in-depth exploration of critical care medicine. The the therapeutic energy range are studied. The disease student will execute procedures relating to care of the process called cancer with special focus on those char- patient being mechanically ventilated. The student will acteristics which distinguish malignant disease from the also be given clinical experience in EKG’s and pulmo- normal state will be covered. nary function studies. The student will also be introduced to neonatal critical care medicine. Prerequisite: AL 289. AL 305 Radiation Therapy Physics II (3) A continuation in the study of basic physics concepts AL 294 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Topics II (3) related to radiation therapy and treatment planning in- An introduction to medical microbiology. Special em- cluding photon beam dosimetry. Parameters and clinical phasis on pathogens related to the cardiopulmonary applications of treatment planning, brachytherapy tech- systems. Students will also be exposed to new, current niques, 3D CRT, IMRT, SRS, and other radiation physics and advanced clinical respiratory therapy topics. Prereq- topics will also be covered. uisite: AL 292. AL 306 Issues in Radiation Therapy I (3) AL 295 Respiratory Therapy Clinical IV (5) This individualized instruction will be responsive to the Clinical rotations in pulmonary rehabilitation/home care, diverse needs and interests of the Radiation Therapy advanced ventilation techniques, hemodynamic monitor- student in an in-depth study in the field of Radiation ing, and specialty rotations that the student is concerned Therapy. Individual projects related to current issues in with related to respiratory therapy. Students will also Radiation Therapy may include intensive reading, re- search and preparation of educational materials related 199 to the assigned project. The student and the instructor AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & select for intensive study a specific area of concern re- Instrumentation (3) lated to Radiation Therapy. This one-to-one relationship This course provides information concerning the basic between the Radiation Therapy student and the instruc- physical principles of sound waves, their applications to tor will enhance the undergraduate experience by the the human body, the operation and physical character- student undertaking a research project in a current issue istics of the transducer, the method by which the sound regarding radiation therapy. waves are converted into an image. In-depth instruction on physics principles and instrumentation will be pre- AL 307 Simulation and Treatment Procedures I (3) sented. Topics include: image creation, hemodynamics This course will study the history and general principles of blood flow, quality assurance, biological effects, color of radiation therapy treatment procedures including treat- flow Doppler, spectral Doppler and continuous wave ment planning and treatment delivery techniques. This Doppler. Prerequisite: Admission to Diagnostic Medical course will also present current clinical radiation oncol- Sonography program or consent. ogy practices for specific malignancies commonly seen in the clinical setting. Oncology topics pertaining to com- AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & mon tumor volume localization, tumor dose recommen- Instrumentation II (3) dations, dose to critical structure thresholds and external This course is a continuation of our journey through beam and brachytherapy treatments techniques. the physics of sonography. It will continue the explora- tion of the basic physical principles of sound waves, AL 308 Allied Health Portfolio (3) their applications to the human body, the operation and This is a required course for Bachelor of Health Science physical characteristics of the transducer, the method by majors who are requesting credit for a radiographer, which the sound waves are converted into an image. An sonographer or radiation therapist accredited program in-depth instruction on physics principles and instrumen- which was not completed at a University/College. Stu- tation will be presented. Topics include: image creation, dents will develop a portfolio demonstrating completion hemodynamics of blood flow, quality assurance, biologi- of appropriate education and registry examinations in cal effects, color flow Doppler, spectral Doppler and addition to retrospective and prospective self-evaluation. continuous flow Doppler. Prerequisite: AL 330. Prerequisite: Consent from the BHS Coordinator. AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) AL 310 Radiation Therapy Topics II (3) This course will review all of the curriculum related to Provides the knowledge of the principles and concepts the physics of sonography and sonography instrumenta- of quality assurance in radiation therapy. Methods for tion to prepare the student for the national credentialing performing the various tasks involved will be discussed. examinations. Ethical and legal issues of radiation therapy, radiation safety and protection, infection control, billing procedures AL 340 Clinical Radiation Therapy II (4) are discussed and various other radiation therapy topics An extended course to provide the student with in- will be covered. depth experience in the safe handling of megavoltage therapeutic radiology equipment. Students will learn AL 315 Allied Health Pharmacology (3) the controls on the console for megavoltage treatment This course is for allied health students and is designed equipment and the simulator. Students will gain hands- to familiarize the student with general classification of on experience with the treatment console, simulator drugs, the mechanism of action, indications, contraindi- equipment and treatment planning concepts under direct cations, and major adverse effects. Principles of drug supervision only. administration and pharmacokinetic are also presented. AL 341 Sectional Anatomy and AL 316 Issues in Radiation Therapy II (3) Imaging Applications (4) Individual projects related to current issues in Radia- Detailed study of gross anatomical structures will be tion Therapy. May include intensive reading, research conducted systematically for location, relationship to oth- and preparation of educational materials related to the er structures and function. Gross anatomical structures assigned project. The student and instructor select for are located and identified in axial (transverse), sagittal, intensive study a specific area of concern related to coronal and orthogonal (oblique) planes. Illustrations Radiation Therapy. and anatomy images will be compared with magnetic AL 320 Human Disease (3) resonance (MR) and computed tomography (CT) im- A study of diseases, their causes and complications, and ages in the same imaging planes and at the same level the modern practices of diagnosis and treatment. Prereq- when applicable. The characteristic appearance of each uisite: BI 250 or BI 255 or BI 275 or concurrent. anatomical structure as it appears on CT and MR, when applicable, will be stressed. Prerequisite: Consent. AL 320B Human Disease: Radiology Section (3) Theories of disease causation and the pathophysiologic AL 342 CT Procedure Protocols (4) disorders that compromise healthy systems. Etiology, Content provides detailed coverage of procedure pathophysiologic responses, clinical manifestations, protocols for computed tomography imaging. Protocols patient care, radiographic imaging and management of include, but are not limited to, indications for the proce- alterations in body systems will be presented, along with dure, patient education, scan preparation, orientation trauma radiology. and positioning, patient history and assessment, contrast media usage, scout image, selectable scan parameters, filming and archiving of the images.

200 AL 343 CT Physics: Instrumentation and Imaging (4) AL 360 Independent Study in Allied Health (1-3) Content is designed to impart an understanding of the A research project of extensive reading or research in physical principles and instrumentation involved in com- one of the Allied Health Disciplines, or engagement puted tomography. Physics topics include the character- in a field experience. May be carried on in absentia. istics of x-radiation, CT beam attenuation, linear attenu- Students will be required to prepare and gain approval ation coefficients, tissue characteristics and Hounsfield of both the department chair (Allied Health), and the numbers application. supervising faculty member, of a comprehensive learning contract. Prerequisite: Consent. AL 344 Pathology Correlation in CT (3) Content provides thorough coverage of common dis- AL 361 Sonography Clinical I (5) eases diagnosable via computed tomography. Each Students are assigned to various clinical settings to allow disease or trauma process is examined from its descrip- the student to begin developing the technical scanning tion, etiology, associated symptoms and diagnosis with skills of sonography. Prerequisite: Admission to Diag- appearance on CT. Terms associated with these patholo- nostic Medical Sonography program. gies will be included. AL 362 Sonography Cllinical II (3) AL 345 Clinical Experience in CT (4) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital Assignment to a CT facility to provide the opportunity to and office settings. They will be exposed to an intermedi- observe, assist and perform CT procedures under the ate level of complexity involving the various procedures supervision and guidance of a qualified CT specialist. included in the general sonography curriculum, and they Establish eligibility for certification through the American will have active participation. Prerequisite: AL 361. Registry of Radiologic Technologists. AL 363 Sonography Clinical III (5) AL 346 Introduction to Magnetic Resonance (MR) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital Imaging (3) and office settings. They will continue to be exposed to Content is designed as an overview of MR physics for an intermediate level of complexity involving the various a student currently enrolled in a Radiologic Technology procedures included in the general sonography curricu- Program. A variety of topics will be presented such as lum. Prerequisite: AL 362. MR terminology, magnets, obtaining the MR signal, tis- sue contrast and magnetic safety issues. AL 364 Sonography Clinical IV (5) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital AL 347 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Physics I (3) and office settings. They will be exposed to an advanced Content is intended to impart an understanding of level of complexity involving the various procedures theories of magnetic resonance properties. Additional included in the general sonography curriculum. Prerequi- concepts such as pulse sequencing, coils, gradient us- site: AL 363. age and signal production will be covered. AL 365 Sonography Clinical V (3) AL 348 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Imaging I (3) The student will be participating in advanced general Content is designed to provide a review of anatomy sonography procedures in both hospital and office set- involving selected body regions with an understanding of tings. Prerequisite: AL 364. MR tissue characteristics. Routine imaging of the abdo- men, pelvis, thorax, musculoskeletal system and central AL 366 Legal & Regulatory Issues for the Health Care nervous system will be discussed. Common pathology as Professional (3) This course includes legal terminology, antitrust laws, demonstrated through MR imaging will be presented. licensure, malpractice, liability for negligence, patient AL 349 MR Clinical Experience I (3) rights, legal standards of care, government regulation Assignment to a MR facility for application of theory and and compliance issues, and other relevant federal and development of competency in routine imaging. Establish state laws applicable to the health care field. Includes eligibility for certification through the American Registry methods and procedures for the disclosure of confiden- of Radiologic Technologists tial health information and the legality and security of computer-stored data. Prerequisite: Consent from BHS AL 350 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Physics II (3) advisor. A continuation of Physics I concepts including pulse sequencing application, coil selection relating to scans, AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) calculation of scan times as well as scan parameters and Focuses on the key issues impacting the administration image factors. of today’s healthcare organizations and explores how those issues impact the delivery of care. Examines the AL 351 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Imaging II (3) theory and development of total quality management in A continuation of imaging methods with a focus on non- the healthcare industry. Includes a review of risk and routine or specialized protocols of the abdomen, pelvis, utilization management programs. Prerequisite: Consent thorax, musculoskeletal system, central nervous system from BHS advisor. and vascular system. AL 370 Simulation and Treatment Procedures II (4) AL 352 MR Clinical Experience II (3) This is an advanced course covering radiation oncol- Assignment to a MR facility for application of theory ogy simulation terminology, design, operation, patient and development of competency in specialized imaging. immobilization, clinical treatment planning techniques Establish eligibility for certification through the American and procedures. This course will present current clinical Registry of Radiologic Technologists. radiation oncology practices for specific malignancies 201 that were not addressed in AL 307. Radiation Oncology They will be exposed to an intermediate level of cardiac topics discussed over these cancers will include epidemi- sonography procedures and will actively participate. Pre- ology, etiology, tumor staging, tumor volume localization, requisite: AL 385. tumor dose recommendations, dose to critical structure thresholds, external beam and brachytherapy treatment AL 387 Advanced Cardiac Sonography Clinical (3) The students will be participating in advanced cardiac planning and delivery techniques. sonography procedures, again in a variety of clinical set- AL 371 General Sonography Procedures I (3) tings. Prerequisite: AL 386. Online didactic education concerning embryology, anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology related to abdomi- AL 388 Clinical Topics in Cardiac Sonography (2) The course will cover new and highly specialized proce- nal sonographic procedures. Prerequisite: Admission to dures in the realm of echocardiography, such as stress Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. echo (treadmill and pharmacological), contrast echocar- AL 372 General Sonography Procedures II (3) diography, diastology, and transesophageal echocardiog- A continuation of AL 371 with a focus on “small parts” raphy. It will also provide a review and Mock Testing for sonographic procedures. Prerequisite: AL 371. Boards. Prerequisite: AL 384. AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) AL 389 General Sonography Procedures III (3) An overview of the different factors which impact the This course content is sequential to AL 372 and will health care delivery system. This course will address involve sonographic evaluation and diagnosis specific to the social, legal, and economic questions that affect the female anatomic structures and diseases. Prerequisite: delivery of health care. Prerequisite: Consent from BHS AL 372 or consent. advisor. AL 390 Special Topics in Allied Health (3) AL 379 Clinical Topics in General Sonography (2) Selected topics related to allied health which vary from The course will cover new and highly specialized pro- semester to semester. Announced in advance. Prereq- cedures in the realm of general sonography. Among uisite: Consent. the content will be neurosonology, breast sonography, sonohysterography, and numerous biopsy and puncture AL 391 Chemistry Application in Respiratory Care (3) Introduction to medical chemistry. This course will dis- procedures. Prerequisite: AL 374. cuss the basic aspects of chemistry and biochemistry as AL 380 Clinical Radiation Therapy III (3) related to cardiopulmonary physiology and therapeutic Students will continue to demonstrate their clinical skills intervention. This course includes atomic theory, chemi- in treatment planning and dosimetry. Students will also cal bonding and acid-base balance. learn management of machine malfunctions, machine structure and minor emergency repair concepts and ap- AL 392 General Sonography Procedures IV (3) plications. This course content is sequential to AL 389 and will involve the sonographic evaluation of the obstetrical AL 381 Radiation Therapy Seminar (2) patient. Prerequisite: AL 389 or consent. Review of the fundamental principles and practical ap- plication of radiation therapy. Successful completion of a AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) simulated registry examination is required. An in-depth discussion of the anatomy, physiology, and AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring and Scanning (3) pathophysiology of the peripheral and cerebral vascu- On-line lecture course for Respiratory Therapy and lar systems. The focus will be on the cerebrovascular Cardiac Sonography students designed to provide the system and the arterial and venous systems of the student with an understanding of cardiovascular monitor- lower extremities. Hemodynamics, Doppler waveforms, ing. Areas of study will include an introduction to heart pressure measurements, plethysmography, appropriate development, review of anatomy and physiology of the pharmacology, sonographic appearance, and scanning heart, hemodynamic monitoring, effects on hemodynam- techniques will be discussed. This will include arterial ics due to disease states, and cardiac arrhythmia rec- and venous systems, therapeutic intervention, and non- ognition. Prerequisite: Admission to Diagnostic Medical invasive testing-exam protocols. Prerequisite: Admission Sonography program or Respiratory Therapy program. to Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. AL 384 Cardiac Sonography Procedures II (3) AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (3) A detailed and in-depth exploration of various cardiac Continuation of AL 393 to include discussion of the pathology and their echocardiographic manifestations. anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of the ab- Prerequisite: Admission to the Diagnostic Medical dominal and peripheral vascular systems. The focus Sonography program or consent. will be on the abdominal vasculature and on the arterial and venous systems of the upper extremities. Hemody- AL 385 Cardiac Sonography Clinical I (5) namics, Doppler waveforms, pressure measurements, pl- Students are assigned to various clinical settings to allow ethysmography, appropriate pharmacology, sonographic the student to begin developing the technical skills nec- appearance and scanning techniques will be discussed. essary to become an echocardiographer. Prerequisite: Therapeutic intervention includes arterial and venous Admission to Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. systems, non-invasive testing, and exam protocols. Pre- AL 386 Cardiac Sonography Clinical II (5) requisite: AL 393. Students will continue their clinical experience at various clinical settings including hospital and office facilities. 202 AL 395 Vascular Sonography Clinical I (5) process, project management, change management, Skill development of ultrasongraphic procedures for and benchmarking. Emphasis is on providing the tools extremity arterial and venous, cerebrovascular, abdomi- to manage and lead staff in various dynamic healthcare nal vascular evaluation, and other special non-invasive settings. Prerequisites: AL400 or BU101 and consent of vascular procedures. Students are assigned to various BHS advisor. clinical settings to allow the student to begin developing the necessary technical skills. Prerequisite: Admission to AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) This course will provide the student with the appropriate Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. knowledge and skills to successfully conduct qualitative AL 396 Vascular Sonography Clinical II (5) research in the health care domain. Special emphasis Students will continue their clinical experience at various will be placed on developing a research problem and clinical settings, including hospitals and office facilities. designing a study. Prerequisite: Consent of BHS advisor. They will be exposed to an intermediate level of vascular sonographic procedures and will actively participate. AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) A capstone course designed to provide integration and Prerequisite: AL 395. application of theory through the use of case study analy- AL 397 Advanced Vascular Sonography Clinical (3) sis, guest lectures, internships, research papers, and Students will be participating in advanced vascular other projects. Prerequisite: Consent of BHS advisor. procedures, again at a variety of clinical settings. Prerequisite: AL 396. Cr i m i n a l Ju s t i c e De p a r t m e n t Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/cj/ AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) The course will cover new and highly specialized proce- Benton Hall, Room 201 dures in the realm of vascular sonography. Among the (785) 670-1411 content will be hemodialysis access, transcranial doppler, Professor Gerald Bayens, Chair and mapping procedures. It will also provide review and Associate Professor Mike Manske Mock Testing for Boards. Associate Professor Phyllis Berry AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) Instructor Harrison Watts An overview of information technology issues for health Instructor Terry Knowles care managers. Includes health care computer applica- Instructor Joe Ruskowitz tions, infrastructure planning, information systems orga- Instructor Sam Newland nizational structure, information technology procurement, Degrees Offered systems analysis and evaluation. Prerequisite: Consent Associate of Arts in Criminal Justice from BHS advisor. Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice AL 400 Supervisory Practices for the Health Care Corrections Professional (3) Law Enforcement This course examines methods of effective utilization of Security Administration human and material resources to accomplish organiza- Master of Criminal Justice tional goals within health care settings. Topics include Law Enforcement various management theories, effective leadership tech- Correctional Administration niques and the importance of decision making. Prerequi- (See Graduate Section of this catalog for further informa- site: Consent from BHS advisor. tion on the Master of Criminal Justice).

AL 405 Financial Issues in Health Care (3) Questions concerning the degrees or eligibility for enroll- This course explores financial issues in health care facili- ment should be addressed to the chairperson of the ties with a focus on the financial and regulatory environ- department. ment. Special attention is devoted to reimbursement policies important to the health care industry. Prerequi- Mission site: Consent from BHS advisor. The Department of Criminal Justice offers programs to prepare students for productive careers in law en- AL 420 Current Issues in Health Care (3) forcement, corrections, and security administration. The This course will explore current health care issues from program is designed to serve both local and distance the perspective of the Health Services Administrator. learning students through web-based and other formats Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of the and is intended to produce knowledgeable students who issue under study for the delivery, practice and organiza- possess analytical and technical skills to compete in tion of the American Health care system. Prerequisite: today’s criminal justice job market. Consent of BHS advisor. Student Learning Outcomes AL 450 Knowledge Management in Health Care (3) This course provides an overview of the challenges fac- Criminal Justice students at Washburn University, upon ing healthcare managers in generating, communicating, graduation, are expected to have: and leveraging their organization’s intellectual assets. • analyzed the nature of crime and justice in the The focus will not only be on information technology ap- United States and other countries; plications but also the human side of knowledge creation, • evaluated the police, courts, and corrections sys- diffusion of innovation, and the application of knowl- tems in America; edge. Additional topics will include the decision making • integrated the conceptual and theoretical 203 • frameworks that form the study of criminal justice; CJ 495 The Correctional Experience (3), or SO 307 • acquired oral and written communication skills; Penology (3) • integrated academic learning with field-based edu- Completion of a Minor: A Minor is required, and must cation by completing an internship; and be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. • evaluated criminal justice research critically and Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice (Description systematically. of the Major in Law Enforcement) The Law Enforcement major is designed to provide a Criminal Justice Association balanced introduction to all aspects of the criminal justice The Criminal Justice Association is a student or- process with particular emphasis on the theoretical ganization headed by an Executive Committee of 4-5 and practical aspects of law enforcement. The program officers and a faculty advisor. The Association was is interdisciplinary in content, utilizing courses in the created in 1987 and maintains an annual membership social sciences as well as those more directly related to of 50-100 undergraduate students who are majoring in functions and programs in the criminal justice system. law enforcement, corrections or security administration. This program is designed for both personnel already CJA actively participates in WU events such as Bod employed in criminal justice and pre-service students Blast, Homecoming and Career Days. Visit the Criminal interested in criminal justice careers. Justice Association’s official website http://www.wash- burn.edu/sas/cj/cja. Major Requirements (36 hours) CJ 100 Crime & Justice in America (3) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) (Description of the Major in Corrections) CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) The Corrections major is designed to provide an OR academic and experiential learning environment that will CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) prepare students for employment in federal, state, and CJ 210 Criminal Law (3) local corrections agencies. Consequently, the curricu- OR lum addresses the nature of both institutional and field LG 345 Criminal Law and Procedure (3) service corrections. The degree includes a participatory CJ 220 CJ Communications (3) observation internship, which is intended to promote the CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) development of knowledge and skills for correctional CJ 310 Police Problems/Practices (3) practice while providing opportunity for professional CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) networking, fostering professional socialization, and CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) personal growth. Students enrolling in this specialized CJ 410 Criminal Procedure/Evidence (3) internship are presumed to be committed to entering the CJ 490 L.E. Internship (6) field of Corrections. Correlate Area - 9 hours “C” or better needed in respec- The program content is designed to provide a broad, tive major comprehensive introduction to the theoretical as well as Group I: A Diversity Course (3) practical aspects of criminal justice, with greatest empha- Group II: A Criminology Course (3) sis being placed on the correctional function. This pro- Group III: CJ 365 Police & the Community (3) or gram is designed for both personnel already employed CJ440 Enforcement Administration (3) in criminal justice and pre-service students interested in criminal justice careers. Completion of a Minor: A Minor is required, and must be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. Major Requirements (36 hours) CJ 100 Crime & Justice in America (3) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) (Description of the Major in Security Administration) CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) The Security Administration major is interdisciplinary OR in nature, emphasizing practical issues and theoretical CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) concepts related to security, safety, fire, crime preven- CJ 220 CJ Communications (3) tion, investigations, law enforcement and the social CJ 240 Law of Corrections (3) sciences. This program is designed to prepare students OR for professional and managerial employment in security, CJ 270 Juvenile Justice (3) investigations, loss prevention, and risk management CJ 320 Correctional Treatment Strategies (3) positions in business, industry, government agencies and CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) non-profit organizations. This program is designed for CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) both personnel already employed in criminal justice and CJ 420 Probation, Parole, and Community-Based pre-service students interested in careers in security. Corrections (3) CJ 480 Corrections Internship (6) Major Requirements (36 hours) CJ 100 Crime and Justice in America (3) Correlate Area – 9 hours “C” or better needed in CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) respective major: OR Group I: A Diversity Course (3) CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) Group II: A Criminology Course (3) CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) Group III: CJ460 Correctional Administration (3), CJ 220 Criminal Justice Communications (3) CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) 204 CJ 340 Crime Prevention (3) In the second portion of the course, the role of the crime CJ 350 Legal Issues in Security and Safety (3) victim and the principal functions of criminal justice agen- CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) cies are considered. CJ 425 White Collar Crime (3) CJ 450 Security Administration and Management (3) CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) This course examines the history and major functions CJ 470 Internship in Security (6) of modern law enforcement agencies and personnel. Correlate Area-9 hours “C” or better needed in respec- Special attention to career opportunities and alternatives tive major in the field of law enforcement. Group I A Diversity Course (3) Group II: A Criminology Course (3) CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) Contemporary correctional activities and the functions Group III: A Technology Administration course (3) performed by correctional agencies and personnel. In- Completion of a Minor: A Minor is required, and must cludes an overview of the functions performed by correc- be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. tional institutions and agencies for juveniles and adults. Major Emphasis A total of 36 hours must be completed in each major for CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) History and philosophy of security, goals and measures awarding the BSCJ degree. A maximum of 48 hours of businesses, security firms, military services, and gov- of credit in criminal justice courses may count toward ernmental agencies. graduation. Students majoring in Criminal Justice must earn a grade of “C” or better in all required criminal jus- CJ 210 Criminal Law (3) tice courses for credit. Review of substantive criminal law theory and specific elements common to index offenses will be presented. Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Course will offer a brief synopsis of the historical de- (The PLAN Program) velopment of penal codes, as well as application of the The Partnership for Learning and Networking is a Model Penal Code. Special emphasis will include a re- 2+2 Bachelors Degree Completion Program offered by view of established defenses to criminal liability such as Washburn University in cooperation with over fourteen the insanity, self-defense and diminished mental capacity Community College partners. This high quality, flexible defenses. program will allow you to complete a bachelor degree in two years through courses presented via the world CJ 220 Criminal Justice Communications (3) wide web. This program is designed for both person- Methods of gathering and reporting information essen- nel already employed in criminal justice and pre-service tial to effective criminal justice operations are reviewed, students interested in criminal justice careers who have discussed, and practiced. Emphasis is on developing completed an associate degree at one of the many effective interviewing skills and accurate reporting of Community College Plan Partners. All students partici- information gathered by criminal justice practitioners. pating in the PLAN Program must complete all degree requirements, to include minor and correlate, as outlined CJ 225 Jail Workshop (3) in the law enforcement, corrections and security majors. This course provides the student an overview of the his- tory, functions, design and operation of the American jail. The Associate of Arts Degree in Criminal Justice CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) Gathering information; principles and procedures used The Associate of Arts degree in Criminal Justice for crime scene protection and search; collection and requires completion of 62 credit hours. The degree is preservation of evidence; interviewing and interroga- designed to be used as a step toward completion of tion of complainants, witnesses, suspects, and victims; the Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice degree. and scientific applications to a variety of investigations Increasingly, correctional and law enforcement agen- conducted in criminal justice setting. cies are recognizing the Associate of Arts degree as a desirable or required preparation for entrance to work in CJ 240 Law of Corrections (3) these fields. The degree includes courses in sociology, An examination of the legal system in the United States psychology, and political science, in addition to specific with focus on prisoners’ rights and due process as ap- offerings relating to correctional and law enforcement plied to the correctional environment; the relationship functions. between sanctions, sentencing, and corrections; and principles of vicarious liability for correctional employees. MINOR Non-Criminal Justice majors may minor in criminal CJ 260 Independent Study (1-3) justice. A criminal justice minor must include a minimum A research project of extensive reading on aspects of the of fifteen credit hours in criminal justice, not less than six disciplines, or engagement in a field experience, which of which must be 300 level or above. may be carried on in absentia. May be elected twice for a maximum of six hours. CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSE OFFERINGS UNDERGRADUATE COURSES CJ 270 Juvenile Justice (3) The American system of juvenile justice, including the CJ 100 Crime and Justice in America (3) roles and relationships of law enforcement, courts, This course introduces the student to the nature and ex- probation and parole, diversionary programs, service tent of crime in America and provides an overview of the agencies, and correctional institutions. public understanding of the causes of criminal behavior. 205 CJ 290 Special Topics (1-3) and crime prevention studies. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be consent of instructor. announced in advance. May be taken for more than one semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of CJ 345 Homicide Investigations(3) An in-depth examination of homicide investigation and instructor. the tools required to bring the case to a successful CJ 303 Diversity in American Culture (3) completion. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. This course is designed to explore the relationship between culture and the criminal justice system. Empha- CJ 350 Legal Issues in Security and Safety (3) Civil and criminal liability of security officers and employ- sis is given to understanding the historical, theoretical, ers, security laws of arrest/search/seizure, security regu- and structural perspectives of racial/ethnic and minority lations, security licensing and training, OSHA standards groups in society. and legal requirements, and case studies. Prerequisite: CJ 305 Crime & Justice in Film (3) CJ 130 or consent of instructor. The course is intended to survey modern America’s at- titudes about our criminal justice system through analysis CJ 355 Women in Criminal Justice (3) An overview of the theories and facts on female criminal- of several motion pictures dealing with various facets of ity, employment practices and on-the-job problems that the system. affect female criminal justice workers, and factors relative CJ 310 Police Problems and Practices (3) to female victims of crime. Analysis of police functions and problems commonly encountered in the performance of those functions. CJ 360 Independent Study (1-3) A research project of extensive reading on aspects of the Problem-solving methods and techniques are reviewed, disciplines, or engagement in a field experience, which discussed, and practiced. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or con- may be carried on in absentia. May be elected twice for sent of instructor. a maximum of six hours. Students complete a project CJ 315 Drug Abuse and Criminality (3) prospective that is approved by the supervising professor Societal reaction to drug abuse in terms of legal sanc- prior to enrollment. Prerequisite: 12 hours of Criminal tions, treatment alternatives, and the Criminal Justice re- Justice and consent of the Department Chair. sponse (law enforcement, the courts, corrections). How substance abuse and criminal behavior are interrelated. CJ 365 Police and the Community (3) Relevant literature and the scope of the problem, CJ 320 Correctional Treatment Strategies (3) psychological and sociological considerations; and vi- Treatment strategies employed in adult and juvenile able programs that effectively improve communications corrections programs, focusing on classification, types between the police and the public. Prerequisite: CJ 110 of institutional programming, as well as community and or consent of instructor. aftercare facilities. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. CJ 370 Fire Investigation and Prevention (3) This course will examine the principles of fire investiga- CJ 325 Applied Criminology (3) tion, burn patterns, arson, fraud, industrial and commer- Applied criminology will examine various criminological cial fire prevention, hazard recognition, fire control and theories including delinquent subculture, differential as- suppression methods. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or consent of sociation, and conflict theories, and their application by instructor. criminal justice professionals. In addition, the student will understand and practice the application of criminological CJ 375 Forensic Psychological & Criminal Profiling This course introduces students to the diverse ways in theory in dealing with an individual offender. which the forensic psychologist participates in the legal CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) system. Particular attention is given to the role of the Historical development and contemporary structure of forensic psychologist in criminal proceedings as it relates state and federal trial courts and courts of appellate to the state of mind of the offender. The course also review will be presented. Constitutional and statutory au- introduces students to basic theories of criminal profiling thority for courts, court procedure, and defendant rights and ethical considerations in the use of profiling. Prereq- in the judicial process will be reviewed to include due uisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. process, public and speedy trial, jury composition, self- incrimination, punishment and state and federal post- CJ 380 Terrorism (3) An exploration of the incidence and threats of terrorism conviction relief and/or appellate review. Other statutory and an investigation of the security and law enforcement and administrative/regulatory laws will be reviewed measures needed to combat it. Topics such as assassi- pertaining to the Code of Professional Responsibility as nation, kidnapping, hijacking, extortion, sabotage, bomb it applies to respective judicial officers. Close analysis threats/searches, hostage negotiations, victims’ survival, is offered of the respective roles, duties performed, and and medical/tactical reaction teams will be discussed as career paths for judicial officers such as judges, prosecu- they relate to executive protection and terrorism. tors and defense counsel. CJ 390 Special Topics (1-3) CJ 340 Crime Prevention (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be Situational crime prevention, environmental design, announced in advance. May be taken for more than one physical security measures, defensible space, opportu- semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of nity theories, crime displacement, rational choice theory, instructor.

206 CJ 395 Seminar in Metropolitan Criminal Justice CJ 445 Drug Enforcement Policies (Summer) (2-3) and Programs (1-3) An overview of the functions, interrelations and problems The role in establishing alcohol and other drug policy of metropolitan law enforcement, judicial and correctional and the development of regulation for the implementa- agencies is provided through lectures, assignments and tion of federal policy. Officials from federal, state, and agency visitations. Usually conducted in the Kansas City local agencies describe agency functions and effects at metropolitan area over a five-day period. Prerequisite: addressing the drug problem. The course will also ex- Consent of instructor. amine the impact of federal drug policy at the local level. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course allows students to learn and demonstrate CJ 450 Security Administration and Management (3) knowledge of research methodology within the criminal Advanced administration and management issues justice system and become acquainted with the range related to corporate security functions, including strategic and scope of quantitative and qualitative tools available and operational management, risk management, contract to the criminal justice researcher. Prerequisite: 12 hours security services, management of emergencies and loss Criminal Justice or consent of instructor prevention. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or consent of instructor. CJ 410 Criminal Procedure and Evidence (3) CJ 460 Correctional Administration (3) Advanced analysis of the constitutional statutory founda- This course provides an overview of the basic functions tions of modern criminal procedure will be emphasized, of correctional administration including activities such as with particular focus on the 4th, 5th, and 6th Amend- planning, forecasting, budgeting, organizing, training, im- ments. The law of search and seizure, interrogations plementation, evaluation and direction of personnel. The and confessions, warrants, indictment/information, special requirements for administration of a correctional pretrial suppression and exclusionary rule applications facility such as building public support and understand- will be presented. Rules pertaining to obtaining, qualify- ing, communicating results, informing policy decisions, ing and admitting evidence will be discussed, to include and interacting with other criminal justice professionals direct and cross examination, application of the hearsay are explored. Case studies from a variety of correctional rule, recognized privileged communications, and com- settings including institutional and field service organiza- mon evidentiary objections will be offered in the criminal tions are analyzed to enhance understanding of admin- prosecution/defense perspective. istrative complexities. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. CJ 415 Forensic Science in Criminal Justice (3) The course examines the role of forensic science in the CJ 465 Criminal Justice Planning (3) investigation and solution of crime. Each type of physical Criminal Justice planning, including analysis of crime evidence normally encountered in criminal investigations data and systems interrelations, forecasting, problem will be studied with regard to collection and packag- identification, establishing goals and objectives, and ing techniques which maximize the evidence value, the developing plans for implementation and evaluation. current types of scientific analyses available, and the significance and limitations of the scientific results. The CJ 470 Internship in Security (6) Supervised practical internship in a security setting. May history of forensic science will also be briefly examined. be taken for three hours for two semesters or six hours Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. in one semester. Placement requires agency approval. CJ 420 Probation, Parole, and Community-Based Prerequisite: CJ 100, 110, CJ 220, CJ 340, CJ 400, CJ Corrections (3) 450 or consent of instructor. Probation and parole, including the administration, procedures, and techniques used in the treatment and CJ 475 The Police Experience (3) Travel to law enforcement agencies, guest lectures and supervision of offenders. Also, the history and trends of class discussion. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of probation and parole, and professional training in these instructor. fields. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. CJ 480 Internship in Corrections (3-6) CJ 425 White Collar Crime (3) Participant observation in a correctional agency operated Occupational crime, fraud, theft, computer crimes, envi- by all levels of government, including participation in the ronmental crimes, business and governmental crimes, treatment of offenders. May be taken in one semester, and prevention measures. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or con- or over the course of two semesters. Experience may sent of instructor. be concentrated in one agency or divided among several CJ 440 Enforcement Administration (3) agencies. Placement and continuation in the internship This is a course for students and practitioners interested requires approval of the corrections agency. Prereq- in police administration. The student will be required to uisite: CJ 100, 120, 220, 320, 400, 420 or consent of participate in field and classroom experiences designed instructor. to expose and prepare the student for an administra- tive role in the criminal justice system. The student will CJ 490 Internship in Law Enforcement (3-6) Supervised observation and participation in the func- demonstrate through examinations, assigned papers, tions of a federal, state, or local law enforcement agency reports, and classroom participation his/her knowledge of through individual meetings and group seminars by the law enforcement administration principles and practices. faculty. Supervision of the assignment will be received Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. from experienced agency personnel and orientation to

207 agency operations provided. Students may participate be applied to a minor as lower division credit. (See in specific activities such as patrol, records maintenance Military Science Section) and analysis, administration, research and planning, training, juvenile operations, investigations, and commu- COURSE OFFERINGS nity relations. May be taken in one semester, or over the Undergraduate and Graduate Courses course of two semesters. Experience may be concen- in Military and Strategic Studies trated in one agency or divided among several agencies. MS 100 Introduction to Military Operations (3) Placement and continuation in the internship requires This course explores the use of the armed forces as an approval of the law enforcement or security agency instrument of national power. Students will develop an involved. Prerequisite: CJ 100, 110, 230, 310, 400, 410, understanding of the doctrinal principles of war, funda- or consent of instructor. mentals of the offense and defense, just war doctrine, CJ 495 The Correctional Experience (3) rules of engagement, and how nations organize and This “impact course” is designed to provide the student execute military operations in pursuit of national objec- with the opportunity to “experience” the correctional tives and vital interests. The course also examines institution and draw a unique insight into corrections. the doctrine of Military Operations Other Than War Students will visit correctional institutions, observe their (MOOTW), focusing on the use of the military during operations, and interact with correctional practitioners peacetime. Historical case studies and examinations of and confined offenders. Institutions have been chosen current events are presented as they relate to the course for visitation to provide the student with as broad a cor- objectives. Prerequisites: None. rectional experience as possible, beginning with juveniles MS 110 Fundamentals of Military Leadership (3) through adults, including county, state and federal institu- This course is oriented toward the college graduate tions. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. entering the workforce in any profession. Fundamental leadership principles developed by the United States ilitary t r a t e g i c t u d i e s M & S S military and Department of Defense are presented, Benton Hall, Room 201 (Criminal Justice Department) including leadership traits, principles, styles, values, and (785) 670-1411 disciplinary strategies. Foundation for the course begins with individual self-evaluation, including the Myers-Briggs The Military & Strategic Studies Degrees Offered Type Indicator and other personal tendency tests, and The Military & Strategic Studies Degrees Offers the progresses through selected group dynamics exercises, student a Minor in Military and Strategic Studies, and to and in-depth case study analyses of historically effective apply graduate course work toward the Master of Liberal leadership examples. The primary focus of the course Studies. causes students to become familiar with individual pref- Mission erences and personality traits in order to form an effec- The Military and Strategic Studies Program at tive personal leadership style. Prerequisites: None. Washburn University offers students the unique opportu- MS 120 History of the American Military (3) nity to either take unrestricted elective courses that will Historical presentation of the evolution of the American broaden their general knowledge base or to complete a military from colonial period through the present. A minor in Military and Strategic Studies that will comple- survey of those aspects of organization, training and em- ment their major course of study. Graduate students ployment of military forces developed over time—either may also take courses in the Program, and apply those created in response to particular need or borrowed from graduate courses to their Master of Liberal Studies other international military examples—and presented as degree track. a means of providing foundation for an evolving military Student Learning Outcomes legacy. Prerequisites: None. Military Studies students at Washburn University, upon MS 210 A Soldier’s Story (3) graduation, are expected to: A view of warfare from the bottom up, using the individual • explain the structure and doctrines of the armed soldier’s perspective as a means of de-emphasizing forces; national strategy in favor of the social, psychological and • analyze a wide range of national security issues; emotional impact experienced by those engaged in close and armed combat. Individual experiences reported from • integrate the fundamentals of military planning, or- news accounts, personal diaries, journals, letters, and ganization, and leadership being utilized in today’s autobiographies are used as the primary source materi- armed forces. als for the course. Prerequisites: None. MS 215 America At War (3) The Minor in Military and Strategic Studies Exploration of United States participation in the major 1. Requires 15 credit hours of which not less than 6 wars experienced through its history, with special empha- must be upper division. sis on the World Wars. Presentation is made on a broad 2. Subject to approval, students may elect to include perspective, to include national interests, mobilization of up to 6 credit hours of military history or international the home front, and the effect of wars on American soci- policy courses from the related disciplines of History ety, economy and government. Prerequisites: None. and Political Science.* 3. Subject to approval, 3 credit hours of Military Sci- ence, Naval Science, or Aerospace Studies may 208 MS 301/MS 501 Great Battle Campaigns(3) surate with their level of study. Prerequisites: Undergrad- Examines the conduct of war through in-depth analysis uate-none; Graduate-six hours of MS or permission. of a particular battle or campaign shown to be pivotal to the prosecution of a war. Students are allowed to select MS 390 Special Topics in Military and Strategic the battle/campaign of their choice, with advisement, and Studies (1-3) Course titles and topics will vary from semester to proceed with customized research. Students taking the semester, and will present current trends of interest in course for graduate credit will be assigned additional the organization, equipment, training, and employment course work commensurate with their level of study. Pre- of military forces. May be taken more than once under requisites: Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; different topical areas, and may be offered for variable Graduate-six hours of MS. credit depending upon the scope, amount of material, or MS 320/MS 520 National Security Policy (3) course length. Prerequisites: None. Study of the institutions, actors and processes that for- mulate and execute national security policy in the United MS 420/MS 620 Combat Journalism (3) Explores war reporting by the media in both historical States. Traces the historical and contemporary roles of and political contexts, and demonstrates the balance governmental branches, administrative agencies, civil- between open, fair reporting and the security required ian consultants and contractors, and non-governmental for military operations. Also presents the role of news organizations in the development and implementation of accounts in shaping popular opinion. Students taking policy. Also incorporates the development of intelligence the course for graduate credit will be assigned additional analysis in the formulation of policy, to include the evolu- course work commensurate with their level of study. Pre- tion of intelligence assets. Students taking the course requisites: Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; for graduate credit will be assigned additional course Graduate-six hours of MS. work commensurate with their level of study. Prerequi- sites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours of MS or MS 425/MS 625 Military Justice and the Law of War (3) permission. Traces the development of modern international rules pertaining to the conduct of war, and presents the vari- MS 330/MS 521 International Conflict (3) ous treaties and conventions that govern the conduct Examination of contemporary international conflict. Is- of military operations. Course comprises a serious sues addressed include the evolution of warfare within literature review within the context of actual war crime and between nation states, the interplay between conflict investigations and trials to present the geopolitical conse- and international diplomacy, economic interdependence, quences of war conduct. Students taking the course for and foundational conflict theory. Students taking the graduate credit will be assigned additional course work course for graduate credit will be assigned additional commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: course work commensurate with their level of study. Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- Prerequisites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours six hours of MS. of MS or permission. MS 450/MS 645 Military Intelligence (3) MS 335/MS 522 Elite Forces and Special Operations (3) Comprehensive analysis of military intelligence opera- This course examines the history, organization, and tions from tactical to strategic. Studies aspects of collec- functioning of modern elite military forces. Analyzes the tion, analysis and dissemination of intelligence informa- counter-terrorist forces of the United States and other tion, to include the use of national intelligence assets countries, including the U.S. Army Rangers and Special and strategic planning. Students taking the course for Forces, Navy Sea-Air-Land (SEALs), Air Force Task graduate credit will be assigned additional course work Force 160 (Night Stalkers), and Marine Corps Recon- commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: naissance (RECON) units. Also exposes students to Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- foreign elite military forces, to include the British Special six hours of MS. Air Service (SAS) and Special Boat Squadron (SBS), French Foreign Legion, Israeli Sayeret (Reconnaissance) MS 470/MS 655 Insurgency and Guerilla War (3) units. Uses historical case studies illustrating the use Overview of insurgent campaigns and guerilla warfare of elite forces in special operations, and follows current throughout history. Emphasis on popular political move- special operations in the war on terror. Students taking ments, opposition to recognized and existing govern- the course for graduate credit will be assigned additional ments, and transition of guerilla leadership into legitimate course work commensurate with their level of study. government. Presents topical coverage of significant Prerequisites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours historical examples of both successes and failures in of MS or permission. revolution and revolt. Students taking the course for graduate credit will be assigned additional course work MS 336/MS 533 Hollywood Goes To War (3) commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: Examines of the dual role of filmmakers, the cinema, and Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- the motion picture industry to both entertain and inform. six hours of MS. Special emphasis placed on how cinematography can shape popular perceptions and attitudes about warfare MS 475/MS 675 Independent Study/Directed in general, as well as particular conflicts. Course makes Readings (1-3) extensive use of film library materials in making thought- Extensive engagement in a significant field experience ful analysis. Students taking the course for graduate that meets academic objectives. Students are required credit will be assigned additional course work commen- to receive permission from the Director, and arrange for a supervising instructor prior to approval. May be taken 209 more than once under different topical areas, and may University, Haskell Indian Nations University and Baker be taken for variable credit, depending upon the scope of University currently attend the University of Kansas for research or experience. Students taking the course for AFROTC classes enrolled as non-degree seeking stu- graduate credit will be assigned additional course work dents under various “cross-town” agreements. commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: Permission of the Director and instructor. General Information: The Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps program provides qualified, energetic, MS 480/MS 680 Military Operations and dedicated men and women for service as second Other Than War (3) lieutenants in the United States Air Force. To accomplish Explores the emerging role of military forces in non- this, the Air Force, with approval of KU, has established standard missions such as peacekeeping, humanitarian a curriculum that allows commissioning in one (based on relief, non-combatant evacuation operations, and support needs of the AF each year) to five (approved high tech to host nation military training. Also examines the rela- majors)-year programs. tionship between and cooperation with non-governmental agencies and organizations through the use of case Four-year Program: The standard four-year program is studies. Students taking the course for graduate credit divided into the General Military Course and the Profes- will be assigned additional course work commensurate sional Officer Course. Some students receive scholar- with their level of study. Prerequisites: Undergraduate- ships as high school seniors; however, many first-year none; Graduate-six hours of MS or permission. students enroll as college walk-ons to see if AFROTC is an appropriate choice for their education and career. All MILITARY SCIENCE funding supports tuition and fees, along with a nontax- Lieutenant Colonel John Basso, Professor of Military able subsistence allowance and $600 per year for books. Science, Battalion Commander, (785) 864-3311, basso@ The General Military Course (GMC, Foundations of the ku.edu USAF, Airpower History) is offered during the first two Major John Clark, Assistant Professor of Military Sci- years of college and constitutes an introduction to the ence, Executive Officer, MS I Advisor (785) 864-1110, present-day Air Force. The emphasis is on the role of [email protected]. military forces in world affairs, customs and courtesies, ARMY ROTC officership, professionalism, the mission and organization of the Air Force, and the history of air power. If the cadet Under an agreement between Washburn University, scores satisfactorily on the Air Force Officer Qualify- the University of Kansas, and the U.S. Army, stu- ing Test, is medically and academically qualified, and dents may participate in Army ROTC classes taught at successfully completes four weeks of Field Training, he Washburn by KU faculty. First and second year courses or she may enter the POC during the junior and senior are taught at Washburn; third and fourth years and all years. Students joining in their Junior or Senior (5 yr) labs are at Kansas University. Army ROTC classes may years will take the 3rd and 4th years of AFROTC see be taken by any Washburn student and are available to POC under Graduate students below) class and make students at NO TUITION COST. For those that contract up the first 2 at Summer Field Training. into the program, the culmination of the ROTC program is a commission as an officer in either the active army or Graduate students who join AFROTC take the POC. in the Army Reserve or National Guard. The Professional Officer Course teaches the cadet For those that choose to seek a commission while leadership and management, organizational patterns, participating in ROTC, students pursue an academic technologies, military policies and procedures, and pro- degree in any academic major of their choice. ROTC vides an in-depth study of national security affairs. The classes are broken into basic and advanced courses. cadet also learns and practices communication, leader- All necessary ROTC books and equipment are provided ship, and management skills. During the academic year, to the student free of charge. the POC cadet receives tuition and fees, $600 for books For those interested in scholarship opportunities, each year, and a nontaxable subsistence allowance. Army ROTC awards four-year, three-year, and two-year Program Options: AFROTC offers a variety of pro- scholarships on a competitive basis. These scholarships grams leading to commissioning. Interested college stu- are competitive and pay full tuition, $1200 for books per dents can enter the program as freshman, sophomore, year, university fees, and a $350 - $500 monthly stipend. junior, or graduate students. Some programs may not be For detailed scholarship information contact Major Ted available every year. Contact the AFROTC Detachments Culbertson, Admissions and Scholarships Officer for Unit Admission Office to learn what programs are avail- the KU Military Science Department, by calling (785) able to you. 865-1113. Leadership Laboratory: The Leadership Laboratory is AIR FORCE RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS a noncredit, two-hour, once-a-week course taken every (ROTC) semester throughout the cadet’s enrollment in AFROTC. Department of Aerospace Studies Instruction is conducted in the framework of an orga- Detachment 280, Military Science Bldg. nized cadet corps with a progression of experiences that 1520 Summerfield Hall Dr., Room 109 develop each student ’s leadership potential. Such things Lawrence, KS 66045-7605 as proper wear of the uniform, military rank, and military (785) 864-4676,http://www.ku.edu/~afrotc drill and ceremony are also included in Leadership Lab. Cross Town Agreements: Students from Washburn Scholarships: Two-and three-year scholarships are University, St Mary’s University, Mid-American Nazarene available to college students. These are awarded 210 competitively. Scholarships generally cover full tuition, required of an Air Force junior officer. Case studies are laboratory and incidental fees, $600 per year for books, used to examine Air Force leadership and management and the nontaxable subsistence allowance. Subsistence situations as a means of demonstrating and exercising Allowance for contracted Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, practical application of the concepts being studied. Senior as of Oct.1, 2004 = $250, $300, $350, $400 re- spectively. All texts and uniforms for ROTC are provided AIR 404 National Security Affairs (Fall) (3) and AIR free of charge. 408 National Security Affairs (Spring) (3) Course examines the national security process (from Service Commitment: Upon commissioning (shortly a military standpoint) from it ’s birth with the Founding after graduation), the Air Force service commitment for Fathers and the US Constitution to the joint war-fighting most cadets is four years of active duty. For cadets who scenarios of today. It looks at the Constitutionally estab- become pilots, navigators, or Air Battle Managers, the lished roles of the legislative and executive branches of respective commitment is ten, eight, or six years of active government in dealing with the defense issues in peace- duty. time or when the nation is at war. It examines the current command and control structure within the Department Further information can be obtained from the AFROTC of Defense and lays out the global responsibilities of the Detachment 280 office by phone at (785) 864-4676, military, and specifically the US Air Force. This course by e-mail at [email protected], or online at http://www. also examines the development of National Security ku.edu/~afrotc. policy and the interrelationship between the Air Force, Aerospace Studies Courses sister services and the Air Reserve component. Addition- ally, multiple classroom hours on formal military com- AIR 100 Leadership Laboratory (Fall and Spring)(0) munications skills (writing and briefing) are included. The All ROTC cadets must be enrolled in Leadership Lab. course culminates with a look at current political trends The AS 100 and AS 200 Leadership Laboratory courses and U.S. defense policy decisions in some of the world ’s (LLABs) include a study of Air Force customs and cour- major geographical areas. tesies, drill and ceremonies, and military commands. The LLAB also includes studying the environment of an NAVY ROTC Air Force officer and learning about areas of opportunity The University of Kansas Naval ROTC Unit offers available to commissioned officers. a cross-town enrollment program for those individuals The AS 300 and AS 400 LLABs consist of activities interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Navy classified as leadership and management experiences. Nurse Corps. All Naval Science courses include both They involve the planning and controlling of military practical and theoretical instruction in subjects pertain- activities of the cadet corps and the preparation and ing to the Navy. These courses are only offered at the presentation of briefings and other oral and written com- Lawrence campus. On a case-by- case basis they may munications. LLABs also include interviews, guidance, be offered at Washburn if a scheduling conflict exists. and information, which will increase the understanding, The student receives 10 credit hours of Naval Science motivation, and performance of other cadets. instruction over a period of four years. Additionally, there is a one credit hour Naval Science laboratory meeting AIR 144 Foundations of the USAF (Fall)(1) and AIR weekly each semester. Lab sessions integrate and apply 148 Foundations of the USAF (Spring)(1) knowledge gained from Naval Science courses to simu- Survey courses designed to introduce students to the lated tactical and strategic warfare situations, and include United States Air Force and Air Force Reserve Officer some close order drills, as well as lectures on naval top- Training Corps. Featured topics include: mission and or- ics. For more information call 1-800-JHK-NAVY. ganization of the Air Force, officership and professional- ism, military customs and courtesies, Air Force officer op- ARMY ROTC COURSE OFFERINGS portunities, and an introduction to communication skills. ARMY 101 The Army Today (1) AIR 284 Airpower History (Fall) (1) and AIR 288 An examination of army organization, structure, customs, Airpower History (Spring) (1) major legislation concerning the army and an introduction A course designed to examine general aspects of air and to leadership and management techniques. One hour of space power through an historical perspective ranging lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. from the first balloons and dirigibles to the space-age global positioning systems and Balkan War. Leaders, ARMY 102 Introduction to Military Skills (1) pivotal situations in peace and war, successes and An introduction to a variety of skills required of army failures are provided to extrapolate the development leaders, including map reading, orienteering techniques, of Air Force capabilities (competencies), and missions first aid, mountaineering skills, marksmanship, and lead- (functions) in shaping today ’s USAF air and space ership and management techniques. One hour of lecture power. In addition, the students will continue to discuss and one hour of laboratory per week. the importance of the Air Force Core Values with the use of operational examples and historical Air Force leaders ARMY 201 Basic Military Operations I (1) An introduction to aspects of individual and small group and will continue to develop their communication skills. tactics. Emphasis on small group leadership and oral and AIR 344 Leadership Studies (Fall) (3) and AIR 348 Lead- written communication skills. One hour of lecture and ership Studies (Spring) (3) one hour of laboratory per week. A study of leadership, management fundamentals, pro- fessional knowledge, Air Force personnel and evaluation systems, leadership ethics, and communication skills 211 ARMY 202 Basic Military Operations II (1) campus. One hour of class a week. Students must also A study of topographic map reading and its application enroll in MS 099. to military operations. An analysis of the principles of war and modern tactical doctrine as applied to small unit AIR FORCE MS 110 Aerospace Studies 1A (1) A study of the mission and organization of the United operations. One hour of lecture and one hour of labora- States Air Force and U.S. general purpose and aero- tory per week. space support forces. One hour of class a week. ARMY 301 Theory and Dynamics of Tactical AIR FORCE MS 111 Aerospace Studies 1B (1) Operations (3) A study of U.S. strategic offensive and defensive forces; Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per their mission, function, and employment. One hour of week. Conventional tactical operations. A basic ap- class a week. proach to learning the fundamentals of the squad in both offensive and defensive operations to include: mission, AIR FORCE MS 210 Aerospace Studies 2A (1) organization, principles of war, tactical control measures, A study of the development of air power from its begin- troop leading procedures, combat orders, planning and nings to the end of World War II. Traces the develop- conducting both types of operations, and techniques of ment of various concepts of employment of air power. patrolling; to include their application in counter guerrilla One hour of class a week. operations and planning. Prerequisite: ARMY 202 or consent of department chairperson. AIR FORCE MS 211 Aerospace Studies 2B (1) A study of the development of air power from the close ARMY 302 Theory and Dynamics of Tactical of World War II to the present. It focuses upon factors Operations II (3) which have prompted research and technological change Continuation of ARMY 301. Three hours of lecture and and stresses significant examples of the impact of air two hours of laboratory per week. Emphasis is placed on power on strategic thought. One hour of class a week. putting into practice the knowledge gained in Operations 1 in the application to the Platoon and Company level AIR FORCE MS 309 Aerospace Studies 3A (3) operations.. Prerequisite: ARMY 301. A study of U.S. Air Force professionalism, leadership, and management. Includes the meaning of professional- ARMY 303 Military Conditioning (1) ism, professional responsibilities, leadership theory, func- Introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of tions and practices, management principles and func- developing physical fitness programs for all Army per- tions, problem solving, and management tools, practices, sonnel. ,Provides an overview of total fitness, defines and controls. Three hours of class a week. physical fitness, outlines the phases of fitness, discusses various types of fitness programs, and presents evalua- AIR FORCE MS 311 Aerospace Studies 3B (3) tion criteria. A continuation of MS 310. Three hours of class a week. ARMY 401 Concepts of Military Management (3) AIR FORCE MS 409 Aerospace Studies 4A (3) Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per This course will examine the role of the professional week. Introduction to the military management system officer in a democratic society; socialization processes with special attention to the functions, organizations, within the armed services; the requisites for maintaining and operations of military training, logistics and admin- adequate national security forces; political, economic, istration. The use of standardized staff formats in the and social constraints upon the overall defense policy- development of plans and orders is emphasized from the making process. Three hours of class a week. standpoint of the leader with limited resources. Exten- AIR FORCE MS 411 Aerospace Studies 4B (3) sive use of standard staff procedures is emphasized in Focusing on the armed forces as an integral element of problem solving scenarios. Prerequisites: Permission of society, this course provides an examination of the broad Department Chairperson. range of American civil-military relations and the environ- ARMY 402 The Military Profession (3) mental context in which defense policy is formulated. Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per Communicative skills are stressed. The role of contem- week. A seminar on the military profession as an object porary aerospace power, and current and future employ- of social inquiry. Focus is on the internal structure of ment of aero-space forces will also be examined. Three the profession, current problems, and interaction with hours of class a week. the larger American society. Seminar topics include but u m a n e r v i c e s are not limited to the following: a historical perspective H S on the military profession; civil-military relations; social Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/human-services/ and political impact of military activities; military justice; professionalism versus careerism. Prerequisite: Student Degrees Offered must be in his or her last semester of ROTC. Bachelor of Applied Science in Human Services (BAS) Associate of Applied Science in Human Services (AAS) AIR FORCE ROTC COURSE OFFERINGS Benton Hall, Room 203 AIR FORCE MS 105 Aerospace Studies Lab (0) (785) 670-2116 The leadership laboratory for aerospace studies. Stu- dents will receive leadership training and experience Associate Professor Brian Ogawa, Chair as well as training in Air Force customs and courtesies. Professor Rick Ellis This lab is held at the Kansas State University Manhattan Professor Deborah Altus Professor Dan Petersen 212 Associate Professor Diane McMillen knowledge and skills in human behavior, group dynam- Associate Professor Iris Wilkinson ics, organizational behavior, and community systems. Assistant Professor Kayla Waters Students should refer to the specific General Education Requirements for the University and consult with their INTRODUCTION faculty advisor for specific Department requirements. In line with, and support of, the overall University and Coursework in psychology, sociology, communication, School of Applied Studies missions, the Department of biology, political science, mass media, business, or other Human Services stresses helping students achieve their areas may be recommended or required. highest potential, encourages lifelong learning, and pro- vides opportunities for career development. Accordingly, Associate of Applied Science in Human Services our mission and learning outcomes are presented as A minimum of 62 hours is required for completion of follows: the associate degree. The Associate of Applied Science Mission degree in Human Services (AAS) includes 26 credit hours of University and general education requirements. The mission of the Human Services Department is Students majoring in Human Services must complete a for students to attain the attitudes, skills, and knowledge minimum of 27 hours of credit in the department. These to become effective, ethical, and compassionate human hours must include HS 100, 131, 250, 251/305, 280 and service professionals who engage in creative approach- 281. Nine additional hours must be selected, to develop es to meet diverse individual, community, and societal an emphasis area, in consultation with a faculty advisor. needs. At least six credit hours for the emphasis area must be Student Learning Outcomes taken in the Human Services Department. Possible op- Upon graduation, Human Services students should be tions include, but are not limited to, Addiction Counseling, able to: Youth Services, Gerontology, Victim/survivor Services, I. Knowledge: Mental Health, or Developmental Disabilities. Majors are A. Describe the historical roots of the Human Ser- encouraged to take OA 128 or CM 101, or show profi- vices field; ciency in working with computer applications. Students B. Apply the philosophy of the Human Services De- must receive a grade of C or better in each course ap- partment to social problems; plied to the major. C. Articulate the major policy issues and social Bachelor of Applied Science in Human Services conditions that are currently confronting human services; A minimum of 124 hours is required for completion D. Explain how conceptual frameworks guide human of the baccalaureate degree. The Bachelor of Applied service practice; and Science degree in Human Services (BAS) includes 47 E. Communicate various ways in which human credit hours of University and general education require- service programs are funded, organized, adminis- ments. Students majoring in Human Services must tered, and evaluated. complete a minimum of 66 hours of credit in the depart- II. Skills ment. These hours must include HS100, 131, 250, 280, A. Demonstrate the ability to think critically, listen at- 281, 300, 302, 305, 325, 330, 380, 411, 445, 450/550, tentively, and communicate effectively; 481, 495/595, and 498. In consultation with a faculty B. Demonstrate the interpersonal skills necessary to advisor, a total of fifteen additional credit hours must be establish genuine, empathic, and ethical relation- selected to develop an area of emphasis. Possible op- ships; tions include, but are not limited to, Addiction Counseling, C. Demonstrate competence in evidence-based pre- Youth Services, Gerontology, Victim/Survivor Services, vention, intervention, and evaluation; and Mental Health, and Developmental Disabilities. Of these D. Demonstrate the behaviors of a healthy helping hours, at least 12 credit hours must be Human Services professional. coursework, 3 hours may be selected from another disci- III. Attitudes pline relating to the area of emphasis, and a minimum of A. Recognize one’s strengths and limitations; 6 hours should be upper division courses. Students must B. Commit to lifelong learning with a willingness to be receive a grade of C or better in each course applied to self-reflective and seek assistance; and the major. C. Formulate a set of values consistent with the Hu- Certificates of Completion man Service perspective of acceptance of diver- The Human Services Department is approved to offer sity, open-mindedness, and compassion. the following Certificates of Completion upon successful Degree Requirements completion of approved course work and/or internships: Students combine general education, human services • Addiction Counseling - Awarded upon completion coursework, and internships with a specific emphasis of an associate degree, and completion of 30 credit in one or more of the following areas as part of their hours as follows: HS210, HS211, HS212, HS315, individualized program of study: Addiction Counseling, HS325, HS411, HS415, HS445, HS450 and HS280. Developmental Disabilities, Gerontology/Aging, Mental • Victim/Survivor Services - Awarded upon comple- Health, Youth Services, and Victim/Survivor Services. tion of an associate degree, and completion of 27 The degree programs emphasize a multidisciplinary credit hours as follows: HS100, HS131, HS201, perspective, preparing students to assist people and their communities to function as effectively as pos- sible. Recommended and required coursework focus on 213 HS202, HS325, HS450, HS300-400 Elective, the courses they need may not be offered online every HS445, and HS481. semester.) • Non-Profit Management - Awarded upon completion HS 100 Orientation to Human Services (3) of a bachelor degree, and completion of 27 credit This course serves as an overview of the historical hours as follows: HS100, PO245, HS302, PO393 or development of human services and gives an introduc- PO346, PO395, HS445, HS495 or PO401, 300/400 tion to the philosophical framework, the major theoreti- HS or PO Elective, and HS481 or PO307. This cer- cal models, and the interdisciplinary nature of human tificate is in collaboration with the Political Science services. Students have the opportunity in this course Department. to explore human service occupations and professional • Morita Therapy - Awarded upon completion of a organizations, as well as learn about local and regional Bachelor degree and completion of 15 credit hours community resources. A major component of the course as follows: HS 374, HS 376/576, HS477/577, HS is the opportunity for students to participate in community 478/578 and HS481 or HS 360. service learning projects by filling the requirement of 30 Note: Other certificates may be offered. Please see hours of volunteer work. the department for details. HS 131 Human Development (3) Requirements for Minor This course examines human development from a bio- A Minor in Human Services consists of no less than psycho-social model and considers various theoretical 18 hours of Human Services coursework selected in perspectives that have influenced the study of human consultation with a Department Advisor and must be development across the lifespan. The course pays atten- approved by the Chair of the Department of Human tion to variability in human development and the factors Services. Students must attain a grade of “C” or better that appear to influence this variability, both individual for each course applied to the Minor. and cultural. Department Sponsored Co-Curricular Activities HS 201 Victimology (3) This course provides an introduction to the history, Washburn Human Services Coalition (WHSC) (Faculty development, theories, and major issues in the study of sponsor Dr. Diane McMillen). The purpose of the Coali- persons who are victims/survivors of crime. Using an tion is to bring together students from different fields of ecological perspective of victimization, specific areas will study that relate to human services. The Coalition pro- be discussed, including domestic violence, sexual as- vides career development, professional education, and sault, child abuse, and homicide. Current research data networking opportunities for its members. will be discussed to enhance the understanding of victim trauma and recovery. Tau Upsilon Alpha (TUA) (Faculty sponsor Dr. Diane McMillen.) The department is a chartered campus center HS 202 Victim/Survivor Services (3) of Tau Upsilon Alpha (TUA) National Organization of This course is an overview of the variety of human Human Services (NOHS) National Honor Society. TUA services provided to persons who are victims/survivors of is the acronym of the Greek transliteration of the slogan crime. Settings to be studied are various criminal justice, for the honor society: Excellence in Service to Humanity. medical, legal, crisis intervention, and advocacy agen- Each chapter evaluates qualified students and issues cies, and organizations that provide victim assistance. invitations to membership. Emphasis is on current developments in the field. Victim/Survivor Services Student Organization HS 210 Introduction to Addictions (3) (V3SO) (Faculty sponsor Dr. Brian Ogawa). This student This course will cover the following: Knowledge of basic organization provides career development activities, pharmacology, including routes of administration, drug extracurricular educational and professional development metabolism, drug excretion, dosage and potency, ab- activities, and networking opportunities for those studying sorption and distribution, drug interactions, and fetal drug the field of victim services and other interested students. effects. Knowledge of fundamental concepts of phar- Washburn Walkers (Faculty sponsor Dr. Deborah Altus). macological properties and behavioral, psychological, The Washburn Walkers program was established in 1979 social, and health effects of all psychoactive substances. to bring people of retirement age to campus in an effort Knowledge of symptoms of intoxication, withdrawal, and to promote health and offer opportunities for older citi- toxicity for all psychoactive substances. Knowledge of zens to engage in both academic and service activities. toxicity screening - types, limitations, and legal implica- The group sponsors a lecture series during the school tions. Knowledge of similarity of symptoms of substance year that is open to the public. In addition, the Wash- abuse disorders and medical or psychological disorders, burn Walkers provide a scholarship that offers financial and methods for differentiating among them. Knowledge assistance to a meritorious Human Services major with of resources for help with drug reactions, withdrawal, and an emphasis in gerontology. Each year the Washburn violence. Knowledge of the health risks associated with Walkers are coordinated by a Human Services major in- substance use and abuse, including HIV/AIDS, hepatitis, tern. See Faculty Sponsor for information on internship. tuberculosis, and sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). Knowledge of factors that may be associated with the Course Offerings prevention or transmission of infectious diseases, espe- (Many of the following courses are offered both online cially as related to substance use and abuse. Knowledge and on campus, Students trying to complete the Human of community health and allied health resources. Knowl- Services curriculum online, however, are advised that edge of ways to teach or facilitate discussions of disease transmission and prevention, with clients and community 214 members. Knowledge of confidentiality and legal issues HS 220 Introduction to Youth Services (3) regarding HIV/AIDS testing and counseling, as well as This course is designed to introduce students interested testing procedures and their limitations. The content of in working with youth to the developmental and socializa- this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the require- tion influences that affect children. In addition, when one ments for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. is concerned about children’s development, one must also be concerned with children, families, and communi- HS 211 Addictions Treatment (3) ties. This course will provide students the opportunity This course describes the most generally accepted and to become sensitized to the many issues that confront scientifically supported models of treatment, recovery, today’s youth and critically look at what is being done. relapse prevention, and continuing care for addiction and Many current topics will be covered in a survey format other substance-related problems. Content of the course and students will investigate one topic in-depth. will focus on the social, political, economic, cultural, and family context within which addiction and substance HS 221 Community Methods with abuse exist, including risk and resiliency factors that Children & Youth (3) characterize individuals and groups and their living This course will address environmental intervention environments. Emphasis will be given to the behavioral, with children and their families. Social networking and psychological, physical health, and social effects of psy- ecologically oriented programs will be the focus. Prereq- choactive substances on the user and significant others uisites: HS 220 or consent. and the importance of research and outcome data and their application in clinical practice. Knowledge of psy- HS 231 Methods of Long-Term Mental Health Care (3) This course will build on the theoretical issues of basic choactive substance toxicity, intoxication, and withdrawal health care, with emphasis on acquiring the skills to care symptoms; aggression or danger to others; potential for the health and safety concerns of people in long-term for self-inflicted harm or suicide; and coexisting mental treatment programs. health problems. Knowledge of principles and philosophy of prevention, treatment, and recovery. The content of HS 232 Introduction to Community Mental Health this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the require- Services (3) ments for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. This course is designed to familiarize students with the history and development of community mental health; HS 212 Addiction Services Coordination (3) federal, state and local policies impacting the delivery of This course will include the following content: Knowledge community mental health services; and methods utilized of methods of systematic data gathering from clients and in community mental health service delivery such as collateral sources, using appropriate screening and as- short-term counseling, crisis intervention, case manage- sessment instruments. Understanding the limitations of ment, prevention, education, and assessment of need for assessment procedures. Understanding procedures for services. scoring assessment tools, analyzing and interpreting re- sults, and communicating findings, verbally and in written HS 240 Introduction to Developmental Disabilities (3) form, to various audiences including the client, significant This is a survey course designed to introduce the student others, and other professionals. Understanding of mental to a philosophy of services for people with developmen- health status screening, including assessment of suicide tal disabilities, their rights, legal issues, assessment risk, danger to others, and mental illnesses. Knowledge and planning, overcoming communication deficits and of stages of readiness to change, its assessment, and preventative and supportive health measures. Requires the effect of stage of readiness to change on treatment practical demonstration of skills at scheduled times planning. Knowledge of current DSM or other accepted outside of class. criteria for substance use disorders and criteria for client placement into levels of care. Ability to prepare accurate HS 241 Applied Behavioral Interventions (3) and concise screening, intake, and assessment reports, This course is a practical application of the principles of and write clear treatment plans, discharge and transfer operant conditioning to teach new behaviors, minimize/ summaries, and other documentation. Understanding eliminate aberrant behaviors, and increase previously the treatment planning process, including the continuum learned behaviors. Requires practical demonstration of of care and interrelationship among client needs and skills at scheduled times outside of class. problems. Understanding the role of the client and family HS 243 Fundamental American Sign Language(3) systems on treatment decisions and outcomes. Knowl- This course is designed to provide students with a basic edge of how confidentiality regulations affect all stages of framework of knowledge regarding the nature of hear- the assessment and treatment process. Understanding ing loss and its extremely varied influence on the lives of the value of a multidisciplinary approach to treatment and people who are deaf, hard of hearing, late-deafened, and the role of other agencies, professionals, civic groups, deaf with a dual diagnosis. Important issues within the etc. in helping to address client needs. Knowledge of field of deafness will be addressed, namely: Deaf culture, ways of referring clients to other agencies and coordi- education of deaf people, technological advances, and nating treatment activities. Recognition of the value of political influences. Emphasis will be placed on learn- including family and other client support systems across ing the fundamentals of American Sign Language (ASL) the entire continuum of care. Knowledge of constructive while providing the student with a working vocabulary of ways to work with family members and others. The con- approximately 500 signs. The student can expect sign tent of this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the demonstration and practice as well as lecture on various requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. salient topics in deafness.

215 HS 250 Becoming a Helping Professional (3) assessment, and approaches to treatment. Prerequi- This course is designed to address what it means to be- sites: HS 270 or consent. come a professional in a field that is devoted to helping people who face critically important problems and issues HS 280 Internship I (3) This course is the beginning internship required of all in their lives. Students are encouraged to consider the majors in both the Associate and the Baccalaureate knowledge, skills, and education that are expected of degree programs. The internship consists of a minimum people serving in different human service careers. This of 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the course will also explore belief systems of effective and community under the supervision of staff and univer- ineffective helpers, and discuss the positive and nega- sity faculty. In addition, a weekly seminar is required to tive effects that a variety of beliefs and assumptions integrate learning in the field with classroom instruction. can have on one’s professional practice. Values are an Emphasis will be given to basic competencies of direct integral part of the consumer/helper relationship, and care. Prerequisites: HS 100, 131, at least one course in considerable attention will be given to an analysis of area of emphasis, and consent. how values influence helping. An overview of the stages of helping, with discussion of the skills and knowledge HS 281 Internship II (3) necessary to be a successful helper at each stage, will This course is the second internship course required of be presented. Special consideration will be given to all majors in both the Associate and the Baccalaureate understanding and working with diverse populations. degree programs. The internship consists of a minimum Prerequisites: HS 100 and 131. of 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the community under the supervision of staff and university HS 251/305 Case Management (3) faculty. In addition, a weekly seminar is required, to inte- This course is designed to enhance students’ ability to grate learning in the field with classroom instruction. Em- provide case management services. This course will phasis will be given to basic helping relationship skills, focus on serving children with severe emotional dis- communication skills, observation, reporting, recording, turbance and adults with mental illness. In addition, and assessment. Prerequisites: HS 250, 280, at least students will investigate issues and responsibilities of two courses in emphasis area, and consent. case managers, community resources, the family sup- port perspective, client advocacy, the strengths approach HS 290 Special Topics in Human Services (1-3) when working with people, and the fundamental philoso- Selected topics related to human services are an- phy and applications of wraparound community services. nounced in advance. See Schedules of classes for This course will be helpful for those students with the availability. desire to work as case managers, social workers who Courses numbered 300-499 are open to students dur- would like to expand their knowledge of case manage- ing the semester in which they achieve junior standing ment in community settings, bachelor level psychology only (or a minimum 54 credit hours), provided they have students wanting to work in community mental health, enrolled in enough lower level courses during that same and administrators/supervisors who have the desire to semester to meet the requirements of junior rank. implement case management services within their agen- cies. Prerequisites: HS 100 and 131, or consent. HS 300 Prevention in Human Services (3) This course will examine the role of prevention in human HS 260 Directed Study in Human Services (1-3) services. An emphasis will be given to alternatives to the In consultation with instructor, the student selects for current health delivery system with particular attention to intensive study a specific area related to human services. how people deal with their own health and approaches Prerequisite: Consent of Faculty and Chair. toward helping. Discussion will also address community development activities and prevention. This course will HS 270 Theories on Aging (3) provide students the opportunity to enhance oral and This course provides an overview of the study of aging, written communication skills; practice critical and creative giving students an interdisciplinary introduction to the thinking skills; and develop skills in systematic problem aging process. An emphasis is placed on a bio-psycho- analysis and selection of appropriate prevention and social model which considers biological, psychological, intervention strategies. and social theories of the aging process. The course also discusses approaches to the delivery of services HS 302 Social Change & Advocacy in Human that are informed by these theories. Services (3) This course is designed to familiarize students with com- HS 271 Aging and Mental Health (3) munity organizing, mobilizing, and development. The This course provides an overview of biological, psycho- content of the course will focus on an understanding of logical, and social factors related to successful aging, social action, change and advocacy in human service with an emphasis on the development and maintenance practice. Community organizing refers to a particular of mental health across the lifespan. The course con- form of community participation in which “grassroots” siders ways that HS professionals can support mental people learn techniques to share in power. This implies health throughout the aging process. Students will also that the model will focus on recruiting grassroots mem- learn about mental health problems in relation to the ag- bership and target systems for change. The methods ing process. may include collaborative problem solving, strategic HS 273 Gerontology Skills and Methods (3) planning and confrontation. Targets for change may be This course will allow students to build skills for deliver- individuals, systems, and families. ing human services to elderly individuals and groups. Coursework will emphasize building relationships, 216 HS 310 Human Sexuality (3) abuse will be viewed as a part of a continuum of per- This course will provide students the opportunity to sonal/family violence. develop a basic background knowledge of human sexual anatomy, response, behavior, developmental aspects, HS 322 Child Advocacy (3) This course is an overview of the methods of child problems, and laws. Students will increase vocabulary in advocacy and an individualized program to meet the the area of human development to describe and identify interests of the student. This course is taught at CASA of normal and problematic areas of human sexuality. Shawnee County and is designed to provide the student HS 313 Drug Abuse and Criminality (3) with the opportunity to become an effective child advo- This course is designed as an overview of the issues cate in the arena of the student’s choice. Prerequisites: related to drugs and crime. Information will be presented Interview & consent. on the many ways in which drug use and criminal behav- ior are linked. Special emphasis will be placed on treat- HS 325 Group Work in Human Services (3) This course is designed to provide both knowledge ment and intervention methods currently used to deal and practice skills in the management and conduct of with alcohol and other drug problems among offenders. psycho-educational or other group experience. Students HS 314 Relapse Prevention Planning (3) will be provided a variety of techniques and strategies This course is designed as an overview of the process designed to facilitate and direct group learning and psy- of recovery from addictive disease, understanding the cho-social development. The course will approach the relapse process, and relapse prevention. Concepts are study and experience of group process work from both based on the Center for Applied Sciences (CENAPS) a developmental and a personal growth perspective. Model of Treatment. Understanding the difference between group counseling and other group activities, such as psycho educational HS 315 Substance Abuse & Other Disabilities (3) groups and educational lectures. And developing un- This course is designed to prepare addiction, vocational derstanding of ways to create, present and/or facilitate and rehabilitation counselors, social workers, and other psycho educational groups and lectures, for clients, human service providers to provide quality substance significant others, and other audiences will be stressed abuse treatment services and programs for persons with especially for students preparing to work as addiction cognitive and physical disabilities. The course will cover and recovery counselors. The content of this class is the knowledge and skills needed to provide individual- based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for ized treatment plans specific to the client’s biological, Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. psychological, social, and spiritual needs; create alterna- tives to provide full access to services without barriers; HS 330 Theories of Intervention and help to promote employment opportunities for people in Human Services (3) living with coexisting substance abuse and other dis- This course focuses on the theories that guide the prac- abilities. The content of this class is based on TAP 21 tice and delivery of Human Services The course gives and meets the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS the student an understanding of how different theoretical certification. approaches have influenced the development of human service interventions, and includes the family systems HS 318 HIV/AIDS and Drug Abuse (3) approach, the feminist approach, and the cognitive-be- HIV/AIDS has become a major epidemic in only twelve havioral approach. Students will evaluate the usefulness years and the link between drug abuse and infection of the different theoretical approaches in addressing is becoming more apparent every day. This course is important human problems. In addition, students will be designed to give counselors the skills and understanding encouraged to explore their own views about human na- necessary to provide effective treatment to those clients ture and to understand how these views might influence who are both chemically dependent and HIV infected. their delivery of human service interventions. This course focuses on the special issues related to the complications or persons who have HIV/AIDS and are HS 360 Directed Study in Human Services (1-3) addicted to either alcohol or other drugs. Students have In consultation with instructor, the student selects for the opportunity to learn skills in two areas related to HIV intensive study a specific area related to human services. disease and treatment: (1) Risk reduction techniques to Prerequisites: Consent of Faculty and Chair. assist alcohol and drug clients in reducing their risk for becoming infected with HIV; and (2) the special treat- HS 372 Death and Dying (3) This course will cover biological, psychological, social, ment needs of persons already infected who are seeking and cultural issues surrounding death and the dying pro- treatment. cess. Topics will include stages of dying, approaches to HS 321 Youth and Violence (3) working with people who are dying and their families, the This course is designed to provide an overview of bereavement process, cross-cultural practices related violence and youth, specifically the problems associ- to death and dying, services available to people who ated with it; including, but not limited to, such issues as are dying and to their caregivers, and legal and ethical definition, reporting, investigations, causes, treatment, issues surrounding end-life decision making. the importance of family preservation and re-integration, institutional abuse, institutional neglect, parent training, HS 374 Eastern Therapies in Intervention and parent support, prevention, the roles of foster care, SRS, Treatment (3) This course highlights Eastern therapies in intervention the court system, the schools, etc. The role of the human and treatment across the range of human service popu- service worker in preventing and dealing with child abuse lations, including mental health, alcohol and drug abuse, and youth violence will be an area of special focus. Child 217 crisis and post-trauma, and crime victimization. The demonstrated by research which may include, but are focus will be on an understanding of Western adapta- not limited to: Person-centered, Cognitive-behavioral, tions, transcultural, and holistic approaches to suffering Behavioral, Motivational interviewing, Stages of change and healing. Special emphasis will be on the Western theory, Crisis Intervention, Relapse prevention, Pharma- adaptations of Morita and Naikan therapies. The course cological, and Family Systems Theory will be reviewed in is highly interactive and experiential. this addiction counseling course. Discussion will include the role of cultural factors in counseling. Applications HS 375 Hate and Bias Crimes (3) of ways of helping clients establish realistic, achiev- This course provides an overview of hate and bias able goals, and maintain movement toward those goals crimes in the United States. Focus will be on causative along with the role of significant others in the counseling factors, human service and criminal justice responses, process. The class will include discussion the role of the and impact on victims/survivors and communities. Hate counselor, including issues of power and authority; trans- violence based upon race and ethnicity will be a primary ference, counter transference, and projective identifica- focus, but discussion will also include hate violence tion; and ethical issues in counseling. The content of this targeting persons because of gender, sexual orientation, class is based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for age, religion, and disabilities. Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. Prerequisites: HS 210 HS 376/576 Morita Therapy Intensive (3) recommended. This course is intended for those seeking to integrate HS 429 Adolescence and Substance Abuse (3) Morita Therapy into their professional and personal lives. This course is designed to cover the dynamics of sub- Through experiential/residential learning, students will stance abuse for children and youth, and the state-of- be able to identify how the concepts of the Morita lifeway the-art of prevention and intervention. Special topics of are actually practiced in daily living; how the principles the course will include growth and development, family are applied to specific life situations; and how immersion process, assessment, intervention, treatment, co-depen- in observation, timeliness, and efficiency produces a dency, education, cultural factors, at-risk populations, healthier and more productive helping professional. prevention, and resources. HS 380/381 Internship III (3) HS 445 Legal, Ethical, and Policy Issues in Human This is the third required internship course for baccalau- Services (3) reate degree level majors within the Human Services This course examines the social context of policy de- Department. The internship consists of a minimum of velopment and implementation at national, state, and 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the com- local levels. Laws and ethical issues which impact the munity specific to the student’s area of concentration, delivery of services will be addressed, including codes of under the supervision of staff and university faculty, as ethics, confidentiality, and the important of supervision. well as a weekly seminar to integrate learning in the field The content of this class is based on TAP 21 and meets with classroom instruction. Students will be evaluated the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. related to their mastery of specific competencies in their concentration. Prerequisites: HS 281, 300, 302, and HS 450/550 Multicultural Issues in Human Services (3) consent. This course provides an overview of the major issues in providing human services to the increasingly pluralistic HS 390/585 Special Topics in Human Services (1-6) population of the United States. Themes to be discussed Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be are: cross-cultural theories of intervention, communica- announced in advance. May be taken more than one tion styles, definitions of suffering and recovery, and semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of working with diverse individuals and groups. The range instructor. of human service delivery systems, including mental HS 411 Family Issues in Human Services (3) health, alcohol and substance abuse, youth services, This course will explore the role that family interaction gerontology, and victim/survivor services, will be ad- plays in the various areas of Human Services. Differ- dressed from a multicultural perspective. Emphasis will ent theories of family functioning and intervention will be be on exploring provider attitudes and competencies as reviewed, as well as major risk and resiliency factors. well as developing practical applications and solutions. Specific attention will be paid to family issues using a For students preparing to work as addiction and recovery strengths-based approach to domestic violence, youth counselors, special emphasis will be given to recognizing issues, aging family members, illness and disability, and the social, political, economic, and cultural context within addictions. For students preparing to work as addiction which addiction and substance abuse exist, including risk and recovery counselors, knowledge of ways to teach or and resiliency factors that characterize individuals and facilitate discussions of how substance use and abuse groups and their living environments. The content of this affects families and concerned others will be empha- class is based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for sized. The content of this class is based on TAP 21 and Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. meets the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certifica- HS 477/577 Morita Methods in Counseling (3) tion. This course applies the methods, principles, and theories HS 415 Advanced Methods in Addiction Counseling (3) of Morita Therapy to individual and group counseling in This course will provide information on ways of estab- a variety of human service settings, including addictions lishing a helping relationship characterized by warmth, treatment; victim/survivor assistance, mental health, and respect, genuineness, concreteness, and empathy. grief and dying. Emphasis will be on intervention and A variety of counseling theories and their efficacy as counseling approaches for particular client populations. 218 HS 478/578 Morita Therapy Research Seminar (3) Professor Kay Rute This course offers the unique opportunity to conduct field Associate Professor Richard Martin, Chairperson research on the practice and efficacy of Morita Therapy Assistant Professor Douglass Smith as it is applied in a variety of outpatient, hospital, and Instructor Vickie Kelly residential treatment settings. The major component Mission of the course may be a study abroad whereby students The mission of the Office, Legal, & Technology will participate in small group meetings with, and attend Department is to provide a learning environment to pre- lectures by major Morita educators, researchers, and pare students with the knowledge and skills to succeed practitioners. This is a rare opportunity for students to in careers and professions. Students learn to think criti- learn first-hand from the leading Moritists. Current study cally and act ethically in the workplace and in the com- abroad sites include Japan, Canada, Australia, and Rus- munity. The department prepares students to become sia. lifelong learners and encourages community service. HS 481 Internship IV (3) For University and General Education Requirements This is the fourth required internship course for baccalau- please see Table of Contents. reate degree level majors within the Human Services De- partment. The internship consists of a minimum of 180 BANKING clock-hours of experience in an agency in the community This program offers students an Associate of Applied specific to the student’s area of concentration, under Science degree in banking. The courses and program the supervision of staff and university faculty, as well as are offered in cooperation with the Topeka Chapter of a weekly seminar to integrate learning in the field with the American Institute of Banking (AIB). The degree classroom instruction. Practice will focus on advanced- provides a core of general banking courses plus related level skills specific to the individual area of concentration. courses in accounting, economics, and other areas. Prerequisites: HS 380, 325, 330, upper division level American Institute of Banking (AIB), through its coopera- course in emphasis area, and consent. tion with Washburn, is able to offer the latest industry view of the technical principles of bank operations. The HS 495/595 Administration & Evaluation of Human core courses in our program use courses developed by Service Programs (3) This course introduces students to applied research the national offices of AIB and are approved for instruc- in human services. The purposes and techniques of tion here at Washburn. Students may elect to take these program evaluation are explored, including qualitative approved AIB courses for college credit as well as for and quantitative approaches. Students gain experience national “AIB credit.” Interested students should contact with the critical reading of research articles relating to the an AIB representative at a local bank or the Department evaluation of human service programs. Group projects of Office, Legal and Technology. give students direct experience with program evaluation. Student Learning Outcomes Prerequisites: HS 300, 302. Banking students at Washburn University, upon gradua- HS 498 Senior Human Services Capstone Seminar (3) tion, are expected to have: This capstone course is meant to provide students • explained the role of banking in the U.S. economy; with the opportunity to assimilate and synthesize the • compared how the various types of financial institu- knowledge, skills, and attitudes they have acquired tions operate, the working of monetary and fiscal through their coursework and field experiences in the policies, and the functions and power of the Federal major. Through the development of a portfolio, students Reserve; will demonstrate the acquisition of the major learning • identified the diversified services offered by the objectives necessary to become a skilled human service banking industry; and professional. This course will address additional issues • analyzed financial statements and be able to handle related to professional development and educational consumer loans from application through documen- advancement. Required for all Human Services majors. tation, closing, servicing and collecting. Prerequisites: Majors only. Degree Requirements for the Associate of Applied Of f i c e , Le g a l An d Science with an Emphasis in Banking: Te c h n o l o g y De p a r t m e n t Major Courses (6 Credit Hours) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas BK 102 Principles of Banking BK 110 Law and Banking Principles Benton Hall, Room 311 BK 112 Law & Banking Applications (785) 670-2281 Choose 8 hours from the following: Degrees Offered: BK 104 Economics for Bankers A.A.S. Banking BK 105 Marketing for Bankers A.A.S. Design Technology (KATS) BK 106 Commercial Lending A.A. Food Service (KATS) BK 107 Money and Banking A.A.S. Industrial Technology (KATS) BK 108 Consumer Lending A.A. Legal Studies BK 111 Analyzing Financial Statements A.A. Office Administration (KATS) BK 114 Supervision B.A.S. Technology Administration BK 290 Special Topics in Banking B.L.S. Bachelor of Legal Studies 219 Required Related Courses (24 credit hours) Includes summaries of law pertaining to contracts, real AC 224 Financial Accounting estate, bankruptcy, and consumer lending. CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet OR OA 128 Computer Applications BK 111 Analyzing Financial Statements (2) A practical introduction to financial analysis from the EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics viewpoint of the commercial loan officer. Topics cov- EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics ered: assessment of a borrower’s ability to repay loans; EN 208 Business & Technical Writing analysis of income statements, balance sheets and pro MA 116 College Algebra forma statements; calculation of key financial ratios for LG 200 Introduction to Law use in comparing a company’s performance with that of CN 101 Principles & Practices of Human Communication the company’s industry; and use of advanced analytic Electives (10 credit hours) techniques such as sensitivity analysis, sustainable FOR A SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLEASE SEE growth, and operating leverage. Prerequisite: Account- YOUR ADVISOR. ing or consent. COURSE OFFERINGS BK 112 Law & Banking Applications (2) BK 102 Principles of Banking (2) An introduction to the laws pertaining to secured transac- The foundation for most other AIB courses, this course tions, letters of credit, bank collections process, and a looks at nearly every aspect of bank functions. Providing broad range of legal issues related to processing checks. a comprehensive introduction to the diversified services offered by the banking industry today, it is essential for BK 114 Supervision (2-3) The course is for both practicing and aspiring bank most new banking personnel. supervisors who have little formal knowledge of super- BK 104 Economics for Bankers (2) vision. Topics include: the characteristics of effective Introductory course to the banking industry. Covers management; the benefits of training and development; nearly every aspect of banking, from the fundamentals of working effectively with groups and teams; developing ef- negotiable instruments to contemporary issues and de- fective communication and interpersonal skills; respond- velopments within the industry. Serves as a foundation ing to grievances and handling conflict; and interviewing, for bank personnel who have not had a formal course in selecting, appraising, and compensating employees. economics and who wish to increase their understanding of economics as it relates to banking. BK 290 Special Topics in Banking (2) Selected topics related to bank administration, which BK 105 Marketing for Bankers (2) vary from semester to semester. Announced in advance. The focus of this course is how to develop a successful Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. marketing plan by studying the motivation of custom- ers who purchase financial services. Intended for bank DESIGN TECHNOLOGY personnel who are responsible for conceiving or carrying (In Cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School) out any phase of a bank’s marketing efforts, including personnel in customer-contact and operations positions, The Design Technology Associate of Applied management trainees, and persons entering banking at Science degree is offered in conjunction with the Kaw the mid-management level. Area Technical School (KATS). There are six areas of concentration within this degree. Students who have BK 106 Commercial Lending (2) completed all requirements of the KATS Technical Providing an introductory overview of the commercial Drafting, Graphics/Printing Technology, Horticulture, and lending function, this course stresses the need for a solid Photo Technology programs (1,080-hour certificates) are relationship between a bank’s commercial customers eligible for this degree. and lending officer and the importance of commercial For KATS credit transfer, see “Joint Programs with loans to a bank’s portfolio. KATS,” listed in index. The number of credits awarded to BK 107 Money and Banking (2) KATS graduates is listed with each concentration. A study of how money functions in the U.S. and world Student Learning Outcomes economies. Topics include the concept of money supply Students completing the Associate of Applied Science and the role your bank plays as a money creator and in Design Technology, upon graduation, are expected to participant in the nation’s payment mechanism. Also have: covers how the various types of financial institutions op- • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- erate, the workings of monetary and fiscal policies, and gies essential to the design concentration; the functions and powers of the Federal Reserve. • developed relevant design techniques to produce BK 108 Consumer Lending (2) applied outcomes; A thorough treatment of the high profile bank function of • demonstrated professional applications in applied installment credit, including credit risk evaluation, setting settings; and policy, handling the loan from application through docu- • integrated skills and knowledge to situations or mentation and closing, servicing and collecting, compli- environments other than standardized classroom ance methods, portfolio management, and marketing. setting. BK 110 Law and Banking Principles (2) This course is a banker’s guide to law and legal issues with special emphasis on the Uniform Commercial Code. 220 Degree Requirements for the Associate of Applied FOOD SERVICE Science with an Emphasis in Design Technology (In Cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School) Concentrations (from KATS) Technical Drafting (37) The Food Service Associate of Arts degree is of- Graphics/Printing Technology (36) fered in conjunction with the Kaw Area Technical School Horticulture(27) (KATS). Graduates with 1080 hours of coursework from Photo Technology(24) the KATS program will receive 24 credits toward an Technical Drafting Concentration Associate degree. For KATS credit transfer criteria, see “Joint Programs with KATS,” listed in the index. Major Courses (37 Credit Hours) Technical Drafting (from KATS) Student Learning Outcomes Correlate Courses Students completing the Associate of Applied Science in MA 116 College Algebra Food Service, upon graduation, are expected to have: MA 117 Trigonometry • demonstrated organizational skills related to com- TA 310 Technology and Society mercial food service; Graphics/Printing Technology • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- gies and tools essential to food service production; Concentration • explained food service preparation and delivery; and Major Courses (36 Credit Hours) Graphic/Printing Technology (from KATS) • demonstrated safe food handling techniques. Correlate Courses Major Courses (24 Credit Hours) AR 120 Black & White Design Food Service (from KATS) OA 211 Editing & Grammar Correlate Courses TA 310 Technology and Society OA 128 Introduction to Computer Applications OR BU 250 Management Information Systems Horticulture Concentration TA 310 Technology and Society Major Courses (27 Credit Hours) TA Electives 6 hours Horticulture (from KATS) INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY Correlate Courses BI 100 General Biology (In Cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School) BI 101 Biology Laboratory The Industrial Technology Associate of Applied BU 260 Business Startups & Entrepreneurship Science degree is offered in conjunction with the Kaw OA 128 Introduction to Computer Applications OR Area Technical School (KATS). Students who complete BU 250 Management Information Systems all requirements of the KATS Auto Technology, Building TA 310 Technology and Society Technology; Cabinet & Millwork; Collision Repair; Computer Repair & Networking; Commerical & Heavy Photo Technology Concentration Construction; Diesel Mechanics; Electricity, Heating Student receives instruction on theory and application and Air Conditioning; Electronic Technology; Industrial in beginning and intermediate photography and photo- Technology; Machine Technology; and Welding programs graphic lighting in the core courses. The photography are eligible for this degree. No Industrial Technology option includes coursework in advanced photography credits will apply toward a baccalaureate degree at techniques, color photography, and large format photog- Washburn unless an articulation agreement is in effect raphy. The videography specialization option includes with another Washburn department. coursework in basic and advanced videography, and For KATS credit transfer criteria, see “Joint Programs basic and intermediate video production. Students must with KATS,” listed in index. complete the core courses and either the advanced Student Learning Outcomes photography or videography options as partial fulfillment of the requirements for the associate of applied science Students completing the Associate of Applied Science in degree. Industrial Technology, upon graduation, are expected to have: Photo Technology Concentration from KATS • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- gies and tools essential to the concentration; Major Courses (24 Credit Hours) Photo Technology (from KATS) • practiced techniques related to safety and health Correlate Courses concerns; AR 103 Introduction to Art • compared basic theoretical concepts of the technol- AR 120 Black & White Design ogy; TA 310 Technology and Society • demonstrated relevant technique to applied out- BU 260 Business Startups & Entrepreneurship comes; and AC 224 Financial Accounting

221 • integrated skills and knowledge to situations or Computer Technology environments other than standardized classroom. Major Courses (30 credit hours) Degree Requirements for the Associate of Applied Computer Repair & Networking (from KATS) Science with an Emphasis in Industrial Technology Correlate Courses Concentrations (from KATS) OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Automotive Technology (36) TA310 Technology & Society Building Technology (30) TA Elective Cabinet & Millwork (30) Diesel Automotive Collision Repair (32) Computer Repair & Networking (30) Commerical & Heavy Construction(30) Major Courses (36 credit hours) Diesel Mechanics (from KATS) Diesel Mechanics (36) Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning (35) Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Electronic Technology (30) TA310 Technology & Society Industrial Technology (30) Machine Technology (34) Electricity, Heating & Air Conditioning Welding (36) Automotive Technology Major Courses (35 credit hours) Electricity, Heating & Air (from KATS) Correlate Courses Major Courses (36 credit hours) OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Automotive Technology (from KATS) TA310 Technology & Society Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Electronic Technology TA310 Technology & Society Building Technology Major Courses (30 credit hours) Electronic Technology (from KATS) Correlate Courses Major Courses(30 credit hours) TA310 Technology & Society Building & Industrial Technology (from KATS) TA Electives (6 hours) Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Industrial Technology TA310 Technology & Society TA Elective Major Courses (30 credit hours) Cabinet & Millwork Industrial Technology(from KATS) Correlated Courses Major Courses (30 credit hours) OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Cabinet & Millwork (from KATS) TA310 Technology & Society Correlate Courses TA Elective OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Machine Technology TA310 Technology & Society TA Elective Major Courses (34 credit hours) Collision Repair Machine Technology (from KATS) Correlate Courses Major Courses (32 credit hours) OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Collision Repair (from KATS) TA310 Technology & Society Correlate Courses Welding Concentration OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications TA310 Technology & Society Major Courses (36 credit hours) TA Elective Welding (from KATS) Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Commercial and Heavy Construction TA310 Technology & Society Major Courses (30 credit hours) LEGAL STUDIES Commercial & Heavy Construction(from KATS) The Legal Studies program is approved by the Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications American Bar Association. Students may pursue either TA310 Technology & Sociaety a Bachelor of Legal Studies (BLS), an Associate of TA Elective Arts (AA) degree or a Certificate of Completion. Those students wishing to become paralegals should be aware that paralegals are not permitted to practice law. Paralegal’s may perform legal work only under the 222 supervision of a licensed attorney. Courses concentrate OA 231 Word Processing Applications on general topics such as terminology, legal research, OA 235 Database Applications legal writing, civil procedure, and professional ethics, OA 290 Special Topics in Office Administration complemented by various specialty courses selected by the student. Students also take correlated courses B. Business/Professional Skills AC 224 Financial Accounting in computer use, editing and grammar and technical BU 101 Introduction to Business writing. CN 320 Communication in the Legal Process Student Learning Outcomes OA 211 Editing & Grammar Legal Studies students at Washburn University, upon OA 241 Office Management graduation, are expected to have: TA 310 Technology & Society • demonstrated proficient legal research and writing C. Analytical/Reasoning Skills skills; PH 107 Critical Reasoning • applied general communication and interpersonal PH 220 Logic skills in a legal setting; PH 315 Philosophy of Law • demonstrated proficient interviewing and investiga- PO 106 Government of the United States tion skills; PO 107 American, State & Local Government • described the organization and operation of the PO 339 Constitutional Law I legal system; PO 340 Constitutional Law II • analyzed and defended orally legal ethical obliga- MM 300 Mass Media Law tions; and Unrestricted Electives (13 credit hours) • explained litigation procedures and legal terminol- ogy. Total Credit Hours: 124 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE OF ARTS REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELORS DEGREE DEGREE Major Courses (27 Credit Hours) Major Courses (18 Credit Hours) LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism LG 150 Computers in the Law Office LG 200 Introduction to Law LG 200 Introduction to Law LG 250 Legal Research I LG 250 Legal Research LG 300 Legal Writing LG 300 Legal Writing LG 305 Litigation I LG 305 Litigation I LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation Select fifteen credits from the following: LG 405 Litigation II LG 205 Corporate Law LG 450 Internship (2-3 hours) LG 210 Family Law UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS (11 CREDIT HOURS) LG 215 Property Law and GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration CREDIT HOURS) See Table of Contents for details. LG 315 Legal Research II LG 320 Elder Law Electives LG 325 Personal Injury Law Select eighteen credits from the following: LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals LG 205 Corporate Law LG 410 Bankruptcy & Collections LG 210 Family Law LG 345 Criminal Law LG 215 Property Law LG 450 Internship (2-3) LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration LG 355 Introduction to Contracts LG 315 Legal Research II LG 390 Special Topics (1-3) LG 320 Elder Law LG 325 Personal Injury Law Correlate Courses (9 credit hours) LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals LG 150 Computers in the Law Office LG 345 Criminal Law & Procedure EN 208 Business and Technical Writing LG 350 Professional Ethics OA 211 Editing and Grammar LG 355 Introduction to Contracts LG 390 Legal Studies Special Topics (1-3 hours) THE MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES LG 410 Bankruptcy & Collections Capstone Course (4 The Minor shall include a minimum of eighteen (18) Credit Hours) hours of coursework in Legal Studies, consisting of LG 495 Legal Studies BLG Capstone (4 Credit Hours) six (6) hours of lower division and twelve (12) hours of FOUNDATION COURSES upper division. Required courses are as follows: LG Select fifteen credits from any of the following groups: 200, Introduction to Law; LG 250, Legal Research I; and LG305, Litigation I. Nine hours of electives may be A . Computer Skills selected, in consultation with an advisor, from the upper CM 101 Computer Competency & the Internet division course offerings. LG 390 Special Topics in Computer Software OA 225 Spreadsheet Applications 223 CERTIFICATE IN LEGAL STUDIES FOR A SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLEASE SEE YOUR ADVISOR. Requirements for Completion of the Legal Studies Certificate (36 credit hours). Washburn Paralegal Association The Certificate of Completion in the Legal Studies The Washburn Paralegal Association (WPA), the Program is available to those students who have already student organization sponsored by the Legal Studies completed an associate, bachelor or graduate-level Program, was formed for the following purposes: (1) degree. to promote and maintain high standards in the parale- gal profession; (2) to foster creative expansion of the Courses required to complete the Certificate include paralegal career; (3) to provide a forum for meeting the following: and exchanging ideas; and, (4) to assist its members in EN 208 Business & Technical Writing realizing their career and educational goals. There are LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism three membership categories: (1) active members: Legal LG 150 Computers in the Law Office Studies majors enrolled at Washburn University; (2) LG 200 Introduction to Law affiliate members; any student at Washburn University; LG 250 Legal Research I and (3) alumni members: graduates of the Legal Studies LG 300 Legal Writing Program. LG 305 Litigation I OA 211 Editing & Grammar COURSE OFFERINGS

Candidates for the Legal Studies Certificate must LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism (3) choose 12 credit hours from the following: Introduction to the substantive skills required of a LG 205 Corporate Law paralegal. Focus is on the skills of persons who will LG 210 Family Law function under the supervision of an attorney. Course LG 215 Property Law topics include interviewing, investigation, research, legal LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration writing, preparing for litigation, law office management LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation systems, and legal ethics and unauthorized practice of LG 315 Legal Research II law. Prerequisite: None. LG 320 Elder Law LG 325 Personal Injury Law LG 150 Computers in the Law Office (3) LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals Overview of computer technology applicable to law LG 345 Criminal Law office management, document production, scheduling, LG 355 Introduction to Contracts research, litigation support and communication with LG 390 Special Topics (1-3) other systems. Includes practice on computer terminals. LG 450 Internship (2-3) Prerequisite: None All certificate courses may be applied to the Legal LG 200 Introduction to Law (3) Studies Associate of Arts degree. Introduction to legal terminology and legal principles. LEGAL STUDIES PROGRAM OPTIONS WITH Study of course topics will include constitutional prin- KAW AREA TECHNICAL SCHOOL ciples, judicial decision-making, and the state and federal Washburn University and the Kaw Area Technical legal systems, as well as a survey of the law of torts, School (KATS) have entered into an articulation agree- contracts, criminal law, property, and procedural law. ment leading to an Associate of Arts degree in the Legal Prerequisite: None. Studies Program. Students who have completed 1080 LG 205 Corporate Law (3) hours of course work in the Legal Office Professional A study of business organizations and the tasks a parale- Program at KATS will receive 25 hours of college credit gal would be required to perform in setting up and main- toward the AA degree. At Washburn, they must complete taining those organizations. Topics covered include: law an additional 44 hours of general education/university of agency, partnership, limited partnership and corpora- courses and legal studies program courses to receive an tions. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, or consent. Associate of Arts degree. LG 210 Family Law (3) For KATS credit transfer criteria, see “Joint Family law issues are the focus of this course, including Programs with KATS,” listed in the index. the law of divorce, annulment and separate maintenance To complete the degree, KATS graduates must com- actions. The gathering of information and preparation plete the following courses at Washburn: of pleadings are undertaken. Adoption and custody Major and Correlate Courses (21 hours) procedures are reviewed. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism or consent. LG 200 Introduction to Law LG 215 Property Law (3) LG 250 Legal Research I Procedural and substantive principles of real and per- LG 305 Litigation I sonal property laws. Preparation of documents for com- LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation mon real estate transactions, including deeds, contracts, LG Elective and mortgages. Personal property topics will include TA 310 Technology & Society bailments, possession, accession and gifts. Prerequisite: Note: Some required and correlate courses count to- LG 100, LG 200, or consent. ward general education. Consult your advisor.

224 LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration (3) limitations on agencies’ authority; due process of law in Involves probating a will or administering an estate; the administrative arena; informal versus formal agency assembling information necessary for collection and actions; rule-making; FOIA; the Privacy Act; open meet- evaluating assets; maintaining proper records for ac- ings; adjudicative functions of agencies; Administrative counting purposes; preparing pleadings for initial petition Procedures Act; and judicial review. Practical application and appointment of an administrator and executor; sale, of the concepts studied will occur through the completion mortgage, and lease of assets; and preparing estate tax of exercises and drafting assignments. Prerequisites: LG returns, wills and trusts. Intestate succession and tax 100, 200, or consent. implications are studied. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, or consent. LG 345 Criminal Law (3) Introduction to substantive criminal law and criminal LG 250 Legal Research I (3) procedure for the paralegal. Topics covered include ele- Introduction to primary and secondary authorities, includ- ments of crimes against persons and property; burden ing court decisions, legislation, annotations, digests, le- of proof; defenses and constitutional protection; com- gal periodicals and specialty texts and reports. Practical parison of Kansas law with common law, federal law, research projects, including legal writing. Prerequisite: and selected other states. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or LG 200 or consent. consent. LG 300 Legal Writing (3) LG 350 Professional Ethics (3) The various forms of legal writing are the focus of this An overview of the Kansas Rules of Professional Con- course, including letters, memoranda, motions, and duct, which govern the practice of law in Kansas. Sub- briefs. Students will learn further research techniques, jects covered include: ethics in the law office, unauthor- including an introduction to computerized legal research. ized practice of law, advertising of legal services, contact Practical writing projects are included. Prerequisite: LG with parties who are represented by counsel, impaired, 250 or consent. lawyers, competency, professionalism, and fees for para- legal work. Complaints, disciplinary proceedings, and LG 305 Litigation I (3) possible sanctions are covered. The role of the Kansas Analysis of the steps and procedures in preparing for Supreme Court and the duties of attorneys under the litigation. Course topics include a detailed study of the rules are studied. preparation and use of discovery devices, the drafting of pleadings and motions, and a detailed analysis of the LG 355 Introduction to Contracts (3) steps involved in trial preparation and procedure. Pre- Overview of contract law in relation to the formation of requisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. contracts, the Statute of Frauds, third-party beneficiary contracts, assignment of rights and delegation of duties, LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation (3) liability for breach of contract, termination, discharge Study of basic interviewing techniques in various legal and other related issues. Practical drafting projects are settings. Mock interviews of clients and witnesses. Vari- included. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. ous styles of interviewing covered, as well as question- asking and listening techniques. Factual and legal LG 390 Special Topics in Legal Studies (1-3) investigation theories, plans and techniques will be used. Selected topics which vary from semester to semester. Ethical concerns related to interviewing witnesses and Announced in advance. Prerequisite: Specified on each clients covered. Rules of evidence are reviewed. Pre- topic. requisites: LG 100, 200, or consent. LG 405 Litigation II (3) LG 315 Legal Research II (3) Analysis of the steps involved in criminal procedure. This course is designed to teach students further Constitutional principles and limitations will be studied. research techniques, including the research of legisla- Appropriate pleadings will be drafted relating to the vari- tive history and administrative law, both through library ous stages of a criminal trial. Advanced civil litigation research and computer-assisted legal research. Prereq- topics will also be studied, such as class actions, com- uisites: LG 250 or consent. plex litigation, and various settlement devices, includ- ing alternative dispute resolution modalities. Students LG 320 Elder Law (3) will research and complete a comparative study of the Introduction to laws that affect the elderly population. criminal and civil litigation systems. Prerequisite: LG305 Study of course topics will include estate planning, Litigation I. guardianship and conservatorship, patients’ rights, entitlement programs, managed care, social security, LG 410 Bankruptcy and Collections (3) Medicare, Medicaid, and elder abuse. Prerequisite: LG Acquaints students with the legal foundations for meth- 100, 200, or consent. ods commonly used to collect delinquent accounts, as well as the terminology of bankruptcy practice, and LG 325 Personal Injury Law (3) the statutory framework of and proceedings under, the Introduction to basic concepts in tort law, including ele- Bankruptcy Act. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, and 250 or ments of various tort claims, defenses, privileges and consent. immunities. Prerequisites: LG 100, 200, or consent. LG 450 Legal Assistant Internship (2-3) LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals (3) Special placement of a student in a law firm, agency, or An introduction to administrative law concepts. Top- other legal setting using paralegals. Specific learning ics covered in the course will include, but not be limited objectives established for each placement. Pass/Fail to: delegation of authority to administrative agencies; 225 only. Prerequisite: Students must apply with the program OA 241 Office Management director and be given consent to enroll. OA 242 Procedures for the Office Professional

LG 495 Legal Studies BLS Capstone (4) COURSE OFFERINGS Students who have completed all of their major course work (or who are concurrently enrolled in their final OA 128 Introduction to Computer Applications (3) semester and completing their major course work) may An introduction to computer applications including word enroll in the capstone course with the consent of the processing, spreadsheets, database, presentations, program director. Students will complete a self-assess- e-mail, and the Internet. A hands-on learning experi- ment, using the core competencies for the profession to ence in class is emphasized. This course is designed determine if remedial work needs to be done in any area for students with little or no prior computer applications before graduation. In addition, students will participate knowledge. in resume-writing, job interviewing skills and network- OA 211 Editing and Grammar (3) ing. Mock interviews will be scheduled for each student. A review of editing skills needed in writing, transcribing, Each student will complete a research project. and keyboarding. Students will review the wide range of Students will attend two different paralegal organiza- potential problems likely to be encountered in punctua- tion meetings and two court sessions. Report writing tion, capitalization, number style, abbreviations, plural will be included. Ethics will be emphasized by the use and possessive forms, spelling, compounds, word divi- of hypothetical situations which will be analyzed and sion, grammar usage, and the format of letters, memos, discussed. Students must participate in at least one pro reports, manuscripts, and tables. bono activity (i.e., serve as a witness or juror in mock trial or client counseling competitions at the law school OA 225 Spreadsheet Applications (3) or high schools; assist at the Washburn University Law Concepts related to preparing basic business spread- Clinic; assist a not-for-profit organization in the provision sheets using spreadsheet software. Students will learn of legal services and assistance to low-income individu- how to create and format basic spreadsheets, use func- als and/or children; or, any other approved volunteer tions and formulas to solve problems, use the spread- effort). Prerequisite: Consent. sheet as a database, and create charts and maps. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION OA 231 Word Processing Applications (3) (In Cooperation with Kaw Area Technical School) Concepts of word/information processing including appli- cations of commonly used word processing software for Washburn University and the Kaw Area Technical microcomputers and multi-user systems. Prerequisite: School (KATS) have an articulation agreement leading to Must be able to keyboard by touch. an Associate of Arts in Office Administration. .Graduates with 1080 hours of coursework from the KATS Office OA 232 Desktop Publishing (3) Technology program receive 28 credits toward the AA de- A continuation of OA 231 concepts of word/information gree. Students earning the associate degree must have processing, with an emphasis on advanced applications a minimum of 62 credits. involving preparing promotional documents, web pages, For KATS credit transfer criteria, see “Joint Programs and publications. Prerequisite: OA 231 or consent. with KATS,” listed in the index. OA 233 Software Applications (3) Student Learning Outcomes An introduction to commonly used software packages, Office Administration students at Washburn University, including word processing, spreadsheets, database, and upon graduation, are expected to have: presentations. Prerequisite: Must be able to keyboard by • demonstrated proficiency in composing, formatting, touch. and editing written communications; OA 235 Database Applications (3) • demonstrated technical proficiency of all the skills Concepts related to creating databases for efficient data necessary to fulfill their professional discipline; access and retrieval using database software. Students • analyzed the basic principles of management will learn to modify tables and forms, refine queries, use theory in relation to the office environment; advanced report functions, and define relationships. • applied interpersonal skills to develop effective OA 241 Office Management (3) working relationships and to function as a member An emphasis on the role of office management in busi- of the office team; ness enterprises including information handling, office • utilized problem solving and critical thinking skills in automation, and the fundamental functions of the man- performing office procedures; and agement process as they relate to office management. • applied appropriate business protocol, ethics, and OA 242 Procedures for the Office Professional (3) office etiquette. A study of business office procedures as they relate to Requirements for the Associate of Arts Degree with the administrative or executive assistant. Attention is an Emphasis in Office Administration given to the various duties of the executive assistant. This course is complemented with a mixture of lectures, Major Courses speakers, work assignments, and library assignments. (from KATS - 28 hours transfer credit) Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent. OA 211 Editing and Grammar OA 235 Database Applications

226 OA 260 Independent Study in Office • evaluated technical and social “fixes” to environ- Administration(1-3) mental challenges resulting from the use of technol- In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects ogy in meeting mankind’s quality of life needs; for intensive study a specific area of concern related to • demonstrated contemporary skills in retrieving, office administration. Prerequisite: Consent. organizing, analyzing and reporting information; OA 290 Special Topics in Office Administration (1-3) • demonstrated competent communication skills Selected topics related to office administration, which (reading, writing, speaking, and listening; vary from semester to semester. Announced in advance. • demonstrated personal skills in time management, Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. self-motivation, and learning through a variety of experiences; and Te c h n o l o g y Ad m i n i s t r a t i o n • contributed interpersonal skills (teamwork, conflict The Bachelor of Applied Science degree with a major resolution, workplace ethics in a variety of settings. in Technology Administration is available for students MAJOR who have completed an occupational oriented associate The major for this degree consists of an integrative degree and are interested in pursuing further studies to core of technological and administrative courses. This advance in a technology-management related career. sequence of courses focuses on personnel manage- The degree accommodates students from diverse disci- ment, accounting, finance, organizational systems, the plines whose associate degree academic major does not evolution and impact of technology, systems design and easily lead to a bachelor’s degree. evaluation, safety issues and quality assurance, and a The nature of the program affords the flexibility capstone technology project. to meet the needs of students from many technical backgrounds who desire to develop or expand skills to MINOR OPTION enhance their career opportunities. The curriculum is Students who have successfully completed designed to complement the students’ technical and pro- the required, correlate and elective courses in the fessional skills by providing foundation studies in techno- Administration track of the BAS in Technology logical and management topics. Courses are tailored to Administration may qualify for a minor in Business students’ diverse learning capabilities using instructional Administration. For assistance, please contact the resources varying from traditional (e.g., classroom work, School of Business office in HC 114 or call (785) textbooks) to advanced technology (e.g., online courses). 670-1308. All of the courses for the TA major are available online or by transfer from another college. Applied Science/Technology Area This section of the degree program relates to the Mission major courses from the student’s associate degree. The Technology Administration Program develops Because of the diverse nature of associate degree administrators, managers, team leaders, and other programs, credit hour completion of technical related professionals who understand technology; its impact courses could range up to 45 credit hours. on humanity; and use tools, techniques, and systems to enhance their effectiveness in a global, competitive Admission Requirements environment. Candidates for admission to the Bachelor of Applied Science degree program with a major in Technology Student Learning Outcomes Administration must meet the following requirements: Technology Administration students at Washburn Univer- 1. completion of an associate degree from an accred- sity, upon graduation, are expected to have: ited institution; • demonstrated the impact that discoveries and 2. submission of all associate degree course work to inventions have on the individual, society, culture, the university registrar’s office; and civilization; 3. a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher • applied life cycle system development methods to on a 4 point scale on the associate degree and with reduce risks associated with management deci- a grade of “C” or higher in all major and related sions; courses; 4. contact the Technology Administration Program • demonstrated the application of process and director for advising and completion of a declaration behavior data to improve efficiency in a production of major form. environment; • selected quality indicators that can be used to modify inputs and impact measured system outputs in a management operation; • recognized common workplace hazards and re- sponded with approved procedures; • applied prediction/forecasting techniques which are used to create a more desired future condition;

227 Technology Administration Requirements for the leadership and learning are practiced. Prerequisites: MA Bachelor of Applied Science Degree 110, or 116, or a college level statistics course. Technology Core TA 330 Safety Analysis and Quality Assurance (3) Reviews the organization of accident prevention pro- Required Courses (18 credit hours) grams, job hazards, analysis, accident cost control, and TA 300 Evolution & Development of Technology planning and maintaining of a safe environment. In- TA 310 Technology and Society cludes risk management and quality assurance issues TA 320 System Design, Assessment & Evaluation such as inspections, reports, external (federal, state, TA 330 Safety Analysis and Quality Assurance and local standards) and established internal standards TA 400 Technology Administration for ensuring the health and safety of clients and agency TA 420 Technology Project personnel. Must Select two from the following (6 credit hours) TA 340 Technology Policy TA 340 Technology Policy (3) TA 360 Independent Study (1-4) Study of policy issues in relation to technology. Reviews TA 370 Technology Internship (1-4) technology policy at the basic economic units such as TA 380 Technology & the Future (3) firms, households, persons; and aggregated units, such TA 390 Current Issues in Technology (1-3) as the state, the nation, and the international community as well. Reviews issues such as technological efficiency, Administration (Integrated Core) socioeconomic development, environment, ethics, Required Courses (15 credit hours) security, and others. Special emphasis is given to the BU 250 Management Information Systems (or equiva- political process in which technology policies are shaped lent) in private or public organizations. AC 224 Financial Accounting TA 360 Independent Study (1-4) BU 360 Marketing Provides the opportunity for intensive study of a specific BU 345 Human Resources Mgmt area of concern in technology, working under the direc- BU 342 Organizational and Management tion of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent. Correlate Courses (Required) TA 370 Technology Internship (1-4) EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics Provides the opportunity to gain experience in a technol- EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics ogy related field working under the direction of a faculty Must select up to 6 credit hours of professional devel- member and a business contact. Prerequisite: Consent. opment from Technology Administration, Business, or Public Administration with advisor approval. TA 380 Technology and the Future (3) Applications of a variety of prediction tools and tech- Applied Technology/Science niques to forecast future developments in their career Associate degree major courses - up to 45 credit related areas. Outcomes include the ability to implement hours strategies for creating a desired future in an operation, FOR UNIVERSITY AND GENERAL EDUCATION production, or market. REQUIREMENTS SEE THE INDEX IN THIS CATALOG. TA 390 Current Issues in Technology (1-3) COURSE OFFERINGS This series provides the opportunity for faculty to develop focused courses which meet the needs of current stu- TA 300 Evolution and Development of Technology (3) dents and employers. Popular courses are adopted into Provides an historical account of the development and the program. Examples include: Technology & Ecology, innovation of technology. Emphasis is on the devel- Technology & Disaster Management, Database Adminis- opment of scientific knowledge and its relationship tration, Technology & Terrorism, and Fire Investigation. to inventions and their evolution. The focus is on the environment that fosters inventions and their impact on TA 400 Technology Administration (3) civilization. Reviews quality management techniques and applica- tions with a focus on the international marketplace. TA 310 Technology and Society (3) Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Provides a critical examination of selected areas of tech- nology and their impact on people. Topics will include TA 410 Technology Planning (3) invention and product development, communications, Reviews the theoretical and practical issues of planning construction, energy, transportation, biomedical, environ- in the area of technology. Outlines strategies to imple- mental and future technologies. ment planning procedures for technological development from the point of view of technical, economic, manage- TA 320 Systems Design, Assessment, rial, and environmental considerations. The focus is on and Evaluation (3) the application of these planning methodologies in spe- Develops and provides practice in skills to assess and cific manufacturing or service industries. Prerequisites: evaluate systems using such techniques as flow charts, BU250, AC224, and TA320. cause and effect diagrams, pareto charts, etc. The focus is on basic program evaluation procedures as well TA 420 Technology Project - Capstone (3) as such issues as systems thinking, causal loops, and Students typically working in teams will complete projects quality enhancement techniques. Concepts of quality as assigned. These projects may take a variety of forms but must integrate the student’s technical and

228 professional coursework. Student teams will be required Student Learning Outcomes to produce both written and oral presentations of their BSW students at Washburn University, upon graduation, project. Both individual performance and performance are expected to have: as a team member will be evaluated. Leadership skills • demonstrated an over-arching commitment to social will be studied and practiced. Prerequisites: Senior work values as evidenced by honoring human standing and consent. diversity, dedication to working with populations at risk, and working towards the elimination of social SPECIALTY COURSES IN OLT and economic injustice; HE 170 Interior Design (3) • used critical thinking and logical problem solving This course offers basic information and references to skills to analyze ethical dilemmas, analyze policy, aid in further self-education in the field of interior design. assess their practice effectiveness, perform client Geared toward the residential field. assessments, and determine appropriate generalist interventions; De p a r t m e n t o f Soc i a l Wo r k • demonstrated mastery of the social work knowl- edge base including human behavior in the social E-Mail: [email protected] environment, the impact of oppression and stress Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work on systems, welfare policies, cultural anthropology, Degrees Offered: sociology, human biology, psychology, and research BSW (Baccalaureate in Social Work) methods. MSW (Master of Social Work) • described the history and current mission of social Benton Hall, Room 405 work profession and explained the primary gen- (785) 670-1616 eralist perspectives, including the person-in-envi- ronment model, traditional and lternative theories Associate Professor Jay Memmott, Department Chair, of human interaction and development, and the MSW Program Director bio-psycho-social-cultural frameworks; Professor Nan Palmer • demonstrated an integrative knowledge of theories Associate Professor Mark Kaufman and skills for improving the well-being of individuals, Associate Professor James E. Smith families, groups, and agencies, communities, and Assistant Professor Carl Myers the larger environment. Assistant Professor Bassima Schbley, BSW Program • developed skills for the appropriate and effective Director use of self in generalist practice, the ability to use Assistant Professor, Kimberly Harrison supervision for their professional development, and Instructor L. Ray McKamy an ongoing commitment to learning and skill build- Instructor Steve Spyres, Practicum Program Director ing. Instructor Carolyn Szafran Lecturer David Jensen Program Information Mission The BSW Program is designed to prepare social work students for professional generalist practice. This Education for competence in social work practice is involves the application of an eclectic knowledge base, the guiding mission of the Department of Social Work, professional values, and a wide range of skills to target Washburn University. The baccalaureate program in systems of any size, for change within the context of four Social Work (BSW) provides a respectful, supportive primary processes. First, generalist practice involves approach to learning while maintaining high academic working effectively within an organizational structure standards. The program is committed to providing op- and doing so under supervision. Second, it requires the portunities to students who may otherwise experience assumption of a wide range of roles. Third, generalist barriers to higher education. Originating from the histori- practice involves the application of critical thinking skills cal roots of social work, the BSW program is inextrica- to the planned change process. Fourth, it emphasizes bly linked with the core values of the profession. The client empowerment. In this regard, social workers utilize program demonstrates its commitment to maintaining the their knowledge and skills to assist individuals, fami- integrity of its mission through the integration of content lies, groups, communities and organizations to improve throughout the entire curriculum relevant to the ongoing their social functioning, obtain the resources needed to pursuit of social and economic justice: the value, worth, accomplish identified goals, or effect social change to and dignity of all persons; the belief in client self-determi- eliminate social and economic injustice. The framework nation. and the capacity for growth. for accomplishing these goals is centered in competent The BSW program is designed to prepare under- assessments of the person-in-the-environment, and the graduate social work students for generalist practice and subsequent skillful selection of multilevel interventions, in to meet the multi-level needs of clients and other people keeping with social work values and ethical practice. that social workers serve. Emanating from a strong Careers in social work occur in a variety of settings, liberal arts education, the BSW program integrates an such as public/state social services, hospitals, schools, ongoing commitment to a lifetime of learning and profes- mental health agencies, courts, nursing homes, cri- sional development. Individual courses are integrated sis centers, and children and family service agencies. within the foundation curriculum and are designed to fa- Career options include direct practice with clients, admin- cilitate students’ mastery of the generalist base of social istration, social planning, and legislative advocacy. work practice. 229 The BSW program may be completed in four years the student in the selection of current semester courses, by full-time students. Two lower division courses, and develops a curriculum plan for graduation. A student Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare (SW 100) with a declared major in a field other than social work, and Generalist Social Work Perspectives (SW 250), are or an undeclared undergraduate student, is allowed recommended for the freshman year. Foundation theory to enroll in all undergraduate social work department and skills courses may then be completed in the sopho- courses with the exception(s) of the practice sequence, more and junior years. The culmination of the BSW (SW 352, SW 353,) and the field practicum courses program is the Field Practicum Placement. Two practi- (SW 354 and SW 355). These courses are only open to cum/seminar courses are required for majors. Students declared social work majors. In order to proceed into the develop their social work practice skills in a community field practicum, students must achieve formal admission agency under the direct supervision of a licensed social to the BSW Program. worker. Field Practicum Placement is arranged by the Field Practicum Office (Steve Spyres is the direc- Criminal Record As part of the application process, each BSW tor of this office; more information about the Practicum Program applicant is asked if he/she has a criminal Program can be found online: http://www.washburn.edu/ record, including a history of any felony convictions. sas/social-work/page02.htm Conviction of a criminal offense does not necessarily Specific goals, objectives, and outcomes for indi- bar an individual from becoming a social worker or from vidual courses are available to students for review in the making a major contribution to society. Applicants for ad- Department of Social Work’s office, or from the respec- mission to the Department of Social Work are evaluated tive faculty member responsible for an individual course based on their overall qualifications. However, appli- or sequence. For additional information consult the BSW cants should be advised that a criminal conviction could Student Handbook, available online: http://www.wash- prevent them from being placed in some practicum and burn.edu/sas/social-work/page01.htm. agency settings. In addition, it may prevent them from Licensure Eligibility being licensed, certified, or registered to practice social All graduates of the BSW program are eligible to pur- work in some states and jurisdictions. Students are also sue licensure at the baccalaureate level (LBSW) in the asked if they have ever been dismissed from an aca- State of Kansas and in other states that require social demic program. If the answer is affirmative, the student work licensing or registration at the baccalaureate level. is required to provide additional information so his/her This licensure is necessary for the practice of social application can be evaluated in light of all of the facts. work, and satisfactory completion of an accredited social work program is necessary to be eligible for the LBSW BSW ADMISSIONS (requirements vary from state to state). BSW Program Admission Policy Statement Program Accreditation BSW students shall obtain formal admission to the Washburn University’s BSW program is fully accred- BSW Program at the end of their sophomore year. ited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Transfer students who have completed social work Students are also encouraged to review the Educational courses at another university must obtain formal ad- Policy and Accreditation Standards for social work mission to the BSW Program in order to establish their degree programs in social work education as set forth by eligibility to apply for field practicum training. Typically, the CSWE. The full text of the CSWE Policies is avail- students who transfer to the department from another able in the Social Work office, or on the Internet at http:// university in the summer or fall term will be considered www.cswe.org. for formal admission before the end of the fall semester. Declaring Social Work as a Major Requirements for Admission to the BSW Program It is the policy of the Washburn University Department 1. Acceptance as a student in good standing at Wash- of Social Work to assure equal educational opportuni- burn University as defined in the current Washburn ties to qualified individuals without regard to age, class, University Catalog. color, culture, disability, ethnicity, family structure, marital 2. Declaration of Major in Social Work (verified using the status, national origin, political perspective, race, religion, university’s SCT Banner System). sex, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, and/or 3. Successful completion of a minimum of 36 hours expression. A student may opt to declare a major in so- of General Education course credits with an overall cial work, declare additional majors, and/or subsequently grade point average of 2.0 or above. change majors at any time. The procedure involves the 4. Successful completion of SW 100 Introduction to So- student completing the Declaration of Major-Degree- cial Work and Social Welfare, and SW 250 Generalist Catalog Year form, obtained through the Department, Social Work Perspectives. the Academic Advising Office, or the Registrar’s Office. 5. Successful completion of Freshman Composition (or The academic advisor, the BSW Program Director, and its equivalent) and Math 110 (Exploring Mathematics) the Department Chair are designated by the program to or Math 116 (College Algebra) (or review and sign the declaration of major form. 6. the equivalent of either one of these courses) Most often, the declaration of major form is completed 7. Completion of the BSW Program Application for when a student recognizes a significant interest in the Admission Form and BSW Program Attestations with social work profession and seeks academic advising a current academic advising plan developed with a from the department of social work. When this occurs, social work department faculty advisor (the BSW Ap- the student is provided an academic advisor from among plication Packet and BSW Program Attestations are the core social work faculty. The student advisor assists 230 available online: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social- requirements in the Math/Science category, social work work/page01.htm); students must take a course in human biology (either 8. Positive recommendation from the Washburn Univer- BI 100 [health emphasis], 150, 170, 202, 203, or other sity social work teaching faculty. human biology courses [with prior department approval]). 9. Completion of an admission’s interview with the Bac- Applicants should refer to the Washburn University calaureate Program Director, the Social Work Depart- Catalog of their entering year or the most current catalog ment Chair, or his/her designee. for more complete details of specified general educa- tion requirements. They should also consult with their Procedure assigned academic advisors to determine classes that 1. The prospective BSW student must meet with meet general education requirements. a Social Work Department advisor, develop an Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) Degree Requirements academic advising file and plan, complete required SW 100 Introduction to Social Work and Social Wel- forms, declare a major in social work, and meet fare (3) the requirements for admission into the BSW SW 250 Generalist Social Work Perspectives (3) Program. A transfer student who has previously SW 325 Micro Human Behavior and Social Environ- completed courses equivalent to SW 100 and SW ment (3) 250 should submit reference forms from one or more SW 326 Macro Human Behavior and Social Environ- former professors, who are qualified to assess the ment (3) applicant’s suitability for the study of professional SW 350 Social Policy and Program Analysis I (3) social work practice. SW 351 Social Policy and Program Analysis II (3) 2. After the prospective BSW student completes the SW 352 Micro Social Work Practice (3) BSW Program Application and Attestations, the BSW SW 353 Macro Social Work Practice (3) Program Director will elicit reference feedback from SW 425 Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop (0) all Social Work Department faculty members. Appli- SW 354 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum I (6) cation forms are available in the Social Work Office SW 355 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum II (6) (Benton Hall, Room 405); in the Appendix of the SW 362 Generalist Quantitative Social Work Research (3) BSW Student Handbook; and online at http://www. SW 363 Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research (3) washburn.edu/sas/social-work/page01.htm. SW 390 Contemporary Issues in Social Work x 3 (9) 3. Applicants for admission to the BSW Program will schedule a personal interview with the 51 hours total Baccalaureate Program Director, the Chair of the Students must successfully complete Introduction to Social Work Department, or a designee. Social Work and Social Welfare (SW 100), Generalist 4. The student is advised in writing regarding his/her Social Work Perspectives (SW 250), Micro and Macro formal admission to the BSW Program. Social Work Practice (SW 352 and 353), Micro and Social work faculty and field instructors may ask the Macro Human Behavior and Social Environment (SW Department of Social Work to reassess student readi- 325 and 326), and the Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop ness for professional social work practice at any point in (SW 425) prior to beginning Seminar and Field Practicum the program if warranted by apparent infraction of any of I (SW 354). Students may complete Social Work Policy the following codes of conduct: I and II (SW 350 and 351), Generalist Quantitative and • Washburn University Disciplinary Code Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research (SW 362 • University Academic Impropriety Policy and 363), and social work elective courses (SW 390) concurrent with the Field Practicum. • NASW Code of Ethics Students must successfully complete the University’s • State of Kansas Regulations defining professional Physical Education requirement (PE 198), the upper divi- misconduct sion Advanced Composition requirement (EN 300), and • An observed pattern of recurring behavior not ap- the general education mathematics requirement prior to propriate for social work education or practice entrance into the Field Practicum Program. This is in accordance with Washburn University GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS regulations and policy and Department of Social Work For University General Education Requirements policies and procedures. please refer to the Table of Contents of this Catalog. In BSW DEGREE REQUIREMENTS addition BI 150 Evolution; BI 202 Biology of Behavior or Requirements for graduation with a BSW from BI 203 Human Impact on the Environment must con- Washburn University include general education require- stitute three hours of the Social Work student’s Math/ ments common across the University. The social work Natural Science requirement. Other Biology courses major consists of 51 hours of social work courses, includ- may meet this requirement – please consult with your ing at least 9 hours of elective SW 390 courses. Credit academic advisor for further information. For the is not granted for previous life experience. In addition Social Work Major, students must complete Cultural to this core curriculum, the following correlated courses Anthropology (AN 112) and one course in both Sociology are required: Anthropology 112 (Cultural Anthropology), and Psychology. 3 hours of Psychology and 3 hours of Sociology, which General Education Electives may or may not necessarily meet nine (9) credit hours of A minimum of 20 hours of general elective courses specified General Education requirements in the Social must be completed to reach the 124-hour minimum Sciences. As a component of the General Education required for the baccalaureate degree. A grade of “C” 231 or better is necessary for all required general education responsible student participation in the policy and courses. decision-making processes of social work education and to promote student cooperation and welfare. WSSWA is Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) also responsible for the selection of student representa- Any student formally admitted to the BSW program is tives on various Department of Social Work committees required to declare, at the time of admission, the type of and decision-making bodies. WSSWA seeks to provide Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) he or she its members with activities designed to inform them of will complete to fulfill the graduation requirement. The the many opportunities in the field of social work, to requisite paperwork must be completed at the time of enhance the students’ personal and professional lives, admission to the BSW Program. to provide opportunities for association with social work Social work is a service-oriented profession; the social professionals and community providers, and to partici- work faculty has created what has been called a “built-in” pate actively in community service. Members commit transformational experience. This means that a BSW themselves to the organization by attendance at meet- student can fulfill the community service component of ings, involvement in activities, and participation on BSW the WTE by successfully completing the BSW Practicum Program committees. Membership in this organization and Seminar I and II (SW354 & 355). is open to all Washburn undergraduate social work BSW students may elect to do any of the four other students. For more information contact the Social Work transformational experiences: Department or website. • Leadership • Scholarly/Creative Activity COURSE OFFERINGS • International Education SW 100 Introduction to Social Work and Social • Community Service Welfare (3) A BSW student who wishes to graduate with depart- The purpose of the course is to introduce interested stu- mental honors is required to collaborate with a faculty dents to the basic mission, values and ethics, knowledge mentor on a scholarly and/or creative project. This base, methods, and services of the social work profes- includes presenting his or her work at Apeiron. The stu- sion. An overview of the United States’ historical re- dent may opt to declare his or her project as a Scholarly/ sponse to human needs and the current status of public Creative Activity, thereby also meeting the WTE gradua- social welfare policy will be explored. No prerequisites. tion requirement. SW 250 Generalist Social Work Perspectives (3) BSW students with questions about the WTE should This course presents an overview of Generalist Social check with his or her academic advisor, the Director of Work Perspectives. The emphasis of this course will be the BSW Program, or the Department Chair. on introducing students to the integration of biological, Online and Web-Assisted Courses psychological and social contexts in order to prepare At present, three BSW sequences are offered them for upper-level course work in social work theories exclusively online; that is, Social Policy and Program and practice. No prerequisites. Analysis I and II; Micro and Macro Human Behavior and SW 325 Micro Human Behavior and the Social the Social Environment; and Generalist Quantitative and Environment (3) Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research. All social The purpose of this course is to develop knowledge work faculty members utilize WebCT or MyWashburn about human behavioral interactions, using a person-in- course development tools to offer some course content environment perspective. Bio-psycho-social aspects of online in seated or “seat time” classes. Students still individual, family and group development and interac- meet face-to-face with the instructor, but in some cases, tions will be emphasized. This course will provide the the seat time in a class may be reduced in lieu of online foundation for developing direct social work practice course work. For example, in a typical web-assisted skills. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250 or consent. class the instructor may post the course syllabus online along with class notes, handouts, PowerPoint or other SW 326 Macro Human Behavior and the Social multimedia presentations, and reading materials. A num- Environment (3) ber of faculty members frequently use the within-course The purpose of this course is to develop knowledge email and bulletin board (i.e., messaging) functions. about human interactions relevant to large groups, or- Some instructors prefer the course calendar, online quiz/ ganizations, communities, cultures, societies, and other, test, and forum (i.e., chat room) components of WebCT larger systems. The emphasis will be to build upon the as well. person-in-environment perspective, and to expand this Students who have not taken a WebCT course at model to encompass the effects of larger systems on Washburn University are required to sign up for and par- individual functioning. This course will provide the foun- ticipate in a face-to-face Student WebCT Orientation ses- dation for developing social work macro-level practice sion. To sign-up, students should follow this link: http:// skills. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or consent. www.washburn.edu/its/seminars/webct_orientation.html. SW 350 Social Policy and Program Analysis I (3) Additional information about online courses and web-as- The major purpose of this course is to prepare social sisted coursework at Washburn University can be found work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- by going to http://www.washburn.edu/online-education/. ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic Undergraduate Social Work Student Association justice through social policies and social programs. An The primary purpose of the Washburn University Student important element of this course is placed on developing Social Work Association (WSSWA) is to encourage a conceptual map to focus the student’s ability to 232 critically analyze social policies and develop broad BSW program; and a practicum-director-approved place- understanding of the dynamics of social policy formu- ment in a Field Practicum. lation. In addition, the majority of the course content will focus on developing familiarity with specific social SW 355 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum II (6) This is the second semester of the field experience and policies in areas including income maintenance, poverty, field seminar required for social work majors. Prerequi- child welfare, health and mental health care, and other sites: SW 100, 250, 325, 326, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade contemporary policy issues. Throughout the course, sig- point average in the major; 2.0 grade point average nificant consideration is placed on the actual delivery of overall; admission to the BSW program; and a practicum- social services and social work practice in micro, mezzo, director-approved placement in a Field Practicum. and macro dimensions. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or consent. SW 361 Independent Study (1-3) Social Work majors may pursue an independent re- SW 351 Social Policy and Program Analysis II (3) search project approved by the BSW Program Director in The primary purpose of this course is to prepare social consultation with the Department Chair. For social work work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- majors only. ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic justice through advocacy in social policies and programs. SW 362 Generalist Quantitative Research (3) A major feature of this course is development of knowl- Introduces students to the basic principles of general- edge about legislative procedures and processes in the ist quantitative social work research, including ethics, formulation of important social policies that impact the problem formulation, and quantitative research designs consumers of social work services. Students will observe and methodologies. Emphasis is placed on becoming the dynamic legislative process and conduct analysis a responsible consumer of quantitative research as well of specific proposals or bills currently before the state as exploring quantitative evaluation of programs and legislature in “real time.” Beyond a mere theoretical outcomes of practice. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or understanding of this process, an expected outcome of consent. this course is for the student to develop practical skills in policy analysis and social advocacy. Prerequisite: SW SW 363 Generalist Qualitative Research (3) 100, 250, 350 or consent. Introduces students to the basic principles of generalist qualitative social work research, including ethics, prob- SW 352 Micro Social Work Practice (3) lem formulation, and qualitative research designs and The major purpose of this course is to prepare social methodologies. Emphasis is placed on becoming a re- work students for their field practicum work. The em- sponsible consumer of qualitative research as well as ex- phasis is on the development of working knowledge of ploring qualitative evaluation of programs and outcomes the generalist practice model, interactional theories, and of practice. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or consent. methods of facilitating change. In addition, there will be an emphasis placed on developing skills for providing SW 390 Contemporary Issues in Social Work (3) social work services. For social work majors only. Pre- A series of courses are designed to supplement the core requisites: SW 100, 250 or consent. curriculum. Each course will focus on a contemporary issue, and will emphasize the integration of core social SW 353 Macro Social Work Practice (3) work values and ethics, the generalist practice model, This second practice course will emphasize more ad- and theories of human interactions and change. Specific vanced theoretical material, and the application of the courses taught under this course number include: Child generalist practice model to more complex systems. Skill Welfare, Family Violence, Human Sexuality, Professional development will be emphasized for assessment of client Writing, Rural Social Work, Social Work and the Law, systems, and delivery of social work services. Audiovi- Systems of Care. sual and other experiential techniques will be utilized. For social work majors only. Prerequisites: SW 352 or SW 425 Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop (0) consent. In this mandatory one day workshop, BSW students will be oriented to the field practicum, expectations regarding SW 354 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum I (6) professional comportment, duties/responsibilities in com- This course integrates the Field Practicum component pleting tasks, required practicum program paperwork, and the Practice Seminar. Students will spend 16 hours and other aspects of the practicum experience. Concur- per week in their field placements, with direct supervision rent enrollment in SW 354 – Seminar and Field Practi- by a licensed professional social worker. Opportunities cum is required. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250, 325, 326, for engaging in generalist social work practice at micro, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade point average in the major; mezzo and macro levels will be provided. In addition, 2.0 grade point average overall; admission to the BSW students will attend a three-hour seminar each week. program; and a practicum-director-approved placement The seminar will emphasize the integration of their field in a Field Practicum. experiences with the generalist practice model, and theories of change. Students must make application GRADUATE PROGRAM IN SOCIAL WORK (MSW) for the field in their junior year by the posted deadlines. The Master of Social Work is administered by the Concurrent enrollment in SW 425 – Pre-BSW Practicum Department of Social Work. For complete information Workshop is required. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250, 325, about the MSW program, see Graduate Programs in the 326, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade point average in the index. major; 2.0 grade point average overall; admission to the

233 Faculty member Jennifer Ball discusses a macroeconomics model with Adam Rens.

234 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Henderson Learning Resource Center Room 114 (785) 670-1308 Fax: (785) 670-1063

Bachelor Degree Seeking: [email protected] Master Degree Seeking: [email protected] www.washburn.edu/business David L. Sollars, Dean and Professor Russell E . Smith, Associate Dean and Professor Robert Boncella, MBA Director and Professor Robert Hull, Professor and C. W. King Robert Kerchner, Associate Professor Chair of Finance Sungkyu Kwak, Associate Professor James S. Haines, Jr., Ned Eldon Clark Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor Distinguished Professor of Business Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor Robert A. Weigand, Professor and Gene C. Wunder, Associate Professor Brenneman Professor of Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor Business Strategy Norma Juma, Assistant Professor W. Gary Baker, Professor Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor James Eck, Professor Susie Pryor, Assistant Professor Richard Moellenberndt, Professor Natalie Ross Adkins, Assistant Professor Kanalis Ockree, Professor James Martin, Lecturer William Roach, Professor Janice Schrum, Lecturer Michael Stoica, Professor Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor Small Business Development Center Paul Byrne, Associate Professor Rick LeJuerrne, Director Novella Clevenger, Associate Professor Scott Taddiken, Assistant Director of Thomas Clevenger, Associate Professor Training Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor John Adessi, Consultant

235 School of Business faculty member Robert Weigand returns a test to a student in a financial management class.

236 Sc h oo l Of Bu s i n e s s • fosters integrity, mutual respect, and ethical behav- ior as requisites to business practice; Website: www.washburn.edu/business • serves as a catalyst for economic development of Henderson Learning Resources Center, Room 114 the region through our Small Business Develop- (785) 670–1308 ment Center, the Washburn Entrepreneurship Pro- Fax: (785) 670-1063 gram, and other collaborative partnerships; • provides faculty, staff, and student services to pro- Degrees Offered fessional and civic organizations. Bachelor of Business Administration [email protected] The Washburn University School of Business and Master of Business Administration its Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of [email protected] Business Administration degree programs are accredited by AACSB International - The Association to Advance David L. Sollars, Dean and Professor Collegiate Schools of Business. Russell E. Smith, Associate Dean and Professor Robert Boncella, Professor and MBA Director Undergraduate Program Core Competencies Robert Hull, Professor and C.W. King Chair of Finance To implement the mission of the School, the faculty James S. Haines, Jr., Ned Eldon Clark Distinguished has adopted the following undergraduate program core Professor of Business competencies as broad instructional goals of the BBA Robert A. Weigand, Professor and Brenneman Professor program: of Business Strategy • Business Knowledge: Students will be able W. Gary Baker, Professor to demonstrate a broad knowledge of business James Eck, Professor constructs across all the basic, functional areas of Richard Moellenberndt, Professor business and economics. Kanalis Ockree, Professor • Written and Oral Communication Abilities: William Roach, Professor Students will be able to write with clarity, verbalize Michael Stoica, Professor concisely, and clearly present ideas. Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor • Teamwork and Interpersonal Abilities: Students Paul Byrne, Associate Professor will have understanding of group dynamics and the Novella Clevenger, Associate Professor ability to work effectively with others to set priorities, Thomas Clevenger, Associate Professor and organize and delegate tasks in order to meet Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor goals. Robert Kerchner, Associate Professor • Students will be able Sungkyu Kwak, Associate Professor Problem-Solving Abilities: to define and analyze diverse problems; and orga- Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor nize and interpret information in order to draw and Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor support conclusions. Gene C. Wunder, Associate Professor Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor • Ethical Decision-Making Abilities: Students will Norma Juma, Assistant Professor be able to differentiate between ethical and unethi- Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor cal behavior and integrate ethical understanding Susie Pryor, Assistant Professor and societal responsibility into decision-making. James Martin, Lecturer • Global Awareness: Students will understand the Janice Schrum, Lecturer impact of participation in the global economy on business conduct and performance as well as the Small Business Development Center effects of business actions on that economy. Rick LeJuerrne, Director • Students will be able to ap- Scott Taddiken, Assistant Director Technology Abilities: ply technology in order to solve business problems General Information and explain how technology supports the strategic goals of organizations. Mission • Entrepreneurship: Students will understand the The Washburn University School of Business provides process of new venture creation and the roles en- a high quality business education, supported by research trepreneurs play in dynamic organizations. and service activities, that enhances the economic vitality of the region. The School: Degree, Minor, and Certificate Programs • offers current, student-centered degree programs at The School of Business was established on July 1, the undergraduate and graduate level for students 1973, by action of the Board of Regents. In 1946, the drawn primarily from the Northeast Kansas region Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree was that will prepare them for career success and life- created. The Master of Business Administration (MBA) long learning; degree, the School’s graduate-level program, was • creates and applies research that enhances our implemented in 1982. Undergraduate students may classroom teaching, assists practitioners, and ad- earn the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) vances knowledge in the business disciplines; degree with a major in Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, and General Business, the Minor in International Business, and the Certificate in

237 Entrepreneurship. Undergraduate students outside of Programs of Interest to Non-Business Majors the School of Business may earn the Minor in Business The School of Business offers several academic or the Minor in International Business, and the Certificate programs for students whose bachelor degree or degree in Entrepreneurship. programs are not in business. These programs include 1) the Minor in Business, 2) the Minor in International Scholarships Business, 3) the Certificate in Entrepreneurship, and 4) In recognition of the quality of School of Business the Master of Business Administration. programs, many alumni, individuals, and organizations The Minor in Business, the Minor in International have given generously to support worthy students with Business, and the Certificate in Entrepreneurship can financial aid. For information and applications, please be earned by any student as part of any Washburn contact the Director of Financial Aid or the Office of the University bachelor degree program. The Master of Dean, School of Business, Washburn University. To Business Administration program is open to students with be considered for the scholarships administered by the a bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, without regard to School of Business, either as new or continuing recipi- major, provided they meet the requirements for admis- ents, students must make direct application to the School sion. Admission to the MBA program is selective and of Business each year; the normal deadline is February requires a separate application to Washburn University 15. as well as a separate application for admission to the School of Business Honors MBA program. Candidates for the Bachelor of Business In addition, Washburn University students not seeking Administration degree may qualify for School of Business a BBA degree are welcome to enroll in most undergradu- Honors provided the following criteria are met: ate courses offered by the School of Business (unless • accumulate a grade point average (GPA) of at least otherwise designated) provided they, like BBA students, 3.50 in all accounting, business, and economics meet the course, hours, and GPA prerequisites for the courses applied to the BBA degree; and course as noted in the class schedule and Washburn • demonstrate superior research and/or independent University catalog, up to a limit of 30 hours of course study skills while enrolled in Business 405; and credit in accounting and business before being admitted to the School of Business. Questions should be directed • be approved for honors designation by a two-thirds to an Academic Advisor in the School of Business office vote of the School of Business faculty. . Final determination as to whether prerequisites have In fulfilling conditions (2) and (3), the student will be been met resides in the dean’s office. expected to provide any academic data requested and to provide the School with an extra copy of written work 1. The Minor in Business prepared for credit in Business 405. Written notice of The business minor is designed to provide the non- intent to graduate with honors must be submitted by the business student with an understanding of the essentials student to the Office of the Dean, School of Business of business methods and practices. The requirements early in the semester in which the student expects to are as follows: graduate. This written notice is separate from any report- Accounting 224 Financial Accounting ing requirements in place when if Business 405 is taken Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics as part of the Washburn Transformational Experience Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics (WTE) program. One of the following: • Business 342 Organization and Management School of Business Scholars • Business 345 Human Resources Students graduating with the Bachelor of Business • Business 346 Organizational Behavior Administration degree will be awarded the designation of Nine additional hours from accounting, business, School of Business Scholar provided they have accumu- or economics (in courses numbered 200 and above), lated a GPA of at least 3.50 in all accounting, business, including six hours at the upper-division level. and economics courses and rank in the upper quartile of the Washburn University graduating class. EC200 and EC201 count as part of the University’s gen- eral education program. Dean’s and President’s Honor Rolls for Undergraduates A grade of C or better must be earned in each In order to be included on the Dean’s Honor Roll, course used to satisfy the requirements for the minor. School of Business, a student must: Half of the hours used to satisfy the requirements of the • have been admitted to, and be in good standing minor must be earned at Washburn University. with, the School of Business, and 2. The Minor in International Business • have completed at least twelve graded semester The Minor in International Business provides students hours with a GPA of at least 3.40 during the imme- with the opportunity to gain an understanding of the diately preceding semester. special considerations and implications of operating a Students who have completed at least 12 graded se- business in a global environment. Students completing mester hours with a GPA of 4.00 during the immediately the minor will have an introduction to the basic econom- preceding semester will be included on the President’s ics, management, and marketing principles as applied by Honor Roll. business today. Students will be exposed to the lan- guage and operation of business in a multinational and national environment. Required business and econom- ics courses include: 238 • Business 101 Introduction to Business* toward their degree and also acquire job market skills for • Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics employment. Both the student intern and the employer • Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics are required to file progress reports with the internship coordinator on a regular basis. Internship credit hours • Business 355 International Business are graded on a pass/fail basis only and do not count as • Business 466 International Marketing electives to meet requirements for the majors. For further • Economics 410 International Economics information, interested students should consult with the • One additional cross-cultural course approved by Director of Student Affairs in the School of Business. the International Business Advisor Descriptions of the programs are provided in the course A grade of C or better must be earned in each listings of this catalog under Accounting 499 -Internship course used to satisfy the requirements for the minor. in Accounting, Business 499 -Internship in Business, and Half of the hours used to satisfy these course require- Economics 499-Internship in Economics. The total num- ments must be earned at Washburn University. ber of credits for a School of Business internship may *AC 224 Financial Accounting and AC 225 Managerial not exceed six (6) semester hours; not more than three Accounting may be substituted for BU 101 for the pur- hours may be taken during any semester. pose of this minor. Study Abroad Students are required to complete ten (10) credit Juniors or seniors may satisfy part of their degree hours of a modern foreign language beyond the 101 requirements while spending one or two semesters in course. Six hours beyond the 101 course may qualify for approved study abroad programs that place special Arts and Humanities general education credit. emphasis on international business and economics. Students are strongly encouraged to participate Washburn participates in the Magellan Exchange, a busi- in a study abroad program offered by Washburn ness school oriented program with about ten universi- University . ties in Western Europe, and in the Consortium of North For further information, please contact the Office American Higher Education Collaboration (CONAHEC), of the Dean, School of Business, or the Study Abroad a consortium of almost 50 schools in Canada, Mexico, Advisor, Washburn University. and the United States. Washburn also has a number of other international partnerships, including exchange 3. The Certificate in Entrepreneurship agreements with: The Certificate in Entrepreneurship program is de- • Denmark International Studies (DIS), Copenhagen signed for the student who seeks to be an entrepreneur • Fukuoka University, Japan in a start-up venture, operate a family business, or work • Orebro University, Sweden as an entrepreneurial change agent within a corporate setting. For non-business students, the certificate pro- • SNSPA, Romania gram requires four three-credit-hour courses, including • Tongji University, Shanghai two required core courses, BU 115 and BU 260, and two • University of Claremont-Ferrand, France elective courses from the list of approved electives. For • University of Cambridge, England students in the BBA program who have taken BU 315, • University of Klagenfurt, Austria only BU 260 and two electives are required. • Wuhan University of Science and Technology, Required courses: China • BU 115 Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Law Programs of study in many other countries can be ar- • BU 260 Business Plan Development ranged. For further information contact the Office of the Dean, School of Business or the Study Abroad Advisor, Additional coursework–two out of the following Washburn University. courses: • BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance for Small Business Student Organizations • BU 470 Entrepreneurship Clinic The School of Business feels that in order for our students to succeed they must develop communication • HI 300 Comparative Perspectives of the Market and networking skills. To cultivate these skills the School Revolution of Business supports several student organizations that • Other courses as they are added to the list of students can join for both camaraderie and learning. For electives. Please consult the program advisor and a full listing, description, and contact information, please current advising literature for other options. consult the School’s web site at http://www.washburn. edu/business. 4. The Master of Business Administration (MBA) program at Washburn University Small Business Development Center For information about the Master of Business The Washburn University Small Business Administration (MBA) program, see Graduate Programs Development Center (SBDC) provides free, confiden- in the catalog index. tial, one-on-one counseling for small business owners or potential owners in the Northeast Kansas coun- Internships ties of Brown, Geary, Jackson, Marshall, Nemaha, The School of Business has developed an intern- Pottawatomie, Riley, Shawnee, and Wabaunsee. The ship program that is constantly in demand by successful SBDC also offers low-cost seminars and training pro- area businesses. School of Business students have the grams and utilizes a wide variety of resources including opportunity to select from internships in many industries. online and Internet databases to help small businesses Starting in their junior year, students may earn credit 239 obtain the timely, detailed, and relevant information economics, finance, management, marketing, and gen- necessary to make sound business decisions. The eral business. Students interested in the BBA degree services of the Small Business Development Center are but who have not yet decided on a concentration initially available to all start-up or existing small businesses. The can declare a concentration in general business and Washburn SBDC is co-located with the Greater Topeka then later change their declaration to align with their final Chamber of Commerce in downtown Topeka at 120 S.E. decision. 6th, Suite 100, Topeka, KS and can be contacted at 2 . Declaration of a Washburn Transformational 785-234-3235. In Manhattan, the Washburn SBDC is co- Experience (WTE) located with the Manhattan Area Chamber of Commerce By the completion of 60 hours, students are ex- at 501 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, KS 66502 and can pected to have declared a WTE from among the four be contacted at 785-587-9917. The web site is www. options offered: International WTE, Community Service washburn.edu/sbdc. WTE, Scholarly or Creative WTE, or Leadership WTE. Students are encouraged to follow their own interests Academic Advising and in choosing a WTE. They do not have to limit them- Admission Requirements selves to only one area and can declare and complete WTEs during the freshman and sophomore years prior Students pursing a major within the Bachelor of to declaring a major in the School of Business or being Business Administration degree program have the ulti- admitted to the School of Business. mate responsibility for understanding the requirements of 3 . Application for Admission to the School of Busi- their degree programs, for monitoring their own prog- ness ress in the program, and for ensuring that the program Upon completion of 54 semester hours of col- requirements, including course prerequisites, are met lege credit, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, and the six in order and on a timely basis. Students are expected required lower-division School of Business courses, to understand the program requirements as outlined in students should apply for admission to the School of this catalog and in the advising materials. In planning Business. Each course must be taken for a grade and their class schedules, students are expected to observe a grade of “C” or better must be earned in each course. basic advising principles, including course prerequisites, Mathematics 343 Applied Statistics may be substituted as well as to consult with an advisor within the School of for Economics 211. A minimum of 30 semester hours Business to clarify any doubts. Students should process must be earned after being admitted to the School of a degree audit prior to every advising session and subse- Business. Admission to the School of Business is a re- quent enrollment. Other requirements are found in the quirement for enrolling in BU 449 Strategic Management, Graduation Requirement section (below). the capstone course of the BBA degree as well as all The basic advising principle is that among courses 400-level accounting (AC) and business (BU) courses. required by the School of Business 100-level cours- As part of the application for admission to the School of es should be completed before 200-level courses, Business and prior to each semester’s advising, students which should be completed before 300-level courses, are asked to process a degree audit and to confirm that which should be completed before 400-level courses. all transfer credit is correctly posted. However, several general education courses should The School of Business reserves the right to evaluate be saved until the end in order to be able to complete any credit hours offered for transfer relative to the cur- a class schedule when business courses are of limited rent standards before accepting or rejecting such hours. availability. Students should file an application for admission with the An early goal should be prompt admission to the Office of the Dean of the School of Business as soon as School of Business. Requirements for admission are the student becomes eligible to apply. completion of 54 hours, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, and 4. Application for Degree the six admission courses in the School of Business. Early in the semester of graduation, students plan- Upon admission to the School, students are permitted ning to graduate must file an Application for Degree to take 400-level courses in accounting and business, form in the Office of the University Registrar in order to subject to meeting the other prerequisites. initiate a graduation check. The form should be filed in Administratively, there are four steps in a student’s September for the Fall semester and in February for the progress to the Bachelor of Business Administration Spring semester and the Summer term. A student is not (BBA) degree, apart from the course work and the a Candidate for Degree until the University Registrar’s separate applications for scholarships and financial aid, Office has the form on file and the candidacy has been which need to be initiated by the student. These steps approved. include 1) declaration of major, 2) declaration of an area within the Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) Advising program, 3) admission to the School of Business, and 4) It is important that any student who intends to work application for the degree. toward the Bachelor of Business Administration degree 1 . Declaration of Major Area of Concentration / De- be advised by a member of the School of Business fac- gree / Catalog Year ulty or by an academic advisor in the School of Business. Early in their program of study, all students interested Faculty will assist students in selecting a major and in in earning the Bachelor of Business Administration de- planning their academic schedules. Freshman, sopho- gree should declare their degree goal and major area of more, and transfer students will need to consult initially concentration. This is done by submitting a declaration with an academic advisor in the School of Business of- of major form to the School of Business. The six concen- fice, especially with regard to transfer credit. The School trations available within the BBA degree are accounting, of Business reserves the right to evaluate any credit 240 hours offered for transfer relative to the current stan- Business, at intervals administers surveys and tests to its dards before accepting or rejecting such hours. Once students, graduates, staff, and external constituents. We established in the program, these students may pursue encourage all of those contacted to support our continu- advising from School of Business faculty. ous improvement efforts by participating in these surveys Students should have reviewed their academic and tests. For currently enrolled students, the tests and transcript and processed a degree audit through surveys may be required as part of coursework, or as MyWashburn before visiting with their advisor. The program and degree graduation requirements separate purpose of the degree audit is to identify for students the from coursework, and are independent of the catalog remaining requirements necessary to complete their de- under which the student intends to graduate. Tests may gree. While the degree audits are unofficial, they should be administered during regularly scheduled classes, or at be an accurate reflection of the student’s academic prog- other times separate from class meeting times, including ress. If the student believes his or her audit or transcript on Saturdays; an assessment fee may be charged. is incorrect, the question should be brought promptly to the attention of an advisor in the Dean’s office. All trans- Graduation Requirements fer courses should be evaluated no later than the first semester of enrollment at Washburn. Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor of The School of Business provides advising literature Business Administration (BBA) Degree and materials explaining program requirements and 1 . Requirements Common to all Bachelor Degrees requires the student to consult with an advisor during the The student must meet the requirements common enrollment process. The student, however, has the ulti- to all bachelor degrees established by the University. mate responsibility for understanding the requirements These requirements include the freshman and ad- of his/her degree program and for ensuring that the pro- vanced composition requirements, the lifetime well- gram requirements, including course prerequisites, are ness requirement, the mathematics requirement, the met in order and on a timely basis. Program and advising Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE), and the information is available through this catalog, the School’s general education requirements in the areas of Arts and web site, and separate information sheets. Humanities, Mathematics and Natural Sciences, and Prerequisite Policy for Students in School of Social Sciences. For a description of these require- Business Courses ments, see Requirements Common to all Bachelor It is the responsibility of all students enrolled in School Degrees in the index. of Business courses, regardless of major or degree 2. Specific Degree Requirements program, to observe the published prerequisites for the a. BBA candidates must complete at least 62 hours of course. Students not majoring in one of the majors in the coursework in the general education subject areas BBA degree may request permission in the Dean’s Office or coursework offered by the Computer Information to enroll in 400-level accounting (AC) and (BU) courses Sciences Department. Included in the 62 hours are if they have achieved standing in their own programs courses used to meet the University English compo- comparable to admission to the School of Business. For sition requirement (EN 101, 102, 300, and HN 102); a prerequisite requirement to be met, the prerequisite the University mathematics requirement; the Univer- course must be successfully completed with a grade of sity PE 198 Lifetime Wellness requirement; and the “C” or better. A student not meeting course prerequisite University general education requirements, as well requirements is subject to administrative withdrawal from as specific correlate courses required for the BBA the course at any time. Any questions should be directed degree. A maximum of six hours of Principles of Eco- to an advisor in the School of Business office. nomics and three hours of Economic Statistics may Transfer Course Preapproval Requirement be counted within the 62 hours in general education Washburn business majors who wish to take classes subject areas. at another institution to meet their degree requirements b. BBA candidates must complete the following required at Washburn must receive prior approval. Guidelines correlate courses with a grade of “C” or better: MA and application forms are available in the School of 140 Statistics; MA 141 Applied Calculus I; one course Business Office. in oral communication (CN 150 Public Speaking or CN 365 Business and Professional Speaking); and Preparation for Further Study at the Graduate Level two of the following: AN 112 Cultural Anthropology, Students considering graduate study in accounting, PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology, and SO 100 business, or economics are encouraged to take math- Introduction to Sociology. Except for CN 365, all of ematics beyond the current minimum requirement, in- these courses can be used to meet a University gen- cluding MA 142 Applied Calculus II or appropriate higher eral education group requirement as well. level mathematics courses, such as MA151, MA152, or c. The following School of Business courses must be MA153. completed by all candidates for the BBA degree. These courses include six lower-division courses and Outcome Assessment and Assurance of Learning The Washburn University School of Business, as part six upper-division courses for a total of 36 semester of its continuous improvement efforts and consistent with hours. the requirements of Washburn University, the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, and AACSB International—The Association for the Advancement of Collegiate Schools of 241 Lower division: Pass/Fail Policy • Accounting 224 Financial Accounting Candidates for the BBA degree in Business • Accounting 225 Managerial Accounting Administration must earn a grade of “C” or better in all re- • Business 250 Management Information Systems quired courses and may not take required courses pass/ fail. These required courses include required courses • Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics offered by the School of Business, courses offered by • Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics the School of Business used to meet School of Business • Economics 211 Statistics for Business & Eco- requirements, and courses offered outside of the School nomics of Business required as correlate courses for the BBA degree including CN 150 Public Speaking, MA 140 Upper division: Statistics, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, AN 112 Cultural • Business 315 Legal Environment of Business Anthropology, PY 100 Basic Concepts of Psychology, • Business 342 Organization and Management and SO 100 Introduction to Sociology. In the event a • Business 347 Production & Operations Manage- student has pass/fail credit in a required course before ment admission to the School, the student may be required, • Business 360 Principles of Marketing as a condition of admission, to take an alternative course • Business 381 Business Finance or courses for regular credit to fulfill such requirements. Similarly, alternative courses might be required if a • Business 449 Strategic Management required course is taken pass/fail after admission to the d. A grade point average of at least 2.0 is a prerequi- School. site for enrollment in the six upper-division business courses required of all BBA students (BU 315, BU Concentrations 342, BU 347, BU 360, BU381, and BU 449), as well Candidates for the BBA degree may choose a as for enrollment in EC 300 and EC 301. Prereq- concentration from any of the following subject areas: uisites are met only by successfully completing a accounting, economics, finance, general business, prerequisite course with a grade of “C” or better. A management, and marketing. With careful advising, two student must have completed at least 54 semester concentrations may be completed within the 124 hour hours in order to enroll in accounting, business, total by meeting all requirements of two concentrations. or economics courses numbered 300 or above. A It may not be possible, however, to complete the specific student must be admitted to the School of Business requirements of two concentrations in the same semes- to enroll in 400-level accounting (AC) and business ter. (The same warning applies to students seeking to (BU) courses. earn the minor in international business or the certificate e. BBA candidates must complete an additional 24 in entrepreneurship.) Any student seeking to earn a hours of upper-division coursework offered by the third concentration within the BBA degree must complete School of Business. This may be done in either of at least 136 hours of credit. Each major consists of 24 the following ways. A student may select courses graded upper-division hours in the School of Business from a number of subject areas within the School of divided between required and elective courses. Business and receive a BBA with a major in general business. Alternatively, a student may complete one Accounting (or more) of the following concentrations within the 24 There are many career choices within the profession semester hours. These concentrations are account- of accountancy. The four principal areas of employment ing, economics, finance, management, and market- are in industrial concerns, public practice, non-profit ing. The specific requirements of each of these con- organizations, and governmental agencies. Industrial centrations are found below. accountants assemble and interpret relevant business f. A grade of C or better must be earned in each course information for interested parties within their employer’s required by the School of Business and in each ad- firm. Public accountants provide professional services ditional required course applied to a major area of primarily in three areas: income tax, auditing, and man- concentration, including courses used to meet the 24- agement services. Governmental accountants perform hour upper-division requirement noted above. services similar to those by industrial and public ac- g. BBA degree candidates will not be allowed credit for countants for local, state, and national governmental 100-level courses within the last 60 hours presented agencies. for the degree. Exceptions are permitted for courses that could be used to satisfy the general education Learning objectives for the accounting concentration requirements, Computer Information Science Depart- Upon completion of a concentration in accounting, stu- ment courses, and those approved by the Dean of dents will be able to: the School of Business. • perform the systematic transformation of data into h. At least 50 percent of the accounting, business, and accounting information through the application of economics hours used to meet requirements for the GAAP and income tax law; BBA degree must be earned at Washburn University • describe the uses, qualities, and roles of accounting i. Candidates for the BBA degree may not use eco- information; nomics courses to fulfill the Social Science general education requirement.

242 • explain the principles of internal control systems The following courses are required for the and the importance of internal control systems to economics concentration: organizations; • Economics 300 Microeconomic Analysis • apply current technology to the accounting process • Economics 301 Macroeconomic Theory and the demand for information; and • Six additional upper division economics hours • evaluate accounting issues and related behavior in • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in an ethical context, while reflecting an understand- accounting, business, or economics ing of the public service nature of the accounting function. Finance The finance curriculum is designed to prepare students The following courses are required for the for (1) careers in government services, corporate finan- accounting concentration: cial management, commercial banking, security analysis, Accounting 321 Intermediate Financial Accounting I insurance, real estate, and other finance fields, and (2) Accounting 322 Intermediate Financial Accounting II graduate study. Students are encouraged to meet with Accounting 325 Cost Accounting faculty advisors as early as possible in order to plan a Accounting 330 Accounting Information Systems program which will satisfactorily fulfill their goals. Accounting 423 Federal Income Taxation of Individuals Learning objectives for the finance concentration Accounting 425 Auditing Upon completion of a concentration in finance, students Six additional upper-division elective hours in ac- will be able to: counting, economics, or business • demonstrate an understanding of interest rate de- termination and monetary policy; Candidates for the Uniform Certified Public Accoun- tant Examination must also fulfill the subject matter • demonstrate an understanding of agency issues in requirements of the Kansas Board of Accountancy. finance; Students desiring to attempt the examination for the • calculate and apply present value concepts to finan- Certificate in Management Accounting must meet the cial decisions; requirements of the Institute of Management Accoun- • demonstrate an understanding of the risk-return tants. Information regarding the CPA examination and tradeoff and of insurable risk; and the CMA examination may be obtained from the account- • analyze accounting information to support financial ing faculty. decisions. Economics The following courses are required for the finance The economics curriculum is designed to provide the concentration: student with an understanding of the principles and • Business 374 Principles of Risk and Insurance institutions governing economic decisions made by • Business 483 Investments households, businesses, and governments. This type • Business 488 Financial Management of knowledge, combined with studies in related areas, • Economics 485 Money and Banking provides an appropriate background for careers in finan- • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in cial and non-financial business firms and governmental accounting, business, or economics agencies. It also provides a solid basis for graduate study in economics, business and public administration, Management urban planning, international studies, and law. Management courses in the fields of organization Learning objectives for the economics concentration theory, human relationships, administrative communi- Upon completion of a concentration in economics, stu- cation, and related behavioral areas provide students dents will be able to: with pertinent background for management careers in • find facts and interpret them consistent with eco- business and non-business organizations. Students may nomic thinking; focus their studies in the areas of personnel manage- • demonstrate an understanding of how decision ment, industrial relations, and industrial management makers allocate scarce resources to achieve eco- by selecting appropriate elective courses in consultation nomic efficiency; with an advisor. • apply economic tools to analyze decisions made by Learning objectives for the management consumers, firms, and policy makers; and concentration • use economic models to analyze the impact of vari- Upon completion of the concentration in management, ous fiscal monetary, and trade policies on a nation’s students will be able to: economy. • describe the critical functions of human resource management and how they fit with other organiza- tional functions and strategy; • demonstrate how an understanding of human be- havior can solve interpersonal problems in organi- zational settings;

243 • demonstrate proficiency in written and oral commu- interests and needs. Candidates for the degree of nications; and Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentra- • demonstrate how economic thought influences tion in general business must: (1) meet the University management decision making. requirements, (2) meet the School of Business re- The following courses are required for the manage- quirements, and (3) complete at least twenty-four (24) ment concentration: additional graded upper-division hours in accounting, • Business 302 Business Communications business, and economics beyond those named courses required for all candidates for the BBA degree. • Business 345 Human Resource Management • Business 346 Organizational Behavior Learning objectives for the general business • Economics 341 Labor Economics concentration: Upon completion of a concentration in general business, • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in students will be able to: accounting, business, or economics • apply quantitative and qualitative analysis and criti- Marketing cal thinking to business problems; The marketing curriculum involves analysis of the ways • explain how leadership capabilities affect the ability business firms plan, organize, administer, and control to structure and manage business organizations; their resources to achieve marketing objectives. Through • demonstrate knowledge of the application of ethical proper selection of courses, a student may prepare for concepts to business issues; a career in general marketing management, promotion • explain the impact of global markets on business management, personal selling and sales management, operations; marketing research, channels management, and/or retail • apply technology to the solution of diverse business management. issues and problems; Learning objectives for the marketing concentration: • explain the impact of diversity on organizations; and Upon completion of a concentration in marketing, the • explain the relationships among them. students will be able to: • conduct and present a comprehensive consumer COURSE OFFERINGS behavior audit; Each course is listed with number, name, semester • analyze a company’s existing product, determine hours of credit, and course description. Courses in its positioning in the marketplace, and develop a the 100-200 series are lower-division courses, nor- marketing mix strategy reflective of its positioning; mally taken in the freshman or sophomore year. Some • prepare and defend a marketing plan for a company courses in the 200 series require sophomore stand- by integrating appropriate concepts and methods; ing (at least 24 hours completed) prior to enrollment. Upper-division courses are in the 300 and 400 series • develop a marketing research plan and defend its and require junior standing (at least 54 hours completed) procedural soundness; prior to enrollment. 400-level courses require admission • demonstrate an understanding of the stages of the to the School of Business as a prerequisite and may re- sales process and the way these stages are imple- quire senior standing (at least 88 hours completed) prior mented; and to enrollment. Courses numbered 900 and above are • demonstrate an understanding of the global market- reserved exclusively for graduate credit. Course prereq- place and how to design marketing strategies that uisites are listed at the end of each course description. are appropriate for various cultures and countries. Prerequisites are met when the prerequisite courses are successfully completed with a grade of “C” or better. The following courses are required for the marketing concentration: UNDERGRADUATE COURSES • Business 362 Marketing Research • Business 364 Consumer Behavior ACCOUNTING COURSES • Business 471 Marketing Management AC 224 Financial Accounting (3) and The study of accounting as a means of communicating Three (3) additional hours from the following: financial information about the activities of business en- • Business 361 Principles of Retailing terprises. Emphasis is placed on concepts and principles • Business 363 Promotion underlying the measurement of income and financial po- • Business 366 Sales sition and how this information may be used to evaluate • Business 466 International Marketing the progress of a firm. Prerequisites: EN 101, MA 116 • Business 473 Marketing Channels (recommended) or MA110, and 24 hours, or consent. • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in AC 225 Managerial Accounting (3) accounting, business, and economics The development and use of information in the account- ing system as a management decision tool. Prerequi- General Business sites: AC 224, MA 116 (recommended) or MA110, BU The concentration in general business allows the 250 or concurrent enrollment, and 24 hours. student flexibility to design a 24-hour upper-division program using courses from several or all areas in the School of Business in accord with his or her own 244 AC 321 Intermediate Financial Accounting I (3) are the auditor’s role in society, the application of internal Financial theory and problems. Emphasis is on valuation control concepts, the understanding of accounting infor- and measurement problems of income determination and mation systems, the methods of statistical sampling and balance sheet presentation. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU the use of auditing software. Prerequisites: Admission 250 and 54 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. to the School of Business, 88 hours and AC321, AC322, AC325, and AC330 completed with grades of “C” or AC 322 Intermediate Financial Accounting II (3) better, or consent. (AC 322 may be taken concurrently.) A continuation of financial accounting theory and prob- May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. lems. Prerequisites: AC 321 and 54 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. AC 427 Governmental & Institutional Accounting (3) Methods and procedure used in fund accounting with AC 325 Cost Accounting (3) emphasis on governmental units and not-for-profit A study of inventory valuation procedures in manufactur- organizations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School ing concerns and the processing, analysis and interpre- of Business AC 225, BU 250 and 54 hours. May not be tation of data for use by management in the planning and taken A/Pass/Fail. control of operations. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU 250, and 54 hours, or consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. AC 428 Fraud Examination (3) Theory, techniques, methods and procedures for the AC 330 Accounting Information Systems (3) detection, investigation, and deterrence of fraud. Prereq- The study of the development and design of an account- uisites: Admission to the School of Business, AC 224, ing system. Emphasis on procedures necessary to meet AC 225, and BU 250 or equivalent, and 54 hours, or generally accepted auditing standards and methods and consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. techniques to evaluate internal control of an accounting system. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU 250, and 54 hours. AC 431 Contemporary Issues in Accounting (3) May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. Current issues in accounting with emphasis on the releases of the American Institute of Certified Public AC 403 Special Topics in Accounting (1-3) Accountants and the Financial Accounting Standards Selected topics announced in advance. May be taken Board. Includes accounting theory to solving account- more than one semester. Prerequisites: Admission to the ing problems. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of School of Business. Other prerequisites will be specified Business and AC 322. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. for each topic. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. AC 499 Internship In Accounting (3) AC 404 Independent Study in Accounting (1-3) Professional work experience with a business firm or Individual study of a topic in accounting. Activity must governmental agency in some phase of public, private, be supervised by a full-time School of Business faculty or governmental accounting. The work situation must member with professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admis- create a new learning experience for the student. Credit sion to the School of Business and consent of directing hours in this course may be used only as elective busi- faculty member prior to enrollment. May not be taken A/ ness hours and will not count toward the minimum 62 Pass/Fail. hours of accounting, business, and economics hours AC 421 Advanced Financial Accounting (3) required of the BBA candidate nor will they count toward Accounting methods and procedures related to partner- the minimum twenty-four hours of accounting required ships, branches, business combinations, and foreign of accounting majors. Internship credit hours will be exchange. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of counted in the maximum School of Business hours an Business and AC 322. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. accounting major may earn within a 124-hour program. The student’s grade will be awarded on a pass-fail AC 423 Federal Income Taxation of Individuals (3) basis, as determined by the supervising faculty mem- Income tax laws, regulations, and procedures pertinent ber. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business, to individual taxpayer reporting. Prerequisites: Admis- consent of the accounting faculty, appropriate academic sion to the School of Business and AC 224, AC 225 and background, at least 75 semester credit hours, at least a BU 250 completed with grades of “C” or better and 88 2.5 overall grade average, and meet the general quali- hours, or consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. fications specified by the sponsoring business firm or AC 424 Federal Income Taxation of Business Entities (3) governmental agency. Income tax laws, regulations, and procedures pertinent BUSINESS COURSES to partnership, corporation, and fiduciary reporting. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 101 Introduction to Business (3) AC 225, BU 250 and 88 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/ Designed to introduce the student to the American busi- Fall. ness system, and to analysis of business organization and operation. AC 425 Auditing (3) The course covers essential processes of auditing BU 115 Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Law (3) including specific procedures and techniques usable Assists aspiring business owners and managers in rec- in the public and private sectors. Technical standards ognizing issues relevant to starting-up, maintaining and of these sectors receive attention with an emphasis on growing a company. ethics related to the profession of auditing. The course includes operational and compliance auditing in addition BU 180 Personal Finance (3) to auditing of financial statements. Other content areas Personal and family financial planning. Topics include: consumer legislation, consumer finance, family 245 budgeting, estate planning, insurance, individual income BU 342 Organization and Management (3) tax, home buying, mortgages, retirement pensions, and Management theory and practice, including fundamen- investments. tals of management; making things happen; meeting the competition; organizing people, projects, and processes; BU 250 Management Information Systems (3) and motivating and leading. Emphasis is given to the Concepts of information systems; analysis, evaluation development of management, organizational structures, and implementation of management information sys- organizational dynamics, the impact of environmental tems; data- base management; information systems and forces and use of analytical tools in the performance of management. Prerequisite: CM 101 or consent, EN 101, the management function. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC MA 116 (recommended) or MA110, and 24 hours. 201; two out of three of the following: AN 112, PY 100, BU 259 The Business of Art (3) and SO 100; 2.0 GPA; and 54 hours. Explores and analyzes approaches to art valuation, art BU 345 Human Resources Management (3) appraisal, and entrepreneurship in the arts. Examines The principles and practices of sound employee relations the art market, the art consumer, and the value of art. with emphasis upon the selection, development and Business problems and opportunities in the world of art morale of employees. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, are identified, analyzed, and assessed. Prerequisite: MA and 54 hours. 110. BU 346 Organizational Behavior (3) BU 260 Business Plan Development (3) Review of theory and research related to work behavior Concepts and principles helpful to the development of a in organizations with focus on individual and group be- business plan. Examples of business plans. The stu- havior. Prerequisites: PY 100 or SO 100, and 54 hours. dents will develop, as the main assignment, a business plan for a local company or for a business idea that they BU 347 Production and Operations Management (3) develop. Operations management in both manufacturing and ser- vice organizations. Use of models to make operations BU 302 Business Communications (3) management decisions in the areas of productivity, qual- Written communications including simpler types of busi- ity, customer service, and product and process strategy. ness messages. Emphasis is placed on positive planning Implementation of models using appropriate software for effective human relations through management mes- and explanation of results in non-technical language. sages. Prerequisites: EN 101 or EN 140 with grade of Prerequisites: BU 250, BU 342, EC 211 (or MA 343), AC “C” or better, CM 101, or equivalent, CN 150 or CN 365, 225, MA 141, 2.0 GPA, and 54 hours. or equivalent. BU 355 International Business (3) BU 305 Contemporary Information Systems (3) The global economic and political environment in which Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) computer systems. international trade and investment activities as conduct- Understanding of business processes and their relation ed by multinational and national business organizations. to Integrated Information Systems. Advanced Computer Examination of the international dimensions of the areas Modeling. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 225, and 54 hours. of finance, management, marketing, operations, and BU 309 Business Data Communications and business strategy. Prerequisites: AC 225 or BU 101, EC Networking (3) 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Not open to students with Understanding of the technical and managerial aspects credit for BU 466. of business data communications and networking to BU 360 Principles of Marketing (3) support business processes. Prerequisites: BU 250, Marketing concepts and their relevance to organizational AC 225, EC 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Not open to objectives and methods of operation. Marketing environ- students with credit in CM 313. ment, marketing mix, marketing planning, strategy imple- BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance for Small mentation, and assessment of marketing performance. Businesses (3) Emphasis on improving marketing performance in a The financial aspects of the management of small busi- socially and ethically responsible manner. Prerequisites: ness and entrepreneurial firms (sole proprietorships, EC 200, EC 201, 2.0 GPA, and 54 hours. partnerships, small nonpublic corporations). Prerequi- BU 361 Principles of Retailing (3) sites: MA 110 or MA 116 or consent; BU 260 and junior Structural organization for retailing and the functional status. activities involved. Principles of site selection, staffing, BU 315 Legal Environment of Business (3) planning, pricing, buying merchandise, sales promotion Legal process, nature, and sources of the law, govern- and expense management are included. Prerequisite: ment regulation and administrative law as they affect BU 360. business. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, and 2.0 GPA, BU 362 Marketing Research (3) and 54 hours. Techniques by which industries and individual firms seek BU 319 Labor Law and Legislation (3) to coordinate buying with consumer demand. Application The statutory, judicial and administrative law pertaining to of research techniques to various marketing problems. labor-management relations. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC Prerequisites: BU 360 and EC 211 (or MA 343). 201, and 54 hours. BU 363 Promotion (3) Examination of the promotion function of the marketing mix. Topics include: promotion strategy; management of 246 the promotion mix (advertising, sales promotion, public description, title transfer and other topics are included in relations); media strategy; and evaluation. Prerequisite: the course. Prerequisite: 54 hours. BU 360. BU 392 Real Estate Law (3) BU 364 Consumer Beh0avior (3) Elements of property laws, purchase contracts, listing The behavior of buyers of goods and services. An ex- agreements, estates and trusts. Prerequisite: BU 315. amination will be made of theories, concepts, methods and research findings of other disciplines and a study of BU 393 Real Estate Appraisal (3) An introduction to real estate appraising including the the relation of these findings to management decision market comparison, cost and income approaches to making. Industrial and consumer buying behavior will be value with emphasis on house appraisal. Prerequisite: considered within the context of the course. Prerequisite: 54 hours. BU 360. BU 403 Special Topics in Business (1-3) BU 366 Sales (3) Selected topics announced in advanced. May be taken A detailed examination of the selling dimension of the more than one semester. Prerequisites: Admission to the promotion mix. Topics include: personal communication; School of Business. Other prerequisites will be specified personal selling; relationship-building; and sales strategy for each topic. and management. Prerequisite: BU 360. BU 404 Independent Study in Business (1-3) BU 374 Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) Individual study of a topic in business. Activity must be The study of risk and insurance, dealing with the princi- supervised by a full-time School of Business faculty pal risks to which individuals are exposed, and the vari- member with professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admission ous means of dealing with risk, including insurance, risk to the School of Business and consent of directing faculty retention, self- insurance, and loss prevention. Exam- member prior to enrollment. ines the responsibilities and activities for treating risk at three levels: personal and family, employer, and govern- BU 405 Honors Research in Business (2-4) ment. Prerequisite: 54 hours. Restricted to those students seeking to qualify for honors in the major field and designed to provide an intellectual BU 375 Property and Liability Insurance (3) challenge for superior students with a strong interest in An advanced insurance course of current financial, legal scholarship. Course activity must be supervised by a and social problems involving property-liability insurance; member of the full-time School of Business faculty with analysis of legal problems involving insurance cover- professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admission to the School age, financial aspects, and governmental regulation of of Business, 88 hours and consent. the property-liability insurance enterprise, and economic aspects of the insurance industry. Prerequisite: BU 374 BU 406 International Business and Entrepreneurial or consent. Experience (3) First-hand business experience acquired in an interna- BU 378 Life Insurance (3) tional setting. Analysis of business problems, ideas, op- The problems of and the alternative techniques for the portunities, techniques, and strategies in an international insuring of human life values from the differing view- context. Emphasizes changes in competition and market points of the company, the economy, and the consumer. structure abroad. Washburn students will work in teams Among the topics covered are: financial needs in the life with foreign students to solve a problem for an overseas cycle of the family, settlement options and the program- company. With approval, this course may be taken for ming elements of business insurance, estate planning, credit more than once. Prerequisites: Admission to the probability theory mortality, rating and reserves. Prereq- School of Business, BU 315, BU 347, BU 381 (or concur- uisite: BU 374 or consent. rent), and consent. BU 381 Business Finance (3) Theory and techniques of financial management, de- BU 416 Commercial Transactions (3) Commercial law in the area of the Uniform Commercial signed to provide the basic financial background needed Code, suretyship, insurance, professional responsibili- by students in business, economics, or related fields. ties, etc. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Busi- Topics include: capital budgeting, capital structure, ness and BU 315. dividend policy, the cost of capital, and working capital management. Prerequisites: AC 225, EC 211 (or MA BU 417 Legal Business Associations (3) 343, or MA 140, and MA 145), MA 141, 2.0 GPA, and 54 Examination of the law of agency, partnerships, corpora- hours. tions, and security regulations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 315 recommended. BU 387 Credit Management (3) Principles and procedures involved in mercantile and BU 419 Labor Relations (3) consumer credit. The organization and operation of a Labor relations and collective bargaining including the credit department, source of credit information, and col- history, structure, and policies of labor organizations. lection procedure and policies. Prerequisites: EC 200, Mediation and arbitration are considered. Prerequisites: EC 201, and 54 hours. Admission to the School of Business and EC 341 BU 390 Principles of Real Estate (3) BU 449 Strategic Management (3) A course that surveys the many areas of the real estate Integrate the functional areas of business in formulating business and real estate investment. Financing, apprais- and implementing basic policy for business. Analytical al, loan closing, marketing, property management, land approach to strategic decisions applied to practical 247 examples of problems faced by business firms. May not Business and BU 381, or equivalent (assumes account- be taken for graduate credit. Prerequisites: Admission to ing and statistics). the School of Business, BU 342, BU 347, BU 360, BU 381, 2.0 GPA, and 88 hours. BU 483 Investments (3) The theory and techniques of financial asset analy- BU 460-461 Small Business Institute (3) sis including the fundamental, technical, and efficient Student groups counsel and consult with small business market approaches. The course is designed to provide firms selected by the Small Business Administration and background needed by individuals (regardless of major) the instructor. Field work with the firms provides opportu- to make investment decisions. Topics include: market nities to identify and analyze problems, and to make rec- mechanism, mutual funds, the yield curve, fundamental ommendations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School common stock analysis, and portfolio theory. Prerequi- of Business, senior business major, and consent. sites: Admission to the School of Business, BU 381 and 54 hours or consent. BU 466 International Marketing (3) Analysis of marketing management problems, tech- BU 484 Applied Portfolio Management (3) niques and strategies in international marketing; em- Provides students with the opportunity to practice invest- phasizing changes in competition and market structure ment analysis and portfolio management. Students abroad. Prerequisite: BU 360 or BU 355. analyze stocks and other investments. Based on student research, funds provided by the university are allocated BU 470 Entrepreneurship Clinic (3) to various investments and held in a portfolio that is re- The capstone of the entrepreneurship program. Key viewed and updated in subsequent semesters. Prerequi- building blocks: in class debate, field cases, redefinition sites: Admission to the School of Business, BU 347, 483, and development of business ideas moderated by in- and consent. structors. Students will be expected to work for and with entrepreneurs and develop business models that can BU 488 Financial Management (3) be implemented. They will present a working model by Specialized skills in corporate financial management are the completion of the course. Successful entrepreneurs developed through the application of techniques such will participate as speakers/ moderators and mentors for as the discounted cash flow method, dividend valuation the participating students. Prerequisites: BU 115, BU model, capital asset pricing model, and options pricing 260 and junior status; or EC 201 and CM 335 and junior models. Problem areas covered include working capital status; or admission to the School of Business. management, capital budgeting, and capital structure. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 471 Marketing Management (3) BU 381. Examination of the strategic marketing management process planning, implementation, and control. Top- BU 491 Real Estate Finance (3) ics include: environmental, competitor, and customer Methods of financing residential, commercial and analysis; market targeting; the marketing mix; and the industrial properties. The nature of mortgage loans for international aspects of marketing management. Case construction and permanent financing and land develop- analysis and marketing models are used. Prerequisites: ment. Sources of funds, lender requirements, and loan Admission to the School of Business, BU 360 and 88 and investment yield analysis. Secondary mortgage hours. market financing. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 381. BU 473 Marketing Channels (3) The distribution function of the marketing mix. Topics in- BU 493 Income Property Appraisal (3) clude: channel structure and function; strategic channel Techniques and methods used in appraising income development; channel management and logistics; direct properties. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of channels, service channels, franchising, and international Business and BU 393 or consent. distribution channels. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 360. BU 495 Real Estate Investment (3) Cash flow and investment return analyses are applied BU 475 Theory of Insurance (3) to income-producing properties. The most commonly The nature and cost of risk in our economic society, and used methods of yield analysis are used in real estate of the methods of handling it. Prerequisites: Admission to investment case analysis. Financing, appraisal, taxation, the School of Business, BU 375 or consent. and property rights are applied to apartment and office buildings, rental houses, shopping centers, industrial BU 477 International Finance (3) parks, and other types of properties. The capstone real The financial management of a multinational business estate course. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of enterprise. Develops strategies for investing interna- Business and 54 hours. tionally, including hedging exchange rate risk, adjusting to client preferences and home currencies, evaluating BU 499 Internship in Business (3) performance, estimating a corporation’s exposure to Professional work experience with a business firm or real exchange rate risk, strategies to hedge risk or to governmental agency in the following areas of specializa- dynamically adjust to shocks, and reasons for a corpora- tion: finance and banking, management, and marketing. tion to hedge. Also covers international capital budget- The work situation must create a new learning experi- ing, multinational transfer pricing, and international cash ence for the student. Credit hours may be used only as management. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of elective business hours and will not count toward the minimum 62 hours of accounting, business, and

248 economics hours required of the BBA candidate. The theories are analyzed. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, grade will be awarded on a pass-fail basis, as deter- MA141, 2.0 GPA, and 54 hours. mined by the supervising faculty member. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business, BU 347, consent EC 310 History of Economic Thought (3) Comparative study of the historical origin, content, and of the major area faculty, appropriate academic back- impact of selected schools of economic thought. Empha- ground, at least seventy-five (75) semester credit hours, sis upon tracing evolution of economic theories out of at least a 2.5 overall GPA, and meet the general quali- specific historical contexts. Major schools of economic fications specified by the sponsoring business firm or thought from the Greeks through Adam Smith to the governmental agency. present. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, and 54 hrs. ECONOMICS COURSES EC 313 Industrial Organization and Policy (3) (Courses marked with an

249 policy and the international economic system. Prerequi- EC 499 Internship in Economics (3) sites: EC 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Professional work experience with a government agency, financial institution, or other business firm in the area of EC 480 Public Finance (3) economic analysis or planning. The work situation must The theory of taxation, public expenditure and fiscal create a new learning experience for the student. Credit policy. Impact of government financial policies upon re- hours in this course will not count toward the minimum source allocation, income distribution, economic growth, 62 hours in the School of Business required for the economic stabilization and balance of payments. Foun- BBA. The student’s grade will be awarded on a pass/fail dations for balanced state and local taxation. Prerequi- basis, as determined by the supervising faculty member. sites: EC 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Prerequisites: Consent of major area faculty, appropriate EC 485 Money and Banking (3) background, at least seventy-five (75) semester credit The economic principles and institutional features of hours, at least a 2.5 overall GPA and meet the general money, the payments system, and the financial system, qualifications specified by the sponsoring business firm with emphasis on commercial banking. Analyzes the or governmental agency. Federal Reserve System and the effect of monetary policy on the economy. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC201, and 54 hours.

Business students check market reports in the Mayo Schmidt Finance Laboratory.

250 Horn players wait to perform at Family Day festivities.

251 Nursing students congratulate one another at commencement.

252 SCHOOL OF NURSING www.washburn.edu/sonu Bachelor of Nursing (BSN) Master of Nursing (MSN) Cynthia Hornberger, Dean and Professor* Marian Jamison, Associate Dean and Professor*

Ellen Carson, Professor* Maryellen McBride, Assistant Shirley Dinkel, Associate Professor* Professor* Marilyn Masterson, Assistant Janice Dunwell, Emeritus Professor Associate Professor Sue Unruh, Assistant Professor Brenda Patzel, Associate Professor * Sue Washburn, Assistant Jane Carpenter, Assistant Professor Professor Crystal Acker, Assistant Professor Nora Clark, Assistant Professor * Finette Gress, Lecturer Annie Collins, Assistant Professor Laura Sidlinger, Lecturer Caren Dick, Assistant Professor Barbara Stevenson, Lecturer Lori Edwards, Assistant Professor Jeanne Catanzaro, Lecturer Debra Isaacson, Assistant Bonnie Peterson, Assistant Professor Professor Jane Tanking, Lecturer Patricia Joyce, Assistant Professor

*Graduate Program Faculty

253 Nursing students listen intently to the course instructor during their surgical rotation.

254 General Information The School of Nursing has an enrollment of approxi- mately 300 undergraduate students majoring in nursing. Mission Statement In addition, pre-nursing students preparing to enter the nursing program are advised, and an articulation pro- Washburn University School of Nursing emphasizes gram is available for registered nurses, licensed practical excellence in teaching that prepares students to value nurses and paramedics seeking the BSN degree. An life-long learning as professional nurses. advantage of the School is its urban focus and access Washburn nursing graduates collaborate with com- to Topeka’s extensive health care facilities that provide munities applying ethical leadership, critical thinking, and excellent learning environments for clinical learning technological skills to design caring, innovative health experiences. solutions for diverse populations. In addition to the baccalaureate program, the School Description of the Program of Nursing offers a certificate program in school nursing. The baccalaureate program in nursing at Washburn In conjunction with the Division of Continuing Education, University is designed to prepare women and men as the School of Nursing offers continuing education professional nurses. The focus of the program is the programs for registered nurses and licensed practical study of the individual and family life process from nurses; and Kan-Be-Healthy certification for registered conception through aging, in varying stages of health nurses. within the context of community. Through use of the Accreditation nursing process, the student utilizes critical thinking and The BSN program is approved by the Kansas State a scientific approach to maximizing health for individuals, Board of Nursing and has national accreditation by the families, and groups. The program provides professional Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). nursing education for beginning college students, college Student Learning Outcomes of the Baccalaureate transfer students, second-career and non-traditional Program students, licensed practical nurses, and for registered nurses from Associate Degree and Diploma Nursing Nursing students, upon graduation, are expected to Programs. The nursing curriculum builds upon and aug- have: ments courses in the humanities and the natural and so- • incorporated professional values in the delivery of cial sciences and provides for application of this general caring, ethical practice; education throughout the nursing major. Emphasis is on • designed, coordinated, and managed innovative the development of the student as an integrated profes- health care; formulated and evaluated nursing deci- sional person. The basic program is four academic years sions using critical thinking skills; in length. • selected and appraised effective professional and Clinical laboratory is coordinated with the theoreti- therapeutic communication patterns; cal content in nursing and is planned to meet specific objectives. Clinical laboratory takes place in a variety of • evaluated the need for and the efficacious use of community facilities including nursery schools, clinics, technology in holistic assessment; public health agencies, hospitals, physicians’ offices, and • collaborated with community partners to establish private homes. The normal developmental processes of health promotion goals and implement risk reduc- the individual and family in varying circumstances, and tion strategies; the health needs of individuals, families, and groups • designed nursing measures to manage disease and form the basis for the selection of learning experiences. maximize health; and Community resources are selected for different courses • participated in pandimensional efforts to influence according to their potential for illustrating principles and health care policy locally and globally. theories students are studying simultaneously in the classroom. Several resources may be used in any given Admission Policies class in a given semester as deemed appropriate to Students may apply for admission to the School of meet the course objectives. Nursing for Fall or Spring semester when meeting the Graduates of the program are prepared to function following criteria: as generalists in nursing. They assume professional 1. Completion of 30 hours of Washburn University gen- responsibility for health promotion, for care of people in eral education requirements and School of Nursing acute and chronic illness, and for provision of support- prerequisite courses. ive and restorative measures for realization of optimum 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of 2.70 (mini- health potential. Graduates of the baccalaureate program mum). are eligible for examination for licensure as registered The following items are required for application: nurses and they have the foundation for graduate study 1. School of Nursing application in nursing. 2. Official transcripts from all colleges or universities at- BACCALAUREATE NURSING PROGRAM tended, sent directly to the School of Nursing The baccalaureate nursing program was established 3. Two letters of recommendation (forms provided) at Washburn University in the Fall of 1974 as a depart- 4. Washburn University application if not already a stu- ment within the College of Arts and Sciences. In 1982, dent at Washburn. the program was granted School of Nursing status and Applications are accepted September 1 to November operates as one of the major academic units of the 1 for Fall admission and March 1 to May 1 for Spring University. admission a year prior to expected date of entry into the program. To qualify for the WU academic scholarship, 255 the university application and updated transcripts are due Philosophy to the Admissions office by February 15. The nursing faculty believe that each human being is Students transferring from other nursing programs are a unitary, living open system and is continually engaged required to submit syllabus for each completed nursing in a mutual dynamic process with the environment. course. Transfer credit may be awarded for equivalent Individuals are unique, have inherent worth, and strive to coursework. maintain system integrity while progressing through the The School of Nursing Admission Committee reviews life process from conception through death. Individuals applications and admits qualified applicants to fill avail- form families and communities, which are also open able positions. A personal interview with a member of the systems engaged in mutual dynamic process with the faculty may be required of applicants for assessment of environment. qualifications. Students are selected for admission to the Nursing is a health profession which is concerned nursing major without discrimination in regard to race, with promoting the quality of life in individuals, families, color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, and communities. The deliberative and creative use of gender, marital or parental status, or sexual orientation. knowledge for the betterment of human beings is ex- The School of Nursing adheres to policies of non-dis- pressed in the science and art of nursing. The nurse, an crimination as defined by various federal and state laws integral part of the client’s environment, is responsible for and regulations. assisting the client in recognizing and coping with health The School of Nursing seeks applicants who exhibit needs throughout the life process. Through application of the interpersonal skills and behaviors that enable them the nursing process, the nurse functions as a provider of to work compatibly with others in both the classroom and care, a designer/manager/coordinator of care, and as a the clinical area. Applicants seeking admission should member of the profession (AACN, 1986/1998)*. demonstrate emotional maturity, personal integrity, and Professional education in nursing, which is an integral ethical responsibility. Applicants also should possess part of higher education, begins at the baccalaureate the flexibility to deal with unexpected situations and level. The purpose of professional nursing education is should demonstrate a willingness to utilize constructive to provide the knowledge base and skills necessary for feedback to develop professional behaviors. The School the student learner to become a professional practitioner of Nursing reserves the right to withhold admission to or of nursing and to have the foundation for graduate edu- withdraw students from the program who do not demon- cation. General education in the humanities and in the strate these professional attributes. natural and social sciences provides a broad foundation Students with disabilities may voluntarily identify for understanding and augmenting nursing theory and themselves to their course instructors to request ac- facilitates the development and integration of the nursing commodations. The Office of Student Services, located student as a professional person. in Morgan Hall, Room 150, is available to students for Learning is a complex, mutual process of growth and assistance in arranging reasonable accommodations and development identified by changes in the behavior of the identifying resources on campus. learner. Each student is unique in life experiences, moti- Applicants who have been convicted of a felony may vation for learning, and scholastic aptitude. The educa- be considered for admission only if, in the judgment of tional process is designed to provide opportunities for the the Admission Committee, the applicant has been satis- student to meet individual learning needs. The role of the factorily rehabilitated. However, applicants for admission nurse educator is to facilitate the learning process. The should be aware that current Kansas law provides that student is responsible for learning. no license, certificate of qualification or authorization to The philosophy and purposes of the School of practice nursing as a licensed professional nurse, as Nursing are consistent with the mission of Washburn a licensed practical nurse, as an advanced registered University. The School of Nursing is a major academic nurse practitioner or registered nurse anesthetist shall be unit within the University and is responsible for determin- granted to a person with a felony conviction for a crime ing its own professional curriculum and instruction. The against persons as specified in Article 34 of Chapter 21 richness of resources within the university and the com- of the Kansas Statutes Annotated, as amended. Newly munity provide the opportunities for faculty and students admitted students will complete a background check as to make significant contributions to health care delivery part of clearance prior to beginning nursing classes. in a changing, multicultural society. Students are advised that nursing licenses may be *American Association of Colleges of Nursing denied or disciplined by the Kansas State Board of (1986/1998). Essentials of college and university educa- Nursing (KSBN). Possible grounds for such action may tion for professional nursing. Washington, D.C.: Author. include being guilty of a felony or misdemeanor involving an illegal drug offense if the KSBN determines that such Conceptual Framework The conceptual framework upon which the nursing person has not been sufficiently rehabilitated to warrant program at Washburn University is based, is the Science the public trust. Also considered are patterns of practice of Unitary Human Beings. The work of Martha E. Rogers and other behaviors exhibiting an apparent incapacity to provides the foundation for the conceptual framework. practice nursing. All criminal history must be revealed The principles of Helicy, Resonancy, and Integrality to and will be evaluated by the KSBN before licensure is provide the basis for understanding the mutual process granted or denied. Admission to and graduation from the between human beings and the environment and provide School of Nursing does not guarantee that a student will for the organization of knowledge essential to the sci- be eligible for licensure. ence and practice of nursing. A nursing curriculum is implemented to assist the learner in viewing the human person and the 256 environment as unified wholes. Students enter the nurs- behaviors that reflect sensitivity, clarity and compre- ing program with a foundation of life experiences and hension. Examples of such skills include but are not education in the natural and social sciences and the limited to: humanities. The program is designed to facilitate the • initiating and maintaining a nurse client relation- professional development of students and their integra- ship; tion of learning. • sharing pertinent client information with members Professional Aptitudes, Abilities and Skills for of the health team; Nursing • giving verbal or written reports; The professional nurse is responsible for maintain- • documenting accurately and clearly in written or ing and promoting health, caring for people in acute and electronic form; chronic illness, alleviating suffering whenever possible • providing client/family teaching that results in and providing supportive and restorative measures for mutual understanding. individuals and families to realize their maximum health 4. INTELLECTUAL, CONCEPTUAL, INTEGRATIVE, potential. Inherent in nursing is respect for life and the AND QUANTITATIVE ABILITIES: Critical thinking, dignity and rights of all persons problem solving and teaching skills necessary to pro- The School of Nursing Faculty has determined that vide care for individuals. families and groups. the following general categories address the aptitude, Students must have sufficient critical thinking skills to ability, and skills needed by students in the School problem solve in the clinical setting and to synthesize of Nursing in order to become prepared to function information in an analytical, deliberative, decisive, as generalists in nursing as identified in the program and valuative manner. Examples of such skills in- description. clude but are not limited to: 1. SENSORY AND MOTOR ABILITY: The use of motor • accurately identifying nursing problems from all skills to perform client exams, laboratory procedures, relevant client data; and other clinical maneuvers. • analyzing data to determine client’s health care Students must be able to execute gross and fine needs and nursing diagnoses; motor movements required to provide assessment, general care and emergency treatment of clients. Ex- • using judgment to develop a plan of care that will amples of such skills include but are not limited to: implement nursing interventions relevant to client • administering CPR; needs; • using the assessment skills of inspection, palpa- • developing an alternative plan of care if current plan tion, percussion, and auscultation; is ineffective. • assisting in moving and lifting clients using proper 5. BEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS: body The ability to provide care that is client centered and shows respect for human dignity and the uniqueness • mechanics; of each individual, free from all bias and discrimina- • demonstrating the ability to perform clinical skills tion, and without consideration for personal attributes such as initiating intravenous therapy, catheter or the nature of health problems. Students must be insertion and dressing changes; emotionally stable. Examples of such skills include • determining changes in skin temperature. but are not limited to: 2. OBSERVATION: The use of assessment skills such • possessing the emotional stability to enable them as observing faculty demonstrations, obtaining a to develop facilitative relationships and success- health history from the client, and directly observing a fully communicate with individuals and groups client’s health condition. from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and Students must be able to perform sensory skills intellectual backgrounds; (auditory, visual, and tactile) necessary to assess • possessing the qualities of self-awareness, emo- accurately the health status of clients. Examples of tional maturity, objectivity, flexibility, empathy, and such skills include but are not limited to: integrity; • hearing with a stethoscope to assess blood pres- • possessing the ability emotionally to handle sure, heart, lung and abdominal sounds; demanding clinical assignments and to function • seeing color changes in the skin and changes in effectively under stress. pupil reaction; • accurately reading calibrations on syringes and Degree Requirements measuring utensils. 3. COMMUNICATION: Communication with client and Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees members of the health care team about the client’s The student must meet the requirements common to condition in settings where communication typically all bachelor degrees established by the University. (See is oral, in settings where communication typically is Requirements Common to all Degrees in the index.) written, and in settings when the time span for com- Requirements for the Degree Bachelor of Science in munication is limited. Nursing Students must be able to speak, to hear, and to The curriculum is designed to be completed in four observe clients in order to obtain complete and ac- academic years and leads to the degree Bachelor curate assessments of client status. Communication of Science in Nursing (BSN). Because of a required includes speaking, reading, writing, and non-verbal sequence for prerequisites and nursing courses, those 257 interested in the program should contact the School NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 of Nursing early in their program of studies for advise- NU 304 Health Assessment 3 ment. Application to the major generally is made the first NU 307 Family Health 2 semester of the sophomore year for admission to the NU 309 Nursing Concepts 3 nursing major in the first semester of the junior year. NU 313 Patho/Pharmacology I 4 NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 Baccalaureate Nursing Curriculum NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 The following courses are required for all students NU 343 Patho/Pharmacology II 3 who seek a baccalaureate nursing degree, including NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 registered nurses seeking a baccalaureate degree. NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 I. General Education Requirements NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 A. Humanities Courses: 9 credit hours required in NU 385 Nursing II 4 at least 2 subject areas - Three hours of Music, NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 Art or Theater are required. NU 440 Technologies III 1 1. English (excluding composition courses) NU 473 Nursing III 4 2. Philosophy NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 3. Religion NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 4. Music NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 5. Art NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 6. Mass Media NU 483 Community Health Nursing Practicum 2 7. Modern Foreign Language NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 8. Theater NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 9. Communication NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 B. Social Sciences: 9 credit hours NU Nursing Elective 2 *1. General Psychology 3 Total Credit Hours Required (124) *2. General Sociology 3 General Education 65 hours *3. Cultural Anthropology 3 Nursing Major 59 hours *Courses must be satisfactorily completed with a grade C. Natural Sciences and Mathematics of “C” or better prior to nursing courses. *1. Intro to Biology/Lab 4-5 *2. Human Anatomy/Lab 4 GENERIC CURRICULUM PATTERN *3. Human Physiology/Lab 4 *4. General Chemistry/Lab 4-5 FIRST YEAR *5. Intro to Physics 3 BI 100 Intro. Biology 3 *6. Microbiology/Lab 4. BI 101 Biology Lab 2 *7. Statistics 3 EN 101 Freshman Composition 3 II. Supporting Courses: 6 credit hours PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology 3 *A. Nutrition 3 ______Humanities #1 3 *B. Principles of Human Development (Life Span) 3 PE 198 Lifetime Wellness 2 TOTAL 16 III. University Requirements Common to All Bachelor NU 220 Nutrition 3 Degrees: HS 131 Human Development 3 A. Six (6) credit hours of English Composition: EN CH 121 General Chemistry 5 101 and EN 300 AN 112 Cultural Anthropology 3 B. Physical Education - Lifetime Wellness– 2 hrs. ______Open Elective 3 C. Algebra 110 (Exploring Mathematics) or MA 116 (College Algebra) – Unless Exempt TOTAL 17 D. Transformational Experience - unless exempt SECOND YEAR IV. Unrestricted Requirements BI 204 Microbiology 3 BI 205 Microbiology Lab 1 6 credit hours required – may include general edu- BI 275 Human Anatomy/Lab 4 cation courses, algebra courses, nursing elective SO100 Intro to Sociology 3 courses or independent study __ ___ Humanities #2 3 Pass/Fail Option __ ___ Open Elective 3 Humanities and elective courses may be completed TOTAL 17 on a pass/fail basis (see University policy on pass/fail BI 255 Human Physiology/Lab 4 option). PS 102 Intro to Physics--Health 3 Required natural and social sciences, mathematics, EN 300 Advanced Composition 3 supporting courses, English composition courses (listed __ ___ Humanities #3 3 above), and courses in the nursing major must be com- MA 140 Statistics 3 pleted for a letter grade. Please seek advisement with TOTAL 16 questions regarding pass/fail options. V. Nursing Major: 59 credit hours (total) credit hours 258 THIRD YEAR Nursing Course Requirements: 59 credit hours. Forty-five hours (45) of Junior-Senior work are re- NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 quired for the bachelors degree. At least 30 hours must NU 304 Health Assessment 3 be earned in residence at Washburn, including 20 of the NU 307 Family Health 2 last 30 hours, or 40 of the last 60 hours presented for the NU 309 Nursing Concepts 3 degree. NU 313 Patho/Pharm I 4 NOTE: If there is a question as to whether a course will NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 transfer, please discuss with the nursing advisor in the TOTAL 15 School of Nursing prior to taking the course. NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 RN-BSN Nursing Major Requirements NU 343 Patho/Pharm II 3 Fifty-nine (59) credit hours are required in the nurs- NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 ing major. A maximum of 33 nursing credit hours may be NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 earned by the transfer/portfolio assessment. Six of the 33 NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 credit hours of supporting courses (NU 220 and HS 131) NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 may be earned by the transfer/portfolio assessment. Two NU 385 Nursing II 4 articulation pathways are available: NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 1. As a participant of the Kansas Articulation Plan TOTAL 15 (KAP), the WU School of Nursing will award a FOURTH YEAR minimum of 28 credits (44%) for the nursing courses NU 440 Technologies III 1 listed below to graduates of Kansas nursing pro- NU 473 Nursing III 4 grams. Entrance into this WU School of Nursing RN NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 to BSN Articulation Program must be within 5 years of NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 graduation from the initial nursing program. NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 2. Nurses who graduated more than five years before NU ___ Nursing Elective 2 entrance into the WU RN Articulation Program and TOTAL 17 nurses from outside Kansas may also earn credit for the courses listed below (See Advanced Standing/ NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 Transfer Credit). The following portfolio materials NU 483 Community Health Nursing Practicum 2 should be submitted to the School of Nursing: NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 • official transcript(s) of all nursing courses, NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 • description of all nursing courses (catalogue or NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 course syllabus). TOTAL 12 • detailed resume of your nursing experience. Student Transfer from Other BSN Nursing Program Students transferring from another nursing program Advance Standing/Transfer Credit are required to submit the following additional documents A. Courses Available for Transfer Credit to be considered for admission and/or placement in the Nursing Courses Semester Credit Hours nursing curriculum: NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 1. A course syllabus for all completed nursing courses NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 so that transfer credit may be awarded for equivalent NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 nursing coursework. NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 2. A letter of recommendation from the Dean or Chair- NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 person that clarifies: NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 a. the student’s academic standing at time of transfer, NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 and NU 385 Nursing II (Adult M/S Nursing) 4 b. the student’s ability to be successful in the Wash- NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 burn University School of Nursing NU 440 Technologies III 1 NU 473 Nursing III (Adult M/S Nursing) 2 R .N . Articulation NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 The RN Articulation Program at Washburn University NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 School of Nursing is designed specifically for registered NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 nurses seeking to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing TOTAL 28 (BSN) degree.. The nursing courses can be completed Supporting Courses Semester Credit Hours in one calendar year if full-time study is pursued and all NU 220 Principles of Nutrition 3 general education requirements are completed. Part HS 131 Human Development 3 time study is also available. TOTAL 6 RN Articulation Program Curriculum Requirements Credit for the courses listed above will be posted on One hundred twenty-four (124) credit hours are re- the Washburn University transcript after being officially quired for the BSN degree. Sixty-five (65) of these hours accepted to the nursing major. Coursework will be posted are general education requirements (see listing on previ- on transcripts as “CR” for credit without a letter grade. ous page). General education hours may be taken at any These courses will not count in computation of grade accredited four-year or community college. Eighty-four point average. hours of graded coursework are required for graduation. 259 B. Required Nursing Courses 3. apply for admission to the University by submitting to Nursing Courses Semester Credit Hours the Admissions Office the Degree Seeking Applica- NU 304 Health Assessment 3* tion for Admission to the University; NU 313 Pathophysiology & Pharmacology I 4* 4. provide to the School of Nursing transcripts of the NU 308 Family Health & Nursing Science 5 completed nursing program and of previous college NU 343 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology II 3 credits obtained; NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 5. meet with a nursing faculty advisor prior to each NU 478 Complex Care Concepts 2 semester course enrollment; NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 6. complete general education courses which are the NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 requirements for the BSN. All science courses must NU 483 Community/Public Health Nursing be completed prior to enrollment in upper division Practicum 2 nursing courses. NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 NU ___ Nursing Elective 2 LPN to BSN Articulation The School of Nursing facilitates educational mobility for TOTAL 31 the licensed practical nurse (LPN) seeking the BSN de- * Credit may be available for portfolio assessment or gree. Graduates from a State Board of Nursing approved credit by examination. practical/vocational nursing program may receive credit Summary of BSN Nursing Curriculum Requirements for the following general education/nursing courses: Nsg. Transfer Exam credits 28 credit hours Course Credit Hours Required courses 31 credit hours NU 220 Nutrition 3 TOTAL 59 credit hours HS 131 Human Growth & Development 3 Summary of Total BSN Program Requirements NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 General Education Requirements 65 credit hours NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 Nursing Major 59 credit hours NU 315 Nursing Practicum 2 NU 387 Nursing Practicum II 1 TOTAL 124 credit hours NU 102 Medical Terminology 1 R .N . Curriculum Pattern The LPN to BSN articulation student will need to The following course sequence will provide for complete the remaining general education courses and completion of BSN requirements in one additional aca- nursing requirements. Interested students need to make demic year. This sequence requires full-time enrollment. an appointment with the nursing advisor. Part-time study is also available. Some courses may be Credit for courses listed above will be posted on the available during summer session. Washburn University transcript after being officially ac- Semester 1 Semester 2 cepted to the nursing major. Course work will be posted NU 304 3 Hrs NU 343 3 Hrs on transcripts as “CR” for credit without a letter grade. NU 308 5 Hrs NU 475 2 Hrs These courses will not count in computation of grade NU 313 4 Hrs NU 479 3 Hrs point averages. NU 478 2 Hrs NU 482 3 Hrs NU elective 2 Hrs NU 483 2 Hrs Paramedic to BSN Articulation NU 490 2 Hrs The Paramedic to BSN Articulation program is spe- Total 16 Hours Total 15 Hours cifically designed for the paramedic seeking to earn a Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. Applications for R .N . Articulation Advisement and Admission paramedic to BSN students are accepted for Fall admis- Procedures sion only.

Registered nurse students seeking the Bachelor of Eligibility Requirements Science in Nursing degree are encouraged to meet with 1. Meet program and university admission require- the Academic Advisor or designated faculty advisor in the ments. School of Nursing. The advisor will assist the registered 2. Satisfactory completion of prerequisite and general nurse student in developing an individualized degree education requirements. plan. A final degree check is made by the Dean of 3. Have graduated from a Commission on Accredita- Nursing and the Registrar’s office prior to graduation to tion of Allied Health Education Program (CAAHEP) determine eligibility for graduation based on completion accredited program based on the National Standard of all general education and nursing requirements for the EMT-P curriculum or a Kansas approved program. degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Applications for 4. 4. Possess current Kansas certification or National RN-BSN students are accepted for Fall admission only. Registration. Registered nurses wishing to complete requirements for 5. 5. If graduation was more than three years ago, 1000 the BSN should proceed as follows: hours of documented EMT-P work experience within 1. obtain a copy of the Program of Study for Registered the last three years. Nurses (RN Articulation for the BSN) that is available Students will complete a bridge course (2 credit in the School of Nursing; hours) during the summer prior to admission as a nursing 2. schedule an appointment with a School of Nursing major. After successful completion of the bridge course, advisor; Washburn University School of Nursing will award eleven (11 credit hours) as listed:

260 Course Credit Hours credit nursing courses offered through the School of NU 305 Nursing Concepts for the Paramedic 2 Nursing also meet continuing education requirements for NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 R.N. re-licensure. NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 NU 304 Health Assessment 3* School Nurse Certification Program NU 313 Patho/Pharmacology I 4 The School Nurse Certification Program is designed NU 335 Nursing Elective 2 to prepare professional nurses for practice in elemen- Total 11 tary and secondary school settings. The curriculum *To receive credit for NU 304, the student is required is designed for registered nurses with the baccalaure- to complete an adult and child health assessment. ate degree in nursing, but courses are open to generic Students may elect to enroll in NU 304 the first semester. nursing students on an elective basis or RNs desiring certification. The program provides theory and practicum Summary of Credit General Education/Prerequisite Courses 65 hrs. related to the role of the nurse in the school setting at Credit for Nursing Courses 11 hrs. the elementary and secondary levels and the promotion NU 305 2 hrs. of optimum health for school children and their fami- Required Nursing Courses (enrollment) 48 hrs. lies. Further information about this program is available through the School of Nursing. Total 126 hrs. Curriculum for School Nurse Certification Graduation and Degree Requirements NU 350/550 GA Foundations of School Nursing* 3 hrs. NU 351/551 GA Practicum in School Nursing 4 hrs. Eligibility for Graduation ED 302 Teaching Exceptional Learners 3 hrs. Each candidate for a degree must meet the general OR requirements for graduation and the specific require- SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student 3 hrs. ments for the degree desired. A student who fulfills the ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education 3 hrs. University requirements for the Bachelor of Science OR Degree in Nursing and the School of Nursing require- ED 494 Philosophy of Education 3 hrs. ments for the major in nursing is eligible for graduation Elective in Related Area 2 hrs. and for attainment of the degree, Bachelor of Science in TOTAL 15 hrs. Nursing (BSN). *Health Assessment (or equivalent) and Community/ Candidates for graduation must have on file in the Public Health Nursing (or equivalent) are prerequisites Registrar’s Office, 1) a major declaration form signed by to NU 350 and must be completed prior to enrollment in the student and the Dean of the School of Nursing; 2) NU 350. a completed degree application form; and 3) a degree audit. The Dean of the School of Nursing, in conjunction School of Nursing General Policies with the Registrar, validates that prospective graduates have completed all requirements for graduation. The Equal Educational Opportunity Admission, Retention and Progression Committee pres- It is the policy of Washburn University to assure equal ents the candidates for graduation for vote by the faculty educational and employment opportunity to qualified of the School of Nursing at the close of each term. individuals without regard to race, color, religion, age, The University confers degrees at the end of each se- national origin, ancestry, disability, gender, marital or mester and at the end of the summer session. Students parental status, or sexual orientation. who are scheduled to complete final requirements for the degree and major during the following summer term may HIPAA Requirements be permitted to participate in the Spring Commencement. Students will receive HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) training prior to attend- RN Licensure ing clinical. This training is mandatory for all nursing Graduates of the nursing program are eligible to apply students. for licensure as a registered nurse from the Kansas State Board of Nursing or other State Boards of Nursing. To Completion of Prerequisite Courses become licensed, graduates must complete the nursing All prerequisite courses must be successfully com- program as verified by the Registrar and the Dean of pleted with a grade of C or better before beginning the the School; submit required applications, photos, fees, upper division clinical nursing courses. and transcripts; receive a passing score on the national Clinical Placement licensure exam (NCLEX-RN) and meet all other require- Students are reminded that pre-enrollment does not ments stipulated by the Board of Nursing. Graduation guarantee clinical placement in exact section. Changes from the nursing program does not guarantee licensure in the schedule may need to be made based on student as a registered nurse. numbers, clinical agency availability and faculty availabil- Nursing Continuing Education ity. With increased class size, it is expected that stu- The School of Nursing is a Kansas State Board of dents will travel to clinical experiences outside Topeka. Nursing approved provider of mandatory continuing Retention and Progression in the Major education for registered nurses and licensed practical Following admission to the nursing major, a student’s nurses. A series of workshops, seminars, and conferenc- progress is evaluated by the Admission, Progression, es that provide continuing education contact hours are and Retention (APR) Committee upon completion of offered each year through the School of Nursing. College each nursing course for both academic and clinical 261 nursing performance. The School of Nursing follows the to the School of Nursing will be necessary should the University policy of requiring attainment of a minimum student desire to re-enter the nursing program. grade of C in all required nursing courses. Readmission to the School of Nursing Repeating Nursing Courses Undergraduate students who have satisfactory A student who does not receive a minimum grade of academic status at the time of absence or withdrawal C in a required nursing courses may receive one of three from the nursing program may request readmission. A courses of action determined by the APR Committee. letter requesting readmission is to be submitted to the 1. The first time a student receives a final grade of D or Admission, Progression, and Retention Committee F in a nursing course, or withdraws from a course, before the application deadline established by the School or demonstrates a pattern of non-attendance in a of Nursing. Students will be considered for readmission course, the student will receive a letter of Academic using admission criteria and as space is available in clini- Warning from the APR Committee Chairperson. The cal courses. student may then be allowed to repeat the course under the following conditions (all must apply): Grades of Incomplete for Nursing Courses Course grades of incomplete are given under specific a. It is the first time a grade of D or F or a withdrawal conditions as outlined in the University catalog. In the was received in a nursing course; event that a grade of incomplete has been awarded to a b. approval is granted by the APR committee and student, the student must complete course work in suf- notice is given to the student; ficient time so that a final course grade can be awarded c. the instructor grants permission for the student to one week prior to the next semester. Students may not repeat the course; progress to the next semester without special permission d. space is available in the course. from the Dean. Fourth semester courses; NU 482, 483, 2. The second time a student receives a grade of D or F 484, and 486 must be completed by the eleventh week of in either a repeated nursing course or another nurs- the semester prior to progressing to NU 490 Capstone. ing course, or withdraws from any nursing course a second time, or continues to demonstrate a pattern of Nursing Skills Competency Following an Absence non-attendance, he/she will receive a letter from the Students who have been absent from a baccalaure- APR Chairperson stating that the student has been ate nursing program for more than one semester must placed on Academic Suspension. The student may pass a skills competency examination for all Nursing not repeat the course or enroll in any further nursing Technology courses previously completed. The compe- courses unless approved by the APR Committee. If, tency exam must be successfully completed the week in semesters with multiple clinical courses (2 or 3), a prior to the beginning of the semester. The student may D or F is received in the first or second clinical course access the Learning Center resources for review of of the sequence, the student may not continue in skills. Any student who does not pass the competency subsequent clinical courses for that semester. To be exam will audit the technology class specified by the considered for continuation in the major, the student Admissions, Progression, and Retention Committee and must write a letter of petition requesting reinstate- will meet all requirements of the course. In the event ment. The letter must be submitted to the committee the student is not able to pass the skills competency chairperson by the first day of the month of the next test following the audit of the course, the student will be enrollment period. The letter must address the follow- dismissed from the program. ing: a. the student’s explanation for the situation in which Appeal Procedure for Students Denied Admission or the D or F grade or the withdrawal occurred Readmission to the Nursing Major b. rationale for continuing in the program A student who has been denied admission or read- c. a plan of action for preventing a similar situation in mission to the Nursing major and who wishes to appeal the future. the decision of the Admission, Progression and Retention The request will be reviewed by the APR Committee (APR) Committee of the School, may seek recourse and determination made as to whether the student through the following procedure: should: 1. The student should state in writing to the Chairper- • be allowed to repeat the course; son of the APR Committee the student’s reasons for disagreement with the decision of the committee and • be counseled to withdraw from the program; or should request reconsideration. • be dismissed from the program. 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the 3. The third time a student receives a grade of D or F in APR Committee proves unsatisfactory to the student, a nursing course or withdraws from a nursing course the student may seek mediation by the Dean of the a third time, or does not attend class or clinical, he/ School of Nursing. she will receive a letter of Academic Dismissal from 3. Should the student feel dissatisfied with the results the Dean. At that point, the student may not progress of these actions, he/she may request a review of the further in the nursing major. School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The decision of that body is final. Withdrawal From the Nursing Major A student who wishes to withdraw from the nurs- Attendance ing major should present to the Dean of the School of Regular attendance at all classes and clinical experi- Nursing a written statement of intent to withdraw. An ences is expected as a part of professional responsibility official University withdrawal must be completed by the and is required of all nursing majors. Students are ex- student on the computer Banner system. Re-application pected to notify the nursing course instructor in advance 262 when there is need to be absent from class or clinical patches). Students are cautioned to perform only those laboratory. Students are required to make up missed duties outlined in the job descriptions for which they are clinical laboratory time. Students who have missed an prepared and which are within the legal confines of a excessive portion of a given course may be withdrawn non-professional position. Washburn University liability from the course or receive a failing grade. insurance does not cover nursing students under em- ployment conditions. Health Clearance Requirements A health examination, together with prescribed labora- Policy Statement on Chemical Dependency tory tests and immunizations, including Hepatitis B vac- The School of Nursing, as a unit within Washburn cine (or signed waiver), is a requirement for entrance into University, prohibits the unlawful possession, use or the nursing major. The completion of this requirement is distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on each student’s responsibility. Under no circumstances University property or as part of any School of Nursing will a student engage in clinical study in nursing without a activities on or off campus. The School of Nursing fac- record of health clearance filed in the School of Nursing. ulty will follow federal, state and local laws as indicated in Health clearance is valid for one calendar year. The stu- the Washburn University Student Disciplinary Code and dent is responsible for renewing this annually, by August Drug Free Workplace policy. Violators will be subject to 5 or January 5 (corresponding to the initial admission disciplinary action by the University in accordance with date to the nursing major), with his/her personal physi- University policies and procedures. cian or through the University Health Service. Forms The School of Nursing will require students apply- for the Annual Health Examination are available in the ing for admission to the School of Nursing to disclose Nursing Office. Any expenses associated with health any current chemical dependency and the nature of examinations or incurred during the course of study in treatment being received. The School of Nursing will the nursing major are borne by the student. communicate to students the requirements of the Kansas All nursing students are required to carry personal State Board of Nursing for chemically dependent stu- health insurance and to show verification of a health dents who apply for licensure. insurance policy. A low cost group health insurance The School of Nursing defines chemical dependency program is available to all students on an annual basis. as an illness in which alcohol and/or drug use interferes All foreign students, unless they have evidence of other with the person’s ability to function safely and affects the health insurance, must participate in the University person’s physical, emotional and social health. Chemical sponsored insurance program which is available at each dependency is characterized by physical and psychologi- registration period. The cost of the health insurance is cal dependence on drugs/alcohol and if untreated causes the student’s responsibility. health, social and legal problems, and possibly death. The School of Nursing faculty believes it has a profes- CPR Certification sional and ethical responsibility to students and patients Current certification in Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation to provide a safe teaching and learning environment. (CPR for the Professional Rescuer) is required for all The School of Nursing faculty will confront students nursing students. Students are responsible for complet- who show signs of chemical dependency, or in whom ing the CPR requirement prior to entering the nursing there is suspicion of chemical dependency, and direct major and for keeping the certification current throughout them into further assessment and evaluation. Drug the nursing program. screening is required of all students in certain clinical set- Student Liability Insurance tings and also may be required at any time if suspicion A group liability insurance policy is provided through of alcohol and/or drug use exists. When there is evi- Washburn University at no cost to students admitted to dence of chemical dependency, students will be directed the nursing major. The policy protects nursing students into a treatment program. Continuation of chemically only when they are engaged in clinical learning experi- dependent students in the School of Nursing depends ences under Washburn nursing faculty supervision. on compliance with the treatment program and with the terms of a contract initiated by the Dean of the School Background Checks with the student. The faculty will maintain a supportive A criminal background check will be completed on attitude toward chemically dependent students during students admitted to the School of Nursing prior to onset their treatment program and in the follow-up period. The of first semester. Students must complete the process faculty believes that students who comply with treatment with the company designated by Washburn University and remain drug free can become safe practicing nurses. and are responsible for all costs related to completing the background checks. Background clearance must Student Academic Integrity Policy be completed and available to the School of Nursing by Academic integrity is essential for maintaining a stan- August 5 in the fall semester and January 5 in the spring dard of professional behavior expected of all students semester. Students who have not been cleared by this enrolled in the School of Nursing. Becoming a member date will not be permitted to begin the semester, regard- of the School of Nursing obligates implicit and explicit less of the outcome of the background check. adherence to academic integrity. Academic integrity implies honesty in all aspects of Nursing Students Employed by Clinical Agencies the educational process and is essential for promotion Students working for clinical agencies must under- of an optimum learning environment, and for the de- stand that when they work for pay in a clinical agency, velopment of personal and professional responsibility they do not represent the University, and therefore must and accountability in nursing students. Students in the not wear anything that designates them as a Washburn School of Nursing are expected to conduct themselves student (such as caps, uniforms, name tags, or arm 263 in a professional manner according to the ANA Code programs authorized or permitted by the university to for Nurses (see Student Handbook) and to adhere to all be conducted on campus. School of Nursing and University policies in any endeav- 8. Unauthorized entry upon the property of the univer- or associated with School of Nursing activities, either sity or into a university facility or any portion thereof, on or off campus. Dishonesty, disruption of learning including a computer file, which has been reserved, experiences, or any other form of academic impropri- restricted in use, or placed off limits; unauthorized ety or misconduct will not be tolerated. A partial list of presence in any university facility after closing hours; proscribed behaviors pertaining to academic misconduct or unauthorized possession or use of a key to any in the School of Nursing is included below. See also the university facility. University Student Disciplinary code (both of which are 9. Violation on campus of any state or federal law or included in the University Catalog). A student shall be violation of any state or federal law off campus while subject to disciplinary action or sanction upon violation of participating in any university sponsored activ- any of the following conduct proscriptions: ity, including but not limited to sex offenses and/or 1. Disruption and disorderly conduct which interferes sexual assault as defined by the laws for the State of with the rights and opportunities of other students to Kansas. pursue their academic studies. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 2. Academic impropriety including, but not limited to: a. Cheating on tests. Program Expenses b. Copying from another student’s test paper. Tuition and fees are established by the University c. Using materials during a test not authorized by the Board of Regents and are subject to change at any time. person giving the test. Nursing courses are assessed at a higher per credit hour d. Collaboration with any other person during a test tuition rate than other undergraduate courses. Nursing without authorization. students are assessed the same fees as other under- e. Attempting to obtain, or knowingly obtaining, graduate students. Nursing students should anticipate using, buying, selling, transporting or soliciting in additional costs for physical examinations, laboratory whole or in part the contents of an unreleased test tests, immunizations, health insurance, CPR certification, or information about an unreleased test. laboratory supplies, textbooks, uniforms, transportation f. Bribing any other person to obtain an unreleased to clinical agencies, R.N. licensing fees, nursing pin, and test or information about an unreleased test. graduation fees. Nursing students also are expected to g. Substituting for another student or permitting any have a watch with a second hand, bandage scissors, other person to substitute for oneself to take a stethoscope, and other laboratory equipment. Laboratory test. packets are a required purchase. h. “Plagiarism,” which means the appropriation of any other person’s work and the unacknowledged Assessment Testing incorporation of that work in one’s own work of- Nursing majors will be required to complete a compre- fered for credit. hensive assessment and review program in preparation i. Submitting the same work for more than one for registered nurse licensure. Students will receive cur- course, unless authorized to do so by the instruc- ricular materials each semester and complete normative tors of all the courses in question. examinations in specific content areas in the second, j. “Collusion,” which means the unauthorized col- third and fourth semesters of the curriculum. Students laboration with any other person in preparing work must pass the RN Comprehensive Predictor Exam to offered for credit. successfully complete NU 490 Capstone Practicum. 3. Filing a formal complaint with the Coordinator of Stu- The minimum passing score on the RN Comprehensive dent Discipline with the intention of falsely accusing Predictor Exam, as noted in the NU 490 syllabus, is sub- another with having violated a provision of this code. ject to change as the exam is revised on a regular basis. 4. Furnishing false information to the Coordinator of Stu- Scholarships, Grants and Loans dent Discipline with the intent to deceive, the intimida- Students who have been admitted to the School of tion of witnesses, the destruction of evidence with the Nursing and have above average academic records and/ intent to deny its presentation to the Coordinator or or a demonstrated financial need may apply for nurs- the Disciplinary Appeal Board. ing scholarships/loans/grants through the University 5. Forgery, alteration, unauthorized destruction, un- Financial Aid Office and the School of Nursing. See authorized use or misuse of university documents, the General Information section of the Catalog. records, identification cards, or computer services. Application forms are available in the Financial Aid 6. Physically abusing, harassing, or intentionally inflict- Office and are submitted directly to the Financial Aid ing severe emotional distress upon a member of the Office. Nursing endowed scholarships are awarded by University community on or off campus; or physi- the Financial Aid Office upon recommendation of the cally abusing, harassing or intentionally inflicting School of Nursing. Deadlines for application for Fall and severe emotional distress upon a non-member of the Spring Scholarships are February 15 and October 15 university community on campus or while engaged in respectively. university activities off campus. 7. Intentional disruption or obstruction of teaching, Organizations and Activities research, administration, disciplinary proceedings, or STUDENT NURSES OF WASHBURN other university activities or programs whether occur- SIGMA THETA TAU INTERNATIONAL ring on or off campus or of activities or MULTICULTURAL CLUB

264 See description and membership eligibility in Student the utilization of standard problem solving, critical think- Handbook. ing, sound judgment, and selected communication skills in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequi- Honors site courses and admission to Nursing Major. The Honor designation is received at the time of graduation to recognize students who achieve aca- NU 304 Health Assessment (3) demic excellence with approval by Faculty Consensus Basic skills necessary for assessing the total health Commendation. Two honors categories are awarded: status of the adult and child. The course is designed School of Nursing Honors and School of Nursing to involve the student in theoretical concepts of health Scholar. See the School of Nursing Student Handbook assessments and skill-oriented exercises ranging from for complete details. practice in basic interviewing and history-taking to skills in physical examination. Prerequisite: All nursing prereq- Graduation Awards uisite courses and admission to the Nursing Major. Members of each graduating class are eligible to be nominated and selected by the faculty for School of NU 307 Family Health (2) Nursing Awards. The recipients’ names are placed on Explores the relationship between health and illness and a permanent plaque in the School of Nursing. Criteria the impact on the family unit. The intent of this course for each award is detailed in the Student Handbook. is to familiarize the student with family nursing concepts The awards include the ALETHA J. CUSHINBERRY that will facilitate assessment of the family and aid under- PROFESSIONALISM IN NURSING AWARD; the ALICE standing of family health. Traditional, as well as contem- JENSEN AWARD; and the SPIRIT OF NURSING porary social issues, will be discussed as they relate to AWARD. family health throughout the life span. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and admission to Nursing Dean’s Honor Roll Major. Students whose grade point average for the semester is equivalent to 3.40 or better are honored by having NU 309 Nursing Concepts (3) their names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and Introduces the basic concepts of professional nursing they are so notified by the Dean of the School of Nursing. practice. An overview of the development of nursing in the United States, roles and responsibilities of the President’s Honor Roll nurse in contemporary society, the changing health care Students whose grade point average for the semester system and legal aspects of nursing. The Science of is 4.00 are honored by having their names placed upon Unitary Human Beings is used as the theoretical basis of the President’s Honor Roll and they are so notified by the nursing practice to assist the student to explore concepts President. of health, illness and human development. Prerequisite: ROTC Programs All nursing prerequisite courses and admission to Nurs- ing Major. ARMY ROTC Program for Nursing Students NU 313 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology I (4) The University of Kansas Army ROTC Unit offers Introduces relationships between normal human body a cross-town enrollment program for nursing students physiology and the alterations that disease can cause. interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Army Builds on the learner’s background from normal Anat- Nurse Corps. omy, Physiology, and Biology. Discusses impact of NAVAL ROTC Program for Nursing Students disruptive mechanisms on cell adaptability, immunity and The University of Kansas Naval ROTC Unit offers inflammation, the stress response, pain, sleep, oxygen- a cross-town enrollment program for nursing students ation, and hormonal and neural regulation. Introduces interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Navy ways in which cellular and body functions are affected by Nurse Corps. medication. General classes of medications are dis- cussed in relation to the appropriate physiologic concept. AIR FORCE ROTC Program for Nursing Students Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and admis- Kansas State University Air Force ROTC Unit offers a sion to Nursing Major, or permission of instructor. cross-town enrollment program for nursing students in- terested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Air Force NU 315 Nursing I Practicum (2) Nurse Corps. In this first clinical course, students care for select clients in community extended-care agencies in the area. De- Course Offerings velopment of a plan of care for each assigned client is based on a problem-solving approach as faculty guide Required Courses students in their use of critical thinking, priority setting, and ethical decision-making. Students also have their NU 220 Principles of Nutrition (3) first experiences in the administration of oral and se- Principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on nutrient lected topical medications. Prerequisite: NU 303. interrelationships, dietary assessment, and nutritional needs through the life cycle. Prerequisite: BI 100/101. NU 340 Nursing Technologies II (1) Builds on concepts introduced in Technologies I. Em- NU 303 Nursing Technologies (1) phasis is placed upon theory, rationale, and procedures Provides the student with the theory, rationale, and for performing skills, and introduction of technologies procedure for performing the skills needed for entry level needed for entry level into Nursing of Children and practice. It is also designed to introduce the student to

265 Childbearing Families and Adult Medical/Surgical Nurs- for example, critical care/emergency units. Prerequisite: ing. Prerequisite: NU 303, NU 304, NU 307, NU 309, NU NU 340, NU 343, NU 355, NU 357, NU 358, NU 359, NU 313, NU 315. 385, NU 387. NU 343 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology II (3) NU 473 Nursing III Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing II (4) Builds on the basic disruptive mechanisms/concepts and Focuses on theory and concepts related to nursing care their impact on the human system and the basic under- of adult individuals, families and groups with varying standing of pharmacodynamics introduced in Fundamen- health-illness needs in a variety of settings. Emphasis is tal Pathophysiology/Pharmacology. Focuses on in-depth placed on integrating knowledge obtained from natural learning of the disruptive mechanisms on the human sys- and social sciences, health assessment, pathophysiol- tems. Specific diseases, the manifestations, the related ogy, pharmacology and therapeutic nursing interventions laboratory and diagnostic tests, and the medications to provide holistic health care. Prerequisite: NU 440 or used to manage these diseases are discussed in this concurrent. course. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and NU 313. NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing (2) Focuses on scientific methodology and the research NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families (2) process with emphasis on the contribution to nursing Emphasizes basic theory and concepts related to family practice. Elements of investigator’s design and ethical development, the maternity cycle and care of the new- considerations. Analysis and critique of nursing research born. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 313, NU 315. studies. Prerequisite: MA 140 or equivalent, NU 315. NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum (1) NU 477 Nursing III (Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing II) Considers the nursing care of individuals on a continuum Practicum (5) related to childbearing, evolving through the maternity Builds on skills the students learn and practice in previ- cycle and care of the neonate. Students will apply the ous and current courses. Students design, implement, basic concepts in caring for childbearing families. Stu- and evaluate care of individual patients and their families dents’ knowledge and understanding of the family and in various health care settings. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU how it is affected during the reproductive experiences 473 or concurrent. is approached in terms of basic health needs--physical, psychosocial, and socio-cultural. Students will be NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership (3) Explores leadership, management and professional exposed to concepts and techniques used in childbirth nursing issues. Opportunity is provided for students to preparation classes. Throughout the childbearing experi- utilize critical thinking skills to investigate a wide range of ence, students will provide nursing care to clients during contemporary health care issues and trends and to pre- pregnancy, labor/delivery, and postpartum. Prerequisite: pare the graduate for the management and leadership NU 340, NU 355 or concurrent. responsibilities of the professional nurse. Prerequisite: NU 358 Nursing of Children (2) NU 385, NU 387. Emphasizes basic theory and concepts of children and adolescents in varying stages of health in a variety of NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing (3) Introduces basic tenets of public health theory and epide- settings. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 313, NU 315. miology. Analyzes facts and beliefs about health, global NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum (1) health care services and health care delivery systems Allows students to provide care for children in the hospi- related to community/public health. Examines social, tal and community settings. Implementation of the nurs- cultural, historical, professional and legislative issues and ing process provides students an opportunity to identify complex community systems and strategies for interven- needs and assist families in problem solving. Prerequi- tion. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU 475, NU 479. site: NU 340, NU 358 or concurrent. NU 483 Community/Public Health NU 385 Nursing II Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing I (4) Nursing Practicum (2) Builds upon learning in previous nursing courses with This population-focused clinical course uses public an emphasis on the aging phase of the life process. As- health science to emphasize an epidemiologic approach similation of intellectual, interpersonal and technological in community health assessment and program planning, skills is stressed in caring for adults in varying stages of implementation and evaluation to meet the health care health in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU needs of high-risk aggregates. Focuses on providing 313, NU 315, NU 343 or concurrent. culturally relevant care, addressing levels of prevention, identifying and reducing health risks and improving the NU 387 Nursing II Practicum (1) health of aggregate groups and populations. Prerequi- Emphasizes the life process of adulthood and aging. site: NU 473, NU 477, NU 482 or concurrent. Integration of nursing science into the problem solving process and extension of intellectual, interpersonal and NU 484 Mental Health Nursing (3) clinical skills in the nursing care of older adults, in varying Focuses on mental health nursing across the life span. stages of health, in the acute care setting. Prerequisite: Highlights basic theories and concepts related to the NU 340, NU 385 or concurrent. dysfunctional patterning of children, adolescents, adults, and older adults as well as individuals, groups and NU 440 Technologies III (1) families. Emphasizes the varying health-illness needs of Builds on the two previous Technology courses. Empha- clients and the role of the psychiatric-mental health nurse sis is placed upon theory, rationale, and procedures for performing advanced skills used in specialized settings, 266 in mental health settings. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU 475, NU 337 Organizational Management for Nurses (2) NU 479. Exploration of organizational management theories, styles, and principles and their application in professional NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum (2) nursing. Prerequisite: NU 315. Focuses on application of the nursing process and knowledge of dysfunctional patterning. Operationalizing NU 338 Nursing for Pain Management (2) theoretical base and communication skills in meeting the Application of nursing theoretical concepts in the care varying health-illness needs of clients in mental health of clients with pain and comfort needs. Exploration settings. Students implement preventive, supportive and of the nature of the pain experience, theories of pain restorative measures. Prerequisite: NU 473, NU 477, transmission, types of pain and nursing interventions in NU 484 or concurrent. the management of pain. Upper division nursing course designed to supplement basic knowledge in the care of NU 490 Capstone Practicum (2) patients with pain. Prerequisite: NU 315. This final upper-division nursing course is where stu- dents will integrate all previous theoretical and clinical NU 339 Spanish for Nurses (2) learning. The focus in clinical is on consolidation of Focuses on communication necessary to care for the clinical and leadership and to practice coordination and Hispanic client and family in varying stages of health. delegation of care. The seminar groups will allow time Culture and beliefs as it impacts health and health care. to process the clinical experience and focus on ethical, No previous experience with Spanish language neces- leadership, management, and practice issues. Prerequi- sary. Prerequisite: Consent. site: NU 479, NU 482, NU 483, NU 484, NU 486. NU 364 Nursing of the Homeless (2) Nursing Electives Didactic/experiential course. Includes health teaching, health clinic, and sports activities. Prerequisite: NU 315. NU 330 Independent Study in Nursing (1-3) Advanced study and/or guided learning experiences in NU 366 Perioperative Nursing (2) a selected area of nursing. Student defines objectives A theoretical/experiential approach to the nursing care of and learning experiences and selects faculty preceptor. clients undergoing surgical procedures. Content focus Prerequisite: Consent. is on the nurses’ responsibilities during the preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative phases of the surgical NU 331 Nursing in Addictions (2) experience. Observations and demonstrations included. This is an upper division nursing course which provides Prerequisite: NU 315. the participant with a broad understanding of addiction as a disease process. Application of nursing theoretical con- NU 368 High Risk Perinatal Nursing (2) cepts in the care of clients with addictions. Students will A participative/observational course providing an over- be expected to develop a variety of skills for nursing care view of principles and essential concepts of high risk of clients with addictions. Specific strategies for interven- infants during the perinatal period. Content includes tion, available treatment modalities, family dynamics and prenatal screening and care, high risk labor care, neona- codependency issues are presented. Prerequisite: NU tal resuscitation, neonatal care and community follow-up 315. of high risk mothers and infants. Exploration of ways nurses can help prevent perinatal problems and provide NU 332 Transcultural Nursing (2) support and care for high risk families. Prerequisite: NU An overview of cultural beliefs, values, and life styles 358/359. that influence health care delivery in a variety of cultures. Historical development of the major non-western and NU 369 Integrative Healing (2) western health systems with implications for nursing Overview course that examines popular health care practice. The influence of the cultural values of the nurse systems such as Chinese, Medicine, Naturopathy and and the client as they affect the nursing process. Two Homeopathy which go beyond the traditional medical hours per week. Prerequisite: NU 315. model and illness-focused care. The course explores theories about beliefs and lets participants practice/expe- NU 333 Stress Management for Nurses (2) rience different modalities, including progressive muscle Discussion of stress theory and the effects stress has on relaxation, guided imagery, yoga, Tai Chi, acupuncture, the nurse, professionally and personally. Introduction and biofeedback, therapeutic touch, massage, and herbal application of a variety of stress reduction interventions and botanical medicine. Open to nursing and other disci- will be incorporated into each class. Prerequisite: NU plines. Prerequisite: NU 315. 315. NU 374 Health Promotion of Children in Summer NU 334 Interpretation of Laboratory Tests and Camp(2) Diagnostic Modalities (2) Participation in health screenings and health promotional Interpretation of results of laboratory tests and diagnostic activities with children in summer camp. Didactic/experi- procedures with implications for nursing care of clients. ential course. Includes health teaching, health clinic, and Exploration of new technology used in diagnostic modali- sports activities. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 358, NU 359. ties. Prerequisite: NU 315. NU 377 Nursing in Ireland (3) NU 335 Special Topics in Nursing (1-3) Three-week international nursing experience in Not- Selected subjects of relevance for nursing, announced in tingham, England at Queen’s Medical Centre in London, advance. Prerequisite: Consent. England. Clinical experiences planned for hospital

267 nursing, community health nursing and nursing history. NU 550 Foundations of School Nursing (3) Prerequisite: Consent. This course may be taken by BSN-prepared nurses for credit at the graduate level if the nurse completes all of NU 380 Oncology Nursing (2) the requirements for NU 350 plus the addition of a major Focuses on nursing care of clients and their families with written paper about a topic of the student’s choosing that a diagnosis of cancer. The role of the clinical specialist is specific to school nursing. The selected topic must be in oncology nursing and current nursing interventions for approved by the instructor. common malignancies. Prerequisite: NU 315. NU 560 Selected Subjects of Relevance for Nursing NU 381 Emergency Nursing (2) (1-3) Selected subjects of relevance for graduate stud- An introductory didactic experiential course in emergency ies, announced in advance. Prerequisite: Graduate nursing. The role of nursing in facilitating the client’s en- standing and consent. try into health care via the Emergency Medical Services system. Emphasis is directed toward trauma nursing. NU 351/ NU 551 Practicum in School Nursing (4) Students apply nursing concepts to the care of clients Guided laboratory experience in the school setting in during clinical experiences in the Emergency Department nursing care of school children and their families. Co- and pre-hospital transport. Prerequisite: NU 315. ordinated with group seminar discussion of the role of the school nurse and contemporary trends and issues in NU 382 Women’s Health Issues (2) school nursing. Six hours clinical laboratory experience Broad perspective of contemporary women’s health in the school per week, and five 3-hour seminar discus- concerns, including multidimensional factors influencing sions per semester. Prerequisite: NU 550 or concurrent. women’s health and the delivery of services; the self-help movement and nurses’ roles in providing women’s health NU 352 Human Sexuality and AIDS/STD Education are examined. Prerequisite: NU 315. for School Nurses (2-3) Overview of age-appropriate curriculum on human NU 383 Epidemiology and Prevention and Control of sexuality and sexually transmitted diseases. Designed Communicable Diseases (2) to enhance understanding of perspectives of human Overview of the scope and methods used in communi- sexuality by school nurses and facilitate development of cable and infectious disease control. Epidemiology and health education programs. Prerequisite: NU 350; NU prevention of specific diseases including Hepatitis, HIV/ 351 or consent of the instructor AIDS and Tuberculosis. A variety of the more common viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases are studied. COURSES FOR PARAMEDIC TO BSN ARTICULATION Recent and current infectious disease outbreaks, as well as trend and care considerations, are discussed in terms NU 305 Nursing Concepts for the Paramedic (2) of individuals, groups and communities. Upper division Provides skills and content necessary for transition to nursing elective. Prerequisite: NU 315. nursing practice; pathophysiology, pharmacology, health assessment, medication administration and fundamental NU 384 Rogerian Applications (2) skills testing. Designed for EMT-P students accepted into Expansion of the knowledge of the Science of Unitary the nursing major. Prerequisite: admission to the Para- Human Beings with applications in the practice of nurs- medic to BSN program. Offered summer semester only. ing. Familiarization with published literature utilizing the Rogerian framework in nursing practice, research, Courses for Registered Nurse education and theory development. Elaboration of Ro- (RN Articulation) gerian concepts through creative expressions of the art NU 308 Nursing Science & Family Health (5) and science of nursing. Upper division nursing elective. Provides the theoretical basis of nursing practice and Prerequisite: NU 315. the understanding of self as an adult learner and as a Other Courses Offered participant in redefinition of professional identity. Empha- sis is on contemporary nursing roles, current concepts of NU 102 Medical Terminology (1) health, illness, family, the changing health care system, Introduction to basic terminology used in medical reports legal aspects, cultural basis of nursing intervention, and treatment recommendations. Word compositions, stress management, crisis theory including grief and prefixes, suffixes, and roots of medical terms are studied loss. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse student or consent. in relation to body systems. Extensive use of audiovisual media. One hour of theoretical content per week. Pre- NU 478 Complex Care Concepts (2) requisite: None. Focuses on health care needs of clients and families with complex alterations in health patterning. Emphasis will Courses for School Nurses be placed on the professional nursing role in planning care with clients and families with complex needs. Ethi- NU 350 Foundations of School Nursing (3) The role of the professional nurse in the school setting cal, legal, economic, health policy and spiritual consid- in the care of children and adolescents. Overview of erations related to complex client needs are addressed. therapeutic communication, health assessment, screen- Prerequisite: Registered Nurse student or consent. ing procedures, epidemiology, pertinent health problems, and relevant family and community nursing theory. The nursing process with the school-aged child and his fam- ily. Three hours theoretical content per week. Prerequi- site: R.N. or upper division nursing student. 268 A diploma brings a big smile to the face of a School of Nursing graduate.

269 Students enjoy a yogurt eating contest staged as a fund raiser.

270 GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Business – MBA and MBA/JD Criminal Justice - MCJ Education - MEd Liberal Studies - MLS Nursing - MSN Psychology - MA Social Work – MSW and MSW/JD

271 Monica Gwinn works on the Great Mural Wall project in Chesney Park neighborhood for her Washburn Transformational Experience.

272 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MBA Program Mission To provide management education of recognized high Washburn University offers graduate programs in quality through an evening MBA program for current and Business, Criminal justice, Education, Law, Liberal future business professionals in the area. Our goal is to Studies, Nursing, Psychology, and Social Work. The assure that our students have the knowledge and skills School of Business offers a Master of Business to enable them to succeed in general management and Administration degree program. The School of Applied leadership roles and to contribute to the success of their Studies offers two master degree programs, one admin- organizations and of their local and regional economies. istered by the Department of Criminal Justice and the Specifically, Washburn MBA graduates will be able to other administered by the Department of Social Work. identify, gather, and analyze relevant information, in The Department of Education administers the Master of order to make effective decisions and improve organiza- Education program. The School of Law offers a Juris tional processes. Doctorate Degree. The College of Arts and Sciences offers the Master of Liberal Studies. The Department of MBA Student Learning Outcomes Psychology administers a graduate program leading to a A student who has completed the MBA Program will be Master of Arts Degree in Psychology with an emphasis in able to: Clinical Skills. Washburn’s latest addition to the graduate • construct and explain effective business strategy to degree programs, the Master of Nursing, is administered stakeholders, which include employees, customers, by the School of Nursing. suppliers, financial markets, investors, etc.,

• demonstrate effective business communication and For complete information about the Law School program, presentation skills, both orally and in written cor- see the separate catalog for the School of Law respondence, Ma s t e r o f Bu s i n e s s Ad m i n i s t r a t i o n • demonstrate an understanding of the components of a good IT/IS system and how to use the system (m b a ) for effective management, Website: http://www.washburn.edu/business • perform analysis and interpretation of accounting E-mail: [email protected] statements for effective decision-making, • demonstrate knowledge of financial analysis, mod- The Washburn Master of Business Administration eling and forecasting, (MBA) program is designed for the business professional who desires to combine an existing career with formal • model other business processes and decisions educational development. Over 750 MBA degrees have such as production, supply chain, etc., been earned since the beginning of the program in 1982, • demonstrate an understanding of modern human presently at a rate of about 40 per year. Washburn MBA resource management – an understanding of what students and graduates can be found at all of the major different age cohorts find fulfilling, and how these employers in Topeka and many are employed outside the groups work effectively with more mature workers, region. International students compose about 10% of • demonstrate proficiency in identifying marketing is- the nearly 110 MBA student body. sues for a variety of firms and utilize current market- Broad in nature, the Washburn MBA program aims ing literature and thought in creating theoretically at producing general competence for overall manage- and practically sound business solutions ment of corporate enterprises, public and governmental • identify if an organization is “ethical” and how an organizations, health and educational institutions, and employee charts a smart course of action when he entrepreneurial ventures. Courses are taught in state- or she suspects unethical behavior of-the-art facilities by faculty who are academically and The MBA Program is composed of three distinct parts: professionally qualified. Admission and initial enrollment an orientation, a curriculum, and a closure experience. can be for the fall, spring, or summer. Each class meets Each of these there parts is explained in detail below. In one night a week for two and one-half contact hours, with addition student portfolios are used as an assessment occasional Saturday offerings. of learning methodology for the MBA Program and as a The Washburn University School of Business and requirement for the MBA degree. its Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Business Administration degree programs are accredited MBA Program Orientation Experience by AACSB International - The Association to Advance Before the start of the fall semester, all students Collegiate Schools of Business. admitted for the previous spring, summer and current fall semesters are required to attend the MBA Program Inquiries should be directed to: Orientation. The purpose of this orientation is to set Director of Graduate Programs the expectations of students and faculty regarding School of Business the student’s MBA experience. This is accomplished Henderson Learning Resource Center, Room 114 through the presentation of the MBA Vision Statement, 1700 SW College Avenue the MBA Program Values Statement, and set of exer- Washburn University cises designed to promote interaction among students Topeka, Kansas 66621 and faculty. In addition, the students are encouraged to Tel: (785) 670-1307 form a cohort group through participation in WMBAA, the Fax: (785) 670-1063 Washburn MBA Student Association.

273 Finally, the orientation session provides an opportu- II. The Upper-level Program nity to explain the use of an academic portfolio to assess Thirty semester hours beyond the foundation-level student performance and how their portfolio will be used courses must be completed by all students. as part of their closure experience. The initial contribu- tion to the student’s academic portfolio is assigned at this Required Upper-level Courses EC 952 Managerial Economics time. This initial contribution is an attempt by the student BU 953 Product Systems to write out her or his expectations of the MBA Program. AC 954 Management Accounting Analysis As part of the closure experience, presented below, the BU 955 Financial Strategies student will be required to assess the extent to which the BU 956 Computer-based Information Systems MBA Program met his or her expectations. BU 957 Strategic Marketing Management MBA Program Curriculum BU 958 Managerial Skills and Professional The Washburn MBA curriculum combines opportuni- Experiences ties to develop one’s skills in communication, quantitative BU 959 Strategic Analysis analysis, computer technology, and teamwork with study Total Required Course Upper-level Hours 24 of accounting, economics, finance, information systems, management, marketing, legal and ethical issues, and Upper-level Elective Courses BU 971 Legal and Ethical Issues production and operations in the context of domestic and BU 972 Human Resources global environments of business. BU 974 International Business For the students without a prior business degree or BU 977 International Financial Strategy related course work, 58 semester hours (20 courses) BU 979 Investments are required, divided between the foundation-level level BU 983 Venture Creation (27 semester hours) and the upper level (30 semester BU 984 Mergers, Acquisitions, and Ethics hours). MA 116 College Algebra is prerequisite to the BU 985 Business Intelligence Systems program. Students are expected to acquire basic com- BU 996 Research Project in Business petence in the business use of spreadsheets either by AC 997 Research Project in Accounting course work or by self-study early in the foundation level BU 998 Special Topics in Business program AC 999 Special Topics in Accounting I. The Foundation-level Program Total Required Elective Course Hours 6 All students must show proficiency, normally through Students should consult with the Director of Graduate course work, in quantitative methods, accounting, and Programs/MBA Advisor as to the availability of these the core areas of business, including financial analysis electives. and markets, domestic and global economic environ- Total Required Upper-level MBA Program Credit ments, the creation and distribution of goods and ser- Hours 30 vices, and human behavior in organizations. Students in many other majors receive partial foundation-level credit. MBA Program Closure Experience The closure experience will provide the student an op- Students with baccalaureate degrees in business from portunity to synthesize the academic information that has schools following the national pattern will be given credit been contributed to their academic portfolio. The closure for much of the foundation-level program. At Washburn experience will take the form of both written and oral University, the MBA-level courses numbered 920 to 929 presentations requiring the student utilize the contents of and BU250 meet the foundation-level requirements. their portfolios. The writing component of the closure ex- Foundation-level Courses perience will be a reflective essay based on the contents BU 250 Management Information Systems of the portfolio. The purpose of this essay is described AC 924 Accounting Concepts below. Suggested scenarios for oral presentation include BU 922 Quantitative Methods I a mock job interview, formal presentations to graduate BU 923 Quantitative Methods II faculty, etc. Whatever the scenario given to the students, EC 925 Economic Environment they will have to rely on the contents of their portfolio in BU 926 Survey of Finance order to complete the experience. BU 927 Marketing Concepts BU 928 Production and Operations Systems Portfolio Contents A student’s portfolio will contain at least one sample of BU 929 Human Behavior in Organizations work selected by the course instructor for each upper- Total Foundation-level Hours 27 level course and elective . The student is free to select The Director of Graduate Programs will determine up to two additional samples of his or her work from the suitability of undergraduate or graduate course work upper-level and elective courses. These samples should to satisfy these foundation-level requirements. Final not be rewritten or revised beyond the version that was determination as to whether or not courses taken else- graded by the professor. where meet foundation-level requirements will be made The instructor will provide an evaluation of each only upon full admission to the MBA program. Students student’s required contribution for the course. The evalu- planning to take additional course work prior to applica- ation may be the instructor’s original grades and com- tion to the MBA program should consult with the Director ments on the contribution. Alternatively, the instructor of Graduate Programs/MBA Advisor to determine which may simply specify how well the student’s performance courses at Washburn University and elsewhere meet achieved the course objective. This specification will these requirements. take the form of “exceeded the objective”, “achieved the 274 objective” or “failed the objective” for each element of the application process early in order to meet the application contribution that illustrates a course objective. deadlines. Reflective Essay: Admission In a maximum of five pages, double-spaced, the Admission will be granted to students showing high student will describe how the portfolio’s contents demon- promise of success in graduate business study as strate the student’s success in achieving the vision of the indicated by the applicant’s previous academic record, MBA program. The student may write about how each scores on the Graduate Management Aptitude Test contribution meets one or more of the “Competencies (GMAT), work experience, and letters of reference. for the MBA Program” implied by the vision statement. Admission requirements include oral and written commu- Alternatively the student might write how they meet nication and college algebra or equivalent competency. the AACSB MBA Competencies. There is no specific (The program applied calculus requirement should be approach or format for the Reflective Essay. However, met in the first semester of enrollment.) To be consid- it will be read as one of the student’s most mature and ered for admission, an applicant must: developed statements of their education. An additional 1. hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- purpose of the reflective essay is for the student to credited institution of higher education; recognize that their work fits into a coherent whole and 2. submit a completed “Application to Washburn Univer- that upper-level courses and electives are not simply a sity”. random selection but do have an overall purpose. Also 3. submit a completed “Application for Graduate Study the student will evaluate how well their expectations, as in Business”. These applications are completed on specified in their initial contribution to their portfolio, were line and are found at www.washburn.edu/business/ met. mba under “Admission Requirements”;. The reflective essay will be completed during finals 4. request that official transcripts be sent directly to the week of the student’s graduation semester. Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, Washburn University, from all previously attended Portfolio Evaluation institutions; Each student’s portfolio will be evaluated by the MBA 5. earn an acceptable score on the Graduate Man- Portfolio Committee, which will be composed of three agement Admission Test (GMAT) administered by members of the MBA faculty. The contents (reflec- the Educational Testing Service (ETS), Princeton, tive essay & contributions) will each be evaluated as: NJ 08541. Request that scores be reported to the Unacceptable, Acceptable, or Outstanding. The contri- School of Business, Washburn University. The GMAT butions will evaluated as a whole and the reflective essay Code Number for Washburn University is 6928. will be evaluated on the basis of how well it succeeds 6. Arrange for two letters to be submitted by academi- in achieving its purpose. In order to receive the MBA cians, employers, or other persons who can attest to degree a student’s portfolio must be evaluated as at least the applicant’s potential for success in graduate study ”Acceptable” by the MBA Portfolio Committee. These in business. These letters should be sent to the portfolio evaluations will be completed during finals Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, weeks of the student’s graduation semester. Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas 66621; and Transfer Policy 7. submit an application fee to the MBA program of $40. A maximum of nine hours of graduate credit in the The check should be made out to Washburn Univer- upper-level MBA program may be transferred from sity and be sent to the School of Business. AACSB-accredited business schools and posted on the Provisional Admission Washburn University transcript. Requests to transfer By specific application and based on space availability courses must be made in writing. Requests to substitute and the applicant’s previous academic record, a limited transfer credit for required upper-level courses go to the number of applicants of outstanding promise, but whose designated faculty committee. applications are incomplete, may be granted provisional Law School Courses admission to the MBA program for one semester while Up to six hours of credit from an ABA-accredited law their application files are completed. During the semes- school may be applied towards the 30-hour upper-level ter of provisional admission, the applicant is required MBA requirement. The law school credit must be in to complete the application file and may enroll in up to business-related, non-required law school courses ap- two MBA courses for a total of no more than six semes- proved by the School of Business. Washburn University ter hours, with no more than one MBA course at the offers a dual JD/MBA degree. A statement of that degree upper-level. No further enrollment is possible without full is provide below. admission to the MBA program. Definite statements as to the length of the applicant’s MBA program, including Application Schedule final determination on waivers and transfer courses, can- Applications are processed on a continuous basis. not be made until after the applicant has been granted Priority for acceptance will be given to applicants whose full admission to the MBA program. file is complete by November 15 (for spring enrollment); April 15 (for summer enrollment); and July 1 (for fall International Admission enrollment). Files are considered complete when the International students must hold a university creden- applications and all supporting documents have been tial that is equivalent to a U.S. baccalaureate degree; received by the Director of Graduate Programs, School 1. submit a completed “Washburn University Interna- of Business. International applicants, or applicants ap- tional Application for Admission”. plying from outside of the United States, should start the 275 2. this application is completed on line and is found at University and the MBA program of any changes of their www.washburn.edu/iip under “International Students”; permanent and current address and contact informa- submit a completed “Application for Graduate Study tion. International students must inform the International in Business”. Student Office as well. Students are expected to check 3. This application is completed on line and is found at their Washburn University e-mail regularly, as official www.washburn.edu/business/mba under “Admission communications may be sent by e-mail. Requirements”; request that official transcripts be sent to the Director of Graduate Programs, School of Academic Status: Full-Time and Part-Time Graduate Business, Washburn University, from all previously at- Student Full-time and part-time status of graduate students tended institutions. Transcripts from non-U.S. institu- during the fall and spring semesters are calculated as tions submitted as part of an application for graduate follows: study in the School of Business must be evaluated 9 or more semester hours=full time by a Washburn University-recognized evaluation 8 semester hours = three-quarter time service. Cost of this evaluation is borne 5 to 7 semester hours = one-half time by the student. Washburn University now requires a 1 to 4 semester hours = one-quarter time detailed report from Educational Credential Evalua- tors, Inc. Applications can be obtained by writing to Grades ECE, PO Box 92970, Milwaukee, WI, 53202-0970, The symbols used in grading areas follows: A, excel- US (Web site is http://www.ece.org) or from the Inter- lent; B, well above average; C, average; D, below national Student Office at Washburn University; average but passing; F, failure. In computing grade 4. earn an acceptable score on the Graduate Man- point averages: A equals 4; B equals 3; C equals 2; D agement Admission Test (GMAT) administered by equals 1; F equals 0. No grade below “C” is acceptable the Educational Testing Service (ETS), Princeton, for graduate credit. NJ 08541. Request that scores be reported to the To graduate, MBA students are required to have at School of Business, Washburn University. The GMAT least a 3.0 grade point average in all graded upper- Code Number for Washburn University is 6928; level courses. At least 30 upper-level hours (courses 5. arrange for two letters to be submitted by academi- numbered 950 and above) must be taken on a graded cians, employers, or other persons who can attest to basis, including all required upper-level courses. For all the applicant’s potential for success in graduate study upper-level courses, a student will be allowed to have a in business. These letters should be sent to the maximum of two courses with a grade of “C” included in Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, his or her MBA program. A student receiving a grade of Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas 66621; “C” in an upper-level MBA course may retake the course, 6. submit an application fee to the MBA program of $40, but only one time. as well as the $60 processing fee for international students. The two checks should be made out to Incompletes Washburn University and be sent to the School of In accordance with Washburn University policy, Business and to International Programs respectively; incomplete grades (“I”) may be given when most of the 7. take the Test of English as a Foreign Language work for the course has been completed (approximately (TOEFL) including the Test of Written English (TWE). 75%). In order for a grade of incomplete (“I”) to be turned Request that scores be reported directly to the into a letter grade, all the required course work must be School of Business, Washburn University by the test- turned in by the end of the regularly scheduled classes ing agency. Washburn University requires a TOEFL within one year of the date the incomplete was given. score of 550, or 213 with the computer-based format, Otherwise, the incomplete grade will be converted to a or equivalent, for graduate students including a grade of “F”. Students must complete all “I” grades in minimum of 55 on each of the three parts and a TWE order to graduate from the University. score of 5.0, or the equivalent scores through the Probation and Dismissal computer based format. Students without a TOEFL Students are placed on probation whenever the score or with a low TOEFL score should first seek upper-level grade point average falls below 3.0, or when- admission to the Intensive English Program. Native ever a grade below “C” is earned in a foundation level speakers of English or students who have earned a course or in a course being used for core foundation-lev- 4-year degree from a U.S. institution are exempt from el credit. Students on probation must work with the MBA the TOEFL requirement. Advisor to develop a plan of study to be restored to good Academic Advising standing in the next semester, subject to course availabil- All academic advising for MBA students is done by ity. Students who continue on probation for more than the Director of Graduate Programs/MBA Advisor. MBA one semester may be dropped from the MBA program. students are required to consult with the MBA advisor Statute of Limitations every semester to decide the student’s class schedule A student may be awarded a Master of Business for the coming semester, in part to ensure that courses Administration degree after completing the requirements are taken when available as well as timely graduation. for the degree in effect the later of (1) the semester when Permission for enrollment in any class for which the he/she first enrolled or (2) the semester when he/she instructor feels the student’s background and prepara- was fully admitted to the MBA program. The student tion are inadequate will be withdrawn. Foundation-level may choose any subsequent catalog in effect within six courses should be completed before upper-level courses years of the date of graduation. Students first admitted are taken. Students are expected to inform Washburn and enrolling beginning in the fall 2007 semester will be 276 under the program as presented in this catalog, subject GRADUATE COURSES to any modifications approved by the School of Business prior to the first day of class of the fall semester. MBA Foundation Level Program Admission requirements: Oral and Written WASHBURN UNIVERSITY DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM Communications, College Algebra’

School of Law (J.D.) & School of Business (M.B.A.) AC 920 Financial Accounting Concepts (2) The study of the development and communication of fi- Recognizing that legal and business studies comple- nancial information reported in general purpose financial ment each other and that real-world problems often statements. These statements are primarily used by require solutions from both legal and business perspec- investors and creditors to assist in making investment tives, Washburn University has developed a dual degree and credit decisions and also by management to assist program to encourage students to obtain J.D. and M.B.A. them in internal decision making. Prerequisite: College degrees during their course of study at Washburn. Algebra. On its own, the J.D. program at the Washburn University School of Law requires 90 credit hours; the AC 921 Managerial Accounting Concepts (2) M.B.A. program at the Washburn University School An introduction to basic managerial accounting and the of Business requires 30 credit hours of upper-level related language necessary to support decision making courses.* Thus, pursued separately, the two degrees and analysis internal to the firm. Analytical skills for man- would require 120 credit hours. Under the dual degree agement planning, control, and performance evaluation program, certain courses are accepted for credit by both in the current business environment are emphasized. schools: six credit hours of business-related law school Prerequisites: College Algebra and AC 920. courses may count toward the M.B.A., and six credit BU 922 Quantitative Methods I (3) hours of business school courses may count toward the Linear algebra, calculus, spreadsheet use, and com- J.D. Students can therefore obtain both degrees with a pound interest. Prerequisite: College Algebra. total of 108 credit hours. Law school courses that transfer to the business BU 923 Quantitative Methods II (3) school are those that are business-related (as de- Business statistics, data analysis, quality control statis- termined by the business school); business school tics, computer statistics, computer-based. Prerequisite: courses that transfer to the law school are upper-level BU 922. required courses in which the student earns at least a “B.” (Grades will not transfer between schools; for the AC 924 Accounting Concepts (3) Accelerated and in-depth introduction to conceptual ac- transferee school, the courses will be treated as credit/ counting foundations. Presents accounting as a dynamic no-credit.) No credits for business school courses will information system for communicating and measuring transfer to the law school until the student has obtained use of financial data for planning and control purposes. 12 credits of upper-level MBA (950 series) business Primary focus is to provide background for upper-level school courses. graduate courses. Prerequisite: College Algebra. Students may choose to begin either their legal stud- ies or their business studies first. Whenever they start EC 925 Economic Environment (3) the law school program, students must take the full first- The nature and scope of economics, the firm in a market year curriculum, all of which consists of required courses, economy, level of economic activity, international as- without interruption. Students will not be permitted to pects, and policy alternatives. take business school courses during the first year of law school. After completing the first year of the law school BU 926 Survey of Finance (3) curriculum, if students simultaneously take courses in The principles and concepts of corporate finance. The both programs, the total number of credits enrolled in at emphasis is on developing the ability to understand and one time must stay within the parameters required by the analyze financial information as it relates to the timing, American Bar Association’s standards governing accred- magnitude, and risk factor of cash flows. Topics include ited law schools. Students are also required to participate but are not limited to understanding financial statements, in the various orientation and assessment activities of time value of money, capital structure, capital budget- both programs. ing, dividend policy, and the risk versus return trade-off. Students must separately apply to and be accepted Prerequisites: AC 920 and AC 921. by both schools. Students will indicate to each school, at BU 927 Marketing Concepts (3) the time of application, that they are applying to the dual The role and importance of marketing in our economy; degree program. Students will pay tuition for law school principles, methods, and problems involved in the man- courses at the normal rate for that school and will pay agement of marketing operations and activities. Prereq- tuition for business school courses at the normal rate for uisite: EC 925 or consent of instructor. that school. * The M.B.A. program also requires up to 27 credit BU 928 Production and Operations Systems (3) hours of foundation-level courses. This requirement Management of the production/operations function in is met either through the completion of undergraduate service, retailing and manufacturing. Discusses models courses or by taking 920 level courses offered by the for strategic, tactical, and operational decisions. Prereq- School of Business. uisites: BU 923; BU 922 recommended or consent of instructor.

277 BU 929 Human Behavior in Organizations (3) completion of most of the upper-level required courses. Aspects of individual and group behavior as they affect Prerequisite: BU 955. the business environment. Upper-Level Elective Courses MBA Upper-Level Program BU 971 Legal and Ethical Issues (3) Admission Requirements: Students are expected to The influence of legal, ethical, political, social, and regu- have fulfilled all or most of the foundation level require- latory issues on organizations. ments before taking upper-level courses. BU 972 Human Resources (3) Required Upper-level Courses The roles of top management and line managers in EC 952 Managerial Economics (3) shaping organizational success. Prerequisite: BU 929 Management problems from an economic point of view. or consent of instructor. Focuses on the application of economic theory to day-to- BU 974 International Business (3) day managerial decision making. Prerequisite: EC 925 The study of international business and the multinational or consent of instructor. corporation. The environment of international business BU 953 Product Systems (3) is analyzed, including political and economic factors. Management of integrated production and marketing Financial, marketing and human resource management systems. Prerequisites: BU 923, BU 927, and BU 928; in the international context is addressed. Prerequisite: BU 922 recommended. Completion of foundation-level requirements or consent of instructor. AC 954 Management Accounting Analysis (3) In-depth study of the uses of management accounting BU 977 International Financial Strategy (3) tools and their impact on the contemporary business or- Theory, methods, technique, financial instruments, and ganization. Includes evolution of cost and decision mod- practices of international corporate finance. Emphasis els and the management accounting function, as well as is placed on currency risk management, international the application of fundamental methods. Emphasis is banking, international trade finance, and international on case studies and research and the development of investment. Prerequisite: BU922, BU923, and BU926 written and oral communication skills in a management BU 979 Investments (3) accounting context. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 920, and Introduction to the theory of investment portfolio evalua- AC 921, or consent of instructor. tion. Topics include: Bonds, Preferred Stock, Common BU 955 Financial Strategies (3) Stock, Puts, Calls, and Mutual Funds. Prerequisite: Analytical skills in corporate financial management are Completion of foundation-level requirements, or consent developed. Topics include security valuation, capital of instructor. budgeting, capital structure, options, dividends, mergers, BU 983 Venture Creation (3) and financial ratio analysis. Prerequisites: BU 922, BU Covers the entrepreneurial process from conception 923, and BU 926. to implementation of a venture, while concentrating on BU 956 Computer-based Information Systems (3) attributes of entrepreneurs and entrepreneurial teams, Computer-based systems for supporting management their search for and assessment of opportunities, and decisions. Prerequisites: BU 250, BU 922, & BU 923, or the gathering of resources to convert opportunities into consent of instructor. businesses. Students will learn how to evaluate entre- preneurs and their plans for new businesses. While the BU 957 Strategic Marketing Management (3) heart of entrepreneurship is opportunity assessment, a An analytical approach to the marketing function of the holistic approach to venture creation is taken. Students firm. Development of competitive marketing strategy in will work in teams to a write a business plan for a new a dynamic environment. Prerequisites: AC 921 and BU venture. Prerequisite: Completion of foundation-level 927. requirements or consent of instructor. BU 958 Managerial Skills and Professional BU 984 Mergers, Acquisitions, and Ethics (3) Experiences (3) A study of the theory and techniques pertaining to This course will be composed of two components. The mergers, acquisitions, and related ethical decision mak- first, Manager Skills, students will acquire a set of skills ing. Coursework will include analysis and application. to manage the group and individual dynamics in organi- Students will analyze successful and failed mergers and zations. The second, Professional Experiences will con- related ethical issues. Requirements include student sist of local and regional CEOs, CIOs, CFOs, and middle identification of potential merger parties and proposition managers presenting seminars addressing managerial of a structure and strategy for merger completion and issues they encounter in their professional lives. The integration. Prerequisite: Completion of foundation-level emphasis of these seminars will be the legal and ethical requirements. responsibilities of organizations BU 985 Business Intelligence Systems (3) BU 959 Strategic Analysis (3) Business intelligence systems combine operational data Study of approaches for defining, analyzing, and resolv- with analytical tools to present complex and competitive ing complex strategic problems facing the profit and information to planners and decision-makers. The objec- not-for-profit organization. This course should be taken tive is to improve the timeliness and quality of inputs to during the last two semesters of the program and after the decision process. BI (Business Intelligence) is used 278 to understand the capabilities available in the firm; the criminal justice operational problems that affect the state of the art, trends, and future directions in the mar- delivery of criminal justice related services; and kets, the technologies, and the regulatory environment • mastered advanced reading, writing, and verbal in which the firm competes; and the actions of competi- communications skills. tors and the implications of these actions. Prerequisites: Completion of foundation-level requirements and BU Applications 956. Applications for admission and accompanying forms can be obtained from the Department of Criminal Justice BU 996 Research Project in Business (3) at Washburn University or downloaded at http://www. Individual study of selected problems in the field of washburn.edu/sas/cj/mcj.htm. Correspondence regarding business or economics as conducted through extensive admission should be addressed as follows: reading and research. Approval of the project proposal Master of Criminal Justice Admissions must be obtained before enrolling in the course. Ap- Department of Criminal Justice proved project proposals are to be filed with the Director Washburn University of Graduate Programs. Prerequisite: Enrollment by 1700 SW College Avenue consent of instructor only. Topeka, Kansas 66621 AC 997 Research Project in Accounting or Tax (3) ((785) 670-1411 Individual study of selected problems in the field of ac- Application Fee counting or tax as conducted through extensive reading A $35 non-refundable fee must be submitted with the and research. Approval of the project proposal must be “Application for Admission” form. The check should be obtained before enrolling in the course. Approved project made out to Washburn University with the notation at the proposals are to be filed with the Director of Gradu- bottom of the check for MCJ Application Fee ate Programs. Prerequisite: Enrollment by consent of instructor only. General Requirements for Admission: 1. Complete and submit Graduate Admission application BU 998 Special Topics in Business (3) to the Criminal Justice Department. Special topics announced in advance. May be taken 2. Submit official transcripts of all undergraduate and more than once. graduate course work to both the Registrar’s Office AC 999 Special Topics in Accounting or Tax (3) and the Washburn University Criminal Justice Depart- Special topics announced in advance. May be taken ment. more than once. 3. Applicants for unconditional admission must have achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 Ma s t e r Of Cr i m i n a l Ju s t i c e (MCJ) or better in the last two years (60 hours) of college course work from accredited institutions. : http://www.washburn.edu/sas/cj/ Website 4. Applicants who do not have a 3.0 GPA must submit Mission Statement: The Master of Criminal Justice evidence to the Criminal Justice Department that they (MCJ) Degree is designed to meet the needs of criminal have achieved an acceptable score on the Graduate justice professionals and pre-professionals who desire to Record Examinations (GRE). enhance their knowledge, skills, and talents in the field 5. Applicants must submit a personal statement explain- of criminal justice administration. The MCJ emphasizes ing (a) personal philosophy of the criminal justice organizational operations and management principles system and (b) reasons for entering the program. and practices within criminal justice related agencies. 6. Applicants must submit a completed Program of Courses are offered on campus weekdays, evenings, Courses form for the appropriate degree option indi- and weekends as well as on-line via WebCT. cating any transfer credit to be applied to the degree. 7. Applicants must obtain the recommendation of the Student Learning Outcomes Graduate Program Director/Advisor and the Graduate Master of Criminal Justice students, upon graduation, Admissions and Retention Committee. are expected to have: • formulated administrative principles and practices Nondiscrimination found in criminal justice agencies; It is the policy of Washburn University and the • analyzed theories relating to crime causation and Department of Criminal Justice to assure equal educa- criminality; tional and employment opportunity to qualified individu- als without regard to race, color, religion, age, national • summarized the interdisciplinary nature of the origin, ancestry, disability, sex, marital or parental status, criminal justice system; or sexual orientation • interpreted contemporary technologies used to manage criminal justice information. Transfer of Academic Credits • acquired skills that enable the learner to conduct Students who are admitted as a “full-standing” student criminal justice related research; may transfer a maximum of 6 semester hours of relevant graduate course work from another university or another • demonstrated advanced problem-solving skills that Washburn department. These will be considered on a allow the learner to identify, analyze, and solve case-by-case basis. The applicant must have received a grade of “B” or better in the course(s) being considered for transfer.

279 Life Experience CJ 680 SEMINAR IN STAFF DEVELOPMENT Under no circumstances will academic credit be CJ 685 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE awarded for life experience. CJ 690 DIRECTED READINGS (1-3 HOURS) CJ 699 CRIMINAL JUSTICE THESIS (6 HOURS) Non-Degree Students Non-degree seeking students wishing to enroll in NON-THESIS OPTION (42 HOURS) graduate criminal justice courses may do so with permis- Students pursuing the “Capstone” option must com- sion of the Department Chair. plete 18 hours in the core curriculum, 21 hours of elec- tive courses, and 3 hours of Capstone. Academic Advising All courses are 3 hours each except where noted. Upon admission to the Master of Criminal Justice program, all students will participate in at least one (1) CORE (18 HOURS) student orientation session. Likewise, all students will be CJ 500 SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS advised by the graduate program coordinator, who will CJ 520 CRIMINAL JUSTICE RESEARCH assist students with selecting and scheduling courses. CJ 530 ISSUES IN CRIMINAL PROCEDURE Students must see the graduate program coordinator for CJ 610 CORRECTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES advising prior to enrollment. CJ 620 THE ROLE OF THE LAW ENFORCEMENT IN THE U.S. Master of Criminal Justice Degree Requirements: CJ 625 SEMINAR IN CRIMINOLOGY THEORY 1. Complete all required coursework with no less than a “B” (3.0) average. ELECTIVES (21 HOURS) 2. Obtain no more than two “C (’s)” in the plan of study.* CJ 510 SEMINAR IN C.J. ORGANIZATION & MGMT 3. Maintain continuous enrollment each regular semes- CJ 540 ETHICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICE ter (fall and spring). A minimum of ONE (1) semester CJ 585 SPECIAL TOPIC hour of graduate work will constitute continuous CJ 630 SEMINAR IN CORRECTIONAL ADMIN enrollments. CJ 635 ORGANIZED & WHITE COLLAR CRIME 4. Complete all program requirements within seven CJ 640 SEMINAR IN LEGAL ISSUES IN L.E. (7) years of the date of entry into the MCJ degree CJ 645 COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE program. CJ 650 SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS Thesis Option: The completion of 36 hours of course CJ 655 SEMINAR IN JUVENILE JUSTICE & DELIN- work, which includes CJ 699 Thesis. QUENCY Non-Thesis Option: The completion of 42 hours of CJ 660 SEMINAR IN OPERATIONAL & STAFF PLAN- course work, which includes CJ 692 Capstone. NING PROGRAM CURRICULUM CJ 670 SEMINAR IN CORRECTIONAL LAW CJ 675 PROBLEMS & PRACTICES IN JUDICIAL ADMIN CJ 680 SEMINAR IN STAFF DEVELOPMENT THESIS OPTION (36 hours) CJ 685 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE Students pursuing the “Thesis” option must completed CJ 690 DIRECTED READINGS (1-3 HOURS) 21 hours in the core curriculum, 9 hours of elective CJ 692 ANALYTICAL RESEARCH AND STATISTICS courses, and 6 hours of Thesis. CJ 693 CAPSTONE (3 HOURS) All courses are 3 hours each except where noted. GRADUATE COURsES CORE (21 hours) NOTE: Enrollment in all graduate courses requires CJ 500 SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS graduate status or permission of Instructor, Program CJ 520 CRIMINAL JUSTICE RESEARCH Director or Department Chair. CJ 530 ISSUES IN CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CJ 610 CORRECTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES CJ 500 Seminar in Criminal Justice Systems (3) CJ 620 THE ROLE OF THE LAW ENFORCEMENT IN Professional graduate seminar designed to engage the THE U.S. first-semester criminal justice graduate student in the CJ 625 SEMINAR IN CRIMINOLOGY THEORY analysis of the array of issues in the process of justice CJ 692 ANALYTICAL RESEARCH AND STATISTICS administration. Exploration of the origins and signifi- cance of key issues influencing the rise and development ELECTIVES (9 HOURS) of the criminal justice administrative theory and practice CJ 510 SEMINAR IN C.J. ORGANIZATION & MGMT within the criminal justice system. Prerequisite: Gradu- CJ 540 ETHICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICE ate status or permission of the instructor for senior level CJ 585 SPECIAL TOPIC undergraduate. CJ 630 SEMINAR IN CORRECTIONAL ADMIN CJ 635 ORGANIZED & WHITE COLLAR CRIME CJ 510 Seminar in Criminal Justice Organization and CJ 640 SEMINAR IN LEGAL ISSUES IN L.E. Management (3) CJ 645 COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Application of organizational, administrative and man- CJ 650 SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS agement principles in law enforcement, courts, and CJ 655 SEMINAR IN JUVENILE JUSTICE & DELIN- corrections. Course will examine issues in organizational QUENCY structure, administration, problem solving, planning, and CJ 660 SEMINAR IN OPERATIONAL & STAFF PLAN- budgeting. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission NING of the instructor for senior level undergraduate. CJ 670 SEMINAR IN CORRECTIONAL LAW CJ 675 PROBLEMS & PRACTICES IN JUDICIAL ADMIN 280 CJ 520 Criminal Justice Research (3) an examination of current activities as well as proposed The student will be able to develop and implement basic intervention theories. research designs and interpret findings. Both qualitative and quantitative methods will be examined. Instruction CJ 640 Seminar in Legal Issues in Enforcement (3) Current significant issues in enforcement administration and application will focus upon criminal justice issues will be addressed. Emphasis will be placed upon signifi- and the impact of criminal justice research upon the cance to federal, state, and local enforcement adminis- profession. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission trators, their agencies, and their communities. Prerequi- of the instructor for senior level undergraduates. site: Graduate status or permission of the instructor for CJ 530 Issues in Criminal Procedure (3) senior level undergraduate. Current significant issues in criminal procedure will be addressed. Emphasis will be placed upon significance of CJ 645 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems (3) Study of the criminal justice systems of four major coun- recent judicial decisions to both enforcement and correc- tries. Each country’s different philosophical and practical tions. Additionally, the relationship between the judiciary approaches to criminal justice will be studied and com- and the other segments of the criminal justice system will pared. Field study will be utilized when possible. be examined. Methods for conducting legal research will be examined. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permis- CJ 650 Community Corrections (3) sion of the instructor for senior level undergraduates. The course will examine the traditional practices of pro- bation and parole, as well as newer community methods. CJ 540 Ethics in Criminal Justice (3) The major focus will be on the organization and integra- Examination of issues of professionalism and ethical tion of community-based programs into the modern crimi- behavior within the criminal justice profession. Key nal justice system. issues examined will include professional behavior of the individual and the agency. Current topics, such as CJ 655 Juvenile Justice & Delinquency (3) sexual harassment, accreditation, and maintenance of A study of delinquency prevention, investigation of juve- standards, and community relations will be significant nile crime, disposition of offenders and juvenile courts. topics of focus. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permis- The Seminar will include an examination of the roles sion of the instructor for senior level undergraduate. and interaction of juvenile agencies’ operations and the administrative challenges to them as well as a review of CJ 585 Special Topics in Criminal Justice (3) the due process considerations mandated by courts. Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be announced in advance. May be taken more than one CJ 660 Seminar in Operational and Staff Planning (3) semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent from Examination of the principles and practical applica- instructor. tion of operational and staff planning as applied to law enforcement agencies. Emphasis will be placed on CJ 610 Corrections in the United States (3) the development and implementation of organizational A study of the policies which affect modern correctional goals and objectives, strategic, and tactical planning and agencies in the United States. Corrections will be exam- operational needs assessment. Prerequisite: Gradu- ined from a historical prospective to provide a benchmark ate status or permission of the instructor for senior level for the analysis of current and future trends. undergraduate. CJ 620 The Role of Law Enforcement in the United CJ 670 Correctional Law (3) States 3) An examination of correctional law as related to proba- A study of the policies and human issues affecting tion and parole, juvenile and adult institutions, local jails, law enforcement agencies in the United States. Law legal liabilities, and legal research. enforcement will be examined from a historical prospec- tive with analysis of current activities and expected future CJ 675 Problems & Practices in Judicial trends. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission of Administration (3) the instructor for senior level undergraduates. Examination of the problems that face judicial administra- tion and how those problems affect other elements of the CJ 625 Seminar in Criminological Theory (3) criminal justice system. Theories of criminal justice are traced from the 1700’s through modern times. Theories of crime causation and CJ 680 Staff Development in Criminal Justice (3) criminal behavior will be discussed. A study of the role of staff development in the manage- ment of human resources in criminal justice, and effec- CJ 630 Correctional Administration (3) tive staff development methods and techniques. Em- The course will develop students’ capacity to develop phasis will be placed on training and human resources and evaluate policies and procedures in all parts of the development in criminal justice, organizationally deter- correctional administration arena. Judicial decisions mined outcomes, training needs assessment, perfor- which impact the legal status of the operation of cor- mance standards, and assessment rectional institutions and offender confinement will be examined. CJ 690 Directed Readings in Criminal Justice (1-3) This course offers an opportunity for students to explore CJ 635 Organized and White Collar Crime (3) topics of contemporary interest that are not covered in Examination of organized crime, white collar crimes, and the standard course offerings. gang activity in the United States. Focus will be on the historical development of these criminal patterns with

281 CJ 692 Analytical Research and Statistics (3) Students may pursue the MEd in: Statistical methods and computer applications are cov- Advanced Licensure Programs ered as they relate to survey research, agency evalua- • Reading tion, and content analysis. Qualitative methods are also • Special Education taught, and include field methods, historical research, • Adaptive K-6 and legal bibliography. Prerequisites: successful comple- • Adaptive 6-12 tion of CJ 520 Research Methods. • Building Leadership CJ 693 Capstone Experience (3) The course is designed to integrate and synthesize all Licensure Only /Advanced Programs coursework in the criminal justice graduate program and Students holding a master degree from a regionally related areas so the student has a broad conceptual accredited institution may pursue licensure only in: and practical understanding of the criminal justice career • Adaptive Special Education (K-6 or 6-12) field. • Building Leadership • District Leadership CJ 699 Thesis (6) May be directed by any member of the criminal justice • Reading Specialist graduate faculty who accepts responsibility for supervis- M ED Curriculum and Instruction ing the thesis. The thesis topic must be pre-approved by • Educational Technology Emphasis the faculty advisor who serves as the student’s graduate • Literacy Emphasis committee chair. The student normally conducts original • Teaching Content Emphasis empirical research which involves the collection and • Mathematics analysis of new data, or re-analyzing existing data to arrive at certain conclusions. The written Thesis report • English and Communication is submitted to the student’s Thesis Committee. An oral • Social Sciences defense of the Thesis is required for graduation. • Music • Art a s t e r f d u c a t i o n M O E (MED) • Educational Foundations Emphasis Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education/ • Leadership in Early Childhood Education Emphasis

Aims and Objectives Reading The Graduate Program is committed to preparing The graduate Reading program is designed to provide educators to work in rural, suburban, and urban settings, the graduate student seeking advanced educational spe- and to educating leaders and professional specialty cialization with both theoretical knowledge and practical practitioners for leadership roles in schools and other experience in the teaching of reading. The recipient of community settings. It is our goal to ensure that all pre- this degree has the competencies necessary to act as a service and in-service educators are provided with nu- Reading Specialist, a reading resource teacher or super- merous clinical and field-based experiences, are knowl- visor, or a reading specialist in Pre-Kindergarten through edgeable of curricula and pedagogy, receive accurate 12th grade classrooms. This program fulfills the stan- advising, and are provided with the educational supports dards set forth by the Kansas Department of Education necessary to be successful and reflective practitioners. for licensure as a Reading Specialist and with the recom- The Graduate Program is primarily designed to mendations and guidelines of such professional groups provide regular and special education teachers with ex- as the International Reading Association. periences that will directly improve instructional practice. Students seeking the M.Ed. in reading must complete The Department of Education also seeks to support the a thirty-six hour graduate program which includes a core professional development of teachers who wish to pur- curriculum of graduate courses and twenty-seven credit sue licensure for educational leadership. It is our goal hours of specialized coursework in reading. Students ap- to nurture educational leaders whose chief and abiding ply for a conditional license upon completion of the MEd. concern is the improvement of instruction and who be- All degree-seeking students must complete a capstone lieve that administrative principles and procedures exist experience. See your advisor for details. to facilitate instruction. Licensure program requirements listed below are Student Learning Outcomes for MED - Reading based on the Kansas performance-based licensure Specialist system. At the conclusion of the Reading Specialist program, candidates are expected to have: Graduate Programs • acquired the ability to understand theories of the The Department of Education offers graduate reading process and the variables that may impact courses, clinical experiences, and internships for teach- students engaged in the reading process; ers wishing to pursue the Master in Education degree. • demonstrated the ability to select, administer, Teachers may also enroll in graduate courses to work analyze, and use data from all forms of assessment toward additional teaching endorsements, licensure instruments to understand the learner’s literacy renewal, or professional development. Teachers holding strengths and challenges; a master degree may enroll in coursework leading to recommendation for licensure only in programs indicated • acquired extensive knowledge of current, research- below, without completing a second master degree. based instructional practices and interventions in

282 literacy and be able to select and use them appro- students must complete a capstone experience. See priately in meeting all struggling readers’ needs; your advisor for details. • demonstrated the ability to create and implement Candidates who wish to be considered for the MED appropriate plans for all learners who struggle program must: with reading and writing (P-12) and to monitor for 1. achieve passing scores on the Department Gradu- student progress towards literacy goals, and adjust ate Admissions Test, GRE or MAT. instruction as necessary; 2. have a GPA of 3.0 or better in graduate work at- • developed the ability to provide staff development tempted, and for teachers, paraprofessionals, administrators, 3. have the recommendation of their advisor. school boards, parents, the community, the media, and others who need to be informed about research Student Learning Outcomes for MED – Special and instructional practices in literacy; and Education At the conclusion of the Adaptive Special Education • acquired the tools and the desire to continue to Program, candidates are expected to have: grow professionally and to serve as a literacy • acquired the ability to understand the philosophical, leader. historical and legal foundations for special educa- Core tion; ED 560 Advanced Educational Psych • acquired the ability to understand and appreciate ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research child development, diversity and support for learner ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation needs; Reading Specialist Professional Course • developed the ability to give, score and interpret a RD 484 Reading in the Content Area broad range of formal and informal assessments RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction and use this information to plan and evaluate RD 512 Literature & Literacy Instruction instruction; RD 516 Teaching Writing • developed the ability to plan, implement and moni- RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading tor instruction and have good classroom manage- RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk ment skills; RD 526 The Reading Specialist • demonstrated effective communication with fami- RD 528 Language Development & Assessment lies, students and staff and have good collaboration RD 530 Literacy Practicum skills; and Special Education • acquired knowledge of appropriate legal and ethical Washburn University offers a Master’s Degree in issues in order to conduct activities professionally. Adaptive Special Education, K-6 and 6-12. The require- Core ments for provisional endorsement by the Kansas State ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research Department of Education may be met prior to completion ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation of the Master’s Degree. Full endorsement is granted fol- RD 522 Readers at Risk lowing successful completion of the approved sequence of courses. Adaptive Special Education Professional Courses Provisional licensure may be obtained with the com- SE 510 Learning & Behavior Problems pletion of nine specified hours of graduate credit, includ- SE 520/522 Educational Planning ing an appropriate practicum experience and admission SE 530/532 Methods & Materials to the Graduate Program. SE 535 Conferencing & Consulting in Special Education Most special education endorsements are granted at SE 540 Individual & Group Management the level (e.g., elementary, secondary) for which a regu- SE 556/558 Practicum I lar teaching licensure is held. SE 557/559 Practicum II The Licensure Only Program in Special Education is SE 560/562 Assessment available for teachers with an elementary or secondary SE 580 Resources for Families teaching license who wish to pursue a teaching license Building Leadership in adaptive special education without earning a mas- Washburn University offers a Master’s Degree ter’s degree. Candidates who already have a master’s program in Building Leadership for candidates seeking degree - or those not interested in obtaining a master’s administrative positions in Pre-Kindergarten – 12th grade degree - will be required to submit: 1) an application to teaching and learning environments, as well as other the Department of Education, 2) a copy of their current positions of leadership within educational agencies of teaching license, 3) two letters of reference, and 4) com- government and industry, or within professional organiza- plete a plan of study with their advisor. Licensure-only tions. This program fulfills the State of Kansas require- candidates can earn a provisional license which will be ments for building leadership licensure. good for two years and can reapply for a second provi- The Licensure-Only Program in Building Leadership sional license with successful completion of coursework. is designed for students who already hold a Master’s Candidates completing all coursework can apply for full degree in other disciplines, but who wish to qualify for licensure in adaptive special education. Candidates who Building Leadership. . To be eligible for admission to the are pursuing licensure-only can opt to apply for the mas- Building Leadership program ,applicants must hold a ter program no later than the date at which they apply Master’s degree from a regionally-accredited institution for the second provisional license. . All degree-seeking 283 and a teaching license. Three years of teaching experi- Building Leadership Professional Courses ence as a licensed teacher must be earned prior to the EA 581 Basic Concepts of Education Administration completion of the Licensure Program. All degree-seeking EA 583 Supervision and Staff Development in Schools students must complete a capstone experience. See EA 584 School Finance and Business Administration your advisor for details. EA 586 School Law Student Learning Outcomes for MEd – Leadership EA 589 The Building Leader At the conclusion of the Building or District Leadership EA 592 School Community Relations Program, candidates are expected to have: EA 594 Practicum in Education Administration • developed the ability to apply appropriate manage- rial skills in the administration of schools; Licensure-Only District Level Leadership Eligible candidates must hold a Building Level License • acquired the ability to understand child and adoles- EA 595 Practicum in Educational Administration II cent development; EA 596 Human Resources Management • developed the ability to apply skills and leadership EA 597 School Planning and Facilities behaviors to administer preschool, elementary, EA 598 The District Leader middle school, and high school and special educa- tion programs and their associated environments; Curriculum and Instruction The Master’s Degree in Curriculum and Instruction • developed the ability to design, implement, and is designed for classroom teachers wanting to increase evaluate curriculum and instructional practices in discipline specific knowledge and skills. As such, the schools; Curriculum and Instruction degree offers a number of • developed the ability to correctly apply principles of course options. Currently, students may choose the school law, educational policy, and public institu- Curriculum and Instruction option with an educational tional ethics; technology or literacy emphasis. A total of 36 credit hours • developed the ability to plan, organize, manage, is required for program completion. Students complete and focus human, operational, material, and finan- a graduate core of courses of 12-15 credit hours, and cial resources of the school organization in effective select the remaining hours in consultation and approval and efficient ways; of an advisor. All degree-seeking students must complete • acquired the ability to engage in productive plan- a capstone experience. See your advisor for details. ning, goal setting, and use feedback in leadership for school organizations; Student Learning Outcomes for MED – Curriculum & Instruction • acquired the ability to plan, organize, develop, and Candidates completing a Curriculum and Instruction implement sound and appropriate community rela- program, upon graduation, are expected to have: tionships and organizational policies; • developed the ability to demonstrate the use of the • acquired the ability to apply effective principles of central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structures school governance, administrative theory, leader- of the specific discipline area to create meaningful ship, management and administration; and learning opportunities for all students; • acquired the ability to evaluate and diagnose • developed the ability to provide learning opportu- environments, conditions and contexts using tools nities within the discipline that address different of philosophy, history, and theory for data driven approaches to learning and create instructional decision-making. opportunities that are equitable, based on devel- opmental levels, and that are adapted to diverse MED – Building Leadership Core learners, including those with exceptionalities; ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education OR ED 494 Philosophy of Education • developed the ability to plan effective instruction ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology based upon the knowledge of all students, commu- ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research nity, subject matter, and curriculum outcomes; ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation • acquired the ability to understand the role of tech- RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction nology within the discipline, and be able to demon- strate skills using instructional tools and technol- Building Leadership Professional Courses ogy to gather, analyze, and present information, EA 581 Basic Concepts of Education Administration enhance instructional practices, facilitate profes- EA 583 Supervision and Staff Development in Schools sional productivity and communication, and help all EA 584 School Finance and Business Administration students use instructional technology effectively; EA 586 School Law and EA 589 The Building Leader • acquired the ability to understand and use formal EA 592 School Community Relations and informal assessment strategies to evaluate and EA 594 Practicum in Educational Administration ensure the continual intellectual, social, and other Licensure-Only Building Leadership Core aspects of personal development of all learners. Applicants must show evidence of completion of or enroll in the following core courses: Curriculum and Instruction – Educational ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education OR Technology Emphasis ED 494 Philosophy of Education The Curriculum and Instruction program with an ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology Emphasis in Instructional Technology is designed ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research for educators interested in gaining knowledge about 284 technology integration to support teaching and learning. ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research The primary mission of the program is to develop educa- ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation tional leaders (teachers, administrators, and other educa- tors) who are able to enhance curriculum and empower Required Literacy Courses RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction students using appropriate and effective instructional RD 512 Literature for Literacy Instruction technologies. The program focuses on the appropriate, RD 516 Teaching Writing effective, and creative integration of technologies in all RD 518 Integrating Language and Literacy through content areas and at all levels. Graduate students in Inquiry * the program develop skills and knowledge in the use of technology resources to support student learning. They Elective Literacy and Related Courses examine how technology is changing the face of educa- RD 484 GA Reading in the Content Area tion and how those technologies can address diverse RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading learners and learning situations. Current and emerging RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk technologies demand that educators be reflective in the RD 528 Language Development and Assessment choice of methods, materials, technologies, and assess- ED 580 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum ments to enhance and improve the teaching and learning ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom process. The program provides a broad range of experi- ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction ences for developing the skills, attitudes, and values of a ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education reflective professional. All degree-seeking students must ED 474 GA Independent Study (1-3 credits) complete a capstone experience. See your advisor for ED 597 GA Independent Study (1-3 credits) details. A capstone experience is required for all Curriculum and Instruction graduates . Educational Technology Core Courses *RD 518 requires the creation of an Integrated ED 472 Issues in American Education Curriculum unit that must be implemented within a class- ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology room to be accompanied by an Action Research project ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research to reflect teaching and learning. ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation Admission to Graduate Programs Required Educational Technology Courses Students should fill out a declaration of graduate ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology program form and meet with either your advisor or the ED 580 Integrating Educational Technology in Curricu- department chairperson as soon as you decide you lum* would like to begin a program of study in the Department Elective Educational Technology Courses (minimum of Education. of 24 credit hours required) Before enrolling in any graduate courses, the student ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom must (a) hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-ac- ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction credited institution, and (b) complete the online degree- ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education seeking application for admission to Washburn University ED 582 Leadership in Educational Technology at www.Washburn.edu. However, a Washburn University ED 674 Special Topics in Educational Technology (1-9 senior within six hours of graduation may apply to take hrs) graduate courses. CM 463 Networking, Fundamentals and Design All requirements for formal admission to an advanced EA 581 Basic Concepts of Educational Administration degree or licensure program must be completed no later A capstone experience is required for all Curriculum than the completion of the first nine (9) semester hours and Instruction graduates . of graduate course work taken at Washburn University. *ED 580 requires a clinical/field experience that allows This includes receipt of the required Graduate students to apply their skills and knowledge in a school Admissions Test, GRE or Miller Analogy Test scores. or classroom setting. Admission requirements are subject to change. Candidates for advanced degree and licenses must Curriculum and Instruction – Literacy Emphasis check with their Graduate Program Advisor for require- The Curriculum and Instruction program with an ments in effect at the time of admission to the Graduate emphasis in Literacy is designed for educators interested Program. At the time of publication of this catalog, the in gaining knowledge and skills about literacy to enrich requirements for formal admission to graduate degree classroom teaching and learning. Students pursuing and licensure programs were: this program may select between two strands: Literacy, 1. Submit a completed Application for Formal Admis- and Literacy for National Board Certification (NBC). sion to Graduate Programs in Professional Educa- Students selecting the second strand would be working tion to the Department of Education. toward National Board Certification along with the MEd 2. Submit official transcripts of ALL undergraduate and in Literacy. Courses would support students pursuing graduate course work to the Department of Educa- national certification using NBC Standards in Literacy. tion Office. All degree-seeking students must complete a capstone 3. Have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or experience. See your advisor for details. better in the last two years, 60 hours of college Literacy Core Courses coursework from accredited institutions. ED 472 Issues in American Education 4. Have achieved a cumulative grade point average of ED 560 Advanced Education Psychology 3.0 in all graduate course work attempted.

285 5. Have achieved the required scores on the Graduate sive examination, thesis, portfolio, comprehensive Admissions Test, Graduate Record Examination paper, or action research project. (GRE) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). Consult the Department of Education office or website for Grades The symbols used in grading are as follows: A, excel- the specific score at the time of admission. lent; B, above average; C, average; D, below average 6. Submit two (2) letters of recommendation support- but passing; F, failure; I, incomplete. In graduate courses ing the applicant’s ability to succeed in a graduate in Education, a mark of an Incomplete does not automati- program from such persons as (a) the applicant’s cally convert to a grade of F; however, all degree require- immediate supervisor, (b) a professional colleague, ments must be completed within a six-year time limit. and (c) a university professor In computing grade point averages, A equals 4 points, other than the Graduate Program Advisor. B equals 3 points, C equals 2 points, D equals 1 point, 7. Submit a completed Program of Courses for the and F equals 0 points. A student who has earned a appropriate degree or certificate program identifying cumulative grade point average of 3.80 or better in a any transfer credit to be applied to the program. graduate degree program in Education is designated as 8. Obtain the recommendation of the Graduate Pro- a Stoffer Scholar at Commencement. Graduate students gram Advisor. The Graduate Program Committee with a 3.8 cumulative grade point average in program carefully considers each application and makes course work will also receive the Graduate Reflective the decision to formally admit applicants or deny Educator Award. admissions. Students may reapply when all admis- sions criteria have been met. The student is notified Academic Status: Full-Time Graduate Student in writing of the faculty’s decision. Students may Graduate students enrolled for 9 or more semester appeal any adverse decision by submitting a writ- hours are considered to be full-time students. ten petition to the Chairperson of the Department of Education. Upon receipt of such a petition, the Department of Education Scholarships Department Faculty will review the case and inform Students admitted to a graduate program are eligible the student of their decision. to apply for a department scholarship. Scholarship application forms are available in the Department of Advising Education Office. All graduate students will be assigned to a faculty Students may view the Suggested Program of Study advisor. The purpose of advising is two-fold: (a) to pro- for all M Ed and licensure programs on the Department vide professional guidance and (b) to assist in academic of Education Website listed above. course selection. Students are encouraged to meet with COURSE OFFERINGS their advisor to define and discuss professional aspira- tions and are required to consult with their advisor about Courses at the 400 level are open to both seniors and course selection to ensure that the departmental require- graduate students; courses at the 500 level are open ments of their program will be met. only to graduate students; courses at the 600 level are open only to advanced graduate students. Degree and Licensure Requirements To receive the Master of Education degree and/or li- EA 581 Basic Concepts of Educational cense, the student must complete the approved Program Administration (3) of Courses subject to the following conditions: An introduction to the basic concepts underlying school All course work must be completed within six (6) building administration. The theory and practice of edu- calendar years. cational administration is analyzed and major concepts of 1. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained in all formal organization, motivation, authority, leadership, de- graduate work. cision making, conflict in organization, and organizational 2. A maximum of six (6) semester hours of “C” credit change are analyzed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. may be counted. EA 583 Supervision & Staff 3. Any grade below C will not be accepted. Development in Schools (3) 4. Correspondence courses will not be accepted. This course has two purposes: to improve the instruc- 5. A maximum of nine (9) semester hours of courses tional competencies of teachers and to help those in taken at another institution may be approved by supervisory positions develop those competencies the Graduate Admission Committee if the courses necessary to help others improve their instructional fall within the time limit, if the other institution is performance. Major topics include the characteristics of regionally-accredited, and if a grade of B or better effective instruction, alternative instructional strategies, has been received. and alternative supervisory models. Prerequisite: Gradu- 6. A maximum of three (3) semester hours of Indepen- ate standing. dent Study or workshop credit may be counted. 7. A minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of EA 584 School Finance& Business Administration (3) courses must be at the 500 level or above. This course describes various forms of school revenue 8. Licensure candidates must have three years of including ad valorem taxation and bonded indebtedness; full-time licensed/certified employment to obtain appropriate methods of school accounting according to Institutional Recommendation for licensure. the Kansas Department of Education; and models for 9. Degree candidates must complete one of the fol- effective business management. Prerequisite: Graduate lowing capstone experiences: written comprehen- standing.

286 EA 586 School Law (3) of central office administration. Relationships with the The legal rights, duties, and responsibilities of school board, the community, staff, and students are a major personnel. Specific topics in this course include due pro- focus. Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. cess, tort liability, negligence, and contracts. Basic legal relationships between employer, colleagues, pupils, and EA 674 Special Topics in Educational adults are addressed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Administration (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- EA 589 Building Leadership (3) nounced in advance. EA 674 may be repeated for credit. The role and responsibility of the school principal in Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and organizing, administering, and supervising the Pre-K - 12 Instructor. school. This course examines the multifaceted role of the building administrator. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. ED 405 Classroom Management (1) Various methods of managing classrooms and student EA 592 School-Community Relations (3) behaviors within diverse learning environments. Prereq- Development of effective skills in communication, group uisite: taken concurrent with student teaching. facilitation, interpersonal relations, climate-building, conflict resolution, and relationships to the public served. ED 441 Language & Literacy Development in Early Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Childhood Education (3) Students will identify speech and language behaviors EA 594 Practicum in Educational Administration (3) which are developmentally appropriate for young children A series of structured, field-based experiences in an birth – age eight. Students will identify and practice elementary, middle or secondary school to demonstrate methods and techniques necessary to foster listening, competency in such administrative areas as: discipline, speaking, pre-writing, pre-reading, and pre-math skills in scheduling, counseling, financial management, line/staff children birth to five years of age. Prerequisite: graduate relationships, professional personnel, and other leader- standing. ship skills. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ED 444 Art in the Elementary/Middle School (3) EA 595 Practicum II in Educational Administration (3) Understanding the purpose behind the creative process Supervised field-based experience for the superinten- as it applies to teaching and evaluating art produced by dent candidate to demonstrate competencies identified the child. Correlates various art experiences with the through the NCATE/ELCC categories. Field candidates student’s developmental and emotional level. Applies will demonstrate competency in the area of finance, elementary, middle, and secondary art experiences to facilitates, human resources, curriculum leadership, the “regular” classroom. Prerequisite: permission of the and other designated leadership skills. Candidates will instructor. develop an experience portfolio to validate job skills. Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. ED 445 Introduction to Craft Techniques (3) Lectures and demonstrations covering a variety of craft EA 596 Human Resources Management (3) materials utilized in the elementary, middle, and second- This course deals with personnel policies and issues in ary schools. Includes experience and practice with block the following areas of human resources: teacher recruit- printing, fabric art, casting and molding techniques, and ment, orientation, evaluation, promotion, termination, safety standards associated with the craft production. tenure, retirement, and related areas. Included will be an Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. emphasis on adherence to legal aspects of the personnel function as well as dealing with professional organiza- ED 447 Pre-Kindergarten & Kindergarten Methods (3) The primary focus of this course is on methods and ma- tions. Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. terials that support physical, emotional, social and intel- EA 597 School Planning and lectual needs of the kindergarten and Pre-Kindergarten Facilities Management (3) child. Prerequisite: graduate standing. This course is designed for aspiring school superinten- dents and central office leaders. The course will prepare ED 450 ESL Methods and Cross Cultural school leaders to be proactive in developing educational Communication (3) Emphasis on practical methods of teaching English as a specifications for school buildings thereby enhancing the Second Language and strategies for working with speak- educational process. This course includes the planning ers of other languages. Includes a review of resource procedures for new buildings, remodeling and/or retrofit- materials, lesson planning, and in-class teaching practice ting buildings. Community and school surveys, site selec- as well as an analysis of problems posed by conflicting tion, design and maintenance and operations of school language and cultural habits. May be taken for under- buildings are also components of the course. Prerequi- graduate or graduate credit. Prerequisite: senior stand- site: Building Level licensure/certification. ing and permission of the instructor. EA 598 The District Leader (3) This course is designed for individuals who wish to ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education (3) Critical analysis of contemporary problems and issues in become central office administrators. The course em- American education. Consideration of historical, socio- phasizes sound administration of financial, material, and logical, and philosophical foundations affecting problems human resources as necessary for optimal realization and issues included. This course is part of the graduate of the goals of the school district. Effective public school core. administrators must understand the systems principles and leadership potential which are found in the area

287 ED 474 Special Topics in Education (1-3) school curricula, prominent instructional models and Courses in special topics which will vary from semester their supporting theoretical rationale, barriers of effective to semester and will be announced in advance. ED 474 implementation of innovative curricula, and systematic may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: permission of evaluation of educational programs. Students learn to Department Chairperson and the instructor. review the process of curricular modification from a per- spective which integrates theory and practice. ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology (3) Critical examination of historical, sociological, philosophi- ED 580 Integrating Technology in Curriculum (3) cal foundations and implications of the use of technology Presents students with principles underlying selection in an educational setting. Prerequisites: ED 300 and and use of technology to enhance learning. The class graduate standing. examines software and multimedia technologies as they contribute to the instructional process. ED 494 Philosophy of Education (3) An historical and contemporary analysis of philosophical ED 582 Leadership in Technology (3) perspectives concerning the educational process. Devel- This course will provide guidance regarding varying as- ops and traces schools of educational thought in an effort pects of technology implementation, including software/ to help students clarify their own educational philosophy. hardware acquisitions, funding, and staff development. The relationship between educational philosophy and practice will be emphasized. Prerequisite: permission of ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom (3) Multimedia gives teachers and students powerful new the instructor. tools for teaching and learning by combining technolo- ED 518 Supervision of Student Teachers (3) gies such as video, audio, graphics, interactivity, and An analysis of problems, issues, and strategies of text. Students in this course will learn how to identify, student-teacher supervision. Different perspectives and choose, plan for, produce, and integrate multimedia into approaches to supervision are addressed. Issues of instruction. Prerequisite: graduate standing. teacher education as they apply to supervision are ex- plored. Designed for cooperating teachers and supervi- ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction (3) The Internet is providing many educational opportunities sors of student teachers. for the connected classroom. This course will investi- ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology (3) gate the various components of the Internet, such as The purpose of this course is to explore advanced topics the World Wide Web, telecommunications, and other in educational psychology as they apply to teacher prac- resources for use in the classroom. Students will learn to tice. Topics include learning theory, child and adolescent find, identify, evaluate, and utilize Internet resources for psychology, theories of motivation and achievement, and instruction. Prerequisite: graduate standing. social and cultural influences on learning and develop- ment. This course is part of the graduate core curricu- ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education (3) Technology is a constantly changing and ever-evolving lum. process. Students in this course will explore new tech- ED 562 Methods of Teaching English in the nologies, evaluate them, and determine their applicability Secondary Schools (4) for the classroom. Prerequisite: graduate standing. The study of and practice in the methods of teaching literature, language, and writing in the secondary ED 588 Using Technology with Special Needs schools. Major concerns include teaching theory; the Students (2) Students will learn to use technology, including comput- relationship between oral and written language; language ers to enhance the education of students with exception- development; language used in various social, regional, alities. and cultural settings; curriculum development; and the assessment of students’ progress in reading and writing. ED 596 Thesis (3-6) Students participate in a field-based experience at Research design and analysis of action research or various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to library research study. This project is the culminating teacher education or consent of the instructor. activity for the graduate student interested in research or advanced study. Professional laboratory experiences ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research (3) in child study, innovative problems constitute the typical The purpose of this course is to introduce graduate projects for thesis designs. Prerequisite: ED 565 and students to basic information needed to understand permission of Chairperson of the Department of Educa- processes used to plan, conduct, and report research tion. on education related issues and problems. The course focuses on increasing students’ appreciation of the field ED 597 Independent Study in Education (1-3) of educational research, while increasing their ability to Independent research for graduate students investigating interpret and evaluate published research studies. Both a special problem in a specific area. Prerequisite: per- qualitative and quantitative research methodologies are mission of Chairperson of the Department of Education. reviewed. This course is part of the graduate core cur- riculum. ED 674 Special Topics in Education (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation (3) announced in advance. May repeat for credit. Pre- An examination of social and psychological influences requisite: permission of Department Chairperson and upon curricula design and implementation. Emphasis Instructor. is placed upon study of the societal forces which affect

288 RD 420 Literature for Young Adults (3) grounded in whole language philosophy are included, The study of books read by young adults between the along with more traditional strategies. The focus is on ages of 12 and 18, covering the history of young adult selection of appropriate approaches, strategies and literature, the relationship between children’s and young materials for readers who exhibit specific strengths and adult literature, censorship and selection, and teaching weaknesses. methods. RD 526 The Reading Specialist (3) RD 484 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) eminar in the role of the reading specialist as an instruc- A study of the specific reading skills relating to the vari- tional leader for students, parents, teachers, admin- ous disciplines found in middle and secondary schools. istrators, professional colleagues and the community. Addresses the philosophy that the effective content Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Program in teacher includes the teaching of reading as an essential Reading. element for mastery of the content. Emphasis is given to the importance of pre and post assessment of student’s RD 528 Language Development and Assessment reading skills and abilities, comprehension strategies, Development (3) Principles of the processes of language development thinking and study skills, readability of materials, and including the social and cultural factors which affect lan- collateral reading. Required for all middle school and guage acquisition, the stages of language development, secondary school majors in the State of Kansas. and the relationship between oral language and literacy. RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction (3) The focus is on developing assessment procedures Theories of the reading process, current approaches and instructional strategies to facilitate development for to instruction, and instructional practices across a P-12 language-challenged and language different learners. curriculum. The focus is on improving instruction through appropriate and thoughtful decision-making which sup- RD 530 Literacy Practicum Supervised experience with learners who exhibit reading ports the development of process, content, and attitude problems. Emphasis is on administering tests, analyzing goals in a total reading curriculum. data, determining a reader’s strengths and challenges, RD 512 Literature for Literacy Instruction (3) developing instructional plans, selecting and implement- Survey of literature across P-12 levels with an emphasis ing appropriate strategies and materials, and assessing a on how literature can be used in the development of reader’s progress toward goals. Prerequisites: RD 510, readers and writers, and learners within all content fields. 512, 520, 522, and 528. A variety of literary genre and text types will be explored. Students will learn strategies as well as create and RD 674 Special Topics in Reading Education (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- implement plans using literature within a broad context of nounced in advance. RD 674 may be repeated for credit. instructional and learner needs. Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and RD 516 Teaching Writing in Classrooms (3) Instructor. Current approaches to teaching writing based on whole language philosophy across a K-9 curriculum. Instruc- SE 456 SPED Practicum I (4) Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences tional strategies for improving writing skills through a writ- with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa- ing workshop and methods of evaluating writing including tional settings which include elementary age children. portfolio assessment will be emphasized. Course content Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. will explore current issues and recent research findings relating to teaching writing. SE 460 Exceptionalities in Early Childhood (3) This course focuses on children with disabilities ages RD 518 Integrating Language and Literacy Through birth through grade three. Emphasis is placed on under- Inquiry and Assessment (3) standing assessment, uses of technology, working with An inquiry approach to integrating language and literacy families, development of IEP’s/IFS’P, legal and historical across the curriculum. Emphasis is on the use of litera- foundations, curriculum, and collaboration with school ture and technology as springboards to motivate and personnel. Prerequisite: ED 302 sustain student-centered inquiry. Instruction in language and literacy skills is integrated within purposeful learning. SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student (3) Historical and current practices relating to the educa- RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading (3) tional characteristics, needs, and placement alternatives Principles and techniques of assessment of reading for for exceptional students. Emphasis placed on procedure the classroom or clinic. Current trends in naturalistic and strategies for teaching exceptional students in the assessment procedures which emphasizes the use of regular classroom. Prerequisite: ED 200 or equivalent. portfolios is included along with traditional assessment procedures which emphasize administering various as- SE 510 Learning and Behavior Problems of Children sessment instruments, analyzing diagnostic data, and and Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities (3) evaluating strengths and weaknesses to determine goals Social, cognitive, behavioral, educational, medical for instruction. aspects of development to establish etiology, character- istics, and best practice interventions for children and RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk (3) youth with learning and behavioral problems and theories Principles and techniques of instruction for at-risk read- of the causes of learning and behavioral problems. Em- ers, including the mildly handicapped student in class- phasis on identifying disabilities according to state guide- room or clinic. Current trends in applying strategies lines, utilizing appropriate assessment data, engaging in 289 multi-disciplinary planning, and developing appropriate tional settings which include pre-school/elementary age interventions. Prerequisite: ED 302 or SE 476. children. Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520, or concurrent enrollment in SE 520. SE 520 Educational Planning for Children and Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Preschool / SE 557 Special Education Practicum II (Preschool/ Elementary (3) Elementary School) (3) Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling Interrelated teaching experiences with students with mild/ procedures to structure the learning environment for moderate disabilities. Prerequisites: SE 556 and 18 pre-school and elementary students with learning and hours graduate coursework. behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment of procedures for laws and regulations, regular class SE 558 Special Education Practicum I (Middle integration, student and teacher time management, class School/Secondary School) (3) Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences scheduling, grading practices, and student/program with children with mild/moderate disabilities in education- evaluation. Prerequisite: SE 510. al settings which include middle school and secondary SE 522 Educational Planning for Children and Youth age children. Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520, or concur- with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Middle/Secondary rent enrollment in SE 522. School (3) Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling SE 559 Special Education Practicum procedures to structure the learning environment for II (Secondary) (3) Interrelated teaching experiences with students with mild/ middle and secondary school students with learning and moderate disabilities. Prerequisites: SE 558 and 18 behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment hours graduate coursework. of procedures for regular class integration, student and teacher time management, class scheduling, grading SE 560 Assessment in Special Education (Pre- practices, and student/program evaluation. Prerequisite: School/Elementary School) (3) SE 510. Survey and analysis of individual tests, curriculum-based and ecological measures applicable to diagnosing and SE 530 Methods & Materials for Teaching Mild- planning instructional programs for children with mild/ Moderate Disabled Children & Youth (Preschool/ moderate disabilities. Emphasis is on development of Elementary School) (3) individual portfolios through data collection, adminis- Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- tration and interpretation of multi-sources educational al methods including affective and learning behaviors, information, test results, and personal records to develop selection and adaptation of materials to support student appropriate curriculum. Stresses use of data in the learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular edu- development of individual educational plans. (A fee may cation classroom. IEP development. Prerequisite: ED be assessed to cover the cost of consumable materials.) 302 or SE 510. Prerequisites: SE 510 or SE 520. SE 532 Methods & Materials for Teaching Mild- SE 562 Assessment in Special Education (Middle Moderate Disabled Children & Youth (Middle School/ School/Secondary School) (3) Secondary) (3) Survey and analysis of individual tests and curriculum- Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- based measures applicable to diagnosing and planning al methods including affective and learning behaviors, instructional programs for youth with mild/moderate selection and adaptation of materials to support student disabilities. Emphasis is on development of individual learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular edu- portfolios through data collection, administration and cation classroom. Prerequisite: IEP development, ED interpretation of multi-sourced educational information, 302 or SE 510. test results, and personal records to develop appropriate SE 535 Conferencing and Consulting in Special curriculum. Stresses use of data in the development of Education (3) individual educational plans. (A fee may be assessed to An introduction to conferencing, collaboration, and com- cover the cost of consumable materials). Prerequisites: munication skills to develop multidisciplinary approaches SE 510 or SE 520. to work with parents and other professionals to secure supportive school/home environments for exceptional SE 580 Resources for Families with Disabilities (3) A study of the local, state and national resources avail- children. Prerequisites: ED 302 or SE 476 or SE 510. able to assist children with disabilities and their families SE 540 Individual & Group Management for Children is the focus of this course. Structural characteristics of & Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities (3) families are presented to assist students in understand- Principles and applications of individual and group ing the needs of individuals with disabilities. Prerequi- management techniques for children and youth with mild/ sites: ED 302 or graduate standing. moderate disabilities. Topics addressed include various theoretical approaches, practical techniques, and as- SE 674 Special Topics in Special Education (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- sessment procedures. nounced in advance. SE 674 may be repeated for credit. SE 556 Special Ed. Practicum I (Preschool/ Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and Elementary School) (3) Instructor. Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa-

290 Ma s t e r Of Li b e r a l St u d i e s (MLS) Academic Advising and Graduate Faculty The Master of Liberal Studies Advisory Committee Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/liberal-studies comprises faculty representation from the divisions of Humanities, Social Sciences, Creative and Performing Mission Arts, Natural Sciences, and Education. The Director of Consistent with the mission of the University and the MLS program serves as Chair. The Committee ap- the College of Arts and Sciences, the Master of Liberal proves all core courses, individualized study programs, Studies program at Washburn University is designed to and special topics courses. The Committee Chair signs develop students who understand the integrated nature off on all degrees. Each student will be assigned an of learning. Through the combination of core interdisci- advisor from among the graduate teaching faculty. A plinary seminars and an individualized study program, co-advisor from another academic field may be selected students become increasingly proficient at moving from by the student. the specific to the general and at seeking solutions by Although the MLS Advisory Committee has respon- integrating the various disciplines. The capstone experi- sibility for determining which faculty members will teach ence provides students with an opportunity to demon- courses in the program, the faculty will usually consist of strate these skills, as well as the broad humanistic goals full-time members of the faculty who are either tenured or of reading, writing, and thinking at a sophisticated level. on a tenure-track contract. Applications MLS Degree Requirements Applicants to the program must have a minimum GPA Completion of the thirty hour (30 hour) requirement of 3.0 in the last 60 hours of undergraduate work, and a with a minimum GPA of 3.0 at graduation and completion bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution. Those of a successful capstone project. who do not meet the minimum requirement may petition Satisfactory Progress for probationary admission. To move from probationary Students must maintain a GPA of 3.0 in graduate to full admission, candidates must complete 9 hours of courses to remain in good standing. Upon completion graduate courses with a 3.0 GPA. Undergraduate stu- of six graduate hours, students will be required to select dents may petition for admission to graduate courses in an advisor who will assist them in creating an integrated the last six hours before completion of their undergradu- program with a clear rationale. The program of study ate program. must be completed within a six-year time span. Students The applicant should submit the following: who have not been admitted to the program may take • an application form courses on a space available basis. • a three to five page essay defining what a liberal education means at the graduate level and specify- Individualized Study Program ing how the general aims of a liberal education are In consultation with their advisors, students must relevant to the applicant’s specific goals in pursuing construct an integrated program that goes beyond their the MLS degree. undergraduate experience. Students may not repeat • three letters of recommendation which address the for graduate credit a course they have already taken applicant’s accomplishments and ability to work at for undergraduate credit. The individualized study the graduate level. program must have a clear rationale and must include course work from at least two divisions. The program • all undergraduate transcripts proposal must be approved by the MLS Committee. After reviewing the application, essay, recommenda- Courses in the ISP may be dual-listed in the 300/500 tions and transcripts, the committee may interview ap- level. Students receiving graduate credit will have more plicants for admission. demanding course requirements and will complete an Deadlines for application are November 15th for the appropriate research project. In addition, students, with spring semester and April 15th for fall semester the consent of the MLS Committee, may take a Special Transfer credit from other accredited graduate pro- Topics in Liberal Studies course, LS 590. grams will be considered on a case-by-case basis, but in no case will more than nine hours of transfer credit Student Learning Outcomes be accepted. Transfer credit will be granted only in the Master of Liberal Studies students, upon graduation, are individualized study component of the program. Twelve expected to have: hours of interdisciplinary seminars must be completed at • demonstrated the ability to complete graduate-level Washburn University. Correspondence regarding admis- independent academic research using both primary sion should be addressed as follows: and secondary sources; Dr. Maureen Godman, Director, MLS • demonstrated a mastery of the formal conventions College of Arts and Sciences of scholarly writing; Washburn University • acquired an understanding of the interconnection 1700 SW College Avenue among the various academic disciplines so that Topeka, KS 66621 “interdisciplinary” becomes an active approach to (785) 670-1917 understanding and interpretation; and email: [email protected] • acquired the ability to put these skills into practice by writing a capstone project that carefully analyzes a specific problem and that does so by placing that

291 problem in a context that transcends disciplinary LS 502 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Social boundaries. Sciences (3) A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the social Core Disciplinary Seminars sciences as it relates to either the humanities or the natu- These courses do not assume that students possess ral sciences; the course will be cross-listed with either LS professional-level proficiency in the disciplines that pro- 501 or 503. Variable, but interdisciplinary subject matter. vide the courses. They are not offered in specific disci- A student may repeat the course when it is offered on a plines such as Philosophy or Chemistry. Rather they are different topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into MLS pro- offered as Liberal Studies courses designed to introduce gram or consent of the instructors. students to the underpinnings of the disciplines. They are built around a considerable body of independent LS 503 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Natural work and student presentations to the seminar as a Sciences (3) whole. They are interdisciplinary and taught by faculty A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the natural from two or more departments. These courses must be sciences as it relates to either the humanities or the completed at Washburn University. Core interdisciplinary social sciences; the course will be cross-listed with either courses are regularly offered in the evenings or on week- LS 501 or 502. Variable, but interdisciplinary subject ends. The Director works with individual departments to matter. A student may repeat the course when it is of- ensure that a reasonable mix of upper-division courses fered on a different topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into are offered at times that are accessible to non-traditional MLS program or consent of instructors. students. LS 590 Special Topics (1-6) Students must take four seminars: With the consent of the advisory committee students may • LS 500 Introduction to Graduate Research in Lib- arrange with a member of the graduate faculty a special eral Studies topics course in Liberal Studies. • LS 501 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Humanities LS 599 Capstone Experience (3) • LS 502 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Social Sci- Students will apprentice themselves to one faculty mem- ences ber to pursue a theme developed in the core interdisci- • LS 503 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Natural Sci- plinary program or individualized study program. The ences expectation is a research paper of 30 pages or an ap- proved equivalent. Students will be strongly encouraged Each seminar is offered for 3 hours credit. Students to develop creative alternatives. Regardless of the form may take LS 501, 502, or 503 more than once, though the project takes, it must in some significant way reflect they will not be able to repeat a specific seminar. both an in-depth understanding of a specific subject mat- In addition to the four required seminars, all students ter and the interdisciplinary nature of learning. in the program will register for a three-hour capstone Papers or projects are defended before a three- to course, LS 599: Capstone Experience. Working with a five-person committee consisting of the advisor and two capstone advisor as well as with a committee composed to four other faculty members chosen by the student and of other faculty members in the program, students will approved by the advisor and the MLS Director. research and write a paper that serves as the culmina- The Capstone course provides the final opportunity tion of their MLS studies. to evaluate the student’s mastery of the Liberal Studies LS 500 Introduction to Graduate Research in Liberal curriculum. The final project should reflect the student’s Studies (3) appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of learning. An introduction to the process, method, and style of The following courses have also been identified as graduate research in the humanities, natural sciences, meeting the criteria for the Master of Liberal Studies and social sciences. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Program. Courses must be taken at the highest level MLS program or instructor’s consent. offered to apply to the MLS degree. LS 501 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Humanities (3) AN 321/521 Anthropology of Women A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the humani- AN 324/524 History & Theory of Anthropology ties as it relates to either the social or natural sciences; AN 337/537 Creativity and Society the course will be cross-listed with either LS 502 or 503. AN 338/538 Advanced Social Problems Variable, but interdisciplinary subject matter. A student AR 500 Directed Graduate Studies in Art may repeat the course when it is offered on a different CM 531 Computational Intelligence topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into MLS program or CM 532 Data Mining consent of the instructors. ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education ED 494 Philosophy of Education ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology EA 592 School-Community Relations EN 301/501 Critical Reading and Writing EN 310/510 Modern English Grammar EN 330/530 American Literature I EN 331/531 American Literature II EN 345/545 Shakespeare EN 370/570 Medieval Literature EN 374/574 Modern Literature

292 EN 390/590 Aspects of Film MU 556 Cello EN 505 Advanced Fiction Writing PH 300/500 General Topics in Philosophy EN 506 Advanced Poetry Writing PH 303/503 Topics in the History of Philosophy EN 507 Creative Writing, Nonfiction PH 311/511 Issues in Ethical Theory EN 515 Reading as Writers PH 315/515 Philosophy of Law EN 520 Literature for Young Adults PH 325/525 Philosophy of Mathematics EN 525 Survey of English Literature I PH 330/530 Philosophy of Mind EN 526 Survey of English Literature II PH 335/535 Metaphysics EN 536 Contemporary Theater PO 321/521 The Presidency EN 560 World Literature I PO 333/533 Classical and Medieval Political Theory EN 561 World Literature II PO 334/534 Modern and Contemporary Political EN 571 Renaissance Literature Theory EN 572 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century PO 339/539 Constitutional Law I Literature PO 340/540 Constitutional Law II EN 573 Romantic/Victorian Literature PO 586 Directed Readings EN 575 Contemporary Literature RG 500 Special Topics in Religion EN 580 Modern Poetry RG 301/501 Old Testament Prophets EN 581 Drama RG 303/503 Jesus in the Gospels EN 582 Modern Novel RG 305/505 The Mission and Message of Paul EN 585 Directed Reading, Writing, Research RG 331/531 Concepts of God: East and West EN 593 Literature of Popular Culture SO 314/514 Organizations EN 599 Special Topics in Writing and Research SO 338/538 Advanced Social Problems FR 574 Independent Studies (French) SO 360/560 Sociological Theory FR 599 Special Topics (French) SP 574 Independent Study (Spanish) GE 574 Independent Studies (German) SP 599 Special Topics (Spanish) GE 599 Special Topics (German) TH 306/506 Contemporary Theater HI 300/500 Special Topics in History TH 307/507 Non-Western Drama HI 304/504 American Revolutionary Period (1763-1789) Ma s t e r Of Sc i e n c e In Nu r s i n g (MSN) HI 307/507 The American Civil War: 1848-1877 Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sonu HI 311/511 Cold-War America: 1945-1990 E-mail: [email protected] HI 312/512 War’s Impact on America HI 315/515 Women in U.S. History Degrees Offered: HI 317/517 Topeka and Urban American History Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) HI 320/520 The American West Post-graduate Certificate in Education HI 325/525 American Religious History HI 322/522 Kansas History Petro Allied Health Center, Room 203 HI 328/528 African-American History 785-670-1525 HI 336/536 History of Britain Fax: 785-670-1032 HI 338/538 Victorian Britain: c. 1830-WWI Mission HI 344/544 The Holocaust: A Seminar Washburn University School of Nursing emphasizes HI 360/560 History of Mexico excellence in teaching that prepares students to value HI 370/570 Modern Africa: c.1700-Present life‑long learning as professional nurses. Washburn HI 380/580 Women in World History nursing graduates collaborate with communities apply- HI 398/598 Directed Readings ing ethical leadership, critical thinking, and technological HI 512 War’s Impact on America skills to design caring, innovative health solutions for MM 300/500 Mass Media Law diverse populations. MM 301/501 Mass Media and the Cinema MM 351/551 Mass Media Research Accreditation MM 393/593 Special Topics The MSN program was initiated in the fall of 2005. MM 400/515 Media Effects The Washburn University Board of Regents approved the MM 401/501 Media Analysis and Criticism graduate nursing program in the spring of 2004 with ac- MM 410/510 Broadcast Programming and Sales ceptance by the Kansas Board of Regents in September MM 411/511 Media Management 2004 and approval by the Kansas State Board of Nursing MM 412/512 TV Production II in November 2004. The MSN program’s Advanced MM 492/592 Independent Study Registered Nursing Practitioner (ARNP) tracks are MM 493/593 Special Topics approved by the Kansas State Board of Nursing. The MU 306/506 Introduction to Aesthetics and Music Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CNNE) Criticism completed an initial accreditation review in the fall of MU 325/525 Music History I 2006. MU 326/526 Music History II MU 551 Orchestra Description of the Program MU 552 String Orchestra The graduate program in nursing at Washburn MU 554 Small Ensembles University offers a nursing curriculum designed to pre- pare Registered Nurses as advanced practice nurses. 293 The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree is a 42 • collaborate with interdisciplinary groups within the to 50 credit hour curriculum that offers four specialty role and scope of advanced practice nursing; tracks: adult nurse practitioner, family nurse practitioner, • demonstrate sound critical thinking and clinical administrative leadership, and clinical nurse leader. The decision-making; clinical nurse leader track is pending Board of Regents • provide holistic care that is culturally proficient with approval. Two tracks, adult nurse practitioner and fam- diverse groups and communities; ily nurse practitioner meet the Kansas State Board of • incorporate ethical and legal principles in health Nursing requirements for ARNP. care policies; and The curriculum is composed of seven core courses, three advanced practice core courses, four to six spe- • integrate effective communication in advanced cialty courses, and Graduate Project or Thesis. Students nursing roles. may complete the curriculum as a part-time or full-time MSN COURSE REQUIREMENTS student, with five courses being offered online. The curriculum adheres to guidelines provided by pertinent Core Requirements (30 hrs) credentialing and regulating organizations (American NU 500 Theoretical Foundations for ANP 3 Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1996; Kansas NU 502 Advanced Nursing Practice Ethics 2 State Board of Nursing, 2004; National Task Force on NU 504 Integrative Healing Therapies 2 Quality Nurse Practitioner Education, 2002; National NU 506 Advanced Pathophysiology 3 Organization of Nurse Practitioner Faculty, 2002) while NU 508 Health Policy, Finance & Org 4 creating a flexible and contemporary graduate education. NU 510 Professional Role Development 2 The graduate nursing curriculum builds upon the NU 512 Advanced Pharmacology 3 baccalaureate degree in nursing to develop an advanced NU 514 Advanced Health Assessment 4 practice nurse with a high level of expertise in clinical NU 516 Informatics in Health Settings 2 practice, education, and/or administrative leadership. All NU 518 Advanced Nursing Research 3 graduates possess an advanced core of knowledge to or assess and manage health within complex systems. NU 6XX Clinical Scholarship Evidence-Based Practice Adult nurse practitioners provide clients with health (CNL students only) 3 education, health promotion and maintenance interven- NU 670 Graduate Project or Thesis 2-6 tions. They assume responsibility with individuals and families to maintain and promote health, care for people Adult Nurse Practitioner (ANP) Core (15 hrs) with acute and chronic illness and provide supportive and NU 600 Adult Health I 3 restorative measures for realization of maximum health NU 602 Adult Health I Practicum 3 potential. NU 604 Adult Health II 3 Family nurse practitioners provide clients with health NU 606 Adult Health II Practicum 3 education, health promotion and health maintenance NU 608 Health Care Practicum III-Specialty 3 interventions. They assume responsibility with individu- Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Core * (5 hrs) als across the life span and their families to maintain and NU 507 Advanced Pathophysiology-Family 1 promote health, care for people with acute and chronic NU 513 Advanced Pharmacology-Pediatrics 1 illness and provide supportive and restorative measures NU 603 Primary Care Family 3 for realization of maximum health potential. *These courses plus ANP courses are required for FNP Administrative leaders will creatively guide organiza- specialization. tions through system change and adaptation. They will competently provide advanced leadership and manage- Administrative Leadership (12 hrs) ment for healthcare organizations in a variety of settings. NU 610 Administrative Leadership 3 Clinical Nurse Leaders are prepared as a generalist. The NU 612 Financial Management 3 role of clinical nurse leader was developed to address NU 614 Administrative Practicum 3 needs in healthcare for lateral integration of care at the NU 616 Administrative Leadership Elective 3 bedside. Graduates of the clinical nurse leader track will Clinical Nurse Leader (CNL) (16 hrs) provide and manage care at the point of care to individu- NU 610 Administrative Leadership 3 als, clinical populations, and communities. The adminis- NU 612 Financial Management of Health Care 3 trative leadership and clinical nurse leader specialties do NU 6XX Care Continuity and Management 3 not prepare the graduate for eligibility as an Advanced NU 6XX CNL Practicum I 3 Registered Nurse Practitioner (ARNP) in Kansas. NU 6XX CNL Practicum II 4 Master of Science in Nursing End-of- Degree Completion Requirements/Graduation program Outcomes Completion of 42 to 53 credit hours, depending upon At the completion of the nursing program, the learner will track specialization, is required for the awarding of the be able to: MSN degree. These hours include 30 hours of advanced • provide organizational leadership demonstrating practice core curriculum, 12 to 20 hours of specializa- knowledge of health policy and health care sys- tion coursework, and 2 to 6 hours of project/thesis. The tems; adult nurse practitioner track includes 705 clock hours • integrated knowledge and theory into evidence- of practicum/laboratory experience. The family nurse based practice and research; practitioner track includes 765 hours of practicum/labora- tory experience. Students may not be able to graduate

294 with a cumulative grade point average of less than 3.0. School of Nursing, an online Washburn University Recommendation that the master’s degree be granted Admission application must be submitted to the must be made by the faculty of the School of Nursing to University Office of Admissions. The School of Nursing the Dean of the School of Nursing, the University admin- Graduate Education Committee (GEC) reviews appli- istration, and the Washburn University Board of Regents. cations and admits qualified applicants to fill available To ensure that all requirements are met, students positions. A personal interview with a member of the must meet with their faculty advisor the semester prior to faculty may be required of applicants for assessment of graduation to review their degree audit. All students must qualifications. Students are selected for admission to also submit an Application for Degree to the Registrar’s the graduate program without discrimination in regard Office by September 15th (for Fall graduation) or to race, color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, February 1st (for Spring graduation). disability, gender, marital or parental status, or sexual orientation. The School of Nursing adheres to policies Education Certificate of non-discrimination as defined by various federal and The Certificate in Education prepares nurses at the state laws and regulations. graduate level with expertise in educational theory, The School of Nursing seeks applicants who exhibit teaching strategies, and curriculum development. the interpersonal skills and behaviors that enable them Students with a previous graduate degree in nursing or to work compatibly with others in both the classroom those students currently pursuing a graduate degree and clinical areas. Applicants seeking admission should may choose to complete the certificate in preparation for demonstrate emotional maturity, personal integrity, and clinical nursing faculty role. The twelve hour curriculum ethical responsibility. Applicants should possess the flex- is composed of two didactic courses, one practicum and ibility to deal with unexpected situations and should dem- one education elective courses and provides a contem- onstrate a willingness to utilize constructive feedback to porary graduate education tailored to the interests of the develop behaviors characteristic of a professional per- student. son. The School of Nursing reserves the right to withhold Post-Masters Education Certificate (12 hrs) admission to or withdraw students from the program who NU 680 Educational Foundations in Nursing 3 do not demonstrate these professional behaviors. NU 682 Teaching and Learning for Nursing Practice 3 NU 684 Education Practicum 3 Criminal Record NU 686 Education Elective 3 Students are advised that nursing licenses may be denied or disciplined by the Kansas State Board of ADMISSION AND PROGRESSION Nursing (KSBN). Possible grounds for such action may include being guilty of a felony or misdemeanor involv- Admission Criteria ing an illegal drug offense if the KSBN determines that Students who meet the requirements noted be- such person is not sufficiently rehabilitated to warrant low may apply for admission to the graduate nursing the public trust. Also considered are patterns of practice program. Students will be admitted to the program each and other behaviors exhibiting an apparent incapacity year in the fall semester. Students make application to to practice nursing. All criminal history must be revealed the School of Nursing and file the required credentials to and will be evaluated by the KSBN before advanced with the Nursing Office during the specified time period practice licensure is granted or denied. Admission to the indicated in the application instructions available in the School of Nursing does not guarantee that a student will School of Nursing. The requirements for admission be eligible for licensure. include: 1. Graduation from an accredited BSN program, as Transfer Students evidenced by submitted transcripts; Students transferring from other nursing graduate pro- 2. Currently licensed as an RN in Kansas; grams are required to submit course syllabi for all com- 3. Completion of a written application to include: pleted nursing courses. Transfer of credits from another a. Two Applicant Reference Statements from an graduate nursing program is considered on a case-by- employer, previous faculty, or professional peer case basis. Transfer credit will be awarded for equivalent discussing potential for success in the program; coursework. The applicant must have received a grade b. A written statement on personal philosophy of of “B” or better in the course(s) being considered. In most nursing and potential for success in the program; instances, transfer of credit is only granted for first year 4. Successful completion of an undergraduate nursing courses up to 12 credit hours. Academic credit is not research course with a grade of “C” or above; given for life or work experience. 5. Successful completion of undergraduate health as- Time Limit for Completion of the Program sessment across the life span with a grade of “C” or All students have six years from their date of entry above; into the program to complete the requirements of the 6. Successful completion of graduate inferential statis- graduate nursing program at Washburn University. Any tics course with a grade of “B” or above; student who cannot comply with this requirement and 7. 3.0 GPA in last 60 hours of college course work; has a legitimate reason for being unable to do so may 8. Students with English as a second language must petition for an extension. The petition for extension demonstrate a TOEFL score of 550 (213). Informa- should be approved by the faculty advisor and sent to tion about the TOEFL exam may be reviewed at the the Chairperson of the GEC for committee consideration. website http://www.ets.org/toefl/ The petition should state why the extension is being If a student is not already enrolled at Washburn requested and it should include a detailed timetable University at the time of applying for admission to the for completion of the requirements. The student will be 295 notified in writing by the Chairperson of the GEC as to To remain in good standing within the MSN program, the acceptance or rejection of this petition. students must maintain an average GPA of 3.0 in all courses. Faculty will notify the GEC Chairperson when a Part-time and Full-time Students grade of “C,” “D” or “F” (or comparable failing or non- Both part-time and full-time scheduling options are credit grade) has been earned by a student. A student available. All students begin the MSN program in the Fall whose cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0 semester. Students who choose to attend full-time may will be placed on academic probation for a minimum of complete the program in 5 semesters. The University’s two semesters. Notification of probationary status will requirement for full-time status as a graduate student is 9 be provided in writing to the student by the Chairperson credit hours. Full-time students in the nursing graduate of the GEC following review by the GEC. During the program will average 10-11 credit hours per semester. probationary period, the student is expected to raise his/ Part-time students, averaging 5 to 8 credit hours each her cumulative grade point average to 3.0 or higher. semester, may complete the program in 7 semesters. When a student is successful, the Chairperson of the Full-time students are strongly discouraged from full-time GEC will notify the student in writing that he/she is no employment due to the rigor of the program and the time longer on academic probation. A student who fails to required for practicum. raise his or her cumulative grade point average to 3.0 or Conditional Admission higher in the two-semester period will be dismissed from Students may be “conditionally” admitted to the MSN the graduate nursing program. Academic probation will program as a part-time student for one academic year. A only be granted one time. Any student whose cumulative student whose status is “conditional” may have one pre- grade point average falls below 3.0 a second time after requisite course not completed at the time of application. he or she is released from academic probation will be A student admitted as “conditional” is expected to com- dismissed from the program. plete the admission requirement within a year, preferably Students who receive a failing grade (e.g., “D,” “F,”) sooner. If the requirement is not met within academic in any course will be placed on academic suspension. year of conditional admission, the student may not enroll The student may not repeat the course or enroll in further in graduate coursework in and will be dismissed from the nursing courses unless approved by the GEC. To be program. The student may reapply to the MSN program considered for continuation in the major, the student after the requirement is completed and approval from the must write a letter of petition to the GEC requesting rein- GEC committee. statement. The letter must be submitted to the commit- tee chairperson by the first day of the month of the next Unrealized Admissions enrollment period. The letter must address the following: A student who has been admitted and subsequently The student’s explanation for the situation in which does not enroll in the first semester after admission will the D or F grade or the withdrawal occurred, have their admission revoked. This student will not be Rationale for continuing in the program, and counted in the admission or dismissal numbers for the A plan of action for preventing a similar situation in the respective academic year. future. Non-degree seeking option The request will be reviewed by the GEC and deter- Students may complete up to ten (10) hours of non- mination made as to whether the student should (1) be practicum coursework prior to acceptance to the MSN allowed to repeat the course; (2) counseled to withdraw program. Please contact the Director of Student Support from the program; or (3) be dismissed from the program. Services advisor for enrollment assistance. The second time a student receives a failing grade in any course he/she will be dismissed from the program. Grading Policies If academic dismissal is necessary, the GEC The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree Chairperson will notify the student, the Dean of the program at Washburn University provides students with School of Nursing, and the Registrar’s office, in writing, a rigorous course of study with a generalist foundation of the dismissal. The student may appeal academic and a clinical concentration. At a minimum, consistent dismissal, in consultation with his or her faculty advi- attendance, punctuality, preparation, active participation sor, according to Appeal Procedure for Students Denied in class (including online participation for web-assisted Admission/Readmission published in the University classes), and above average performance in complet- catalog. ing readings, assignments, quizzes, tests, and any other course-related tasks translate to a letter grade of “B.” Appeal after Dismissal Procedure Grades within the MSN program consist of “A” (excellent A student who has been dismissed from the Graduate performance), “B” (satisfactory performance), “C” (below Program and who wishes to appeal the decision of the standards), “D” (significantly below standards) and “F” GEC of the School, may seek recourse through the fol- (failure). All courses are graded on this scale. lowing procedure: 1. The student should submit in writing to the Chairper- Academic Probation and Dismissal son of the GEC the student’s reasons for disagree- The GEC, in consultation with the Dean, has the ment with the decision of the committee and should authority to dismiss a student from the School of. The request reconsideration of the decision. imposition of probation, suspension and/or dismissal is 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the a very serious matter and shall not be recommended or GEC proves unsatisfactory to the student, the student imposed in the absence of compelling and substantial may then seek remediation by the Dean of the School reasons. of Nursing.

296 3. Should the student still feel dissatisfied with the in the family. The student is responsible for initiating the results of these actions, he/she may request a review request for a tuition refund in writing and the request of the School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The deci- must include sufficient written documentation to make sion of that body is final. rendering a decision possible. (See Medical Withdrawal in this Catalog.) Grade Appeal Procedure Students wishing to appeal a grade must follow the Non-Academic Dismissal School of Nursing and University policies and procedures In order to remain in the MSN program at Washburn for grade appeal as outlined in the University Catalog. University students must: • adhere to the nursing profession’s Code of Ethics; Progression after Failing Grade Students receiving a failing grade or an incomplete in • adhere to the School of Nursing Code of Profes- any sequential core curriculum course will not be allowed sional Conduct for Nursing Students located in to proceed to the next course in that sequence or to the Student Handbook; advanced practice core courses until the course has • adhere to the professional conduct requirements been retaken (or, in the case of an incomplete, the work outlined in the rules and regulations of the Kansas has been completed and a change of grade has been Nurse Practice Act; and submitted to the Registrar’s Office). Given the design • adhere to Washburn University’s Student Conduct and structure of the graduate program, this may mean Code and academic impropriety policy as described the student must wait an entire year before he or she can in the Washburn University Catalog and Student resume taking classes in the graduate nursing program. Planner and Handbook. Students receiving a failing grade or incomplete in didac- Students are expected to exhibit professional behav- tic specialty courses may not proceed to the specialty ior in the classroom, on campus, and in the practicum practica until the course has been retaken (or, in the settings. Such behavior must reflect the values and eth- case of an incomplete, the work has been completed and ics of the nursing profession. Should a student be able a change of grade has been submitted to the Registrar’s to perform academically and in the field, yet demonstrate Office). Likewise, an incomplete grade in any practicum behaviors, values, or attitudes inconsistent with profes- will prevent that student from moving forward in the sional nursing practice, every attempt will be made to practicum sequence. counsel the student out of the program by the student’s Grade of Incomplete faculty advisor. However, depending on circumstances, Unless an earlier deadline is stipulated by the instruc- primary responsibility may rest with the Dean of the tor of the course, the incompletes in all courses must be School of Nursing, or relevant faculty. When a student completed by the last day of classes and grades submit- is not successfully counseled out of the program and is ted to the University Registrar Office by the deadline of determined to be unsuited for advanced nursing prac- grade submission of the subsequent Spring semester tice, non-academic dismissal from the MSN program is for Fall incompletes or the subsequent Fall semester for governed by specific criteria, policies, and procedures as Spring and Summer incompletes; otherwise a grade of published in the University Catalog and Student Planner “F” will be recorded. and Handbook. If faculty determines that a student’s presence in the Academic Withdrawal classroom or practicum setting constitutes an immediate A student may withdraw from an academic course threat to the student and/or others, the student may be any semester with a grade of “W” up to and including removed from the situation by the faculty. If such action the date of the “last day to withdraw” as specified in the is taken, the faculty shall immediately notify the Dean published Washburn University calendar. The faculty ad- of the School of Nursing, the student’s faculty advisor, visor and the SON Director of Student Support Services and any other parties (e.g., campus police, classroom should be consulted prior to withdrawal. Withdrawal or practicum instructors) involved in the situation. The from a practicum course anytime after the beginning School of Nursing follows the reporting and disciplinary of the semester requires the notification of the Course procedures as presented in the Washburn University Coordinator, faculty advisor, and practicum preceptor. If Student Conduct Code. The Dean of the School of an agency requests a student to withdraw from a practi- Nursing will also notify the Vice President for Academic cum because of the quality of the student’s performance Affairs. in the practicum, the Course Coordinator will investigate circumstances and take appropriate action. Leave of Absence Students who must interrupt their education due to Tuition Refund personal or professional reasons may ask for a Leave of A student who withdraws from any course may be Absence from the GEC. A letter should be submitted as entitled to a partial refund according to the university’s soon as the student realizes the need for a leave, which established refund policies. Students should consult the describes the reason for the leave and a projected return “Tuition and Refund Schedule” published in the Class date. Leaves will be granted on a case-by-case basis at Schedule Bulletin for each semester. Cancellation of the discretion of the GEC. If the 6 year completion time registration that entitles the student to a tuition refund is limit is exceeded, decisions about the student’s place- subject to approval by the Dean of the School of Nursing, ment and progression will be made by the GEC. the Vice President for Academic Affairs (or his/her des- ignee), and other Washburn University administrators. Withdrawal from the Nursing Program Typically, approval is granted only in rare and extraor- A student who wishes to withdraw from the gradu- dinary circumstances such as a serious illness or death ate nursing program should present to the Dean of 297 the School of Nursing a written statement of intent to The student and faculty advisor will meet and develop withdraw. An official University withdrawal form must be a plan of study which is placed in the student file. Plans signed by the Dean or SON faculty Advisor and filed with of study are to be submitted before completion of 9 credit the Registrar’s Office. Re-application to the School of hours. Faculty advisors play an important role in help- Nursing will be necessary should the student desire to ing students select appropriate elective courses. The re-enter the nursing program. selection of electives should be based upon the plan of study that has been discussed and mutually agreed upon Readmission to the School between student and advisor. In this way, students are Following interruption of the nursing sequence and able to tailor their courses of study to meet their particu- withdrawal from the nursing major, a letter requesting lar educational objectives. readmission to the School of Nursing must be submitted If at some point during his/her period of study, a to the Dean at least one month in advance of the desired student wants to change faculty advisors, he/she must admission date. Applicants must meet the current admis- submit the request in writing to the Dean. The student is sion requirements of the School of Nursing. Requests expected to discuss this request with both his/her current for readmission are reviewed by the GEC. Consideration advisor and the prospective advisor. Whenever practical, will be given to the length of absence, the student’s abil- such requests will be honored; however, there may be ity to achieve, and the available spaces in the clinical times or circumstances when a request of this type will courses in which the student will enroll. If readmission be denied. is granted, the remaining program requirements will be re-projected according to the student’s needs and the GRADUATION current curriculum. See Degree Completion Requirements on previous Appeal Procedure for Students Denied Admission or page. To ensure that all requirements are met, students Readmission to the Graduate Program must meet with their faculty advisor the semester prior to A student who has been denied admission or read- graduation. All students also must submit an Application mission to the graduate program and who wishes to for Degree to the Registrar’s Office by September appeal the decision of the GEC of the School, may seek 15th (for Fall graduation) or February 1st (for Spring recourse through the following procedure: graduation). 1. The student should state in writing to the Chairper- Commencement and Hooding Ceremony son of the GEC the student’s reasons for disagree- The University confers degrees at the end of each se- ment with the decision of the committee and should mester and at the end of the summer session. Students request reconsideration. who are scheduled to complete final requirements for 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the the degree during the following summer term may be GEC proves unsatisfactory to the student, the student permitted to participate in the Spring commencement may then seek remediation by the Dean of the School and hooding ceremonies. Students who complete their of Nursing. degree requirements in May are encouraged to partici- 3. Should the student still feel dissatisfied with the pate in the May commencement and hooding ceremony. results of these actions, he/she may request a review Students who complete their degree requirements in of the School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The December may participate in the December commence- decision of that body is final. ment or may return to campus to participate in the com- Advisement mencement and hooding ceremony in May following their Following acceptance to the graduate program, every graduation. new student attends a mandatory orientation session Licensure/Certification to become familiar with the School of Nursing and the Students interested in applying for Kansas advanced graduate program. Each student is assigned a faculty registered nurse practitioner (ARNP) are responsible for advisor in the Nursing School. Faculty advisors assist making application on their own with the Kansas State students with program planning (schedules, selection of Board of Nursing. It is the student’s responsibility to en- concentration, elective course, etc.) and with registration sure that the Washburn University Office of the Registrar each semester. sends an official student transcript to the Kansas State Advisory conferences may be scheduled as requested Board of Nursing. The School of Nursing secretaries by the student. However, the student must meet with her/ can provide to the student appropriate transcript re- his faculty advisor at the time of each enrollment. The quest forms for the Office of the Registrar. Because University notifies students and faculty advisors of dates requirements for advanced practice vary from state to during which registration is to occur, and students con- state, students who desire to practice in other states are tact their faculty advisors to arrange mutually convenient responsible for identifying qualifications required for the times to confer. Faculty advisors help students select specific state by contacting the appropriate State Board appropriate courses, assign enrollment personal identi- of Nursing. fication numbers (PIN) for each enrollment period, and Graduates of the adult and family nurse practitioner provide other assistance as needed. Any subsequent tracks are eligible for a certificate of qualification as an changes in enrollment (e.g., adding, dropping, or chang- ARNP in Kansas. Graduates of the nurse practitio- ing courses) also begin by conferring with one’s faculty ner tracks and the administrative leadership track are advisor. Prior to graduation, faculty advisors, in consul- eligible to sit for certification exams administered by the tation with the Dean, complete a form verifying that the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC). The student has completed all requirements. Administrative Leadership specialty does not prepare the

298 graduate for eligibility as an ARNP in Kansas, however, NU 510 Professional Role Development (2) graduates of the Administrative Leadership specialty Designed to make the graduate aware of the develop- may be eligible to sit for certification exams administered ment of health policy and economic issues affecting the by the ANCC, if they meet other eligibility requirements scope of nursing practice specifically in relation to the related to employment. professional roles of the nurse. Roles of the nurse in a COURSE OFFERINGS variety of health care settings including advanced prac- tice nursing will be explored. Prerequisite: Admission to the MSN Program or consent. NU 500 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3) NU 512 Advanced Pharmacology (3) Examines the conceptual and theoretical bases of nurs- Emphasizes application of selected drug therapies to ing. Selected theories/conceptual models are analyzed meet the needs of adults from diverse cultural groups. and critiqued. Emphasis placed on the interrelationship Basic concepts of qualitative and quantitative drug ac- of theory, research and practice and the implications of tions within the body are examined. Use of protocols, theory for nursing practice. Prerequisite: Admission to prescription writing and ethical, legal and economic the MSN Program or consent. issues surrounding the advanced nurses’ role in prescrib- ing, monitoring pharmacotherapies. Patient education NU 502 Advanced Nursing Practice Ethics (2) Ethical frameworks and moral reasoning presented in and adherence are addressed. Application is made this course provides the underpinning for research and through age-appropriate case studies. Prerequisite: NU advance practice nursing. Healthcare situations that 506 or consent. present ethical dilemmas will be analyzed and discussed NU513 Advanced Pharmacology (1) in a seminar format. Local, national, and international Focus on the application of selected drug therapies to ethical and legal issues included. Prerequisite: Admis- meet the needs of diverse children from birth to age sion to the MSN Program or consent. 18. Basic concepts of qualitative and quantitative drug actions within the body are examined. Use of standards NU 504 Integrative Healing Therapies (2) Explores conceptual bases of integrative health and of practice, prescription writing and ethical, legal and healing modalities within an holistic nursing framework, economic issues surrounding the advanced nurse’s current research, standards and utilization of these role in prescribing and monitoring pharmacotherapies is modalities within the practitioner’s scope of practice is addressed. Patient education and adherence are ad- emphasized. Interdisciplinary, cultural and health policy dressed. Application is made through age-appropriate considerations are stressed. Prerequisite: Admission to case studies. Prerequisite: NU 506, 507, 512, or con- the MSN Program or consent. sent. NU 506 Advanced Pathophysiology (3) NU 514 Advanced Health Assessment, Health Focuses on application of basic pathophysiologic con- Promotion and Disease Prevention (4) cepts to situations found in ambulatory care with clients Emphasizes the knowledge and skills necessary for across the life-span. Emphasis is given to analysis of advanced health assessment of adults and families in presenting manifestations with the intent to determine acute care and community settings. Systematic holistic cause. Provides a foundation for clinical decision-mak- approach to both history-taking and physical examination ing in terms of diagnostic findings and the initiation of for the purpose of differentiating normal from abnormal therapeutic regimens. Application situations will be age- assessments to promote health and prevent disease in specific and clinical diagnosis and management must be those settings. Interpretation of diagnostics is empha- made accordingly. Prerequisite: Admission to the MSN sized. Prerequisites: Admission to the MSN Program, NU Program or consent. 506. NU 507 Advanced Pathophysiology Family (1) NU 516 Informatics in the Health Care Setting (2) Focuses on pathophysiology related to children and Designed to give the advanced practice nurse the neces- infants for students in FNP track. Content includes condi- sary computing skills to critically assess, plan, intervene, tions and diseases specific to pregnancy, post-partum, and evaluate health care delivery. Discussion topics will infancy and childhood. Application of principles from Ad- include how the advanced practice nurse gathers, stores, vanced Pathophysiology course to age-appropriate case retrieves, and utilizes data. Additional information on studies. Clinical diagnosis and management focuses on utilization of the computer to search for information and birth to 18 years of age. Prerequisite: NU 506 concurrent, data will also be included within the course content. Pre- or consent. requisite: Admission to the MSN Program or consent. NU 508 Healthcare Policy, Finance, and Organization (4) NU 518 Advanced Nursing Research (3) Focuses on the complex dynamics between healthcare Focuses on advanced nursing research knowledge and policy, finance and organization. Designed to prepare methodologies. Serves as the foundation for the devel- the graduate to provide quality cost-effective care and to opment of a research project to meet the requirements participate in the design and implementation of care in a of the graduate program. Facilitates the participation and variety of health care systems through an understanding use of evidence-based nursing research. Prerequisites: of the available human, fiscal, and organizational re- Admission to the MSN Program, an undergraduate level sources. Prerequisites: Admission to the MSN Program nursing research course, and a graduate level inferential or consent. statistics course.

299 NU 560 Selected Subjects of of primary care provider, educator, case manager, clinical Relevance for Nursing (1-2) researcher and quality improvement coordinator. Course Selected subjects of relevance for graduate students, provides 180 clock hours of practicum experience. Pre- announced in advance. Prerequisites: Admission to MSN requisites: NU 600, NU 602 and NU 604 or concurrent. Program, and consent. NU 608 Health Care Practicum III: Specialty Focus (3) NU 600 Adult Health I (3) Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care patients and their families from diverse cultural back- in multiple settings for culturally diverse adults. Clini- grounds as they experience wellness and acute and cal manifestations of and patient response to selected chronic health conditions. Diagnostic reasoning, nursing problems of cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, urinary, therapeutics, pharmacologic therapeutics and inter- endocrine, and gastrointestinal systems are considered. disciplinary treatments in the provision of holistic care. Advanced health assessment knowledge, including func- Primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention tional assessment, are applied in the determination of are integrated. Integration of advanced practice roles. differential diagnoses and planning therapeutic interven- Course provides 180 clock hours of practicum experi- tions. Interdisciplinary collaboration is integrated. Prereq- ence. Prerequisites: NU 600, NU 602, NU 604, NU 606. uisites: NU 500, NU 506, NU 510, NU 512, NU 514. NU 610 Administrative Leadership (3) NU 602 Adult Health Practicum I (3) Evaluate the roles of nursing with the larger context of Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for health care administration in the allocation and manage- diverse clients in multiple settings as they experience ment of scarce human and capital resources. Focus on select acute and chronic health conditions. Utilization of the development of skills in strategic planning, com- diagnostic reasoning, nursing therapeutics, pharmaco- munication, and marketing of health care services. logic therapeutics and interdisciplinary treatments in the Knowledge of human resource management is applied to provision of holistic care. Primary, secondary and tertiary improve the work environment. Participation in learning levels of prevention are integrated. Emphasis is on the and maximizing leadership skills such as performance advanced nursing roles of primary care provider, con- appraisal, conflict resolution, delegation, and motivational sultant, educator, and case manager. Course provides techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: NU 508. 180 clock hours of practicum experience. Prerequisites: NU 500, NU 506, NU 510, NU 512, NU 514, NU 600 or NU 612 Financial Management of Health Care concurrent. Services (3) Financial management of nursing and health care de- NU 603 Primary Care Family (3) livery emphasizing the role of information, the financial Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care in reporting systems, financial analysis and planning, cost multiple settings for culturally diverse children from birth analysis, cost control, budgeting time value of money, to age 18 and healthy pregnant and post-partum women. capital project analysis, capital formation, the economic Wellness and health promotion of families are empha- environment of health care, and market trends within sized. Clinical management of specific disease pro- nursing. Strategic planning skills are expanded using cesses and patient responses are considered. Advanced creating financing,utilization of computer technology, and health assessment skills are developed and applied in critical analysis of the nursing labor market. Prerequisite: the laboratory/clinical setting. A minimum of 30 clock NU 508. hours will be completed in the laboratory setting and 30 clock hours are precepted experiences in community/ NU 614 Health Care Systems Administration family agencies. Prerequisites: NU 600, NU 602, NU Practicum (3) A professional experience in healthcare setting as a 507, NU 513 or concurrent. nurse executive intern applying administrative concepts NU 604 Adult Health II (3) and principles of healthcare leadership and manage- Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care ment. Seminar discussions will focus on the participants’ in multiple settings for culturally diverse adults. Clinical assessment of organizational models of finance, human manifestations of and patient response to selected prob- resource management, care delivery and quality assess- lems of sensory, psychological, neurological, musculosk- ment. Students will envision innovations in future health- eletal, dermatological, reproductive and immunological care delivery. Provides 180 clock hours of practicum. systems are considered. Advanced health assessment Prerequisite: NU 610 and NU 612 or concurrent. knowledge, including functional assessment, are applied in the determination of differential diagnoses and plan- NU 616 Administrative Leadership Elective (3) Focuses on contemporary topics in healthcare adminis- ning therapeutic interventions. Interdisciplinary collabora- tration. May be completed as an independent study or tion is integrated. Prerequisites: NU 600 and NU 602. substitute a course from the School of Business, with NU 606 Adult Health Practicum II (3) consent of instructor. Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for diverse clients in multiple settings as they experience NU 630 Public Health Administration & Practice (3) Designed to provide a strong theoretical basis using a select acute and chronic health conditions, pregnancy societal approach to public health practice. Emphasis is and lactation. Utilization of diagnostic reasoning, nursing placed on the conceptual and structural elements of pub- therapeutics, pharmacologic therapeutics and inter- lic health administration with operational issues, leader- disciplinary treatments in the provision of holistic care. ship skills, and practical application methods. Epidemiol- Primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention are ogy methods for planning, implementing and evaluation integrated. Emphasis is on the advanced nursing roles 300 of population-focused programs are discussed. Focus Education CErtificate Courses on developing leadership skills, critical thinking and ethi- (12 credit hours) cal reasoning when practicing public health, population- focused health services. Prerequisites: NU 500, NU 504, NU 680 Educational Foundations in Nursing (3) NU 508, NU 510, NU 516, NU 518. Focuses on education theories, principles of learning and application to nursing. Curriculum development and di- NU 632 Public Health Theory (3) dactic teaching will be the main emphasis of this course. Emphasis on concepts and practices of public health Prerequisite: masters degree or consent. roles and on understanding public health law, regula- tions, standards, legislation and legislative procedures. NU 682 Teaching and Learning Policy and policy development, politics and political for Nursing Practice (3) issues are discussed. Principles and procedures for Education theory related to experiential learning with population focused health promotion, education and dis- special emphasis on the practice of nursing, clinical ease control and prevention designs and programs are teaching, mentoring and the supervision. Prerequisite: analyzed. Prerequisite: NU 630. NU 680. NU 634 Public Health Practicum I (3) NU 684 Education Practicum (3) Clinical course to provide the opportunity to practice Acquisition of teaching experiences in the classroom and advanced population-focused health care in varied of- clinical settings. Practicum provides 120 hours of teach- ficial public health settings. Experiences are designed to ing experience, half in the classroom and half in a clinical allow synthesis of knowledge and critical thinking leading setting, with 15 hours of seminar conferences for a total to independent advanced practice. Supervised experi- of 180 hours. Arranged to student area of practice inter- ences will be within the US or abroad and intended to est. Prerequisites: NU 680 and NU 682. develop a graduate aware, respectful and appreciative of NU 686 Education Elective (3) all people. Provides 180 clock hours of practicum experi- Contemporary concepts and issues that address a ence. Prerequisite: NU 632 or concurrent. variety of classroom teaching strategies, use of technol- NU 636 Public Health Elective (3) ogy in education, or diversity that increase the depth and Contemporary topics and issues to increase depth and breadth of education practice. The following Washburn breadth of public health nursing knowledge. University courses are acceptable as education elec- tives: ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education; ED NU 638 Public Health Practicum II (4) 486 Issues in Educational Technology; ED 494 Philoso- For students preparing for the Clinical Nurse Specialist phy of Education. role, opportunity for a focused clinical experience in area of public health interest. Provides 240 clock hours of Ma s t e r o f Soc i a l Wo r k (MSW) practicum experience. Prerequisite: NU 634. Email: [email protected] NU 640 Gerontology for the Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work Advanced Practice Nurse (4) MSW (Master’s in Social Work) Specific issues common to aging persons, providing health care to older adults in all clinical settings. Focus Benton Hall, Room 405 on changing demographics, theories of aging, age-relat- (785) 670-1616 ed changes and risk factors that interfere with elder func- (785) 670-1027 (Fax) tioning, and the ethics and economics of health care for the elderly. Emphasis is placed on special aging consid- Associate Professor Jay Memmott, Department Chair, erations in both physical and psychiatric health problems MSW Program Director and in the distinction between normal versus abnormal. MSW Mission Integration of health screening, health care maintenance The mission of Washburn University’s Masters of and health promotion. Use of research-based analysis Social Work Program is to prepare graduate students for of responses of aging individuals to health problems and the competent practice of clinical social work in order to interventions to prevent, maintain, and restore health and meet the multi-level needs of clients and other people quality of life. Prerequisites: NU 600, NU 602, NU 604, that we serve. NU 606. The MSW Program is committed to providing quality NU 670 Graduate Project/Thesis (2-6) education for students with or without a baccalaure- Substantive independent research, administrative or ate social work degree. Therefore, the curriculum may professional role project or thesis done under the super- include liberal arts components and generalist social vision of a School of Nursing faculty member integrat- work preparation to maximize each student’s readiness ing theory and skills from core curriculum. Focused in for entry into the clinical concentration. In addition, the the student’s specialty track. Continuous enrollment is program focuses on providing a supportive environ- required until completed. Prerequisites: One of the fol- ment for a diverse group of students, including those lowing: NU 606, NU 612, or NU 632. who may otherwise experience barriers to educational opportunities. The MSW program has an overarching commitment to ensure that students understand, adhere to, and pro- mote the value base of the social work profession within both generalist and clinical settings.

301 The conceptual centerpiece of the Clinical Curriculum following successful completion of all Foundation course is the integration of the Empowerment and Ecological work. The Clinical Concentration provides students with perspectives. The Clinical Curriculum emphasizes the the theoretical knowledge and methodological and tech- extension of critical thinking skills and expansion of nical skills necessary for the practice of entry level clini- practice skills to the specific demands of clinical practice. cal social work. The Clinical Concentration is dedicated Upon completion of the MSW Program, graduates will to maintaining a person-in-environment perspective for be prepared and committed to providing direct clinical multiple levels of practice. social work services to individuals, families, and groups in inner-city, urban, and rural settings, with particular Advanced Standing Program (ASP) Students Applicants who have a baccalaureate degree from emphasis on those who are at-risk, unrepresented or a CSWE-accredited social work program may apply under-represented, culturally diverse and oppressed. for advanced standing status in the MSW Program MSW Student Learning Outcomes at Washburn University. However, advanced standing Social Work students at the Master level are expected to is not automatically granted to everyone who applies. have: Course waivers can be granted only for foundation • demonstrated an overarching commitment to social courses and they are determined on a course-by-course work values as evidenced by honoring human basis. Course and/or credit waivers are dependent on diversity, dedication to working with populations- the equivalency of the course content as determined at-risk, working toward the elimination of social by the MSW Program Director in consultation with the and economic injustice and ongoing professional department chairperson and Washburn social work fac- development through practice, policy analysis and ulty. At a minimum, applicants should provide a course advocacy; syllabus/outline for each course for which a waiver is • used critical thinking and logical problem-solving being requested. Additional supporting materials may be skills to analyze ethical dilemmas in clinical set- requested by the Director of the MSW Program. tings, assess their practice effectiveness, perform A grade of “B” or better in the undergraduate course clinical assessments and differential diagnosis, and considered for waiver is required. Full-time advanced determine appropriate clinical interventions; standing students begin their studies in the MSW Program in the summer semester. Part-time advanced • demonstrated mastery of the knowledge base of standing students begin their studies in the fall term. clinical social work including the impact of oppres- sion and stress on individual and family function- Regular Standing Program (RSP) Students ing, clinical assessment and diagnostic systems, Applicants who have a baccalaureate degree in a field practice evaluation methods, and intervention other than social work may apply for regular standing techniques; status in the MSW Program at Washburn University. • applied the major theories of impaired function- Regular standing students typically start taking classes in ing and major theories of change mechanisms for the MSW Program during the fall semester. However, individuals, families and groups; there is one exception: regular standing students who • integrated the clinical social work knowledge base would like to lighten their academic loads during the first with theoretical perspectives to complete accurate year may take Dimensions of Professional Social Work assessments of individual, family and group func- (SW 599) during the summer semester following their tioning, and to design interventions appropriate to admission to the MSW Program. needs; Part Time and Full Time Schedules • acquired the skills necessary for professional com- Both part-time and full-time scheduling options are munication, implementation of clinical interventions, available. All ASP students begin the MSW Program in and evaluation, including knowledge of scientific the summer semester. ASP students who elect to go inquiry of clinical practice; full-time will complete the program in three semesters, • demonstrated the ability to integrate knowledge, including the initial summer semester. Part-time ASP theories, values and skills and use research based students will complete the program in two full years, knowledge for improving the well-being of individu- including the summer semester between the first and als, families, groups, organizations and communi- second year. ties; and All RSP students begin the MSW Program in the • developed skills for the appropriate and effective summer or fall semester. RSP students who elect to use of self in clinical practice, developed the ability go full-time can complete the program in two academic to use supervision for their professional develop- years, including the summer semester between the first ment, and developed an ongoing commitment to and second year. Regular standing students attending learning and skill building. part-time must complete the program in four years. Accreditation The Program The MSW program was granted full accreditation by The primary goal of the Master of Social Work pro- the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) in 1996 gram at Washburn University is to prepare students to and has been reaccredited for eight years through the integrate the knowledge, values, and skills of the social year 2010. work profession into the competent and sensitive prac- tice of clinical social work. The MSW curriculum consists Licensure of both Advanced Standing and Regular Programs. For All graduates of the MSW program are eligible to pur- both programs, students enter the Clinical Concentration sue licensure at the master’s level in the State of Kansas 302 and in all other states which require social work licensure college; a liberal arts background; coursework in the or registration at the master’s level. Social Work license, natural sciences (with human biology content); social registration, certification, and/or credentialing require- sciences (with human diversity content); English com- ments will vary from state to state. position, humanities, and mathematics; and evidence of potential for professional development in clinical social Admission Requirements work Complete admission requirements and application Anyone accepted provisionally will be limited to procedures are outlined in the application packet, avail- part-time status. Provisional status will be maintained able from the Social Work Department Office Benton until the student has completed, at a minimum, 12 credit Hall, Room 405; website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ hours or two (2) semesters in the MSW Program. At social-work/page03.htm. Admission to the MSW Program the end of this time, provisional students achieving is competitive and applicants are encouraged to submit a “B” or better in each course may petition the MSW their completed applications well in advance of the initial Program Director requesting permission to be admitted review date (see below). Applicants must demonstrate as a degree candidate in the MSW Program. Provisional that they possess the potential for professional develop- students not achieving at least a “B” in each course will ment in clinical social work practice. To be admitted to be dismissed from the program and will not be permit- the MSW Program, applicants must have a baccalaure- ted to take additional classes in the MSW Program at ate degree from a college or university accredited by the Washburn University. North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, or a comparable accrediting body. Consistent Non-Matriculated Status with the importance ascribed to the liberal arts perspec- Depending on space availability, a limited number tive by Washburn University and CSWE, the applicant of individuals with baccalaureate degrees, who are not must present evidence of adequate preparation to formally admitted to the graduate program, may enroll in engage in graduate study, including the satisfactory selected foundation or non-clinical elective courses as completion of undergraduate course work in each of the non-matriculation status students. Such enrollment is following areas: the natural sciences, social sciences, granted by permission of the MSW Program Director. English composition, humanities, and mathematics. Regular standing non-matriculated students may take There must also be evidence of satisfactory comple- no more than nine (9) credit hours in the MSW Program, tion of coursework in human biology and human cultural and the courses can be selected only from the MSW diversity. A minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 Foundation (i.e., SW 500, 501, 510, 511, 520, 521, 599). on a 4.0 scale is required for full admission to the MSW Regular standing non-matriculated students cannot Program. Admission decisions are made by the MSW take SW 530 (Fundamentals of Social Work Practice) or Admissions Committee, comprised of social work faculty SW600 level courses. members. The committee weighs all aspects of the Non-matriculated students with a conferred under- completed application, including academic performance, graduate degree in social work from a CSWE-accredited communication skills, commitment to the values underly- program may take no more than a total of six (6) credit ing the social work profession, and personal qualities hours in the MSW Program, and the courses will be necessary for effective clinical social work practice. limited to foundation and/or clinical core courses. Non- matriculating students may apply for admission to the Application Procedures graduate program during the regular application-admis- Applications for admission may be obtained from sion cycle. If admitted to the program, these success- the Department of Social Work at Washburn University fully completed courses may count toward graduation. (Benton Hall, Room 405; website: http://www.washburn. Completion of coursework prior to admission does not edu/sas/social-work/page03.htm). Complete applica- guarantee or imply acceptance into the program or tion instructions and deadlines are included with this an application favored status. All such applicants are packet of materials. Official transcripts of all university required to follow the standard application process by and college work, three completed reference forms, a completing the Nonmatriculation/Non-Degree Packet personal statement of interest, MSW Program applica- (available through the Social Work Office, Benton Hall, tion, and a non-refundable $25 application fee must be Room 405 or online: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ included when the application is submitted. An online social-work/page03.htm. Washburn University application must also be competed, applicants are encouraged to make this the first step in Transfer Students their application process (to complete this application, Transfer of credits from another MSW program is con- first, access http://www.washburn.edu/admissions and sidered on a case-by-case basis. As a general rule, only then select the Future Students and Parents link). It courses taken in a Council on Social Work Education is the applicant’s responsibility to submit all required (CSWE) accredited Master of Social Work program will materials for consideration for admission into the MSW be eligible for transfer. The applicant must have received Program. Incomplete applications will not be considered. a grade of “B” or better in the course(s) being consid- The deadline for Summer/Fall applications is January 15. ered. Each course must be deemed to be substantially Applications submitted early are welcome. equivalent in content to an existing social work graduate course for which transfer credit is being considered. In Provisional Status most instances, transfer of credit is only granted for first Individuals who have GPAs that do not meet the year foundation courses. In accordance with accredita- standards for regular admission may apply for provisional tion requirements, academic credit is not given for life status. All other requirements must be met, including experience or work experience. a bachelor’s degree from an accredited university or 303 All graduate transfer students must complete an ap- practicum in a community agency during the spring and plication packet (see Application, Procedures, supra). summer semesters of the first year. A minimum of 400 One of the three letters of reference must come from the hours of generalist practicum must be completed over dean/department chair of the CSWE-accredited program a two-semester period. Applicants should note that this from which the student is transferring. If the student was translates into 20 hours per week spent at the practicum in a practicum placement while in the other program, he/ site. Advanced standing students may have some or all she should obtain the second letter of reference from his/ of these courses waived. her field practicum instructor. All other letters of reference Students must take the foundation courses first, should be from teaching faculty in the host program, followed by the four (4) clinical core classes (SW 605, who have had the student in his/her class. The MSW 600, 601, 604), three electives and a clinical practicum Admissions Committee will be convened to consider the paired with a clinical practice seminar the fall semes- application. ter. The foundation courses are sequential, offered in a Life Experience: The Council on Social Work fall-spring format. Micro Human Behavior and the Social Education (CSWE) specifically prohibits the social work Environment (SW 500), Foundations of Social Policy department from granting credit for life experience. (SW 510), and Quantitative Social Work Research (SW Financial Assistance: Applications for financial aid 520) are offered in the fall semester. During the spring are available in the Financial Aid Office. Applicants semester, the department offers the second part of should contact the Financial Aid Office at (785) 670- each sequence: Macro Human Behavior and the Social 1151, additional information is available on their website: Environment (SW 501), Social Policy and Advocacy (SW http://www.washburn.edu/financial-aid. Applications for 511), and Qualitative Social Work Research (SW 521). specific social work scholarships are sometimes avail- Fundamentals of Social Work Practice (SW 530) is of- able through the Department of Social Work and School fered only during the fall semester. First year graduate of Applied Studies, Benton Hall, rooms 405 and 306. All students may take Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis admissions materials must be completed before a stu- (SW 605), one of the four (4) clinical core classes, during dent may access any available scholarship opportunity. the spring semester along with Generalist Practicum I A limited number of field practicum stipends are avail- and the Generalist Practice Seminar I. Students finish able through some of the organizations that serve as Generalist Practicum II and the Generalist Practice field practicum settings (e.g., hospitals and clinics in the Seminar II in the summer. Course offerings depend on Veterans Administration Medical Center system). student enrollment. If enrollment is insufficient, a course may be cancelled. Students should work closely with MSW Handbook their advisor to develop a flexible plan of study. All students, at the time of initial enrollment into the Foundation courses are offered in an all-day block for- MSW Program, are expected to read the MSW Student mat. A typical class session runs for 2.50 to 2.75 hours. Handbook completely and thoroughly. This hand- A day long block consists of three classes, running book includes detailed information regarding the MSW throughout the day and into the evening (i.e., 8:00-10:50 Program and is available online: http://www.washburn. am, 1:00-3:45 pm, and 5:30-8:00 pm). Every reasonable edu/sas/social-work/page03.htm. Policies for course attempt is made to offer the second part of each founda- schedules, grading, graduation requirements, academic tion sequence course on the same day and at the same retention and dismissal, and practicum determinations time during the spring semester. are included. Students are expected to carefully read this handbook and to comply fully with all of its provi- Clinical Concentration Curriculum sions. To this end, students are required to sign attesta- Following completion of the Foundation curriculum, all tions indicating a willingness to comply with rules and students begin the Clinical Concentration. This consists policies contained in the student handbook. In addition, of 24 credit hours of in-class instruction, including four students admitted to the MSW Program are required to (4) core courses: Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis sign attestations concerning the university’s Academic (SW 605), Clinical Social Work Practice with Individuals Integrity and Honesty Policy; the department’s policies (SW 600), Clinical Social Work Practice with Families regarding confidentiality, email , courtesy expectations, (SW 601), and Clinical Social Work Practice with Groups adherence to the writing style conventions contained (SW 604). Students complete classroom work with nine in the American Psychological Association Publication (9) credit hours of clinical social work practice electives Manual (5th Edition); compliance with the Code of Ethics (three hours of which may be required through SW 599 of the National Association of Social Workers (NASW); Dimensions of Professional Social Work). All students and participation in WebCT training. The MSW Program must also complete six (6) credit hours of clinical practi- Attestations document is available online: http://www. cum plus three (3) credit hours of clinical practice semi- washburn.edu/sas/social-work/page03.htm. nar (fall semester only). A minimum of 720 clock hours are required for completion of the clinical practicum. COURSE OF STUDY Applicants should note that this translates to 24 hours per week spent at the practicum site. Foundation Curriculum Advanced clinical electives will be clearly labeled and Foundation Curriculum courses are designed to designated as such. Only regular standing students who prepare students for beginning generalist practice. have completed all the Foundation courses or advanced These courses are taken prior to and concurrently with standing students who have completed the clinical core the practicum. The Foundation Curriculum includes classes will be allowed to enroll in and take advanced 27 credit hours of in-class instruction. Full-time regu- clinical electives. Exceptions to this policy can be made lar standing students complete six (6) credit hours of only by the teaching faculty (i.e., the instructor teaching 304 the specific course in question) in consultation with the applying to the JD–MSW Dual Degree Program. MSW Program Director and the chairperson of the Social Each fall semester, JD–MSW Dual Degree students will Work Department. be required to attend a “Law School and Social Work Clinical Core classes are offered in an all-day block Colloquium.” Other Law and graduate social work stu- format on Wednesdays. Classes usually run for 2.50 to dents may attend as well. This two to three clock-hour 2.75 hours. A day long block consists of three classes, colloquium will focus on either a topical area of relevance running throughout the day and into the evening (i.e., to Dual Degree students, or on relevant career opportu- 8:00-10:50 am, 1:00-3:45 pm, and 5:30-8:00 pm). nities. Guest speakers may include prominent judges, Compared to the fall semester, the order in which clinical public policy experts, political officeholders, practicing core classes are offered in the spring may be different. attorneys, practicing social workers, and social service administrators. School Social Work Track Every effort will be made to place students in practical Within the clinical concentration, students may opt settings that will contribute to their individual goals in the to receive specialty training in school social work. This Dual Degree Program. Practical training opportunities entails taking three (3) specific electives: Social Work are available through a variety of agencies, programs, Practice in Schools (SW618); clinical Social Work and services offered at the local, county, state, and Practice with the Exceptional Child (SW585)or its equiva- federal levels. lent. SW 618 should be taken concurrently with Clinical Practicum I (SW 650) and Clinical Seminar (SW 655) Online and WebCT-Assisted Courses during the fall semester. In addition, the two-semester At present, the Social Work Department at Washburn clinical practicum must be in a school setting under the University offers three online graduate sequences. supervision of a school social worker. Foundations of Social Policy (SW 510) is offered in the fall and Social Policy and Advocacy (SW 511) is offered Certificate Programs in the spring. Quantitative Social Work Research (SW Any applicant who would like to earn a certificate in 520) is taught in the fall and Qualitative Social Work Addiction Counseling and/or Victim/Survivor Services Research (SW 521) is taught in the spring. Micro Human may do so while working on their MSW degree. The Behavior in the Social Environment (SW500 is taught certificate program is managed by the Department of in the fall and Macro Human Behavior in the Social Human Services at Washburn University. Some course Environment (SW501 is taught in the spring. Traditional work in the MSW Program may count toward the certifi- “seat time” sections of these courses are also available cate, but any waivers can only be approved by the chair to our students. of the Department of Human Services. More specific Social Work faculty members utilize WebCT and the information about certificate programs can be found at MyWashburn course development tools to offer some the department web site: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ course content online, even in traditional “seat time” social-work or by contacting the Department of Human classes. Students will meet face-to-face with the instruc- Services at (785) 670.2116. tor, but in some cases, the seat time in a class may be Dual JD–MSW Degree Program reduced in lieu of online course work. For example, in a The Department of Social Work and the Washburn typical WebCT-assisted class the instructor may post the University School of Law are offering the dual JD–MSW course syllabus online along with class notes, handouts, Degree Program beginning in the Fall of 2007. The goal PowerPoint or other media presentations, and reading of the JD–MSW Dual Degree Program is to prepare materials. A number of faculty members frequently use students with combined skills in both social work and law the within-course email and bulletin board(i.e., mes- for professional practice with complex social and legal saging) functions. Some instructors prefer the course issues, in areas where social work and law converge. calendar, online quiz-test, and forum (i.e., chat room) Although graduates of this program will be particularly components of WebCT as well. well-prepared to work with clients having problems in All students who have not taken a WebCT course the area of mental health, children and youth, family are required to register for and attend a WebCT student relations, and the elderly, they will also possess the orientation session. Students may register for the face- knowledge and skills necessary to work in any area to-face orientation session by going to the website: http:// where the legal system interacts with the social ser- www.washburn.edu/its/seminars/webct_orientation.html. vices delivery system (e.g., criminal and juvenile justice Additional information about online courses and web-as- administration, legal services to disadvantaged persons, sisted coursework at Washburn University can be found housing and community development). The program by going to: http://www.washburn.edu/online-education. curriculum meets all applicable American Bar Association MSW Degree Requirements and Council on Social Work Education accreditation Completion of 63 credit hours or its equivalent, based guidelines. on a combination of graduate hours and appropriate If pursued separately, the two-degree programs would course waivers, is required for the awarding of the MSW require a total of 153 credit hours (i.e., 90 hours for Law degree. These hours include 51 credit hours (or equiva- and 63 hours for Social Work). However, in the Dual lent) in the classroom and 12 credit hours, 1120 clock Degree Program, certain courses are accepted for credit hours (or equivalent), in field practicum. Students must by both schools. This reduces the total number of credit maintain a 3.0 grade point average on a 4.0 point scale. hours to 141 credit hours (a reduction of 12 credit hours). Students will not be allowed to graduate with a cumula- Students must apply separately to and be accepted by tive grade point average that is less than 3.0. both academic programs. Students are asked to indicate to each school, at the time of application, that they are 305 Recommendation that the master’s degree be granted specific social policies in areas including income main- must be made by the faculty of the Department of Social tenance, poverty, child welfare, health and mental health Work to the Dean of the School of Applied Studies, the care, and other contemporary policy issues. Throughout University Administration, and the Washburn University the course, significant consideration is placed on the ac- Board of Regents. tual delivery of social services and social work practice in micro, mezzo, and macro dimensions. Fall semester only Graduate Social Work Student Association Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only or consent. The primary purpose of the Washburn University MSW Student Association (MSWSA) is to encourage re- SW 511 Social Policy and Advocacy (3) sponsible student participation in the policy and decision- The primary purpose of this course is to prepare social making processes of social work education and to pro- work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- mote student cooperation and welfare. MSWSA is also ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic responsible for the selection of student representatives justice through advocacy in social policies and programs. on various Department of Social Work committees and A major feature of this course is the emphasis placed decision-making bodies. MSWSA seeks to provide its on developing knowledge about state legislative pro- members with activities designed to inform them of the cedures and processes in the formulation of important many opportunities in the field of social work, to enhance social policies that impact the consumers of social work the students’ personal and professional lives, to provide services. Students will observe the dynamic legisla- opportunities for association with social work profession- tive process and conduct analysis of specific proposals als and community providers, and to participate actively (bills) currently before the state legislature in “real time.” in community service. Members commit themselves Beyond a mere theoretical understanding of this process, to the organization by attendance at meetings, involve- an expected outcome of this course is for the student ment in activities, and participation on MSW Program to develop practical skills in policy analysis and social committees. Membership in this organization is open to advocacy. Spring semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted all Washburn graduate social work students. For more MSW students only and successful completion of SW information see the web site, which can be accessed via 510, or consent. a link on the Social Work Department’s homepage: http:// www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work. SW 520 Quantitative Social Work Research (3) Introduces students to the basic principles of quantitative social work research, including ethics, problem formula- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS tion, and quantitative research designs and method- Department consent, or admission to the MSW ologies. Emphasis is placed on teaching students to program, is required for enrollment in all graduate level become critical thinkers and responsible consumers of courses. quantitative research. In addition, students will learn how to utilize various quantitative research strategies and Foundation Courses methodologies to evaluate social service programs and practice outcomes. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: SW 500 Micro Human Behavior in the Social Admitted MSW students only or consent. Environment (3) Presents a bio-psycho-social perspective on the devel- SW 521 Qualitative Social Work Research (3) opmental processes of human personality and behavior. Introduces students to the basic principles of qualitative It also examines human interactions within the social en- social work research, including ethics, problem formu- vironment, concentrating on interactions occurring within lation, and qualitative research designs and method- families and groups, while emphasizing the ecological ologies. Emphasis is placed on teaching students to perspective. Fall semester only Prerequisites: Admitted become critical thinkers and responsible consumers of MSW students only or consent. qualitative research. In addition, students will learn how to utilize various qualitative research strategies and SW 501 Macro Human Behavior in the Social methodologies to evaluate social service programs and Environment (3) practice outcomes. Spring semester only. Prerequisites: Students are exposed to concepts and substantive infor- Admitted MSW students only and successful completion mation about persons-in-environment transactions. Em- of SW 520 or consent. phasis is placed on the structure and dynamic processes of organizations, communities and societies. Spring SW 525 Pre-Generalist Practicum Workshop (0) semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students In this mandatory one day workshop, regular standing only or consent. MSW students will be oriented to the generalist field practicum, expectations regarding professional comport- SW 510 Foundations of Social Policy (3) ment, duties/responsibilities in completing tasks, required The major purpose of this course is to prepare social practicum program paperwork, and other aspects of the work students as social work practitioners to serve as practicum experience. Concurrent enrollment in SW 550 knowledgeable and committed participants in efforts to and SW 551 is required. Spring semester only. Prerequi- achieve social and economic justice through social poli- sites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of at least cies and social programs. An important element of this 15 graduate hours in the MSW Foundation including SW course is the development of a conceptual map to focus 530, and a practicum-director-approved placement in a the student’s ability to critically analyze social policies Field Practicum. and develop broad understanding of the dynamics of social policy formulation. In addition, the majority of the course content will focus on developing familiarity with 306 SW 530 Fundamentals of Social Work Practice (3) students will have an opportunity to develop sensitivity Presents concepts and skills of generalist social work to, and respect for, human diversity and the value base practice and includes the ecological and empower- that underlies the social work professions. An advanced ment framework. Attention is given to preparation for standing student may be required by the MSW Program the clinical concentration. Included is an examination of Director to complete this course. MSW students must multi-level systems practice, and development of cultural complete this course or its equivalent before enrolling in competency is emphasized and integrated throughout SW 525, SW 550, and SW 551. Prerequisites: Admitted the course. MSW students must complete this course MSW students only or consent. Required of all regular or its equivalent before enrolling in SW 525, SW 550, standing MSW students who have not taken an intro- and SW 551. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted ductory course to social work and social welfare at the MSW students only or consent. undergraduate or graduate level. SW 550 Generalist Practicum I (3) Students will gain supervised generalist level social work Clinical Concentration Courses experience in selected community agencies. A minimum SW 600 Clinical Social Work of 16 hours per week (240 clock hours) will be spent in Practice with Individuals (3) mastering the knowledge and skills for multi-level client Students are expected to develop an understanding of assessment, planning, intervention and evaluation. Con- theories, and development of skills, relevant to assess- current enrollment in SW 525 and SW 551 is required. ment and intervention with individuals, consistent with Spring semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW social work values and ethics. Special consideration students only, completion of at least 15 graduate hours in is given to developing cultural competency and provid- the MSW Foundation including SW 530, and a practi- ing services to individuals who are vulnerable and/or cum-director-approved placement in a Field Practicum. oppressed. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only SW 551 Generalist Practice Seminar I (3) and completion of all MSW foundation coursework. This seminar, taken concurrently with SW 550, provides SW 601 Clinical Social Work students with the opportunity to integrate academic Practice with Families (3) course-work, including values and ethics, with their Students are expected to develop an understanding of field practicum experiences. Concurrent enrollment in theories, and development of skills, relevant to assess- SW 525 and SW 550 is required. Spring semester only. ment and intervention with families, consistent with social Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion work values and ethics. Special consideration is given to of at least 15 graduate hours in the MSW Foundation developing cultural competency and providing services including SW 530, and a practicum-director-approved to family units who are vulnerable and/or oppressed. placement in a Field Practicum. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and comple- SW 560 Generalist Practicum II (3) tion of all MSW foundation coursework. This Generalist practicum provides the student further SW 604 Clinical Social Work Practice with Groups (3) opportunities to gain supervised social work experience Students are expected to develop an understanding of in selected community organizations and programs for a theories and development of skills relevant to assess- minimum of 20 hours per week (160 clock hours). The ment and facilitation of small group interactions, consis- focus is on refining generalist practice skills, and apply- tent with social work values and ethics. Special consid- ing them to more complex social work situations, with eration is given to developing cultural competency and multi-level systems. Concurrent enrollment in SW 561 providing services to vulnerable populations. Prerequi- is required. Summer only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW sites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of all students only and completion of SW 525, SW 550, and MSW foundation coursework. SW 551. SW 605 Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis (3) SW 561 Generalist Practice Seminar II (3) Presents an in-depth analysis of assessment techniques This seminar, taken concurrently with SW 560, provides and diagnostic tools, including the DSM-IV, guided by students with further opportunities to integrate academic social work values and ethics. Focus is on developing coursework with the practice of generalist social work. the knowledge and skills for competent, multi-cultural Concurrent enrollment in SW 560 is required. Summer assessment of client functioning, within societal and only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and environmental contexts. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW completion of SW 525, SW 550, and SW 551. students only and completion of all MSW foundation SW 599 Dimensions of Professional Social Work coursework or consent. Practice (3) Clinical Practica and Seminar In this course, students will become familiar with the The clinical practicum sequence is the culmination of history and development of the social work profes- the MSW educational experience. Students are placed sion, the history of social welfare, the work ethic of the in selected community agencies, under the supervision social work profession, the various roles and related of qualified clinical social work instructors. Students responsibilities of social workers in the many different complete a minimum of 16 hours in placement each fields of practice that the profession embraces, career week, and over two or three semesters, complete a total opportunities in social work nationally and internation- of 720 clock hours. If the practicum is completed in two ally, the practical aspects of the NASW Code of Ethics, semesters, then the average number of hours per week and selected portions of state rules and regulations that is 24. Students who work part or full time should plan govern the practice of social work in Kansas. In addition, 307 accordingly. There are very few evening, night, and/or of SW 625, SW 650, SW 655, and a practicum-director- weekend practica. As such, special arrangements are approved placement in a Clinical Field Practicum. not guaranteed. In the practicum setting, students are expected to develop clinical skills for assessment and Clinical Elective Courses intervention with individuals, families, and groups, while Students should select elective courses in concert maintaining a person-in-environment approach. This with their social work advisor and based on their par- development rests firmly on the integration of theoretical ticular area of practice interest. Nine credit hours of clinical approaches, based on social work values and clinical social work electives are required. Dimensions of ethics. Concurrent enrollment in the Pre-Clinical Practi- Professional Social Work (SW 599) counts as an elective cum Workshop is mandatory. for those students who are required to take it. All elective courses will not be offered every semester. SW 625 Pre-Clinical Practicum Workshop (0) Other clinical electives may be added to fit client/com- In this mandatory one day workshop, MSW students will munity needs. be oriented to the clinical field practicum, expectations regarding professional comportment, duties/responsibili- SW 585 Special Topics (1-3) ties in completing tasks, required practicum program Using a (1-3) credit hour format, a variety of clinical so- paperwork, and other aspects of the practicum experi- cial work electives may be offered. These are meant to ence. Concurrent enrollment in SW 650 and SW 655 introduce a specific topic or intervention skill to students. is required. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted Elective courses that are currently listed under the spe- MSW students only; completion of all MSW foundation cial topics number include but are not limited to: Bowen coursework, and a practicum-director-approved place- Family Systems Therapy, Cognitive Therapy, Couples ment in a Clinical Field Practicum. Counseling, Intensive Structural Family Therapy, Play Therapy, Psychodynamic Group Therapy, Psychoedu- SW 650 Clinical Practicum I (3) cational Groups. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students This first semester of Clinical Practicum is taken concur- only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or rently with SW 655 Clinical Seminar. In this semester, consent. students begin their professional development in commu- nity agencies. Small case load and close supervision is SW 610 Clinical Social Work Practice with Children expected. Concurrent enrollment in SW 625 and SW 655 and Youth (3) is required. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted Students in this course are expected to develop the MSW students only, completion of all MSW foundation knowledge and skills necessary for effective assessment coursework, and a practicum-director-approved place- and treatment of children and youth. Effects of environ- ment in a Clinical Field Practicum. ment, culture, family, and developmental influences are emphasized. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students SW 655 Clinical Practice Seminar I (3) only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or In this seminar, taken concurrently with the Clinical consent. Practicum I, students are expected to integrate academic course work, including values and ethics, with the prac- SW 612 Clinical Social Work Practice with Diverse tice of clinical social work, and to analyze and evaluate Populations (3) their effectiveness with clients. Concurrent enrollment Students in this course are expected to develop the in SW 625 and SW 650 is required. Fall semester only. knowledge and skills necessary for effective assessment Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion and treatment of ethnic minorities, women, and other of all MSW foundation coursework, and a practicum-di- disenfranchised groups. The psychological and socio- rector-approved placement in a Clinical Field Practicum. logical implications of discrimination are examined from a local, national and international framework, as well as the SW 656 Clinical Practice Seminar II (3) development of specific skills, including advocacy and Clinical Seminar II must be taken concurrently with empowerment, in working with disadvantaged groups. Clinical Practicum II. This online seminar/online course Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and comple- provides students with further opportunity to integrate tion of a minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation academic course work, including values and ethics, with coursework or consent. the actual practice of clinical social work, and to think critically about their clinical work with clients. The semi- SW 615 Psychopharmacology (3) nar/online course allows students to continue with peer Students in this course are expected to develop the clinical case consultation format. In addition, the seminar/ conceptual background needed to understand current online course permits students to focus on creating a pharmacological interventions used with clients. An portfolio that will be reviewed by peers and the instructor emphasis is placed on the social worker’s role in direct at the end of the semester. Spring semester only. Prereq- service with the client, the family, and other providers. uisites: Successful completion of SW 625, SW 650, and Ethical issues involved with medications and medication SW 655. compliance are stressed. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit SW 660 Clinical Practicum II (3) hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. This field experience is a continuation of Clinical Practi- cum I. Students are expected to further develop their SW 617 Human Sexuality and Clinical Social Work clinical skills for assessment and intervention with Practice (3) individuals, families, and groups. Spring semester only. Students in this course are expected to develop the Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion knowledge and skills necessary for effective clinical social work services to clients experiencing difficulties in 308 the area of sexual functioning. Prerequisites: Admitted are explored including immigration and social welfare MSW students only and completion of a minimum of 15 policies. Through case examples and assignments, stu- credit hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. dents will have an opportunity to critically think about ap- plication of course context to social work practice. Active SW 618 Social Work Practice in Schools (3) participation of students is required. Graduates taking Students in this course are expected to develop the this course will have different assignments and additional knowledge and skills necessary for effective practice learning objectives than undergraduates. Both groups of school social work. An emphasis on the impact of of students will learn the same generic Spanish material. policies for student and family functioning is included. Learning is facilitated through the use of some on-line Concurrent placement in a school-based clinical practi- discussion and instruction. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW cum is required. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. consent. Concurrent with SW 650. SW 619 Clinical Social Work Practice with Survivors Ps y c h o l o g y (Ma) of Trauma (3) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/ Students in this course are expected to develop the cas/psychology/ma_program.html knowledge and skills necessary for effective clinical or systemic interventions for children, adolescents, and Master of Arts, Psychology, emphasis in Clinical Skills adults who have survived a traumatic event. Prerequi- Henderson Learning Center, Room 211 sites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of all (785) 670-1564 MSW foundation coursework or consent. SW 620 Brief Intervention in Clinical Social Work Mission Statement Practice (3) The graduate program of the Psychology Department Students in this course are expected to develop the of Washburn University serves a small, carefully knowledge and skills necessary for effective application screened group of post-baccalaureate students pursu- of brief intervention, including current models of brief ing graduate study in clinical psychology. The M.A. in therapy in clinical social work practice with individu- Psychology with an emphasis in clinical skills offers als, families, and groups. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW professional training to prepare program graduate for students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit licensure and practice under Kansas statutes. hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. Student Learning Outcomes SW 630 Independent Study (1-3) Upon completion of the Master of Arts degree in This opportunity for study is designed for students wish- Psychology with an emphasis in Clinical Skills, graduates ing to complete an in-depth project in a specific area. should: The study must be approved by and coordinated with an • be eligible to sit for the licensing exam in the state individual member of the core social work faculty. Pre- of Kansas; requisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of a • be prepared to pass the licensing exam; minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation course- • have appropriate skills and training needed in the work, and approval of both the MSW Program Director Kansas mental health care delivery system; and and the Department Chair. • have a foundation for pursuing doctoral training in SW 632 Mental Health and the Law (3) clinical (or another area of) psychology in the future. This elective course is designed to acquaint social work- ers and other human service practitioners with the basic Admission Policy legal principles and procedures relevant to their work. In order to be admitted to the graduate program, The course also focuses on the impact which the legal the candidate must have a bachelor’s degree from an system has on professional practice, with an emphasis accredited college or university, and a minimum of 15 on the following areas: the structure of the legal system; hours of undergraduate psychology courses including relation of ethics and law; informed consent; guardian- a statistics course, an experimental laboratory course, ship; family law; laws and the severely mentally ill; basic and a course in abnormal psychology. Students lacking principles of malpractice; and testifying in court. Prereq- required courses may be admitted on a provisional basis uisites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of a with the understanding that they make up any deficien- minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation course- cies before they are fully admitted into the program. work or consent. Students are required to submit to the Psychology Department Admissions Committee a copy of all under- SW 633 Survival Spanish and Cultural Issues (3) graduate transcripts, three letters of recommendation, This an elective course which consists of an integrated scores on the Graduate Record Exam (general test), program of printed and audio instructional materials and completed admission forms. Deadline for submis- focused on learning generic Spanish designed for the sion of all application materials for fall admission is workplace (i.e., requesting personal information of a lim- March 15. Late admission requests will be considered on ited nature) and content introducing students to the his- a space-available basis. Further information concerning tory and experiences of Latino and Hispanic populations the program, including admission forms and application throughout the U.S. Students will be exposed to the rich procedures, may be obtained by contacting the depart- diversity, strengths as well as challenges, of immigrating ment chairperson. populations. Issues of social injustice and oppression 309 Official transcripts of all college work should be on Students with two C’s or one F will have their status file with the Office of Admissions before the student reviewed by the Department faculty to determine whether enrolls in his or her first graduate class. It is the student’s or not they will remain in the program. responsibility to see that transcripts are transferred, and SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR THE MASTER OF the University may drop a student whose transcripts ARTS DEGREE are not on file within six weeks from the date of initial First Year enrollment. Fall Semester (9 hrs) Spring Semester (9 hrs) Psychology 501 Psychology 502 Academic Status: Full Time Graduate Student Psychology 510 Psychology 540 Graduate students enrolled for 9 or more semester Psychology 660 Psychology 560 hours are considered to be full-time students. Special Student Admission Second Year Several graduate courses are available to social Fall Semester (9 hrs) Spring Semester (9 hrs) workers, nurses, teachers, and members of other profes- Psychology 550 Psychology 551 sional groups eligible for continuing education credit. In Psychology 590 Psychology 591 addition, the department accepts students as part-time, Psychology 520 Psychology 521 non-degree candidates, or students presently enrolled Psychology 580 Psychology 581 in other graduate programs who need graduate courses in psychology. Students who wish to enroll with special student status need to acquire the short application form Third Year from the Psychology Department. Students may enroll Fall Semester (12 hrs) Spring Semester (12 hrs) for a total of only six credit hours as special students. Psychology 650 Psychology 620 Psychology 601 Psychology 601 Admission to Candidacy Psychology 699 Psychology 699 After completion of all required 500 level courses and the comprehensive exam, the student’s work will be Students interested in pursuing an accelerated course evaluated by the faculty. If the student is considered to of study with the possibility of completing the master’s be a mature, emotionally stable, and a potentially compe- degree in two years should contact the department chair. tent master’s level professional in psychology, he or she COURSE OFFERINGS will be admitted to candidacy status and will be permitted to begin internship training. Prerequisite for admission to all professional courses is graduate standing in the Psychology Department. Post-Candidacy Enrollment Only those courses with prerequisites listed as consent Subsequent to admission to candidacy, the candidate are open to senior psychology majors and students must be continuously enrolled until all requirements for with special student status. Consent may be obtained the degree are completed. Candidates who have com- by contacting the Psychology Department prior to pleted all requirements, including enrolling in six hours of registration. PY 699, but who still need to complete their thesis, must enroll in PY 695 each semester, including summer ses- PY 501 Experimental Foundations I (3) sions. The number of hours of enrollment each semester Survey of fundamental areas of psychology including will be determined by the candidate’s advisor and must learning, perception, physiological, motivation, emotion, reflect as accurately as possible the candidate’s demand research design, etc. Prerequisite: Consent. on a faculty member’s time and university facilities. PY 502 Experimental Foundations II (3) Degree Requirements Continuation of PY 501. Prerequisite: Consent. In order to meet graduation requirements, the student PY 510 Intermediate Statistics (3) must: Survey of basic statistical principles including paramet- 1. complete a minimum of 60 hours including: a) Core ric and non-parametric hypothesis-testing techniques, Courses (12 hours) PY 501, 502, 510, 560; b) Clinical correlation, and an introduction to computer statistical courses (21 hours) PY 520, 521, 540, 550, 551, 650, packages. Prerequisite: Consent. 660; and c) Seminar (3 hours) PY 620; 2. demonstrate satisfactory performance on a com- PY 520 Intellectual and Diagnostic Assessment of prehensive exam after successful completion of all Adults (3) required 500 level courses; Introduction to administration, scoring, and interpretation 3. complete 6 hours of practicum and 12 hours of intern- of tests of intellectual and neurological function, objective ship; and personality tests, projective techniques, and screening 4. complete an acceptable thesis. measures. Emphasis on assessment of adults. Must be taken with PY 580. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Grades The symbols used in grading for graduate courses PY 521 Intellectual & Diagnostic Assessment of are as follows: A, excellent; B, satisfactory; C, unsatisfac- Children (3) tory; F failure; W, withdrawn; I, incomplete. Practicum, Continuation of Psychology 520, with emphasis on as- Internship, Independent Research and Thesis will be sessment of children and adolescents. Must be taken graded Pass/Fail. Grades of B or better are required in with PY 581. Prerequisite: PY 520. all core and clinical courses.

310 PY 540 Advanced Psychopathology (3) PY 590 Psychotherapy Practicum I (1.5) Theory, research, and clinical approaches to problems of Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a adulthood and childhood. Prerequisite: Consent. variety of clinical techniques involving therapeutic skills being taught concurrently in PY 550. Prerequisite: Must PY 550 Introduction to Psychotherapy Techniques (3) be taken concurrently with PY 550. Theory and practice of basic interviewing and therapy skills, with an emphasis on the Cognitive Behavioral ap- PY 591 Psychotherapy Practicum II (1.5) proach for treatment of anxiety disorders. Must be taken Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a with PY 590. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and variety of clinical techniques involving therapeutic skills concurrent enrollment in (or completion of) PY 520. being taught concurrently in PY 551. Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with PY 551. PY 551 Individual Adult Psychotherapy (3) Theory and practice psychotherapeutic intervention skills PY 601 Internship (6) with an emphasis on interpersonal, cognitive, and brief (To be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours credit toward therapy approaches for treatment of mood disorders. the degree) Field training experience oriented toward Must be taken concurrently with PY 591. Prerequisites: the development of skills in assessment and therapeutic PY 520 & PY 550. intervention, consultation experiences, preventive appli- cations, and group and family interventions. Prerequisite: PY 560 Ethics, Diversity, and Professional Practice (3) Admission to candidacy status and consent of instructor. This course will explore contemporary aspects of profes- sional practice germane to masters level psychologists. PY 620 Seminar in Psychology (3) The primary focus will be on the understanding and (May be repeated with different topics) Selected topics of application of the APA Ethics Code, with a secondary relevant psychological, clinical, and professional issues. emphasis on the development of sensitivity, expertise, Prerequisite: Consent. and competencies for working with clients with diverse beliefs, values, heritages, and preferences. Special PY 650 Child, Family and Marital Therapy (3) Theory and practice of interventions in marital, family, topics such as domestic violence and substance abuse, and child management problems. Prerequisite: PY 551. as well as other professional issues such as require- ments for licensure and career path options, may also be PY 660 Theories of Psychotherapy (3) explored. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Survey of the major psychodynamic, humanistic, and be- havioral schools of psychotherapy. The historical devel- PY 580 Assessment Practicum I (1.5) opment, therapeutic applications, and empirical support Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a of each will be discussed. Prerequisite: Consent. variety of clinical techniques involving assessment skills being taught concurrently in PY 520. Prerequisite: Must PY 695 Independent Research (1-3) be taken concurrently with PY 520. Independent supervised research. Does not count toward graduation. Prerequisite: Completed 6 hours in PY 581 Assessment Practicum II (1.5) PY 699 Thesis. Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a variety of clinical techniques involving assessment skills PY 699 Thesis (3) being taught concurrently in PY 521. Prerequisite: Must (To be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours credit toward be taken concurrently with PY 521. the degree) Independent supervised research. Prerequi- site: Admission to candidacy status.

Students participating in a summer trip to South Africa and Botswana pose in front of a termite mound.

311 Derek Koenigsdorf and a group of preschoolers from the Literacy Education Action Project (LEAP) take a break from learning their letters.

312 Board of Regents 2008-2009

W.U. Administrative Officers

Washburn Alumni Association 2008-2009 Officers & Directors

General Faculty

Faculty Emeriti

313 Art students share opinions during a friendly critique session.

314 A student discusses his poster presentation at the annual Apeiron, A Forum of Student Research, Scholarship, and Creativity.

315 President Farley congratulates the Washburn Student Government Association on their successful “Can Emporia” food drive for the United Way Campaign.

316 THE BOARD OF REGENTS WASHBURN ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 2008-2009 Officers and Directors OFFICERS OF THE BOARD 2008-2009 Website: http://www.washburn.edu/alumni Bob W. Storey, Chair Bradbury Thompson Alumni Center Ben Blair, Vice-Chair 1700 SW College Avenue MEMBERS OF THE BOARD Topeka, Kansas 66621 William W. Bunten, Mayor of Topeka (785) 670-1641 James P. Lagerberg OFFICERS Dan Lykins President Ann Adrian Christal Marquardt Vice President Roger VanHoozer Blanche C. Parks Past President Leo Taylor James R. Roth Director Susie Hoffmann Maggie Warren DIRECTORS EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY Kirsten Allen Dennis Bohm Jerry B. Farley, President Jami Bond Stacey Calhoon Kenneth P. Hackler, Secretary Tara Cunningham Amy Garton Wanda B. Hill, Treasurer Ray Killam Bill Marshall Erin Menard Dave Moore ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Cindy Rogers Jim Sloan Jerry B. Farley, Ph.D., President Robin Bowen, Ed.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs

Wanda B. Hill, M.B.A., Vice President for Administration and Treasurer Denise C. Ottinger, Ph.D., Vice President for Student Life David Monical, M.P.A., Executive Director of

Governmental Relations Carol Vogel, M.A.T., Director, Equal Opportunity Tom Ellis, Interim Dean of Enrollment Management Loren Ferre, M.A., Director, Athletics Gordon McQuere, Ph.D., Dean, College of Arts and Sciences William Dunlap, Ph.D., Dean, School of Applied Studies David Sollars, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Thomas Romig, J.D., Dean, School of Law Cynthia Hornberger, Ph.D., Dean, School of Nursing (Until June 30, 2009) Meredith Kidd, M.S., Dean of Students Donna LaLonde, Ph.D., Dean, University Honors Program and Director, Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs Tim Peterson, Ph.D., Dean, Division of Continuing Education Alan Bearman, Ph.D., Interim Dean, University Libraries

317 General Faculty Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor of Economics, 2001. B.S., California State University-Long Beach, 1989; M.A., Crystal Acker, Assistant Professor of School of Nursing, ibid, 1994; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 2000. 2007. B.S.N., Emporia State University, 2003. Rick J . Barker, Associate Professor of Computer Infor- Aida M. Alaka, Associate Professor of Law, 2006. B.A. , mation Sciences, 1981. B.S.E., Northeast Missouri State University of Wisconsin – Madison, 1981; Layola Univer- University, 1974; M.A., ibid, 1975; M.S., Kansas State sity Chicago School of Law, 1993. University, 1981 Rebecca Alexander, Librarian, School of Law, 1996. Karen Barron, Lecturer in English, 2006. B.A., Kansas B.A., University of Kansas, 1984; M.S., University of Il- State University, 1979; M.F.A., Bennington College, linois at Urbana-Champaign, 1993. 2005. Michael Almond, Assistant Professor of Art, 1988. Gerald Bayens, Chair and Professor of Criminal Justice, B.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute, 1981; M.A., University of 1996. B.A., Washburn University, 1989; M.A., University Iowa, 1984; M.F.A., ibid, 1986. of Alabama, 1995; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1998. Joanne Altman, Professor of Psychology, 1991. B.A., Kellis Bayless, Lecturer in Biology, 2006. B.S., Univer- Franklin and Marshall College, 1984; M.A., Temple Uni- sity of Kansas, 2001, Ph.D., ibid, 2007. versity, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. Alan Bearman, Interim Dean of Mabee Library, 2008; Deborah Altus, Professor of Human Services, 2000. Assistant Professor of History, 2003. B.A., Murray State B.A., University of California, 1982; M.A., University of University, 1998; B.S., University of Kentucky, 1999; Kansas, 1984; Ph.D., ibid. 1988. M.A., Murray State University, 2000; Ph.D. Kansas State University, 2005. Kelly Anders, Associate Dean of Students, School of Law, 2005. B.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1989; Robert J . Beatty, Associate Professor of Political Sci- J.D., Pepperdine University, 1996. ence, 2000. B.A., Carleton College, 1988; M.A., Univer- sity of Kentucky, 1993; Ph.D., Arizona State University, Bobbie Anderson, Lecturer in International Programs, 2000. 2001. B.A., Phillips University, 1964; M.S., Kansas State University, 1990. Harry C . Beckman, Lecturer of Mathematics and Sta- tistics, 2001. B.S., Kansas State University, 1961; M.S., Stephen Angel, Chair and Associate Professor of Emporia State University, 1967. Chemistry, 1991. B.A., Inter-American University, 1976; B.S., University of California, 1984; Ph.D., University of Patricia A . Bender, Assistant Professor of Health, Physi- Colorado, 1989. cal Education and Exercise Science, 1986. B.A., Trinity University, 1976; M.S., University of Illinois, 1980; Ph.D., Matthew Arterburn, Assistant Professor of Biology, University of Southern California, 1987. 2006. B.S., George Mason University, 2001; Ph.D., Washington State University, 2006. Phyllis E . Berry, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice, 2004. B.G.S., Wichita State University, 1991; Sharon M. Ashworth, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.A.J., Wichita State University, 1993; Ph.D., Oklahoma 2008. B.A., Smith College, 1987; M.S., University of State University, 1999. Wisconsin-Madison, 1992; PhD., University of Kansas, 2003. Susan Bjerke, Assistant Professor of Biology, 2005. B.S., University of Idaho, 2000; Ph.D, University of Iowa, Michael W. Averett, Lecturer of Music, 2008. B.A., 2005. Lenoir-Rhyne College, 2002; M.A. Ball State University, 2006.. Steven Black, Chair and Assistant Professor of Physics and Astronomy, 1983; B.S., Emporia State University, Thomas Fox Averill, Professor of English, Writer in 1976; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1982. Residence, 1980. B.A., University of Kansas, 1971; M.A., ibid, 1974; M.F.A., University of Iowa, 1976. Sharla A . Blank, Assistant Professor of Anthropology, 2007. A.B., Occidental College, 1991; M.A., University of Rory Bahadur, Associate Professor, School of Law, California-San Diego, 1996; Ph.D., ibid, 2005. 2007. B.S., University of the West Indies, 1990; M.A., University of Miami, 1992; J.D., St. Thomas University, Larry D. Blumberg, Associate Professor of Mathemat- 2003. ics and Statistics, 1967. B.A., Sterling College, 1965; M.A., University of Kansas, 1967; Ph.D., Kansas State David W . Bainum, Professor of Computer Information University, 1978. Sciences, 1985. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology, 1968; M.S., George Washington University, 1972; Robert J . Boncella, Professor in School of Business, M.S., Ohio University, 1974; Ph.D., ibid, 1977. 1983. B.A., Cleveland State University, 1971; M.A., ibid, 1974; M.S., University of Kansas, 1982; Ph.D., ibid, W . Gary Baker, Professor of Finance, 1975. B.S., Ohio 1990. State University, 1965; M.A., Wichita State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1975. Bradley T. Borden, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. B.B.A., Idaho State University, 1995; M.B.A., Idaho State Tammy K. Baker, Technology Librarian, Mabee Library, University, 1996; J.D., University of Florida College of 2008; B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Law, 1999; LL.M., University of Florida College of Law, 1989; M.S., North Carolina Central University, 1995. 2000.

318 Robin Bowen, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Nora K . Clark, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1991. Professor of Education, 2007. B.S., University of Kansas, B.S., Pacific Union College; B.S.N., Walla Walla College; 1982; M.Ed., University of Arkansas, 1983; Ed.D., Texas M.N., University of Kansas, 1986; Ph.D., University of Tech University, 1988. Kansas, 2004. Barbara Bowman, Associate Professor of Psychology, Novella Noland Clevenger, CPA, Associate Professor of 1994. B.A., Washburn University, 1989; M.A., University Taxation, 1988. B.S., Southeast Missouri State Univer- of North Dakota, 1991; Ph.D., ibid, 1994. sity, 1962; M.A., ibid, 1977; M.B.A., ibid, 1982; J.D., University of Memphis, 1985; LL.M., College of William Lee E. Boyd, Professor of Biology, 1982. B.S., St. Mary’s and Mary, 1987. College of Maryland, 1977; M.S., University of Wyoming, 1980; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1988. Thomas Benton Clevenger, CPA, Associate Profes- sor of Accounting, 1988. B.S., University of Missouri, John Burns, Lecturer of Health, Physical Education and 1970; M.B.A., Southeast Missouri State University, 1981; Exercise Science, Clinical Coordinator, Athletic Trainer, D.B.A., University of Memphis, 1987. 2003. B.A. Washburn University 1992, M.S. University of Arizona, 1994. Lee Anne Coester, Lecturer in Education, 1998. B.S.Ed., Emporia State University, 1972; M.S.Ed., ibid, Paul F . Byrne, Associate Professor of Economics, 2003. 1980. B.A., University of Montana, 1996; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 2003. Anna L. Collins, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 2002. A.A., Penn Valley Community College, 1972; B.S.N., Fort Karen D . Camarda, Associate Professor of Physics and Hays State University, 1994; M.S.N., ibid, 2001. Astronomy, 2002, B.S., University of California at San Di- ego, 1991; M.S. University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign, Heather Collins, Curriculum Resources Librarian, Ma- 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 1998. bee Library, 2004. B.M., Kansaas State University, 1999; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2004. Steven J . Cann, Professor of Political Science, 1985. B.S., North Dakota State University, 1970; M.S., ibid, James M. Concannon, Professor of Law, 1973. B.S., 1972; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1977. University of Kansas, 1968; J.D., ibid, 1971. Carolyn Carlson, Assistant Professor of Education, Donovan W . Cook, Associate Professor of Education, 2007. B.A., University of Kansas, 1999; M.A., ibid, 2003; Coordinator of Student Field Experience, 1987. B.S., Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Buena Vista College, 1964; M.S., Mankato State Univer- sity, 1968; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Jane H . Carpenter, Assistant Professor of Nursing, University, 1986. 1993. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1980; M.S., Univer- sity of Kansas, 1993. Sarah Cook, Associate Professor of Mathematics & Sta- tistics, 1998. B.S., Emporia State University, 1992; M.S., Ellen Carson, Professor, School of Nursing, 2003. Kansas State University, 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1998. B.S.N., Pittsburg State University, 1978; M.N. University of Kansas, 1987; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1994. Dean Corwin, Catalog Librarian, Mabee Library, 1996. B.M., University of Kansas, 1971; M.S., University of Il- Regina Cassell, Lecturer of Mass Media and Director linois, 1977; M.A., West Chester University, 1987. of Student Publications, 2003. B.A., Northwest Missouri State University, 1996; M.S., University of Kansas, 1998. Charles M. Cranston, Professor of Mass Media, 2004. B.A., Texas A & M University, 1968; M.S., Texas A & M Jeanne Catanzaro, Lecturer of Nursing, 2008. B.S. University, 1972; Ed.D., ibid, 1982. Saint Louis University, 1981; M.S. University of Missouri, 1993; PhD., Saint Louis University, 1993. Barry Crawford, Professor of Religion, 1978. B.A., Catawba College, 1969; M.A., Wake Forest University, Kevin Charlwood, Chair and Associate Professor of 1971; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 1978. Mathematics & Statistics, 1997. B.S., Carroll College, 1986; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1988; Ph.D., Uni- Linda Croucher, Clinical Coordinator Radiation Technol- versity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1994. ogy and Associate Professor of Radiologic Technology, 1983; Stormont-Vail School of Radiologic Technology, Erin D . Chanberlain, Assistant Professor of English, 1968; B.S., Pittsburg State University, 1985; M.S., Kan- B.A., Hanover College, 2000; M.A. Ohio University, 2002; sas State University, 1987. PhD., Purdue University, 2007. Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor of Manage- Cheryl Childers, Associate Professor of Sociology & ment, 1977. B.A., Boise State University, 1968; M.S., Anthropology, 1996. B.A., Southeastern Oklahoma State Oregon State University, 1971; D.B.A., Louisiana Tech University, 1976; M.A., Texas Woman’s University, 1993; University, 1980. Ph.D., ibid, 1996. Jack L. Decker, Associate Professor of Computer Infor- Frank J . Chorba, Professor of Mass Media, 1984. B.A., mation Sciences, 1984. B.S., Kansas State University, West Liberty College, 1965; M.A., West Virginia Univer- 1969; M.S..Lehigh University, 1973. sity, 1968; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, 1975. Sophie Delahaye, Assistant Professor of Modern John E . Christensen, Library Director and Professor of Languages, 2008. D.E.U.G de Lettres et Arts, Université Law, 1979. B.S., Brigham Young University, 1971; J.D., de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris III, 1994; Licence de University of Utah College of Law, 1975; M.L.S., Univer- Littérature Générale et Comparée, ibid, 1995; Maîtrise sity of California at Berkeley, 1976. 319 de Lettres Modernes, Université Michel de Montaigne, Lenora Edwards, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1998. Bordeaux III, 1996; D.E.A. de Littérature et Civilisation B.S.N., Washburn University, 1988; M.S.N., University of Françaises, Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris III; Kansas, 1998. PhD. University of Kansas, 2007. Larissa Mitrophanova Elisha, Artist in Residence in Barbara J . DeSanto, Chair and Professor of Mass Music, Violin, 1999. B.M., Lunatcharsky Academy of Media, 2007. B.S., St. Cloud University, 1982; M.S., ibid, Music, Belorussia, 1986; M.M., ibid, 1989; Doctorate, K. 1991; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1995. Lipinski Academy of Music, Poland, 1997. Karen Diaz Reategui, Assistant Professor of Modern Steven Elisha, Lecturer of Music, Director of String Languages, 2008; M.A. University of Georgia, 2004; Studies, 2001. B.M., Indiana University School of Music, PhD., Arizona State University, 2008. 1983; M.M., Yale University, 1985. Caren D . Dick, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1996. Richard B . Ellis, Director, Learning in the Community, B.S.N., Washburn University, 1984; M.S.N., University of and Professor of Human Services, 1991. B.S., Kansas Kansas, 1999, of Toledo, 1970. State University, 1973; M.S., ibid, 1976; Ph.D., ibid, 1997. Shiao-Li Ding, Associate Professor of Music, 1992. B.M., Central Conservatory of Music, Bejing, 1980; M.M., Linda Henry Elrod, Distinguished Professor of Law, University of Michigan, 1982; D.M.A., Boston University, 1974. B.A., Washburn University, 1969; J.D., ibid, 1971. 1991. Dennis Etzel Jr . Lecturer of English, 2007. B.A., Wash- Shirley Dinkel, Associate Professor of Nursing, 2002. burn University, 1999; B.A., ibid, 2004; M.A., Kansas B.S.N., Marymount College, 1979; M.S.N., University of State University, 2006. Kansas, 1990; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 2005. Andrew Evans, Head of Reference and Gov’t. Docu- Becky Dodge, Clinical Coordinator and Lecturer of Allied ments Librarian, School of Law, 2002. B.S., National Health, 2002. A.S., Washburn University, 1994; B.A., American University, 1995; J.D., Washburn University, Ottawa University, 2001; M.E.T., Mid America Nazarine 2001, M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2007. University, 2006. Howard J . Faulkner, Chair and Professor of English, Brian S . Dorrel, Program Director of Athletic Training 1972. B.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1966; M.A., and Lecturer of Health, Physical Education and Exercise University of Oklahoma, 1968; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. Science, 2007. B.S., Northwest Missouri State University, David Feinmark, Coordinator of Collection Develop- 1996; M.A.Ed., Northern State University, 1998;. ment, Mabee Library, 1981. B.A., Boston University, Steven Doubledee, Assistant Director of Forensics/ 1973; M.S., Simmons College, 1979; M.B.A. Washburn Lecturer, 2006. B.A., Missouri Southern State University, University, 1992. 2000; M.A., Central Misouri State University, 2005. Jessie Fillerup, Lecturer of Music History, 2006. B.F.A., Richard Driver, Lecturer of Mathematics and Statistics, University of Arizona, 1999; M.M., ibid, 2001. 1996. B.A., Baker University, 1961; M.A., Boston Col- Karen Fernengel, Lecturer of Nursing, 2008. B.A., lege, 1968; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1993. Augustana College, 1973; M.S., University of Kansas Judy Druse, Interim Assistant Dean Mabee Library, School of Nursing, 1986; PhD., ibid, 1994. 2008; Curriculum Libarian Mabee Library,1987. B.S., Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor of Management, 2006. Northwest Missouri State University, 1968; M.L.S., Em- M.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia, 2000; Tran- poria State University, 1974. sylvania University, 1999; Ph.D., University of Missouri- Yongtao Du, Assistant Professor of History, 2006. B.A., Columbia, 2007. Henan University, 1993; M.A., Beijing University, 1996; Gary B . Forbach, Professor of Psychology, 1973. B.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2006. University of Denver, 1969; M.S., Oklahoma State Uni- Myrl L. Duncan, Professor of Law, 1977. B.A., University versity, 1972; Ph.D., ibid, 1973. of Kansas, 1970; J.D., Georgetown University School of John J . Francis, Director, Washburn Law Clinic, and Law, 1975; LL.M., Columbia University School of Law, Professor of Law, 1999. B.A., Lafayette College, 1985; 1981; J.S.D., ibid, 1988. J.D., The American University, 1989. William S . Dunlap, Dean, School of Applied Studies David A . Freeman, Professor of Political Science, 1988. and Professor of Allied Health, 1983. B.S., Wichita State B.A., Univ. of Kentucky, 1969; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1967; M.S., Pittsburg State University, 1976; Univ., 1972; M.A., Univ. of South Carolina, 1984; Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia, 1981. The Claremont Graduate School, 1977. Gloria Dye, Chair and Professor of Education, 1994. Ross Friesen, Assistant Professor of Health, Physical B.A., Walsh University, 1978; M.S., University of New Education and Exercise Science, 1995. B.S., Bethel Mexico, 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 1994. College, 1976; M.Ed., University of Missouri-Columbia, James Robert Eck, Professor of Finance, 1979. B.S.C., 1980; Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1992. St. Louis University, 1960; M.B.A., Indiana University, Timothy Fry, Associate Professor of Education, 2002. 1961; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1979. B.S., Emporia Sate University, 1977; M.S., ibid, 1982; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1995.

320 William Gahnstrom, Lecturer of Mathematics & Statis- Kimberly Harrison, Assistant Professor of Social Work, tics, 1998. B.A., University of Kansas, 1973; M.S., Naval 2005. B.A., University of Kansas, 1991; M.S.W., ibid, Postgraduate School, 1986. 1993; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. Norman A . Gamboa, Director of Orchestra and Lecturer Margaret Hawthorne, Associate Director and Lecturer, of Music, 2004. B.M., Baylor University, 2001; M.M., Leadership Institute, 2002. B.A., University of Missis- University of Nevada, 2003. sippi, 1985; M.A., ibid, 1992; M.A. ibid, 1993; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 2007. Barbara Ginzburg, Assistant Classroom/Teaching Tech- nology Librarian, School of Law, 2005. B.A., Kansas Andrew Herbig, Assistant Professor of Biology, 2007. University, 1993; MLS, Emporia State University, 1998. B.S., Truman State University, 1995; Ph.D., Cornell University, 2001. Alex Glashausser, Associate Dean and Professor of Law, 1999. B.A., Harvard College, 1990; J.D., Duke Duane A . Hinton, Lecturer of Biology, 2004. B.A., University School of Law, 1995. Washburn University, 1986; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1991. Daniel Glen, Lecturer of History, 2008. B.A. Xavier Uni- versity, 1997; M.A., University of Cincinnati, 2003; PhD., Raylene J . Hinz-Penner, Lecturer of English, 2003. ibid, 2007. B.S. Kansas University, 1970; M.A., ibid, 1972; M.F.A., Wichita State University, 1995. Maureen Godman, Associate Professor of English, 1999. B.A., University of Leicester, 1982; M.A., Univer- James L. Hoogenakker, Professor of English, 1963. sity of Kansas, 1990; Ph.D., ibid, 1997. B.S., Iowa State University, 1961; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1975. Deborah Goering, PT Mobile Health Clinic Nurse of School of Nursing, 2009. BS., College of Charleston, Cynthia Hornberger, Dean of the School of Nursing 1984; BSN., Montana State University, 1990. (through June 30, 2009) and Professor of Nursing, 1989. B.A., University of Kansas, 1976; B.S.N., Washburn Uni- J. Lynn Entrikin Goering, Associate Professor of Law, versity, 1978; M.S., University of Kansas, 1989; M.B.A., 2003. B.G.S., University of Kansas, 1977; M.P.A., ibid, ibid, 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. 1982; J.D., Washburn University, 1987. Robert M. Hull, Professor of Finance and Clarence W. Miguel Gonzalez-Abellas, Chair of Modern Languages King Chair of Finance, 1990. B.A., University of Kansas, and Associate Professor of Spanish, 1997. Diplomatura, 1971; M.B.A., ibid, 1983; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, 1987; Licen- ciatura, ibid, 1990; M.A., University of Kansas, 1992; Catherine A . Hunt, Assistant Professor and Director of Ph.D., ibid, 1997. Music Education, 2003. B.M., Millikin University, 1977; Diploma in Voice, Hochschule für Musik, Salzburg, Robert Goodwin, Lecturer of Education, 2007. B.S., Austria, 1980; M.A., University of Iowa, 1981; Ph.D., Kansas State Teachers College, 1968; M.S., Emporia University of Nebraska, 2000. State University, 1976; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1984. John . C . Hunter, Professor of Theatre, 1975. B.E., Wisconsin State University, 1969; M.F.A., Florida State Rachel Goossen, Associate Professor of History, 2000. University, 1975. B.A., Bethel College, 1982; M.A., University of California, 1984; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1993. Kathy Hupp, Coordinator and Lecturer in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program, 2003. A.S., Washburn Nancy Gray, Circulation & Faculty Services Librarian, University 1998; B.A., ibid, 1998. School of Law, 1996. B.A., Kansas State Teachers Col- lege, 1971. Martha Imparato, Special Collections Librarian, Ma- bee Library, 1989. A.A., Northern Virginia Community Finette Gress, Lecturer in School of Nursing, 2007.R.N., College, 1978; B.A., Radford University, 1980; M.S., Stormont-Vail, 1986; BSN Washburn University, 2004; University of Tennessee, 1981. MSN FNP Clarkson College, 2007. Debra Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1998. Ronald C. Griffin,Professor of Law, 1978. B.A., Hamp- B.S.N., Fort Hays State University, 1990; M.S., University ton Institute, 1965; J.D., Howard University, 1968; LL.M., of Kansas, 1997. University of Virginia, 1974. Janet Thompson Jackson, Associate Professor of Law, Michael Hager, Lecturer of Art, 2007. B.F.A., Washburn 2004. B.A., Wittenberg University, 1984; J.D., Howard University, 1992; M.A., University of Iowa, 1997; M.F.A., University School of Law, 1988. ibid, 1999. Jeffrey Jackson, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. James Haines Jr ., Ned Eldon Clark Distinguished Pro- B.B.A., Washburn University, 1989; J.D., Washburn Uni- fessor, School of Business, 2008; A.A. Jackson Commu- versity, 1992; LL.M., Georgetown University Law Center, nity College, 1966; B.A. University of Missouri-Columbia, 2003. 1969; J.D. ibid, 1975. Russell A . Jacobs, Professor of Philosophy, 1975. B.A., Chris Hamilton, Professor of Political Science, 1997. Midland Lutheran College, 1969; Ph.D., University of B.A., Wichita State University, 1973; M.A., University of Texas, 1976. Missouri, 1976; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1983.

321 Marian Jamison, Associate Dean and Professor, School L. Ali Khan, Professor of Law, 1983. B.Sc., Punjab Uni- of Nursing, 2007. BSN, University of Kansas, 1978; MA, versity, 1969; M.A., ibid, 1973; LL.B., ibid, 1976; LL.M., ibid, 1986; MBA, ibid, 1990; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. New York University, 1980, J.S.D., ibid, 1983. Ursula Jander, Associate Professor of Biology, 1985. Lori M. Khan, Assistant Professor and Director of Physi- M.S., University of Freiburg, Germany, 1964; Ph.D., cal Therapist Assistant Program, 2006. B.S., Andrews University of Freiburg, Germany, 1965. University, 1993; M.S.P.T., ibid, 1995; D.P.T., Creighton University, 2005. Reinhild Janzen, and Professor of Art, 1996; B.A., Padagogische Hochschule in Germany, 1963; M.A, Uni- Terry Knowles, Instructor of Criminal Justice, 2005. versity of Chicago, 1967; M.Phil, University of Kansas, B.A., Kansas State University, 1961; M.CJ., Washburn 1975; Ph.D., ibid, 1978. University, 1999. S. Yvette Jenkins, Lecturer of Education, 2008. B.A., Tonya Kowalski, Associate Professor of Law, 2006. Rutgers University/Livingston College, 1978; M.A., Uni- B.A., University of Florida, 1992; J.D., Duke University versity of Michigan, 1991; PhD., ibid, 1997. School of Law, 1995. David Jensen, LSCSW, Lecturer of Social Work, 1999. John Kratina, Program Director of Radiation Therapy B.A., Washburn University, 1974; M.S.W., University of and Lecturer, 2001. B.M.Ed. Washburn University, 1982; Kansas, 1978. A.S. in Radiologic Technology, RT(R), Washburn Uni- versity, 1988; Washburn University Radiation Therapy, Roberta A . Jolly, Lecturer of Computer Information RT(T), 1989. Sciences, 1999. B.S.E., Emporia State University, 1971; M.S.E., ibid, 1977; A.A., Washburn University, 1985; Sungkyu Kwak, Associate Professor of Economics, Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1995, Professional Devel- 2001. B.A., Seoul National University, 1985; M.A., Uni- opment Certificate in Distance Education, University of versity of Minnesota, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, 2001. Wisconsin-Madison, 2001. Donna E. LaLonde, Dean, University Honors Program, Douglas H . Jones, Clinical Coordinator and Instructor of Director of CUSP and Associate Professor of Mathemat- Diagnostic Medical Sonography, 2000. B.A., University ics, 1991. A.B., Colgate University, 1980; M.A., University of Kansas, 1974. of Kansas, 1985; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts, 1991. Patricia A . Joyce, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1994. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1977; M.S., University of James V. Landrum, Associate Professor of Biology, Kansas, 1994; S.N.C., ibid, 1994. 1997. B.S., Mississippi State University, 1988; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi, 1990; Ph.D., Univer- Norma Juma, Assistant Professor of Management, sity of Texas, 1997. 2005. B.B.M., Mysore University, 1995; M.B.A., Pondich- erry University, 1997; Ph.D., University of Texis-Arlington, Stephanie Lanter. Catron Professor of Art, 2008. B.A., 2005. Xavier University, 1998; M.A., Ohio University, 2002. Karen Kapusta-Pofahl, Lecturer of Sociology/Anthro- Brogan Lasley, Education Coordinator and Instructor of pology, 2008. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1998; M.A. Art, 2004. B.F.A., Fort Hays State University, 1999. Texas Women’s University, 2001. Richard LaJuerrne, Jr., Director of SBDC and Lecturer, Mark Kaufman, Associate Professor of Social Work, 2006. B.B.A., Washburn University, 1991; J.D., University 1998. B.A., Washington University, 1975; M.S.W., ibid, of Kansas School of Law, 1996. 1977; M.B.A., St. Louis Univ., 1984; J.D., Washington Sam Leung, Associate Professor of Chemistry, 1997. Univ. School of Law, 1979. B.S., California State University-Stanislaus, 1990; Ph.D., Michael Kaye, Professor of Law, 1979. B.A., Case- University of California-Davis, 1995. Western Reserve University, 1963; J.D., Cleveland-Mar- Hwa Chi Liang, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and shall College of Law, 1966; LL.M., New York University, Statistics, 2004. B.A., Soochow University, 1979; M.A., 1967. University of Texas at Austin, 1987; Ph.D., University of Kevin Kellim, Associate Professor of Music, Director of New Mexico, 2003. Choral Studies, 1992. B.M., Southwest Baptist Univer- Park A. Lockwood, Assistant Professor of Health, sity, 1977; M.M., Kansas State University, 1979; D.M.A., Physical Education and Exercise Science, 2001. B.A., University of Kansas, 1998. University of Kansas, 1987; M.S., University of Kansas, Don Kellogg, Instructor and Coordinator of the Bachelor 1989; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 2003. of Health Sciences Program, 2005. B.S., Wichita State Joseph Loeb. Instructor of Allied Health, 2008. A.S., University, 1975; M.S., ibid, 1978; B.S., University of Washburn University, 2004; B.S., ibid, 2008. Kansas, 1995. Robert Loehr, Clinical Instructor of Nursing, 2007. Vickie Kelly, Instructor of Technology, 2008. B.S., Wash- B.S.N., University of Kansas, 1987; M.S.N., ibid, 1998. burn University, 1981; M.S., Central Michigan University, 1991. Gabriele Lunte, Assistant Professor of German, Modern Languages, 2003. M.A., University of Kansas, 1992; Robert B . Kerchner, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D., ibid, 1998. 1976. B.S., Kansas State University, 1956; M.A., ibid, 1960; Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973.

322 Bruce Mactavish, Associate Dean, College of Arts and University, 1975; M.S.W, University of Kansas, 1981; Sciences and Assistant Professor of History, 1998. B.A., Ph.D., ibid, 1998. Furman University, 1983; M.A., University of Mississippi, Gordon McQuere, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 1993. and Professor of Music, 2002. B.M., University of Tulsa, Keith Mallory, Lecturer and Director of Athletic Bands, 1971; M.A., University of Iowa, 1973; Ph.D., ibid, 1978. Music, 2005. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1992. Rebecca Meador, Associate Professor of Music, Flute & Michael W. Manske, Associate Professor, Criminal Music Theory, 2000. B.S., University of Missouri-Colum- Justice, 1994. B.S. University of Nebraska, 1980; M.A., bia, 1991; B.M., ibid, 1991; M.M., University of Cincin- University of Kansas, 1998; J.D., University of Nebraska, nati, 1993; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Con- 1987. servatory of Music, 2000. James A. Martin, Lecturer of Business, 2004. B.B.A., Bruce Mechtly, Interim Chair and Associate Professor of Washburn University, 1979; M.Prof. Acc., University of Computer Information Sciences, 1999. B.A., Gettysburg Texas, 1983. College, 1979; M.S., Penn State University, 1982; Ph.D., ibid, 1988. Richard Martin, Chair and Associate Professor, Legal Studies, 1993. B.S., Colorado State University, 1964; Cal Melick, Public Service Librarian, Mabee Library, J.D., Washburn University, 1970. 1984. B.A., New York State University College-Geneseo, 1969; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1982. Marilyn K. Masterson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1998. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1978; B.A., ibid, Jay Memmott, Chair and Associate Professor of Social 1978; M.S.N., University of Utah, 1982. Work, 2002. B.A., University of Utah, 1974; M.S.W., University of Kansas, 1977; Ph.D., ibid, 1984. Nancy G. Maxwell, Professor of Law, 1979. B.A., Uni- versity of North Dakota, 1972; J.D., ibid, 1975; LL.M., Kathy A. Menzie, Assistant Professor of Mass Media, Harvard University, 1979. 1998. B.A., Baker University, 1973; M.S., Kansas State University, 1991; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 2006. JuliAnn Mazachek, CMA, Associate Professor of Ac- counting, 1992; B.S., University of Missouri-Rolla, 1984; William Merkel, Associate Professor of Law, 2005. B.A., M.B.A., University of Kansas, 1987; Ph.D., University of John Hopkins University, 1988; J.D., Columbia University Kansas, 1993,. School of Law, 1996. Keith D. Mazacheck, Lecturer and Coordinator of Richard A. Moellenberndt, CPA, Professor of Account- Pre-Engineering, Physics and Astronomy, 1999. B.S., ing, 1976. B.S., Northwest Missouri State University, University of Missouri-Rolla, 1982; M.S., University of 1964; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1968; Ph.D., ibid, Missouri-Columbia, 1986; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1973. 1992. Carl Monk, Distinguished Professor of Law, 1974. B.A., Glen McBeth, Classroom/Teaching Technology Librar- Oklahoma State University, 1965; J.D., Howard Univer- ian, , School of Law, 2004. B.B.A., Washburn University, sity School of Law, 1971. 1999; J.D., Washburn University School of Law, 2003. Meredith A. Moore, Chair and Professor of Communica- M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2007. tion, 1976. B.S., Kansas State University, 1965; M.A., Maryellen McBride, Assistant Professor of Nursing, ibid, 1968; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1972. 1988. B.S., Arizona State University, 1979; M.N., Univer- John Thomas Morgan, Associate Professor of Music, sity of Kansas, 1987. Percussion, 1988. B.M., University of Northern Colorado, Judith McConnell-Farmer, Professor of Education, 1978; M.M., ibid, 1984; D.M.A., University of Oklahoma, 1994. B.S., University of Kansas, 1970; E.D., Columbia 1993. University, 1982; E.D.D., ibid, 1984. Cindi Morrison, Director of Mulvane Museum, 2008. Michael McGuire, Associate Professor of Psychology, A.A., Keystone Junior College, 1974; B.A., Edinboro 2002. B.A. Wabash College, 1993; M.S., Idaho State University, 1977; M.A. ibid, 1979. University, 1995; Ph.D., Texas Tech University, 2000. Kimberly J. Morse, Assistant Professor of History, 2003. Lawrence Ray McKamy, Field Practicum Coordinator B.A., University of Kansas, 1992; M.A., Indiana Univer- and Instructor of Social Work, 2006. B.A., Texas Chris- sity, 1995; Ph.D., University of Texas, 2000. tian University, 1961; M.S.S.W., University of Missouri, Michael C. Mosier, Associate Professor of Mathemat- 1967. ics and Statistics, 2001. B.S., Emporia State University, Meredith McKee, Lecturer of Psychology, 2008. B.A., 1983; M.S. ibid, 1985; Ph.D., Colorado State University, Washburn University, 2000; M.A., Uinversity of Kansas, 1992. 2004; PhD., ibid, 2006. Jeffrey Mott, Director/Lecturer of Leadership Institute, Lori McMillan, Associate Professor School of Law,2007. 2008. B.A., Boston College, 1988; M.A., University of B.A., University of Toronto, 1992; LL.B., Queen’s Univer- Michigan, 1995; PhD., University of Massachusetts, sity at Kingston, Ontario, 1995; M.L., New York University 2008. School of Law, 1999. Patricia Mower, Associate Professor of Mathematics & Diane McMillen, Associate Professor and Clinical Co- Statistics, 1995; B.S., Dickinson State University, 1987; ordinator of Human Services, 1990. B.S., Kansas State M.S., University of North Dakota, 1989; Ph.D., ibid, 1995. 323 John C. Mullican, Associate Professor of Biology, 1999. Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor of Accounting, B.S., Missouri Western State College, 1987; Ph.D., Uni- School of Business, 2007.B.S., Nankai University, 1987; versity of Nebraska Medical Center, 1995. M.S., Kent State University, 1996; M.S., Michigan State University, 2002, Ph.D., Kent state University, 2008. Pat Munzer, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Allied Health, 1984. A.S., Quinnipiac College, 1976; Marguerite Perret, Assistant Professor of Art, 2003. B.S., Pittsburg State University, 1986; M.S., ibid, 1990; B.A., William Paterson University, 1980; M.A., Montclair D.HSc., Nova Southeastern University, 2006. State University, 1983; M.F.A., Southern Illinois Univer- sity, 1986. Carl S. Myers, BSW Program Director and Assistant Professor of Social Work, 1977. B.A., Colorado State Dan L. Petersen, Associate Dean, School of Applied University, 1973; M.S.W., University of Utah, 1976. Studies and Professor of Human Services, 1993. B.A., North Central College, 1971; M.A., University of Kansas, Bryan A . Naylor, Associate Professor of Theatre, 1989. 1977; Ph.D., ibid, 1981. B.F.A., University of Kansas, 1981; M.A., Southwest Texas State University, 1988; M.F.A., University of Kan- Bonnie Peterson, Assistant Professor of School of sas, 1993. Nursing, 2008. B.S., University of Kansas School of Nursing; M.S., ibid. Samuel J . Newland, Instructor Criminal Justice, 2007. B.A., Evangel College, 1963; M.A., Pittsburg State Uni- Mark Peterson, Chair and Associate Professor of Politi- versity, 1966; M.Ph., University of Kansas, 1980; Ph.D., cal Science, 1998. B.A., University of Wyoming, 1970; University of Kansas, 1982. M.P.A., University of New Mexico, 1991; Ph.D., ibid, 1996. Faye Niesen, Lecturer of Radiation Therapy, 2004. B.A., University of Illinois, 1974; A.A.S., Chicago City-Wide Timothy Peterson, Dean of Continuing Education, 1998. College, 1983; M.A., University of Phoenix, 1999. B.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1975; M.Ed., Texas A&M University, 1978; E.D.S., George Washington Uni- Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor of Economics, versity, 1987; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1991. 2001. M.S., Leningrad Institute of Electrical Engineering, 1984; M.S., Purdue University, 1997; Ph.D., ibid, 2001. Lynette Petty, Associate Professor of Law, 1992. B.A., Southwestern University, 1972; M.A., University of Texas Jorge Luis Nobo, Professor of Philosophy, 1972. B.A., at San Antonio, 1978; J.D., Washburn University, 1987. University of Miami, 1966; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1973. Fernando Pezzino, Lecturer of Modern Languages, 2008. B.A., Universidad Nacional de Tucuman, 2000; Kanalis A . Ockree, CPA, CMA, Professor of Accounting, M.A., Arizona State University, 2005; Ph.D., Texas Tech 1992. B.B.A., Washburn University, 1982; M.Acc., Kan- University, 2006. sas State University, 1983; Ph.D., Univ. of Kansas, 1993. David E . Pierce, Professor of Law, 1989. B.A., Pittsburg Brian K . Ogawa, Chair and Associate Professor of State University, 1974; J.D., Washburn University, 1977; Human Services, 2001. B.A., University of California at LL.M., University of Utah, College of Law, 1982. L.A., 1967; M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1972; D.Min., San Francisco Theological Seminary, 1979. Mary Pilgram, Assistant Professor of Communication, 2007. B.A., William Jewell College, 1985; M.A., Univer- Kevin M. O’Leary, Lecturer of Communication and sity of Kansas, 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Director of Forensics, 2003. B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1992, M.A., St. Louis University, 1994, Ph.D., Evelyn Pitts, Lecturer of Mathematics & Statistics, 1996. Southern Illinois University, 1999. B.A., Evangel College, 1970; M.A., University of Kansas, 1972. Aliza Organick, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. B.U.S., University of New Mexico, 1992; J.D., University Gaspar Porta, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, of New Mexico School of Law, 1996. 2007. B.S., University of Illinois-Urbana, 1987;M.S., ibid, 1989; Ph.D., University of Illinois-Chicago, 1999. Nan Palmer, Professor of Social Work, 1991. B.A., Cali- fornia State University Fullerton, 1969; M.S.W., Univer- David Pownell, Assistant Professor of Education, sity of Kansas, 1979; Ph.D., ibid, 1991. 2002. A.A., Hutchison Community College, 1989; B.S., McPherson College, 1993; M.S., Kansas State Univer- Sangyoub Park, Assistant Professor of Sociology & sity, 1998; Ed.D., ibid, 2002 Anthropology, 2006. B.A., Korea University, 1993; M.A., University of South Carolina, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Thomas Prasch, Chair and Professor of History, 1997. B.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1974; M.A., ibid, Brenda Patzel, Associate Professor of Nursing, 2004. 1977; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1995. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1988; M.S.N., University of Kansas, 1991; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 2001. Paul Prece, Chair and Professor of Theatre, 1982. B.A., Catholic University of America, 1972; M.F.A., Florida John Paul, Assistant Professor of Sociology & Anthro- State University, 1975; Ph.D. University of Kansas, 2008. pology, 2003. B.S., East Central University, 1997, M.S., University of North Texas, 1999, Ph.D., Oklahoma State Dave Provorse, Chair and Associate Professor of Py- University, 2003. chology, 1991. B.A., Midland Lutheran University, 1982; M.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, Gregory Pease, Professor of Law, 1976. B.A., Wichita 1996. State University, 1963; J.D., University of New Mexico, 1970. 324 Virginia D. Pruitt, Professor of English, 1974. B.A., Harold J . Rood, Chair and Professor of Philosophy, Saint Olaf College, 1965; M.A., University of North Caro- 1970. B.A., Michigan State University, 1963; M.A., ibid, lina, 1966; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1974. 1968; Ph.D., ibid, 1974. Lynne Ann Pryor, Assistant Professor of Marketing, Tracy Routsong, Assistant Professor of Communication, School of Business, 2007. B.A., MidAmerica Nazarene, 2007. B.S.S., Cornell College, 1998; M.A., University of 1995; M.B.A., ibid, 1999; Ph.D., University of Nebraska- Northern Iowa, 2000. Lincoln, 2006. Joseph Ruskowitz, Instructor of Criminal Justice, 2005. Carrie Quinn, Lecturer of HPEES, 2008. B.S. Baker B.A., Wichita State University, 1973; M.S., ibid, 1976. University; M.S., University of Kansas. Michael Russell, Associate Professor of Psychology, Maria Raicheva-Stover, Assistant Professor of 2001. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1987; M.A., ibid, Mass Media, 2003. B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. 1998;M.A., ibid, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2005. Kay Rute, Professor of Legal Studies, 1989. B.A., Wash- Mary Kreiner Ramirez, Associate Professor of Law, burn University, 1971; J.D., ibid, 1980. 2001. B.S., University of Missouri-Columbia, 1983; J.D., Roberta Sue Salem, Lecturer of Chemistry, 1999. B.S., St. Louis University School of Law, 1986. Baker University, 1970; M.S., Iowa State University, J . Karen Ray, Professor of English, 1996. B.A., Austin 1973. College, 1967; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1970; Bassima Schbley, Assistant Professor of Social Work, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1977 . 2003. B.A., Wichita State University, 1995; M.A., ibid, Gerrald Reed, Lecturer of Computer Information Sci- 1997; M.A., Newman University, 1999; Ph.D., University ences, 1997; B.B.A., Washburn University, 1970; M.B.A., of Utah, 2004. ibid, 1989. Cecil Schmidt, Professor of Computer Information Sci- Michael Rettig, Professor of Education, 1994. B.A., ences, 1994. B.S., Kansas State University, 1984; M.S., University of Kansas, 1974; M.Ed., University of Wichita, Wichita State University, 1993; Ph.D., Kansas State 1978; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1984. University, 2005. Leslie Reynard, Assistant Professor of Communication, Gary E . Schmidt, Professor of Computer Information 2007. A.A., Tulsa Junior College, 1987; B.S., University Sciences, 1973. B.A., Fort Hays State University, 1968; of Kansas, 1990; M.A., ibid, 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. M.S., Kansas State University, 1971; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. Sheila Reynolds, Professor of Law, 1979. B.A., Univer- Shaun E . Schmidt, Associate Professor of Chemistry, sity of Kansas, 1966; J.D., ibid, 1971. 2001. B.S., Florida Southern College, 1991; M.S., Uni- versity of South Florida, 1995; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. William Rich, Professor of Law, 1977. B.A., Oberlin College, 1970; J.D., University of California at Berkeley, Tom Schmiedeler, Professor of Geography and Director 1975. of Kansas Studies Program, 1996. B.A., St. Mary of the Plains College, 1971; M.A., University of Kansas, 1985; A . Allan Riveland, Professor of Mathematics and Ph.D., ibid, 1991. Statistics, 1971. B.A., Minot State College, 1962; M.A., University of Wyoming, 1964; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. James Schnoebelen, Lecturer of Communication, 2001. B.S. Central Missouri State University, 1999; M.A., ibid, James C . Rivers, Professor of Music and Artist Pianist 2001. in Residence, 1969. Artist Diploma, The Julliard School for the Performing Arts, 1965; B.M., North Texas State Janice Schrum, Lecturer of Business, 2005. B.A., Wichi- University, 1966; M.M., ibid, 1968. ta State University, 1995; M.A., University of Missouri- Kansas City, 2000; M.P.A., ibid, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2002. William L. Roach, Professor of Business Administra- tion, 1983. B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1966; M.B.A., Michael Schwartz, Professor of Law, 2006. A.B., Univer- Northwestern University, 1968; Ph.D., University of sity of California at Berkeley; J.D., University of California Michigan, 1973. at Hastings College of the Law, 1987. Jera J . Roberts, Associate Professor of Radiologic Azyz Sharafy, Associate Professor of Art, 1998. M.A., Technology, 1983. Stormont-Vail School of Radiologic Concordia University, 1995; M.F.A., University of Baroda, Technology, 1972; B.A., Ottawa University, 1979; M.S., India, 1983. Pittsburg State University, 1986; Ed. Spec., Pittsburg Janet Sharp, Lecturer of Mathematics, 2008. B.A., State University, 1989. Wichita State University, 1984; M.E., ibid, 1986; M.S., Keith A . Rocci, Information Literacy Librarian, Mabee Li- Emporia State University, 1990; Ph.D., Kansas State brary, 2008. B.S., Arizona State University, 2001; M.Ed., University, 1992. Northern Arizona University, 2003; ibid, 2004; M.A., Alan Shaver, Lecturer of Chemistry, 2005. B.S., North- University of Arizona, 2006 ern Arizona University, 1967; M.S., Arizona State Univer- Thomas J. Romig, Dean of the School of Law and Pro- sity, 1970; Ph.D., Seton Hall University, 1978. fessor, 2007. B.S., Kansas State University, 1970; M.S., Mary Sheldon, Associate Professor of English, 1988. National Defense University, 1996; J.D., Santa Clara B.A., Gannon College, 1973; M.A., ibid, 1974; Ph.D., University Law School, 1980. Purdue University, 1984.

325 Roy Sheldon, Associate Professor of English, 1982. Courtney A . Sullivan, Assistant Professor of French, B.A., Kent State University, 1974; M.A., Bowling Green 2003. B.A., Loyola University, 1993; M.A., University of University, 1976; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1982. Texas, 1996; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. Michelle L. Shipley, Assistant Professor of Health In- Sharon Sullivan, Assistant Professor of Theatre, 2002. formation Technology, 1996. B.S., University of Kansas, A.A., North Lake College, 1986; B.A., Smith College, 1990; M.S., Pittsburg State University, 2000. 1992; M.A., Washington University, 1994; Ph.D., Univer- sity of Kansas, 2004 Mary Shoop, Professor of Education, 1982. B.S., Wit- tenberg University, 1969; M.A., University of Michigan, Wenying “Nan” Sun, Associate Professor of Computer 1974; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1979. Information Sciences, 2002. B.A., East China Normal University, 1989; B.A., Washburn University, 1994; Bradley Siebert, Assistant Professor of English, 1995. M.S.E., Kansas State University, 2002. B.A., Bethel College, 1979; MA, University of Arizona, 1983; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. Carolyn Szafran, LSCSW, Lecturer and Field Coordi- nator of Social Work, 1999. B.A., Washburn University, Sarah Smarsh, Assistant Professor of English, 2008. 1975; M.S., Kansas State University, 1979; M.S.W., B.S., University of Kansas, 2002; B.A., ibid, 2002; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1987. Columbia University, 2005. Jane Tanking, Lecturer School of Nursing,2007. B.S.N., Douglass Smith, Assistant Professor of Technology, Marymount College, 1982; M.S.N., Fort Hays State 2008. B.G.S., University of Michigan, 1990; M.B.A. and University, 2006. M.P.M., Keller Graduate School of Management, 2003; PhD., Walden University, 2008. Nancy A. Tate, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Associate Professor of Computer Information James E . Smith, Associate Professor of Social Work, Sciences, 1985. B.S., University of Kansas, 1975; M.S., 2008. B.A., Hampton University, 1975; M.S.W.,Virginia Pittsburg State University, 1979; Ed.D., Oklahoma State Commonwealth University, 1988; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1983. University, 2000. Glenda M. Taylor, Chair and Professor of Art, 1987. Loran B. Smith, Professor of Political Science, 1982. B.A., Bethany College, 1976; M.A., Emporia State Uni- B.A., Salem State College, 1968; M.A., Oklahoma State versity, 1979; M.F.A., Kansas State University, 1985. University, 1971; Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1980. Harry Russell Taylor, Director of Clinical Education and Instructor of Respiratory Therapy Program, 2005. B.S., Russell E . Smith, Associate Dean, School of Business, William Jewell College, 1981; M.Ed., Washburn Univer- and Professor of Economics, 1984. B.A., University of sity, 1997. California, 1969; M.A., San Francisco State University, 1978; M.S., University of Illinois, 1981; Ph.D., ibid, 1985. Georgina Tenny, Lecturer of Modern Languages, 2004. B.A., Brigham Young University, 1997; M.A., University of Ann Marie Snook, Associate Professor of Music, 1991. Kansas, 1999. B.M., Millikin University, 1976; M.M., Michigan State Uni- versity, 1990; D.M.A. University of Kansas, 2000. Joleyn Terry, Lecturer of Nursing, 2007. B.S.N., Univer- sity of Northern Colorado, 1988; M.S.N., ibid, 2000. Lee E. Snook, Chair andAssociate Professor of Music, 1990. B.A., Michigan State University, 1972; M.A., ibid, Brian C. Thomas, Assistant Professor Of Physics & 1976; D.M.A., ibid, 1995 . Astronomy, 2005. B.S., University of the Pacific, 1999; M. S., University of Kansas, 2002; Ph.D., University of David L. Sollars, Dean, School of Business, and Profes- Kansas, 2005. sor of Economics, 2003. B.B.A., Ohio University, 1986; M.A., ibid, 1987; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1991. Craig Treinen, Instructor, Saxophone, and Director of Jazz Studies, 2006. B.M.Ed. & Performance, Washburn Stephen Spyres, Lecturer and Director of Practicum University, 1990; M.M., Kansas State University, 2000. for Social Work, 2004. B.A., University of Texas, 1973; M.S., University of Texas, 1986. Janet O. Todwong, School of Law Librarian, 2008. B.S., Makerere University, 1992; M.L.S., Emporia State Laura Stephenson, Associate Dean, College of Arts University, 2006. and Sciences, Associate Professor of Psychology, 1985. A.B., Goucher College, 1978; M.A., University of Kansas, Cynthia L. Turk, Associate Professor of Psychology, 1982; Ph.D., ibid, 1985. 2005. B.A., University of Kansas, 1991; M. S., Okla- homa State University, 1992; Ph.D., Oklahoma State Barbara A . Stevenson, Lecturer, School of Nursing, University, 1996. 1997. B.S.N., Marymount College, Salina, KS, 1971; M.S., Kansas State University, 1985. Sandra Winn Tutwiler, Professor of Education, 1999. B.A., Northwestern Illinois University, 1970; M.S.E., Margaret E. Stewart, Professor of English, 1990. A.B. Illinois State University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Texas- Radcliffe College, 1967; M.A., University of Denver, Austin, 1992. 1975; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1981. Sarah E . Ubel, Assistant Professor of Communication, Mihail Stoica, Professor of Management, 1999. M.E., 2003. B.A., Baker University, 1995; J.D., University of University Politechnica Bucharest, 1975; Ph.D., Institute Kansas, 1998, Ph.D., ibid, 2003. for Atomic Physics, 1985; M.B.A., Washington State University, 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1995. 326 Thomas Underwood, Assistant Dean ,Division of Iris Wilkinson, Associate Professor of Human Services, Continuing Education and Director, JCVVS, 2004. B.A., 1979; B.A., University of Kansas, 1975; M.S.Ed., ibid, Washburn University, 1982; M.A., Kansas University, 1979. Ed.D., ibid, 1988. 1990; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 2001. David Winchester, Serials Librarian, Mabee Library, Sue Unruh, Assistant Professor School of Nursing, 1982. B.A., Bethel College, 1970; M.A., University of 2006. B.S.N., Pittsburg State University, 1973; M.S.N., Kansas, 1979; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1979. University of Texas at El Paso, 1989. Martin Wisneski, Assistant Director Head Tech Servic- Carol Lyon Vogel, Director of Affirmative Action and es, Law Library, 1986. B.A., Western Michigan University, Instructor of German, 1969. B.A., Washburn University, 1979; M.S., ibid, 1980. 1967; M.A.T., University of Kansas, 1969. Royal E . Wohl, Chair and Associate Professor of Health, Danny G . Wade, Assistant Professor of English, 2008. Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1994. B.S., B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1997; M.Ed., ibid, 2002; East Stroudsburg University, 1976; M.S., University of Ph.D., ibid, 2008. North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1982; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1996. James B . Wadley, Director, Rural Law Center and Pro- fessor of Law, 1979. B.A., Utah State University, 1969; Margaret C. Wood, Associate Professor of Anthropol- M.S., ibid, 1969; J.D., Tulane University, 1972. ogy, 2002. B.A., University of Michigan, 1987; M.A., Syracuse University, 1996; Ph.D., ibid, 2002. Jennifer Wagner, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Statistics, 2006. B.A., Grinnell College, 1995; M.A., Gene C . Wunder, Associate Professor of Marketing, University of California at San Diego, 1997; Ph.D., ibid, 1991. B.B.A., University of Iowa, 1969; M.B.A., University 2000. of Missouri, 1971; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1987. Paul G . Wagner, Assistant Professor of Biology, 1999. Kerry Wynn, Assistant Professor of History, 2006. B.A., B.S., St. Andrews Presbyterian College, 1982; Ph.D., Bradley University, 1998; Ph.D., University of Illinois, University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill, 1990. Champaign-Urbana, 2006. Tracy L.E. Wagner, Assistant Professor of Biology, Bruce M. Zelkovitz, Chair and Professor of Sociology & 1999. B.S., Marshall University, 1992; Ph.D., University Anthropology, 1978. B.A., Temple University, 1966; M.A., of Kentucky, 1998. Washington University, 1970; Ph.D., ibid, 1976. Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor of Economics, Faculty Emeriti 1999. B.A., Saint Cloud State University, 1992; M.S., University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana, 1995; Ph.D., James R . Ahrens, B.A., J.D., Distinguished Professor of ibid, 2000. Law, 1948-1988. Yeqiang Wang, Assistant Professor of Art, 2007. B.F.A., Gunnar Alksnis, B.A., B.D., S.TM., Ph.D., Associate Sichuan Institute of Fine Arts, 1991; M.F.A., University of Professor of History, 1968-1997. Windsor, 2000. Dale N . Anderson, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Manager KTWU, Mary Dorsey Wanless, Lecturer of Art, 2000. B.S., Uni- 1967-1998. versity of Missouri-Columbia, 1971; M.A., ibid, 1972. Ronald J . Ash, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, Susan Washburn, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1987-2007. 2002 . B .S .N ., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire, 1974; M.S.N., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1979. Lyle D. Baker, B.S., M.A.T., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education, 1987-1998. Israel Wasserstein, Lecturer of English, 2007. B.A., Washburn University, 2003; M.F.A., University of New Michael A. Barbara, B.S., J.D., Professor of Law, 1980- Mexico, 2005. 1992. Kayla Waters, Assistant Professor of Human Services, Janice Sweeny Barton, Professor of Chemistry, 1982. 2008. B.A. and B.S., Truman State University, 1998; B.S., Butler University, 1962; Ph.D., Florida State Univer- Ed.S., University of Iowa, 2002; Ph.D. ibid, 2004. sity, 1970. Harrison J . Watts, Instructor of Criminal Justice, 2008. J . Wendell Bayles, B.S., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, BAAS, Midwestern State University, 1996; M.A., ibid, 1983-2003. 1998; M.A., Sam Houston State University, 2004. Terry Booth, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Assistant Professor of David Weed, Lecturer of English, 1997. B.S., Univer- Anthropology, 1969-2002. sity of Kansas, 1981; M.A., ibid, 1990; Ph.D., Syracuse Rodney Carney Boyd, B.M.E., M.S.M.E., Associate Pro- University, 1996. fessor of Music, 1968-1999. Robert A . Weigand, Professor of Finance and Bren- Don R . Boyer, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, neman Professor of Business Strategy, 2005. B.S., 1958-1999. University of Arizona, 1989; Ph.D., Ibid, 1993. John Frederick Buckner, B.A., M.M.E., Ph.D., Profes- Penny Weiner, Assistant Professor of Theatre, 1998. sor of Music, 1970-1993. B.S., University of Kansas, 1974; M.F.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City, 1982.

327 Barbara Burgess, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Director of Kansas Larry J. Halford, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Associate Professor Studies and Assistant Professor of Mass Media, 1986- of Sociology, 1972-2001. 2003. G . Daniel Harden, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Edu- Glenn Cafer, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Health cation, 1987-2009. (Pending BOR approval.) and Physical Education, 1967-1996. Marvin W. Heath, B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Political Sci- Emanuel Calys, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Math- ence, 1966-1988. ematics, 1964-66, 1968-1997. Theodore L. Heim, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Barbara K . Clark, B.A., M.N., Ph.D., Associate Dean Criminal Justice, 1971-1998. and Associate Professor of Nursing, 1981-2003. Mary Alice Hines, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., C. W. King Profes- Sheldon Cohen, B.S., Ph.D., Executive Director of Plan- sor of Real Estate and Finance, 1982-2004. ning and Professor of Chemistry, 1960-1999. Susan J .W . Hsia, B.S., M.S., M.N., Ph. D., Associate Betty Cole, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Professor of Nursing, 1975-2002. Biology, 1979-2006. Harold Hula, B.A., M.S., Assistant Professor of Educa- E. Marjorie Moore Colton, B.Ed., M.Ed., Assistant Pro- tion, Associate Dean and Director of Counseling and fessor of Education, 1970-1982. Testing, 1965-1994. Kennett Cott, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair and Professor of John L. Iltis, B.M., M.M., D.Mu.Ed., Professor of Music, History, 1969-2003. 1965-1986. Aletha J . Cushinberry, B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., R.N., As- Walter F . James, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of sociate Professor of Nursing, 1974-1993. Accounting, 1973-1997. Joan E . Denny, B.S.N., C.N.M., M.S.N., Lecturer of Alyce Jessop, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing & Learning Center Coordinator, School of Nurs- Nursing, 1997-2004. ing, 1983-2008. Ross E . Johnson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor Biology, David L. DePue, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor 1961-1997. of Technology Administration, 2003-2008. Simone A . Johnson, Bac.-es-lettres, M.A., Ph.D. Chair Judy H. Diffley,B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Program Director and Professor of French, 1965-1986. and Professor of Office Administration, 1982-2007. Audrey H . Kennedy, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Jean Dimmitt, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Nursing, 1976-1997. English, 1990-2008.. Thomas Kennedy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eng- Nancy L. Dinneen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Profes- lish, 1972-2008. sor of Spanish, 1972-1999. Harlan J . Koca, B.S., M.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of Lee Dodson, B.S., Ed.D., Vice President and Dean of Mathematics and Statistics, 1967-1995. Students, Associate Professor of Education, 1966-1989. Paul H . Kopper, A.M., Ph.D., Chairperson and Professor Janice Dunwell, B.S., B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., Associate of Biology, 1956-1979. Professor of Nursing, 1989-2003. Laurine Kreipe, School of Applied Studies, Assistant Robert R . Dunwell, B.S.Ed.,M.S.Ed., Ed.D., Professor Professor of Legal Studies, 1983-1992. of Education, 1986-2001. Robert N. Lawson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eng- Ronald G . Evans, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psy- lish, 1963-1994. chology, 1976-2008. Bruce Levine, B.B.A., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, Karen Field, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Sociology & 1956-1971. Anthropology, 1979-2008. Teresita S. Leyell, Lic., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Busi- Marilyn L. Geiger, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of His- ness Administration, 1982-2006. tory, 1962- 2000. Donna T. Love, B.A., M.S.W., Chairperson and Associ- Paul David Gilkison, B.S., M.B.A., D.B.A., Professor of ate Professor of Social Work, 1967-1992. Marketing, 1981-1993. Margaret McCausland, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor Lois Rimmer Glazier, Ph.D., R.N., Professor of Nursing, of English, 1963-1983. 1974-2000. James H. McCormick, B.S., M.A., P.E.D., Professor of John L. Green, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Busi- Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1981- ness Administration, 1981-1993. 2009. (Pending BOR approval.) Emory A. Groves, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Edu- Mary McCoy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, cation, 1961-1982 . 1976-2008. Oliver F . Guinn, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eco- Lawrence E. McKibbin, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Profes- nomics, 1961-1988. sor of Business, 1991-1998.

328 Carolyn Y. Middendorf, B.A., M.N., Assistant Professor Virgie Smith, B.S., M.L.S., Librarian, School of Law, of Nursing, 1983-1997. 1976-2008. Susan Miller, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Robert Soppelsa, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Director of Mul- Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1984.- vane Art Museum and Professor of Art, 1981-2002. 2005. William G . Sparks III, B.S., M.S., Ed.S., Ph.D., Profes- Billy E. Milner, B.S., M.S., M.A., D.A., Professor of sor of Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, Mathematics, 1970-2001. 1997-2008. Loretta W. Moore, B.A., J.D., Professor of Law, 1991- Robert D . Stein, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair and Professor 2005. of English, 1973-2006. Edward W . Navone, B.A., M.A., Professor of Art, 1964- Reed Stolworthy, B.S, M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor 2007. of Education, 1965-1994. Janet R . Nuzman, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Ronald Tannehill, A.S., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Physical Education, 1962-1995. Professor of Criminal Justice, 1996-2006. Ken Ohm, B.S.;M.S.,Ed.D., Lecturer of Mathematics & Robert Thompson, B.S., M.A., D.SC., Associate Profes- Statistics, 1992-2009. (Pending BOR approval.) sor of Mathematics, 1967-1989. Richard E . Olson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Professor of Rita Tracy, B.S.N., M.S., M.N., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration, 1980-2001. Nursing, 1976-2000. Adebisi Otudeko, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Sociol- Sara Waitstill Tucker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D, Professor of ogy & Anthropology, 1982-2007. History, 1975-2009. (Pending BOR approval.) Thomas James Ouellette, B.A., Ph.D., Associate Pro- Ann Ellen Ukena, B.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of fessor of Chemistry, 1970-2001. Mathematics and Statistics, 1965-1996. Marie-Luce Parker, License es Lettres, M.A., Ph.D., William O . Wagnon, Jr ., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Chair of Modern Languages and Professor of French, History, 1968-2008. 1986-2008. Thomas Wolf, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Biology Julia Etta Parks, B.Ed, M.Ed., Ed.D., Professor of Edu- 1971-2006. cation, 1964-1992. Linda L. Woolf, B.S., M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Pro- Darrell Parnell, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor fessor of Economics, 1969-1999. of Physics, 1962-2001. Donald C . Wright, B.S., M.A., Professor of Economics Joanne Ramberg, R.N., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of and Business Administration, 1949-1984. Mental Health, 1976-1993. Jack E . Wright, B.F.A., M.F.A., Professor of Art, 1957- Paul B . Rasor, B.Mus., J.D., Professor of Law, 1978- 1988. 1993. Delphine Yelen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psychol- Patricia Renn-Scanlan, B.A.; M.L.S.; M.A,. Instruction ogy, 1963-2001. Librarian, Mabee Library, 1993-2008. (Pending BOR Donald R. Yelen, B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, approval). 1963-2001. Wilma Rife, B.A., M.A., M.L.S., Director of Mabee Li- Alice Adam Young, B.S., M.S.N., Ph.D., Dean and Pro- brary, 1977-1994. fessor of Nursing, 1973-2000. Clifford Roberson, B.A., J.D., Ph.D., L.L.M., Professor of Criminal Justice, 1997-2006. Donald S . Rueschhoff, B.S.B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Accounting, 1984-1993. David L. Ryan, B.A.,J.D., LL.M. Distinguished Professor of Law, 1968-2005. Michael Sarkesian, B.S., M.Ed. Professor of Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1966-1997. Richard Shermoen, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ed.D., Chair- person and Professor of Mathematics, Statistics and Computer Information Sciences, 1967-1993. J . Elwood Slover, B.S., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, 1968-1983. Charlene Smith, B.A.; M.A., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, 1982-2003.

329 Excitement mounts as Washburn students prepare to embark on a game drive to observe native wild life on a summer trip to South Africa and Botswana.

330 A participant in the annual Apeiron explains the results of her research project to Nursing faculty member, Marilyn Masterson.

331 Washburn University’s orchestra traveled to Honduras to perform at several major cities and interact with Honduran students this past summer.

332 In d e x A academic policies ...... 51 community college credit...... 18 A/Pass/Fail ...... 61 credit by exam...... 59 Academic credit hours, maximum (authorized advising, undeclared...... 25 academic load) ...... 53 attendance...... 53 declaring a major...... 54 course numbering system...... 54 degree application form...... 55 fresh start...... 64 double degree...... 69 grade appeal...... 62 double major...... 69 impropriety policy...... 53 enrollment...... 19 load, authorized...... 53 English composition requirement ...... 68 policies...... 51 failed courses ...... 61 probation...... 64 grading system ...... 61 programs...... 73 international students ...... 26 reinstatement...... 64 upper-division hours required...... 68 status, full- and part-time...... 33 withdrawals...... 53 student responsibilities ...... 53 Affirmative Action...... 8 suspension ...... 64 AG (Accepted General Schools)...... 18 withdrawal...... 53 Allied Health ...... 197 withdrawal, medical...... 54 Alumni Association ...... 316 withdrawal, military ...... 54 American Citizenship...... 84 Academic Policies and Regulations ...... 51 American College Test (ACT)...... 17 A/Pass/Fail ...... 61 Anthropology...... 84 application for degree...... 55 AP (Advanced Placement) ...... 59 classification, student ...... 61 AP (Accepted Provisional Schools)...... 18 declaring a major...... 54 Appeal, Grade...... 62 degree audit...... 55 Application degrees...... 55 for admission, freshman ...... 17 general education requirements...... 69 for admission, transfer student ...... 18 graduation requirements...... 67 for degree form...... 55 participation in commencement...... 55 for enrollment as high school student...... 19 posthumous degrees...... 55 for graduation form ...... 55 repetition of courses ...... 61 for major ...... 54 requirements common to all associate degrees. . . 69 Applied Studies, see School of...... 188 requirements common to all bachelor degrees. . .68 Art, program and courses...... 87 Academic Programs ...... 73 Associate Degrees, requirements...... 69 Accounting, courses ...... 244 Applied Studies...... 190 Accreditation, General...... 11 Arts and Sciences...... 77 ACT ...... 19 Astronomy, program and courses...... 94 Activities, campus...... 29 Athletic facilities...... 11 Activity fees...... 33 Athletics, Intercollegiate...... 27 Add/Drop and withdrawal ...... 53 Attendance regulations...... 53 Addiction Counseling...... 214 Audit ...... 19 Administrative Officers...... 316 degree audit...... 55 Admission...... 15 tuition free for 65 and over...... 19 ACT...... 19 auditing...... 19 B auditors, 65 and older...... 19 Banking...... 220 COMPASS scores...... 19 Biochemistry...... 98 Fresh Start Program...... 64 Biology, program and courses...... 94 high school students...... 19 Board and Room Payments ...... 34 international students ...... 28 Board of Regents...... 317 program admission...... 19 Board of Student Publications...... 29 provisional status...... 18 Bonner Leaders Program ...... 41 registration and enrollment...... 19 Bookstore ...... 12 requirements, admission...... 17 Botany, see Biology...... 94 tests, admission...... 17 Buildings...... 11 transfer students...... 18 Business, see School of ...... 238 Advanced Placement...... 59 Minor in Business...... 239 Advance registration...... 19 Minor in International Business...... 239 Advising...... 25 see graduate program...... 272 academic advising, undeclared...... 25 academic load...... 53

333 Business, see Small Business Development CUSP...... 25 Center...... 240 academic advising...... 25 career counseling, testing, & assessment. . . . 25 C educational opportunity program...... 25 CAB ...... 29 D Campus...... 11 Campus Activity Board ...... 29 Dean’s Honor Roll...... 62 Campus Facilities ...... 11 Declaration of Degree form, for commencement. . . . 55 Campus Map...... 336 Declaring a Major ...... 54 Career Services...... 27 Degree...... 55 Catalog application...... 55 Class Cancellations...... 1 audit...... 55 Purpose of this Publication ...... 1 candidate...... 55 Statement of Responsibility...... 1 conferment...... 55 CEEB...... 59 declaration form ...... 55 Center For Undergraduate Studies & Programs diploma ...... 59 (CUSP) ...... 25 non-degree special student...... 18 Cheating ...... 53 posthumous...... 55 Chemistry, program and courses...... 98 request for record analysis...... 55 Class Attendance...... 53 Degree Requirements...... 68 Classes, drop/add (also see withdrawal)...... 53 Associate...... 69 Classes, maximum load ...... 53 Bachelor...... 68 Classification codes & definitions ...... 61 General Education...... 69 CLEP...... 60 Posthumous...... 55 Clinical Laboratory Sciences...... 101 Degrees and Programs...... 72 College Credit by means other than Completion of Dentistry, pre-professional...... 46 Prescribed College courses...... 59 Design Technology ...... 220 College Entrance Advanced Placement, Diploma...... 59 Examination...... 59 Disabled Student Services ...... 30 College Level Examination Program...... 60 Disciplinary code...... 53 College of Arts and Sciences...... 77 Discrimination, non-discrimination Policy, declaring a major...... 79 see Equal degree programs...... 80 Opportunity ...... 8 filing for graduation ...... 80 Dismissal, for Third suspension...... 64 history and mission ...... 79 Double degree...... 69 majors offered...... 83 Double major...... 69 optional minor ...... 80 Drama, see Theatre...... 183 undergraduate courses...... 84 Drop/Add and withdrawal ...... 53 Commencements ...... 55 Communication programs and courses...... 102 E COMPASS Scores...... 19 Economics...... 110, 244 Composition requirement, University...... 68 Education, undergraduate program and courses . . 111 Computed Tomography...... 196 see also Graduate Programs, Education...... 283 Computer Center...... 26 Emeriti Faculty...... 326 Computer Information Sciences, Engineering, pre-professional...... 44 programs & courses ...... 105 Engineering, program and courses...... 120 Conduct, student...... 53 English, The Intensive English Program...... 45 Continuing Education, Division of...... 49 English, as second language...... 24 Core values of the University...... 7 English composition, University requirement ...... 66 Corrections, see Criminal Justice...... 204 English Proficiency requirement, non-native. . . . 24 Correspondence work, limits...... 69 English, programs and courses...... 121 Counseling Services...... 28 Enrollment...... 19 Course load...... 53 advance...... 19 Course numbering system...... 54 auditors ...... 19 Course repetition...... 61 Enrollment (cont.) Course requirements, general education ...... 70 for students in high school ...... 19 Courses, upper division...... 68 late...... 19 Credit by exam ...... 59 provisional ...... 18 advanced placement...... 59 Entrepreneurship ...... 240 Credit Change from audit ...... 19 Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action ...... 8 Credit hours, maximum...... 53 Evening and Weekend Classes...... 49 Criminal Justice, program and courses...... 204 Exams...... 59 Cumulative grade point average...... 61 Advanced Placement ...... 59 CLEP subject exams ...... 60 334 Exams (continued)...... 59 Grade appeal procedure...... 62 credit by ...... 59 Grade reports ...... 56 subject exams for specific course credit . . . . .59 Grades and grade points...... 64 TOEFL ...... 26 Grading System...... 61 Executive Officers to the University...... 316 academic impropriety policy...... 53 academic probation, suspension, F and reinstatement ...... 64 Facilities ...... 11 grade appeal...... 62 Faculty...... 318 grades and grade points ...... 64 Emeriti ...... 327 honors...... 62 General ...... 318 Graduate Education, Special Education...... 281 Failed courses ...... 61 Graduate Programs Fees ...... 33 Business ...... 278 Categories...... 33 Criminal Justice...... 224 failure to pay ...... 34 Education...... 281 miscellaneous ...... 34 Liberal Studies...... 292 music lessons, private...... 34 Nursing...... 294 student activity...... 33 Psychology...... 310 FAFSA...... 36 Social Work...... 302 FERPA...... 55 Graduate Student Status, full-time ...... 33 Finance...... 244 Graduation application form ...... 55 Financial Aid ...... 36 Commencement...... 55 Financial Information ...... 33 graduation requirements...... 69 board and room ...... 34 Greek life...... 29 deferred payments...... 33 Grievance, academic (see grade appeal)...... 62 failure to pay fees ...... 34 H fees ...... 33 financial aid ...... 36 Health, courses (Health, Physical Education). . . . . 162 fines...... 34 Health Information Technology...... 229 free tuition for 65 and over...... 19 Health Insurance...... 28 installment payments...... 33 Health Services Administration Program. . . . . 192 miscellaneous charges ...... 34 Health Services, University Physician...... 28 private music lessons...... 34 High school student, enrollment application . . . . 19 refunds...... 35 History of the University...... 10 residency...... 20 History, program and courses...... 128 Student loans...... 36 Honors...... 62 Title IV funds ...... 36 Dean’s Honor Roll...... 62 tuition and fees...... 33 Departmental...... 62 unpaid accounts...... 34 Latin Honors...... 62 Financial obligations...... 34 Presidential ...... 62 Fines...... 34 Honors Program, University ...... 42 library ...... 34 Honors Societies...... 29 parking ...... 34 Housing...... 13 traffic ...... 34 off-campus...... 14 Food Service ...... 220 on-campus...... 13 Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages). . . . 141 facilities ...... 13 Foreign Students, see International Programs. . . . . 26 payments...... 34 Fraternities ...... 29 Human Services, program...... 213 French, program and courses...... 141 Humanities & Creative & Performing Arts, Freshman classification...... 61 program...... 131 Fresh Start, academic...... 64 I Full-time student and Part-time student...... 33 Ichabod Washburn ...... 10 G Incomplete grade...... 61 GED...... 18 Industrial Technology...... 221 General Education Requirements...... 70 Information Systems and Services (ISS)...... 26 course requirements ...... 70 Insurance, health...... 28 group and subject areas ...... 70 Integrated Studies...... 132 group requirements - specific for degrees. . . . 68 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 27 transfer students ...... 18 Interdisciplinary Studies, courses...... 43 Geography, courses ...... 126 International Business Minor...... 239 Geology, courses ...... 127 International Programs ...... 40 German, courses...... 141 admissions...... 25 GPA, grade point average...... 64 study abroad ...... 40 335 International Programs (continued)...... 40 Non-resident, see residency...... 21 English Proficiency requirement ...... 26 Nursing, pre-professional ...... 47 student services...... 25 Nursing, see School of ...... 253 J O Japanese, courses ...... 148 Off-Campus Housing...... 14 Joint program with KATS, see KATS...... 190 Office Administration, program ...... 226 Junior classification...... 61 Officers of the University...... 313 Journalism, see Mass Media...... 135 Open Meetings and Records...... 11 Optional minor...... 54 K see specific department for required minor Kansas Studies, programs ...... 45 Organizations, student...... 28 KATS articulation agreement...... 190 Orientation...... 18 Kaw Yearbook...... 29 Out-of-State, see Residency...... 21 KTWU Channel 11...... 12 P L Parking violations ...... 34 Late fees...... 34 Part-time student...... 17 Law Enforcement (See Criminal Justice) ...... 203 Pass/Fail policy...... 61 Law Library...... 12 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . 48,158 Law, pre-professional ...... 46 Petition Law School...... 12 fresh start...... 64 see Law School catalog general education transfer...... 18 Leadership Studies...... 39 grade appeal...... 62 Legal Studies...... 222 reinstatement...... 63 Library Facilities...... 12 Pharmacy, pre-professional...... 47 Lincoln College...... 10 Philosophy, program and courses...... 159 Literary Magazine...... 29 Physical Education, facilities...... 11 Loans, student...... 36 Physical Education, program and courses ...... 162 Physical Education, requirement...... 69,164 M Physical Therapist Assistant...... 193 Mabee Library...... 13 Physician, University...... 28 Magnetic Resonance...... 196 Physics, program and courses ...... 168 Major PLAN 2 + 2 ...... 49 and General Education Requirements...... 70 Political Science, program and courses ...... 170 declaration...... 54 Posthumous degree ...... 55 double ...... 69 Pre-Professional Programs...... 46 Management...... 244 dentistry...... 46 Marketing...... 245 engineering ...... 46 Mass Media, program and courses...... 135 law...... 46 Mathematics and Statistics, medicine...... 47 program and courses...... 137 nursing...... 47 M.B.A. Graduate Program...... 273 pharmacy...... 47 Medical, see Health Services ...... 28 theology...... 47 Medical Imaging, program...... 192 veterinary medicine...... 47 Medicine, pre-professional ...... 47 Presidential Honors...... 62 Meetings, open...... 11 Probation, academic...... 64 Mental Health, program...... 213 Probationary semester ...... 64 Military Science...... 208 Programs, Special...... 37 Military Service, credit awarded...... 60 Bonner Leaders Program...... 40 Military Strategic Studies...... 206 Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs. 25 Minor, optional...... 54 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 49 also, see specific department for required minor Diversity Studies ...... 47 Mission of University...... 7 Evening/Weekend Classes...... 49 Modern Languages...... 141 Honors Program, University...... 41 Morita Therapy Certificate...... 214 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 42 Multicultural Affairs ...... 28 International Programs...... 40 Music, private lesson fees...... 34 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 48 Music, programs and courses...... 148 Kansas Studies...... 45 Leadership Institute...... 39 N Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . .48 Natural Sciences & Mathematics, program. . . . 158 PLAN 2 + 2 Degree Programs...... 49 New Student Orientation...... 18 Pre-Professional Studies...... 46 Non-Profit Management, program...... 171 Study Abroad...... 41 336 Programs, Special (continued) ...... 37 School of Business (continued)...... 235 Summer session ...... 49 business courses...... 246 Women’s Studies...... 48 economics concentration...... 244 Psychology economics courses ...... 249 undergraduate program and courses...... 176 finance concentration...... 244 graduate program and courses...... 310 general business concentration...... 244 Public Administration, program and courses. . . .176 general information ...... 238 Publications, student...... 29 graduate program ...... 273 Public Relations, see Mass Media...... 135 management concentration...... 244 marketing concentration...... 245 R School of Law...... 12 Radiation Therapy...... 195 School of Nursing ...... 253 Radiologic Technology...... 195 School Nurse Certification...... 261 Records Schools access to...... 55 Applied Studies...... 189 student...... 55 Business ...... 235 transcript policy...... 58 Law ...... 12 Refunds for withdrawal...... 35 Nursing...... 253 Regents, Board of...... 316 see College of Arts and Sciences ...... 77 Registration and enrollment...... 19 Security Administration (see Criminal Justice) . . . . 204 Reinstatement, academic...... 64 Sexual Harassment Policy...... 8 under fresh start...... 64 Sixty-five and over tuition free program...... 19 Religious Studies...... 179 Small Business Development Center...... 240 Repeat courses...... 61 Social Work, program and courses...... 229 Requirements common to degrees...... 68 masters program...... 301 Associate degree...... 69 Sociology, program and courses...... 180 Bachelor degree...... 68 Sororities...... 29 general education requirements ...... 69 Spanish, program and courses...... 146 Transformational Experience...... 72 Special Education, see Graduate Education. . . .277 Requirements for Admission ...... 17 Special Programs ...... 37 Requirements for graduation...... 70 Bonner Leaders Program...... 41 application form...... 55 Center for Undergraduate Studies & Programs. . 25 Residency...... 20 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 49 appeal procedure...... 21 Diversity Studies ...... 48 married persons...... 21 Evening/Weekend classes...... 49 military personnel...... 21 Honors Program, University...... 42 non-resident status ...... 21 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 43 qualifications ...... 21 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 48 Residence Committee...... 21 Kansas Studies...... 46 resident status...... 21 Special Programs(cont.) tuition...... 33 Leadership Institute...... 39 Residential Living ...... 28 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . .48 Respiratory Therapy...... 195 PLAN 2 + 2 Degree Program...... 49 Room and Board...... 34 Pre-Professional Studies...... 46 ROTC Study Abroad...... 40 see Military Science...... 208 Summer Session...... 49 Nursing Students...... 263 Women’s Studies...... 48,185 Special Students...... 18 S Statement of Responsibility...... 1 Schedule of classes...... 1 Student Publications...... 29 Scholarships, see Financial Aid...... 36 Student Records...... 55 School of Applied Studies...... 189 Student Responsibilities ...... 53 academic standards...... 190 academic impropriety policy...... 53 accreditation...... 189 academic load, maximum ...... 53 certificates of completion...... 189 attendance...... 53 degree requirements...... 189 conduct ...... 53 general information ...... 189 declaring optional minor...... 54 history ...... 189 declaring a major...... 54 joint programs with KATS...... 190 withdrawals ...... 53 mission...... 189 withdrawals, medical...... 54 School of Business...... 235 withdrawals, military...... 54 accounting concentration...... 243 Student Right to Know Act...... 59 accounting courses...... 245 Student Services...... 29 baccalaureate degree requirements ...... 242 Study Abroad...... 40 337 Subject Examination, for specific course credit. . . 59 Victim/Survivor Services...... 214 Summer Session...... 49 Vision of the University...... 7 Summer Session, tuition and fees...... 33 W Surgical Technology, program...... 195 Suspension...... 63 Washburn Alumni Association...... 316 Washburn Review...... 29 T Washburn Student Government Association. . . . 28 Technology Administration...... 227 Washburn Transformational Experience...... 72 Testing, subject exams for specific courses ...... 59 Weekend Classes...... 49 Testing, career exploration ...... 25 Withdrawal and Drop/Add...... 53 Tests, see Credit by Exam...... 59 Women’s Studies Minor...... 48,185 Theatre, program and courses ...... 183 Work Study...... 36 Theology, pre-professional ...... 47 Writing requirement, university...... 68 Title IV funds...... 36 Z TOEFL...... 26 Traffic regulations ...... 34 Zoology, see Biology...... 94 Transcript...... 58 Transfer Credit...... 18 Transfer Student...... 18 Transformational Experience...... 72 Tuition...... 33 and fees...... 33 categories of charges...... 33 late payment fee ...... 34 refunds...... 35 residence qualification...... 21 tuition free, 65 and over...... 19 unpaid account...... 34 U Union, Student...... 12 University accreditation...... 11 core values...... 7 history ...... 10 University (cont.) library...... 12 mission...... 7 mission, select...... 7 open meetings...... 11 vision...... 7 University Educational Opportunities/Initiatives. . . . . 37 Bonner Leaders Program...... 40 Center for Undergraduate Studies & Programs. . 25 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 49 Diversity Studies ...... 45 Evening/Weekend Classes...... 49 Honors Program, University...... 41 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 42 International Programs...... 39 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 48 Kansas Studies...... 45 Leadership Institute...... 39 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. 48,158 PLAN 2+2 Degree Programs...... 49 Pre-Professional Studies...... 46 Study Abroad...... 40 Summer session ...... 49 Women’s Studies...... 48,185 University Honors Program...... 41 V Veteran Affairs...... 30 Veterinary Medicine, pre-professional...... 47 338 Washburn Student Government Association celebrates another successful “Can Emporia” food drive.

339 340